Anatomy & Physiology · Complete bookTip: in the print dialog choose “Save as PDF”.
Anatomy & Physiology

Anatomy & Physiology

Complete edition · all 28 chapters · by Dr. Akash Garg
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 1

An Introduction to the Human Body

Before you study any one organ, you need two things: a map and a compass. This chapter gives you both. First, you will see how the body is built in nested levels, from tiny atoms up to a whole person. Next, you will meet the eleven organ systems that share the work of staying alive. Then you will learn the one big idea under all of body science. It is homeostasis, the body's constant push to keep things steady inside. Last, you will learn the exact language used to say where body parts are. After that, words like "left," "above," and "in front" will always mean the right thing.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Tell anatomy apart from physiology. Explain why we always study how a part is built and what it does together.
  • Put the six levels of structural organization in order, from chemical to organism. Give an example of each level.
  • Name the eleven organ systems and the main job of each. Say which system a given organ belongs to.
  • Define homeostasis. Draw a negative feedback loop with its three parts: receptor, control center, and effector.
  • Compare negative and positive feedback. Give a real example of each.
  • Describe the anatomical position. Use directional terms in the right pairs, like superior/inferior and proximal/distal.
  • Name the three body planes and the body cavities. Find a body part by its region or quadrant.

Section 1The levels of organization

Diagram of the levels of body organization, from atoms to a whole person
Reference. Levels of structural organization — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two questions, always asked together

This whole book grows out of two words. Anatomy is the study of body parts. It asks what is it, and where is it? It looks at a part's shape, pieces, and place. Physiology is the study of how the body works. It asks how does it work? It looks at the job a part does and the steps it takes.

You can't really split the two, because in the body structure always fits function. In other words, how a part is built matches the job it does. The wall of a tiny air sac in your lung is as thin as tissue paper. That lets oxygen cross it in a split second. The wall of the heart's main pumping chamber is thick and full of muscle. It has to be strong to push blood to your whole body. Change how a part is built, and you change what it can do. You will see this rule again and again.

Small parts build bigger parts

The body is set up like a set of nesting dolls. Each level is built from the one below it. There are six levels, and it helps to know them in order:

LevelWhat it isExample
1. ChemicalAtoms join to make moleculesHydrogen + oxygen → a water molecule; amino acids → a protein
2. CellularMolecules come together to make the smallest living unitA muscle cell, a nerve cell (neuron), a red blood cell
3. TissueA group of alike cells doing one job togetherHeart (cardiac) muscle tissue; nerve tissue
4. OrganTwo or more kinds of tissue that form a part with a jobThe heart, the stomach, the skin
5. Organ systemOrgans that team up on a big jobThe cardiovascular system (heart + blood vessels + blood)
6. OrganismAll the systems together = one living personYou

You can read this ladder in either direction. Going up, tiny parts join into bigger and more useful parts. In the end, they add up to a living human. Going down, you can trace any disease to a lower level. Take a heart attack. It is an organ problem. But it starts with cells that don't get enough oxygen. That happens because a molecule (cholesterol) built up in a blood vessel wall. Moving up and down this ladder is one of the most useful habits you can build.

Cells are the turning point. Everything below the cell is just chemistry. Everything at the cell level or above is alive. The cell is the smallest thing we can call living. That is why so much of this book, from cell walls to how cells use energy, is about cells.

Zoom in and out through all six levels in the interactive below.

Interactive Zoom out from a single atom to a whole person, one level at a time. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Anatomy is about how a part is built and where it is. Physiology is about what it does and how. Structure always fits function.
  • The six levels, from low to high, are chemical → cellular → tissue → organ → organ system → organism.
  • The cell is the smallest living unit. It is the line between chemistry and life.
  • You can trace a disease down the ladder to the tissue, cell, or molecule where it began.

Section 2The organ systems

Diagram of the eleven organ systems of the body
Reference. The eleven organ systems — Connexions, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Eleven teams, one goal

Keeping a person alive is too big a job for one organ. So the work is split among eleven organ systems. They are not really separate. They overlap and depend on each other all the time. But sorting them by their main job makes the body easier to learn.

A handy trick is to group the systems by the kind of job they do. Some cover and support the body. Some control it and carry messages. Some move things around. And some make new people.

SystemMain jobKey organs
IntegumentaryCovers and protects the body; helps control temperature; senses touch; makes vitamin DSkin, hair, nails
SkeletalHolds the body up; protects organs; acts as levers for movement; makes blood cells; stores mineralsBones, cartilage, joints
MuscularMoves the body; holds posture; makes heatSkeletal muscles
NervousFast control and messagesBrain, spinal cord, nerves
EndocrineSlow control using hormonesThyroid, pancreas, adrenal, pituitary
CardiovascularCarries blood, O₂, nutrients, and wastesHeart, blood vessels, blood
Lymphatic / ImmuneReturns fluid to the blood and fights germs (pathogens)Lymph nodes, spleen, thymus, lymph vessels
RespiratoryGas exchange: O₂ in, CO₂ outLungs, airways
DigestiveBreaks down food, takes in nutrients, gets rid of wasteStomach, intestines, liver, pancreas
UrinaryCleans the blood; balances water, salts, and pH; makes urineKidneys, ureters, bladder
ReproductiveMakes children (offspring) and sex hormonesOvaries/uterus; testes

No system works alone

The real magic is in how the systems team up. Take one breath and follow it. The respiratory system brings in oxygen. But the cardiovascular system carries that oxygen to your tissues. The muscular system (the diaphragm) did the pulling. The nervous system set how fast you breathe. And the skeletal system (the rib cage) gave the lungs a frame to grow inside. When you learn about a disease later on, ask which systems it touches. The answer is almost never just one.

The pancreas plays two roles. A few organs belong to two systems at once. The pancreas is part of the digestive system because it makes enzymes. It is also part of the endocrine system because it makes insulin. The throat (pharynx) and the diaphragm also help with breathing and other jobs. So don't be surprised when an organ shows up in two chapters.

Tap each system in the interactive to watch its organs light up on the body.

Interactive Tap a system and watch its organs light up on the body. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are eleven organ systems. Know each system's main job and one key organ.
  • The systems team up all the time. Just one breath uses five or more of them at once.
  • Some organs work in two systems. The pancreas is both digestive and endocrine.

Section 3Homeostasis & feedback

Diagram of a negative feedback loop that keeps the body steady
Reference. Homeostasis: the feedback loop in action — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The single big idea of physiology

If you remember just one word from this book, make it homeostasis. It means keeping the inside of the body steady, even when the world outside changes. Your body temperature stays near 37 °C, whether you are in a snowstorm or a sauna. Your blood sugar (glucose), blood pH, and fluid amount all stay inside narrow ranges too.

These values don't stay perfectly still. They wobble a little around a set point, the target value the body aims for. Think of a person on a tightrope, always making tiny fixes to stay balanced. That moving balance is health. If a value moves too far out of range, cells stop working. If it moves even further, the person dies. Almost every disease in this book comes down to a failure of homeostasis.

The negative feedback loop: three parts

The body keeps values steady mostly through negative feedback. This is a loop that undoes a change. Every negative feedback loop has the same three parts. Learn them once, and you can follow any loop in the body:

It is called negative feedback because the response works against the first change. If the value goes up, the loop brings it down. If it goes down, the loop brings it up. Body temperature is the classic example. Say you step out into the cold. Temperature receptors in your skin send signals. The control center in your brain (the hypothalamus) reads "too cold." It then turns on the effectors. Blood vessels in your skin get narrower to hold heat in. Your muscles shiver to make heat. Your temperature climbs back to the set point, and the loop calms down. A home thermostat works the same way. It senses, compares, and fixes.

Negative means "fixing." Don't read "negative" as bad. Negative feedback is the body's autopilot. It gently cancels out every drift away from normal. It keeps your temperature, blood sugar, blood pressure, calcium, and pH steady. It is the whole idea behind a healthy, steady state.

Positive feedback: the rare amplifier

Once in a while, the body wants the opposite. It needs a signal that builds on itself until a job is done. This is positive feedback. It is rare because it can quickly get out of hand.

Childbirth is one example. The baby's head stretches the cervix, the opening of the womb. This stretch causes the release of the hormone oxytocin. Oxytocin makes contractions stronger, which stretches the cervix even more. The cycle snowballs until the baby is born, which ends it. Blood clotting works the same way. The first platelets that stick to a cut give off chemicals. These call in more platelets, which call in still more. This seals the wound fast. Positive feedback always needs a built-in stop, like a birth or a finished clot. Without one, it would run out of control.

FeatureNegative feedbackPositive feedback
What it does to the changeWorks against it and reverses itMakes it bigger and keeps it going
ResultGoes back to the set point (steady)Pushes on until an event is finished
How commonThe rule: most loopsThe exception: only a few
ExamplesTemperature, blood sugar, blood pressure, pHChildbirth, blood clotting, milk release (lactation)

Knock a value off its set point in the interactive and watch a negative feedback loop pull it home.

Interactive Throw the body off balance and watch a negative feedback loop pull it back. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Homeostasis means keeping the inside of the body steady, near a set point. Losing it is the root of most disease.
  • A negative feedback loop has three parts: receptor → control center → effector. Its response works against the change to bring things back to normal.
  • Positive feedback makes a change bigger until an event stops it. Examples are childbirth, clotting, and milk release.

Section 4The language of position

Diagram of directional terms shown on a human body
Reference. Directional terms — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Start from the anatomical position

To say where things are without mix-ups, everyone starts from the same pose. It is called the anatomical position. The body stands upright and faces forward. The feet are a little apart. The arms hang at the sides with the palms facing forward. Every direction word is based on this pose. So a part's description never changes, even if the real patient is lying down or upside down.

One more rule trips up a lot of people. "Right" and "left" always mean the patient's own right and left. They do not mean your right and left as you look at the patient.

The directional pairs

Direction words come in opposite pairs. That makes them easy to learn two at a time:

TermMeaningExample
Superior / InferiorAbove / below (toward the head / toward the feet)The heart is superior to the stomach
Anterior / PosteriorFront / back (also called ventral / dorsal)The breastbone (sternum) is anterior to the heart
Medial / LateralToward the midline / away from itThe nose is medial to the eyes
Proximal / DistalCloser to / farther from the trunk (for arms and legs)The elbow is proximal to the wrist
Superficial / DeepToward the surface / away from itThe skin is superficial to the muscle

Two of these pairs need extra care. Proximal and distal are used mostly for the arms and legs. They are always measured from where the limb joins the trunk. So the shoulder is proximal, and the fingertips are distal. Medial and lateral are measured from the midline, an imaginary line down the center of the body. Parts near the center are medial. Parts out toward the sides are lateral.

These words compare two things. A part is only superior or proximal compared to something else. The wrist is distal to the elbow, but it is proximal to the fingers. So always finish the sentence: "X is [term] to Y."

See each pair drawn on a body in anatomical position below.

Interactive Superior, medial, proximal, deep: see each pair drawn on a body. Open full ↑
Key points
  • All direction words are based on the anatomical position: upright, facing forward, palms forward.
  • Right and left always mean the patient's right and left.
  • Learn the pairs: superior/inferior, anterior/posterior, medial/lateral, proximal/distal, and superficial/deep. Use them to compare two parts ("X is [term] to Y").

Section 5Planes & sections

Diagram of the three body planes
Reference. Body planes & sections — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three ways to slice

To see inside the body, we picture cutting it along flat surfaces called planes. This might be on a body in a lab or on a CT scan. There are three planes, and each one is at a right angle to the others:

Why does this matter to a nurse or other health worker? Medical images are always taken in one of these planes. To read a scan, you have to know which slice you are looking at. A transverse CT of the belly shows the organs cut straight across. A sagittal MRI of the spine is seen from the side. It shows the bones of the spine stacked from top to bottom (superior to inferior). Naming the plane is always the first step in making sense of an image.

Midsagittal is the mirror line. Only the midsagittal plane splits the body into two halves that are about equal. Each half is like a mirror image of the other. Any other sagittal cut (parasagittal) gives left and right pieces of different sizes.

Watch each plane sweep through the body in the interactive below.

Interactive Watch the sagittal, frontal, and transverse planes sweep through the body. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Sagittal = left and right. Frontal (coronal) = front and back. Transverse = top and bottom.
  • A midsagittal cut makes two equal mirror halves. Other sagittal cuts (parasagittal) do not.
  • To read a medical image (CT, MRI), first name its plane.

Section 6Cavities & regions

Diagram of the body cavities and abdominal regions
Reference. Body cavities, membranes & regions — Connexions, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Where the organs live

Your organs are not loose inside you. They sit in closed spaces called body cavities. These spaces protect the organs and give them room to move. There are two main groups.

The dorsal (posterior) cavity runs along the back. It holds the nervous system. It has two parts: the cranial cavity, which holds the brain, and the vertebral cavity, which holds the spinal cord. The bigger ventral (anterior) cavity holds most of the other organs. A sheet of muscle called the diaphragm splits it in two. Above it is the thoracic cavity, or chest, with the heart and lungs. Below it is the abdominopelvic cavity, or belly and hip area. It holds the digestive organs, with the pelvic organs lower down.

Serous membranes: the slippery linings

Organs in the ventral cavity are wrapped in thin serous membranes. These are two-layered linings that give off a slippery fluid. The fluid lets organs slide past each other without rubbing. Each membrane has two layers with paired names. The parietal layer lines the wall of the cavity. The visceral layer hugs the organ itself.

There are three of these membranes. The parietal and visceral pleura wrap the lungs. The parietal and visceral pericardium wrap the heart. The parietal and visceral peritoneum wrap the belly organs. When one of them gets inflamed (red and swollen), you get an "-itis" disease. These are pleuritis, pericarditis, and peritonitis. The rubbing or fluid buildup can cause real trouble.

Mapping the abdomen: regions and quadrants

A lot can go wrong in the belly. So health workers split its surface into a grid. This lets them say exactly where a pain or a lump is. The simple version uses four quadrants: right and left, upper and lower. These are called RUQ, LUQ, RLQ, and LLQ. The more detailed version uses nine regions, like a tic-tac-toe grid. The umbilical region is in the center, around the belly button. The epigastric region is above it, and the hypogastric region is below it. More regions line up on each side. Saying "RLQ pain" quickly narrows down the cause, since the appendix sits there.

Where it hurts is a clue. RUQ pain points to the gallbladder and liver. RLQ pain is the classic sign of appendicitis. Epigastric pain suggests the stomach or pancreas. Learning this map now will pay off in every chapter on disease later.

Explore the cavities, membranes, and the region/quadrant grids in the interactive.

Interactive The body cavities and membranes, plus the 9 regions & 4 quadrants. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The dorsal cavity (cranial + vertebral) holds the brain and spinal cord, the central nervous system (CNS). The diaphragm splits the ventral cavity into the thoracic and abdominopelvic cavities.
  • Serous membranes (pleura, pericardium, peritoneum) cut down on rubbing. When they get inflamed, you get the "-itis" diseases.
  • The belly can be mapped into 4 quadrants or 9 regions. Where it hurts helps point to the cause.

The chapter in one breath

  • Anatomy is how the body is built. Physiology is how it works. Structure always fits function.
  • The body is built in six nested levels: chemical → cellular → tissue → organ → organ system → organism. The cell is the smallest living unit.
  • Eleven organ systems share the work of staying alive, and they team up all the time. Know each one's main job.
  • Homeostasis is a steady inside state, and it is what health looks like. Most disease is a failure of it.
  • Negative feedback (receptor → control center → effector) works against a change to get back to a set point. Positive feedback makes a change bigger to finish an event, like childbirth or clotting.
  • Body language starts from the anatomical position. Direction words come in pairs that compare two parts. Right and left mean the patient's sides.
  • Three planes (sagittal, frontal, transverse) slice the body. Organs sit in dorsal and ventral cavities, lined by serous membranes. The belly is mapped into quadrants and regions.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Anatomical position
The standard pose used to describe the body. You stand upright and face forward, with arms at your sides and palms forward. All direction words are based on it.
Anatomy
The study of the body's parts and how they sit next to each other. It asks what a part is and where it is.
Anterior (ventral)
Toward the front of the body.
Control center
The part of a feedback loop that compares a reading to the set point. It then decides on a response. It is often the brain or a hormone (endocrine) gland.
Distal
Farther from where a limb joins the trunk. The fingers are distal to the elbow.
Effector
The muscle or gland in a feedback loop that carries out the fix.
Frontal (coronal) plane
An up-and-down plane that splits the body into front (anterior) and back (posterior) parts.
Homeostasis
Keeping the inside of the body fairly steady, even when things outside change. Feedback keeps it near a set point.
Medial
Toward the midline of the body.
Negative feedback
A loop whose response works against the first change and reverses it. This brings the value back to its set point. It is the body's main way of keeping things steady.
Organ
A body part made of two or more kinds of tissue that does a certain job. The heart and stomach are organs.
Physiology
The study of how the body's parts work and the processes that keep you alive.
Positive feedback
A loop whose response makes the first change bigger. It keeps going until an event stops it, such as childbirth or a finished blood clot.
Proximal
Closer to where a limb joins the trunk. The elbow is proximal to the wrist.
Sagittal plane
An up-and-down plane that splits the body into left and right parts. A cut right down the midline is midsagittal.
Serous membrane
A thin, two-layered lining of a ventral cavity, such as the pleura, pericardium, or peritoneum. It gives off fluid so organs don't rub.
Set point
The target value the body tries to hold something near. For body temperature, it is about 37 °C.
Superior
Toward the head or the upper part of the body.
Transverse (horizontal) plane
A plane that splits the body into top (superior) and bottom (inferior) parts. It gives a cross-section, or slice, view.

Check yourself

1. Think about two walls. The wall of a lung's air sac is thin. The wall of the heart's left ventricle is thick. What big rule of the body do they show? What does each wall tell you?
Structure fits function (form follows function). The air sac (alveolus) wall is paper-thin, so gases can pass through it almost at once. The left ventricle wall is thick and muscular. That lets it make the high pressure needed to pump blood to the whole body. How a part is built always matches the job it does.
2. Put these in order from smallest to largest: tissue, organism, molecule, cell, organ system, organ. Which one marks the line between non-living and living?
Molecule (chemical) → cell → tissue → organ → organ system → organism. The cell is the line. Everything below the cell is chemistry. The cell is the smallest unit that is alive. That is why it is so central to the study of the body.
3. Which organ system does each of these belong to: the kidney, the thyroid gland, a lymph node, and the diaphragm?
Kidney = urinary; thyroid = endocrine; lymph node = lymphatic/immune; diaphragm = muscular (it also powers breathing). Sorting organs into systems by their main job is a good habit to start early.
4. Name the three parts of a negative feedback loop. Then show how body temperature control fits each part.
Receptor → control center → effector. Temperature receptors in the skin sense cold. The hypothalamus (control center) compares this to the set point of about 37 °C. Then the effectors respond. Blood vessels narrow and muscles shiver. This raises the temperature back toward normal.
5. Is each one negative or positive feedback? Explain why. (a) Blood sugar rises, which causes insulin release, which lowers blood sugar. (b) In labor, stretch of the cervix causes oxytocin release, which makes contractions stronger.
(a) Negative feedback; (b) positive feedback. In (a), the response works against the change. Blood sugar goes up, and insulin brings it back down. This steadying pattern runs most of the body. In (b), the response makes the change bigger. More stretch → more oxytocin → more contraction → more stretch. The loop goes on until the birth ends it.
6. Describe the anatomical position. Why can "the patient's left" be different from "your left"?
Standing upright and facing forward, feet a little apart, arms at the sides with palms forward. Direction words are based on this fixed pose, so descriptions always match. Right and left always mean the patient's own sides. When you face a patient, their left is on your right.
7. Fill in the right direction word: the wrist is ____ to the elbow; the nose is ____ to the ears; the skin is ____ to the muscles; the lungs are ____ to the diaphragm.
Distal; medial; superficial; superior. The wrist is farther down the limb (distal). The nose is closer to the midline than the ears (medial). The skin is closer to the surface than muscle (superficial). The lungs sit above the diaphragm (superior).
8. A CT scan shows the belly as a round slice, as if you were looking down on it. Which plane made this image? What two parts does that plane create?
The transverse (horizontal) plane. It splits the body into top (superior) and bottom (inferior) parts. Transverse sections are the standard cross-section, or "slice," view in CT scans.
9. Which one plane splits the body into equal left and right halves that mirror each other? What is a cut off to one side of it called?
The midsagittal plane. A sagittal cut off to one side is parasagittal. Only a cut right down the midline (midsagittal) gives two equal mirror halves. Parasagittal cuts give left and right pieces of different sizes.
10. One muscle splits the ventral cavity into two smaller cavities. Name the muscle, the two cavities, and the main organs in each.
The diaphragm splits the thoracic cavity (heart and lungs) from the abdominopelvic cavity (digestive organs, with the pelvic organs below). The dorsal cavity is different. It holds the brain (cranial cavity) and spinal cord (vertebral cavity).
11. Match each serous membrane to its organ: pleura, pericardium, peritoneum. Then name the disease when each one gets inflamed.
Pleura → lungs (pleuritis); pericardium → heart (pericarditis); peritoneum → belly organs (peritonitis). These two-layered linings give off fluid so organs slide without rubbing. When any of them gets inflamed, it causes pain and can lead to fluid buildup.
12. A patient has sharp pain in the right lower quadrant (RLQ). Which classic problem should you think of? Why does naming the spot matter in health care?
Appendicitis, because the appendix sits in the RLQ. Organs sit in regions and quadrants you can predict. So where the pain is quickly narrows the list of causes: RUQ → gallbladder/liver; epigastric → stomach/pancreas; RLQ → appendix. This guides the exam and which scans to order.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 2

The Chemical Level of Organization

Every heartbeat, every thought, and every drop of sweat starts as chemistry. Before a cell can divide or a nerve can fire, atoms must join, reactions must run, and water must do its quiet but vital work. This chapter takes you down to the chemical level. It is the base that the rest of this book is built on.

First you will meet the atom and the few elements that make up almost all of you. You will learn the three bonds that hold molecules together. You will watch reactions rearrange matter and see how enzymes speed them up. You will find out why water is perfect for life. You will learn to read pH and meet the buffers that guard your blood. Last, you will meet the four big families of molecules that build your body. Take your time here. Everything else in the body rests on this floor.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the parts of an atom: protons, neutrons, and electrons. Explain how the atomic number tells you which element it is.
  • Name the major elements that make up most of the body. Tell them apart from trace elements and isotopes.
  • Compare ionic, covalent (polar and nonpolar), and hydrogen bonds. Explain the octet rule, the reason atoms bond.
  • Sort chemical reactions into synthesis, decomposition, or exchange. Explain activation energy and how enzymes lower it.
  • Explain how water's polarity makes it the body's solvent, heat buffer, and lubricant.
  • Read the pH scale and tell acids from bases. Describe how buffers keep blood near 7.4.
  • Name the four organic macromolecule families (carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids) plus ATP. Give a job for each.
  • Compare dehydration synthesis and hydrolysis, the ways big molecules are built and broken.

Section 1Atoms & the elements

Diagram of an atom with its nucleus and electron shells
Reference. The structure of the atom — nucleus and electron shells — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Matter, elements, and the atom

Anything that takes up space and has mass is matter. Your bones, your blood, and the air in your lungs are all matter. All matter is made of elements. An element is a pure substance that normal chemistry can't break into anything simpler. There are 118 known elements. But life uses only a few of them. Only about two dozen show up in the body. Just six of them make up about 99% of your mass. They are oxygen, carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, calcium, and phosphorus.

The smallest bit of an element that still acts like that element is an atom. If you split an atom apart, you no longer have the element. You just have its raw parts.

ElementSymbol~% of body massA job it does
OxygenO65%Part of water; takes the electrons at the last step of making energy from food (cell respiration)
CarbonC18%The backbone of every organic molecule
HydrogenH10%Part of water; as the H⁺ ion, it sets pH
NitrogenN3%Found in every protein and nucleic acid
CalciumCa1.5%Bone mineral; helps muscles and nerves send signals
PhosphorusP1%Bone; the energy-rich bonds of ATP; the backbone of DNA

Inside the atom: three particles

An atom has a packed center called the nucleus. A cloud of moving electrons surrounds it. Only three tiny particles matter for this book. Protons have a positive charge and sit in the nucleus. Neutrons have no charge. They share the nucleus with the protons and add weight but no charge. Electrons have a negative charge and weigh almost nothing. They zip around the nucleus in layers called shells (energy levels).

Protons and electrons have equal but opposite charges. So a neutral atom has just as many electrons as protons. The charges cancel out, and the atom has no overall charge.

ParticleChargeWhere it isRelative mass
Proton+1Nucleus1 (heavy)
Neutron0Nucleus1 (heavy)
Electron−1Shells around the nucleus~1/1800 (almost nothing)

Atomic number, isotopes, and the outer shell

One number is like an atom's fingerprint. It is the atomic number, the number of protons in the nucleus. Change it, and you change the element itself. An atom with 1 proton is always hydrogen. One with 6 is always carbon, and one with 8 is always oxygen. The mass number is the protons and neutrons added together.

Atoms of the same element can have different numbers of neutrons. These are called isotopes. Carbon-12 and carbon-14 are both carbon, with 6 protons each. But carbon-14 has two extra neutrons, and it is radioactive. That is why radioactive isotopes are so useful for medical scans and for dating old things.

Still, an atom's chemistry doesn't come from its nucleus. It comes from its outermost electrons, in the valence shell. Atoms are most stable, or "happiest," when that outer shell is full. For most atoms in the body, full means eight electrons. This is the octet rule. An atom with a full outer shell doesn't react. An atom missing a few electrons is reactive and ready to bond.

Isotopes in the clinic. Isotopes act just like normal atoms in chemistry. But they give off radiation, which shows where they are. So doctors use them to see what they otherwise could not. Iodine-131 tracks the thyroid. Technetium-99m lights up bone scans. Fluorine-18 is attached to a glucose look-alike called FDG. It is used in PET scans to show tissues that are very active. Same element, extra neutrons, and a huge help in finding disease.

Pick an element and watch its atom take shape in the interactive below. You will see the nucleus in the center and the electrons filling their shells.

Interactive Pick an element and watch its atom build, with the nucleus in the center and electrons zipping around in shells. Open full ↑
Key points
  • An atom has a nucleus of positive protons and neutral neutrons. Negative electrons circle it in shells.
  • The atomic number (number of protons) tells you the element. A neutral atom has equal protons and electrons.
  • Isotopes are the same element with different numbers of neutrons. Some are radioactive and useful in medicine.
  • The valence (outer) shell drives chemistry. Atoms bond to get a stable, full shell (the octet rule).

Section 2Chemical bonds

Diagram of ionic, covalent, and hydrogen bonds
Reference. Ionic, covalent, and hydrogen bonds — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Why atoms bond at all

Atoms bond for one reason: to get a stable, full outer shell. An atom with a half-empty outer shell will do almost anything to fill it. It may give electrons away, take them, or share them. Each of these ways makes a different kind of bond. The noble gases, like helium, neon, and argon, already have full shells. So they drift around and don't react. Every other atom is looking for a partner. There are three main bonds: ionic, covalent, and hydrogen. Once you know them, you can predict how almost every molecule in the body behaves.

Ionic bonds: give and take

Sometimes the easiest way to fill a shell is to hand an electron over for good. One atom gives an electron, and another takes it. Then both end up with a charge. The giver becomes a positive ion called a cation. The taker becomes a negative ion called an anion. Opposite charges attract, and that pull is the ionic bond.

Table salt is the classic example. Sodium hands its one outer electron to chlorine and becomes Na⁺. Chlorine becomes Cl⁻. The two cling together as NaCl. In water, ionic compounds break apart into separate ions. These charged bits floating in body fluids are your electrolytes, such as Na⁺, K⁺, Ca⁺⁺, and Cl⁻. They run nerve signals, muscle contractions, and fluid balance.

Covalent bonds: sharing, polar and nonpolar

More often, two atoms just share a pair of electrons. Both atoms count the pair toward a full shell. This is a covalent bond. It is the strongest and most common bond in the body. Carbon builds all of life with covalent bonds.

But sharing is not always fair. When both atoms pull the same amount, the shared electrons sit in the middle. The bond is nonpolar, as in O₂ or the carbon–hydrogen bonds of fats. When one atom pulls harder, it hogs the electrons. The bond becomes polar. One end is slightly negative, and the other end is slightly positive. Water is the great polar molecule. Its oxygen pulls the shared electrons away from its two hydrogens. So the oxygen has a partial negative charge, and the hydrogens have a partial positive charge. As you will see, this lopsided charge makes life possible.

Hydrogen bonds: weak but mighty

A hydrogen bond is not a bond inside a molecule. It is a gentle pull between molecules, or between far-apart parts of one big molecule. It forms when the slightly positive hydrogen of one polar molecule is drawn to the slightly negative oxygen or nitrogen of another.

One hydrogen bond on its own is weak, only a small part of the strength of a covalent bond. But millions of them together are mighty. Hydrogen bonds hold liquid water together. They zip the two strands of DNA into a double helix, like the teeth of a zipper. They also fold proteins into their working shapes. They are strong enough to give shape, but weak enough to break and form again. That is just what living molecules need.

BondHow it formsStrengthExample
IonicOne atom gives an electron to another; the opposite charges attractStrong (weak once it dissolves in water)Na⁺Cl⁻ (table salt)
Covalent (nonpolar)Electrons are shared equallyStrong (covalent bonds are the strongest in the body)O₂; C–H bonds in fats
Covalent (polar)Electrons are shared unequally, so each end gets a partial chargeStrong (covalent bonds are the strongest in the body)Water (H₂O)
HydrogenA pull between partial + and partial − charges on polar moleculesWeak (strong in large numbers)Between water molecules; between DNA strands
Ionic bonds break up in water; covalent bonds don't. Drop salt in water, and it splits into Na⁺ and Cl⁻. The ionic bond gives way. Drop sugar in water, and it dissolves but stays a whole molecule. Its atoms are held by covalent bonds that water can't break. This one difference explains why blood is full of free electrolytes, while its glucose stays whole.

Flip between ionic, covalent, and hydrogen bonds and watch how each one forms in the interactive.

Interactive Give electrons away, share them, or feel a gentle pull. Flip between the three bonds. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Atoms bond to fill their valence shell. A full shell is stable and does not react.
  • Ionic bonds pass electrons from one atom to another. This makes charged ions (electrolytes) that split apart in water.
  • Covalent bonds share electrons, either equally (nonpolar) or unequally (polar). They are the body's strongest bonds.
  • Hydrogen bonds are weak pulls between polar molecules. Added up, they hold water, DNA, and proteins together.

Section 3Chemical reactions & enzymes

Diagram of a chemical reaction and its activation energy
Reference. Reactions, activation energy, and how enzymes lower the hill — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Reactants, products, and three ways to rearrange atoms

A chemical reaction is just the making or breaking of bonds. Atoms let go of old partners and grab new ones. The starting materials are the reactants. What you end up with are the products. No atoms are made or destroyed. They are only moved around.

Almost every reaction in the body fits one of three patterns. Synthesis reactions join small parts into a bigger molecule (A + B → AB). These are the building, or anabolic, reactions. Decomposition reactions break a big molecule into smaller pieces (AB → A + B). These are the breaking-down, or catabolic, reactions, like digesting a meal. Exchange reactions do both at once and swap partners (AB + CD → AC + BD). Many reactions are also reversible. They can run either way, depending on conditions.

TypePatternWhat it doesBody example
Synthesis (anabolic)A + B → ABBuilds bigger moleculesAmino acids joined into a protein
Decomposition (catabolic)AB → A + BBreaks molecules apartDigesting starch into glucose
ExchangeAB + CD → AC + BDSwaps partnersBuffers trading H⁺ in the blood

Energy: the hill every reaction must climb

Chemical bonds store energy, so moving them around always changes energy. Reactions that give off energy, often as heat, are exergonic. These power the body, like breaking down glucose. Reactions that take in energy are endergonic. Building big molecules costs energy.

But here is the catch. Even a reaction that gives off energy must first get over a small hump. This hump is the activation energy, the energy needed to get a reaction started. Picture a boulder resting in a small dip near the top of a hill. It will roll down and release lots of energy. But first, something has to lift it over the lip of the dip. That lip is the activation energy. At body temperature, most reactions would sit stuck behind it for hours or even years.

Enzymes: shrinking the hill

The body can't wait hours. It can't just turn up the heat, either. So it uses enzymes. An enzyme is a catalyst, a helper that speeds up a reaction. Enzymes are almost always proteins. They lower the activation energy. This lets reactions run thousands or millions of times faster at a safe 37 °C. And an enzyme is not used up. It does its job and is free to do it again.

Each enzyme is very specific. It has an active site shaped to fit one certain molecule, its substrate. Think of a key in a lock. A better picture is a glove that shapes itself around a hand. Since enzymes are proteins, anything that unfolds a protein can harm them. A high fever or the wrong pH can do this. That is one reason your body guards its temperature and pH so closely.

The “-ase” clue. Most enzymes are named after their substrate, plus the ending -ase. Lactase breaks down lactose. Lipase breaks down lipids (fats). Protease breaks down protein. Sucrase breaks down sucrose. If a name ends in “-ase,” it is almost surely the enzyme that takes that molecule apart.

Watch a reaction climb over its energy hill in the interactive below. Then switch on an enzyme and see the hill shrink.

Interactive Watch a reaction climb its energy hill, then add an enzyme and see the hill shrink. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Reactions move atoms around to turn reactants into products. The three types are synthesis, decomposition, and exchange.
  • Exergonic reactions give off energy. Endergonic reactions take it in. Every reaction must first get over its activation energy.
  • Enzymes are protein helpers that lower activation energy. They can be used again, and each one is very specific to its substrate.
  • Enzymes depend on their shape. So very high heat or the wrong pH can stop them from working.

Section 4Water, the solvent of life

Diagram of polar water molecules dissolving a salt
Reference. Water's polarity and its role as a solvent — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Polarity: the source of all water's tricks

You are about 60% water, and that is no accident. Almost everything special about water comes from one fact: it is polar. Recall from Section 2 that oxygen hogs the shared electrons in each O–H bond. So a water molecule (H₂O) is slightly negative at the oxygen end. It is slightly positive at the two hydrogen ends. Opposite charges attract. So each water molecule clings to the ones around it by hydrogen bonds. This shifting web of hydrogen bonds is the hidden reason water can be a solvent, a heat buffer, and a lubricant.

The universal solvent

Water is called the universal solvent. Its charged ends surround other charged or polar substances and pull them apart. They spread out evenly to form a solution. The liquid that does the dissolving is the solvent. The substance that gets dissolved is the solute.

Molecules that mix into water, like salts, sugars, and amino acids, are hydrophilic ("water-loving"). Nonpolar molecules, like fats, are hydrophobic ("water-fearing"). They won't dissolve in water. This split does real work in the body. It is why cell membranes, made of hydrophobic lipids, can form watertight walls in your watery body. So much of the body's chemistry happens in water. Nutrients travel in it, wastes dissolve in it, and reactions happen in it. Blood plasma is really just water carrying dissolved cargo.

Heat, cushioning, and chemistry

Water's hydrogen bonds also give it a very high heat capacity. It takes a lot of energy to warm water up. So your water-filled body resists sudden changes in temperature and stays near 37 °C. And when water evaporates, it carries away a lot of heat. That is why sweating cools you so well on a hot day.

Water molecules also stick to each other. This lets water form slippery films that protect and cushion. The fluid in serous membranes, the fluid in your joints (synovial fluid), and the mucus lining your airways all depend on it. Last, water doesn't just sit by during chemistry. It takes part. The body builds big molecules by taking water out (dehydration synthesis). It breaks them down by adding water in (hydrolysis). You will see these two reactions again in Section 6.

PropertyWhy (from polarity)What it does for you
SolventIts charged ends pull solutes apartCarries nutrients, wastes, and ions in the blood
High heat capacityHydrogen bonds soak up heatKeeps body temperature steady near 37 °C
Evaporative coolingBreaking hydrogen bonds carries heat awaySweating cools the body
Cohesion / lubricationWater molecules stick to each otherSlippery films in joints, membranes, and airways
ReactantCan be added or taken out in reactionsBuilds and breaks big molecules
“Like dissolves like.” Polar and ionic substances dissolve in polar water. Nonpolar substances dissolve in nonpolar fats. This simple rule explains a lot. It tells you why oil and water don't mix. It tells you why the fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, K) need fat to be absorbed. And it tells you why the hydrophobic middle of a cell membrane keeps the watery inside and outside of a cell apart.

Explore what water's lopsided charge does for you in the interactive. See how it dissolves things, sticks together, and soaks up heat.

Interactive Water is polar, which means its charge is lopsided. Explore what that one fact does for you. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Water is polar, so its molecules form hydrogen bonds with each other. This is the source of all its special traits.
  • As the universal solvent, water dissolves hydrophilic solutes but not hydrophobic ones. This split shapes cell membranes.
  • A high heat capacity and cooling by evaporation let water keep body temperature steady and make sweating work.
  • Water is a reactant. It is taken out in dehydration synthesis and added in hydrolysis.

Section 5pH, acids, bases & buffers

Diagram of the pH scale from acidic to basic
Reference. The pH scale from acidic to basic — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

What pH actually measures

pH measures how many free hydrogen ions (H⁺) are floating loose in a fluid. The more H⁺ there is, the more acidic the fluid. The less there is, the more basic (alkaline) it is. The scale runs from 0 to 14. 7 is neutral, like pure water. Below 7 is acidic, and above 7 is basic.

There is one twist you must keep in mind. The scale is logarithmic. That means each whole step is a tenfold change in H⁺. A fluid at pH 4 is not just a bit more acidic than one at pH 5. It holds ten times more hydrogen ions. That is why a shift of even a few tenths of a pH unit in the blood is a real emergency.

Acids, bases, and the number that matters most

An acid is a substance that gives off H⁺ into a fluid. This pushes the pH down. Stomach acid is near pH 2. A base takes up H⁺ (or gives off OH⁻). This pushes the pH up. Household bleach and the juices from the pancreas are basic.

The most important pH in the body is the pH of blood. It must stay in the very narrow range of 7.35 to 7.45, or about 7.4. If it drops below 7.35, that is acidosis. If it rises above 7.45, that is alkalosis. If it goes past about 6.8 or 7.8, proteins lose their shape and enzymes fail. Then life is in danger. The pH of the world outside swings a lot. But the body keeps its blood almost perfectly steady.

FluidAbout what pHAcidic / basic
Stomach acid~2Strongly acidic
Urine~6Slightly acidic
Pure water7Neutral
Blood7.35–7.45Slightly basic
Pancreatic juice~8Basic

Buffers: holding the line at 7.4

Acids pour into the blood from every meal and every working muscle. So how does blood keep its pH so steady? The answer is buffers. A buffer is a team of chemicals that soaks up extra H⁺ when a fluid gets too acidic. It gives off H⁺ when the fluid gets too basic.

The body's first line of defense is the bicarbonate system. It is made of carbonic acid (H₂CO₃) and the bicarbonate ion (HCO₃⁻). The two trade hydrogen ions back and forth to soften any swing. Buffers don't make acid go away. They soften the blow and buy time. Then the lungs and kidneys fix the real balance. The lungs breathe out CO₂, and the kidneys get rid of H⁺ in urine. This is homeostasis at the level of molecules. It is also a sneak peek at the acid–base chapters later in the book.

A little number, a big deal. The pH scale is logarithmic. So blood at pH 7.1 holds about twice as much H⁺ as blood at 7.4. That sounds tiny on paper. But it can slow the heart, cloud the mind, and put life at risk. When a nurse or doctor worries about a pH of 7.2, it is not a rounding error. On a tenfold scale, it is an alarm.

Push the pH up and down in the interactive and watch buffers fight to pull it back toward neutral.

Interactive pH measures free H⁺, and blood must stay near 7.4. Push the pH around and watch buffers respond. Open full ↑
Key points
  • pH measures free H⁺. Below 7 is acidic, and above 7 is basic. The scale is logarithmic, so each unit is a 10× change.
  • Acids give off H⁺, and bases take it up. Blood must stay in the narrow range of 7.35–7.45.
  • Going out of range causes acidosis (too low) or alkalosis (too high). Both are dangerous.
  • Buffers, mainly the bicarbonate system, soak up or give off H⁺ to keep pH steady.

Section 6The molecules of life

Note. The four families of organic macromolecules

Organic molecules and the carbon backbone

Now let's move from small inorganic molecules, like water, salts, and gases, to the big organic ones. These are the true building blocks of the body. Organic molecules are built on a frame of carbon. Carbon is the perfect building atom. It can form four covalent bonds at once. This lets it link into long chains, branch out, and close into rings.

The biggest of these molecules are called macromolecules. Most are polymers, long chains snapped together from small repeating units called monomers. Think of beads on a string. The body builds a polymer by dehydration synthesis. It takes out a water molecule to join two monomers. It breaks a polymer apart by hydrolysis. It adds water to split the bond. Almost everything you are made of belongs to just four families. There is also one special molecule that powers it all.

The four families

Carbohydrates are sugars and chains of sugars. Their monomers are called monosaccharides, such as glucose. These link up into polysaccharides, such as glycogen and starch. Carbohydrates are the body's quick, favorite fuel.

Lipids are the oily molecules that don't mix with water. Triglycerides store energy and keep you warm. Phospholipids build every cell membrane. Steroids, like cholesterol, are used to make hormones. Lipids avoid water, and that is exactly what makes membranes work.

Proteins are the body's workhorses. They are built from twenty kinds of amino acids linked in a chain. The chain then folds into an exact 3-D shape. A protein's shape decides its job. So if a protein unfolds (denatures) from heat or the wrong pH, it stops working. Think of egg white turning solid in a hot pan. Proteins act as enzymes, building fibers, carriers, and messengers.

Nucleic acids, DNA and RNA, are chains of nucleotides. They store and carry the genetic instructions for building every protein in your body.

FamilyMonomer / unitExampleMain job
CarbohydrateMonosaccharide (glucose)Glycogen, starchQuick energy; short-term fuel storage
LipidFatty acids + glycerolTriglyceride, phospholipid, cholesterolEnergy storage, keeping warm, membranes, hormones
ProteinAmino acid (20 kinds)Enzymes, keratin, hemoglobinStructure, speeding up reactions, carrying things, sending signals
Nucleic acidNucleotideDNA, RNAStore and use genetic information

ATP: the cell's energy currency

One small molecule gets its own spotlight. It is adenosine triphosphate, or ATP. ATP is the energy "money" that every cell spends. It has a tail of three phosphate groups. The bond to the last phosphate is like a loaded spring.

When a cell needs power, it snaps off that last phosphate (ATP → ADP + phosphate). The energy that comes out does the work. This might be making a muscle contract, pumping an ion, or building a molecule. Then the cell uses energy from food to turn ADP back into ATP. In a real sense, you remake about your own body weight in ATP every day. Your body spends and rebuilds it billions of times a second.

For a protein, shape is everything. A protein's job depends on its folded shape. So anything that unfolds it can wreck its job, even though all the amino acids are still there. A high fever, an acid or base, or some poisons can do this. This unfolding is called denaturation. It is why a fever above about 41 °C is dangerous. The body's own enzymes start to lose their shape.

Pick a molecule family in the interactive below and watch it snap together from its monomers.

Interactive Four families of organic molecules, each built from small monomers. Pick one and watch it build. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Organic molecules are built on carbon, which forms four bonds. Big ones are polymers made of repeating monomers.
  • Polymers are built by dehydration synthesis (taking out water). They are broken by hydrolysis (adding water).
  • The four families are carbohydrates (fuel), lipids (membranes, storage, hormones), proteins (workhorses whose shape sets their job), and nucleic acids (genetic information).
  • ATP is the cell's energy currency. It gives off energy when its last phosphate is removed.

The chapter in one breath

  • All matter is made of elements. The smallest unit of an element is the atom. It has a nucleus of protons and neutrons, with electrons around it. The atomic number (number of protons) tells you the element.
  • Six elements, O, C, H, N, Ca, P, make up about 99% of the body. Atoms bond to fill their outer shell (the octet rule).
  • Three bonds hold molecules together. Ionic bonds pass electrons and make ions. Covalent bonds share electrons and can be polar or nonpolar. Hydrogen bonds are weak.
  • Reactions move atoms around by synthesis, decomposition, or exchange. Each must get over an activation energy hill, and enzymes lower that hill.
  • Water is polar. This makes it the body's solvent, heat buffer, and lubricant. It also takes part in building and breaking molecules.
  • pH tracks free H⁺ on a logarithmic scale. Buffers such as bicarbonate keep blood at 7.35–7.45.
  • Life is built from four organic families: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids. ATP powers the work. These molecules are built by dehydration synthesis and broken by hydrolysis.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Acid
A substance that gives off hydrogen ions (H⁺) into a fluid. It lowers the pH below 7.
Activation energy
The first energy hump a reaction must get over before it can go. Enzymes lower it.
Atom
The smallest unit of an element that still acts like that element. It has a nucleus of protons and neutrons, with electrons around it.
Atomic number
The number of protons in an atom's nucleus. It tells you which element the atom is.
ATP (adenosine triphosphate)
The cell's energy currency. It gives off usable energy when its last phosphate is removed, which turns it into ADP.
Base
A substance that takes up hydrogen ions (or gives off OH⁻). It raises the pH above 7.
Buffer
A set of chemicals that keeps pH from changing by soaking up or giving off H⁺. The bicarbonate buffer in blood is one example.
Carbohydrate
A family of organic molecules made of sugars and chains of sugars, like glucose and glycogen. They are used mainly for quick energy.
Covalent bond
A bond in which atoms share electrons. Equal sharing is nonpolar. Unequal sharing is polar.
Dehydration synthesis
Building a polymer by taking out a water molecule to join two monomers.
Electron
A tiny, almost weightless particle with a negative charge. It moves around the nucleus in shells and drives chemical bonding.
Element
A pure substance that can't be broken down by chemistry. The body is built mostly from six of them.
Enzyme
A helper molecule, usually a protein, that speeds up a reaction by lowering its activation energy. It is not used up.
Hydrogen bond
A weak pull between the slightly positive hydrogen of one polar molecule and a slightly negative atom of another.
Hydrolysis
Breaking a polymer apart by adding a water molecule across a bond.
Ionic bond
A bond that forms when one atom gives an electron to another. This makes two ions with opposite charges that attract.
Isotope
An atom of an element with the usual number of protons but a different number of neutrons.
Lipid
A family of organic molecules that avoid water (hydrophobic). It includes triglycerides, phospholipids, and steroids. They are used for energy storage, membranes, and hormones.
Nucleic acid
A chain of nucleotides, either DNA or RNA. It stores and uses genetic information.
pH
A logarithmic measure of how many free hydrogen ions are in a fluid. 7 is neutral, lower is acidic, and higher is basic.
Polar molecule
A molecule with an uneven charge, such as water. One end is slightly negative, and the other end is slightly positive.
Protein
A chain of amino acids folded into an exact shape. Its shape sets its job, such as an enzyme, a building block, a carrier, or a messenger.

Check yourself

1. An atom has 8 protons, 8 neutrons, and 8 electrons. What element is it? What is its overall charge? What is its mass number?
Oxygen; overall charge of zero; mass number 16. The atomic number (8 protons) makes it oxygen. Equal protons and electrons make it neutral. Protons plus neutrons (8 + 8) give a mass number of 16.
2. Two atoms of the same element have different numbers of neutrons. What are they called? Do they act differently in chemistry?
They are isotopes, and their chemistry is basically the same. Chemistry is set by electrons (and so by the number of protons), not by neutrons. So isotopes react the same way. But extra neutrons can make one radioactive and useful for scans.
3. Why do atoms form chemical bonds at all? Why don't noble gases like neon react?
Atoms bond to fill their outer (valence) shell and become stable. This is the octet rule. Noble gases already have full outer shells. They have no reason to gain, lose, or share electrons, so they don't react.
4. Name each type of bond: (a) sodium gives an electron to chlorine; (b) two oxygen atoms share electrons equally; (c) a slightly positive H is pulled toward a slightly negative O on a nearby molecule.
(a) Ionic; (b) nonpolar covalent; (c) hydrogen bond. Ionic bonds pass electrons over to make ions. Covalent bonds share them (equally here, so nonpolar). Hydrogen bonds are weak pulls between polar molecules.
5. Salt (NaCl) and sugar both dissolve in water. But only one splits into charged bits. Which one? What are those bits called? Why does the other stay whole?
Salt splits into ions (electrolytes: Na⁺ and Cl⁻). Sugar stays a whole molecule. Salt's ionic bond gives way in water and frees the charged ions. Sugar's atoms are held by covalent bonds that water can't break.
6. Name the three types of chemical reaction. Match each to an example: digesting starch into glucose; joining amino acids into a protein; buffers trading H⁺.
Decomposition = digesting starch; synthesis = joining amino acids; exchange = buffers trading H⁺. Decomposition breaks molecules apart (catabolic). Synthesis builds them up (anabolic). Exchange swaps partners.
7. What is activation energy? How does an enzyme make a reaction run faster at body temperature without being used up?
Activation energy is the first energy hump a reaction must get over. An enzyme lowers that hump. This speeds the reaction up a lot at 37 °C. The enzyme is a catalyst, so it comes out unchanged and can work again.
8. Water's most important trait is that it is polar. What does “polar” mean for a water molecule? Name two traits that come from it.
Polar means the charge is uneven. The oxygen is slightly negative, and the hydrogens are slightly positive. This lets water form hydrogen bonds with itself and with solutes. That gives it its power as a solvent, its high heat capacity, its stickiness (cohesion), and its role in reactions. Any two of these count.
9. Use the rule “like dissolves like” to explain why fat-soluble vitamins need fat to be absorbed.
They are nonpolar (hydrophobic), so they dissolve in nonpolar fats, not in polar water. “Like dissolves like” means polar things dissolve in water and nonpolar things dissolve in fat. So fat-soluble vitamins ride along with the fat in your food.
10. The pH scale is logarithmic. How much more acidic is a fluid at pH 4 than one at pH 6? Why is a blood pH of 7.1 a serious worry?
pH 4 has 100 times more H⁺ than pH 6 (two units = 10 × 10). Each unit is a tenfold change. So even the small drop from 7.4 to 7.1 about doubles the H⁺ in blood. That is enough to upset enzymes and put life at risk (acidosis).
11. Acids flood into the blood all the time, yet its pH stays near 7.4. What chemical system stops wild swings? Does it get rid of the acid for good?
Buffers, mainly the bicarbonate system (H₂CO₃ / HCO₃⁻). And no, they only soften the change. Buffers soak up or give off H⁺ to soften swings. This buys time for the lungs (breathing out CO₂) and kidneys (getting rid of H⁺) to fix the real balance.
12. Name the four families of organic macromolecules and the monomer of each. Then explain why a high fever puts proteins in danger.
Carbohydrates (monosaccharides), lipids (fatty acids + glycerol), proteins (amino acids), nucleic acids (nucleotides). A protein's job depends on its folded shape. A high fever denatures proteins, which means it unfolds them. Enzymes lose their shape and stop working, even though the amino acids are still there.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 3

The Cellular Level of Organization

The last chapter looked at the whole body. This one zooms all the way in, to the smallest thing that is still alive. The cell is where the body's work really happens. It is where oxygen is used to make energy. It is where genes are read to make proteins. It is where the choice to grow or divide is made. In this chapter you will meet the membrane, the thin wrap around every cell that picks what gets in and out. You will tour the organelles, the tiny parts that share the work inside. You will follow a gene, a set of instructions, as it becomes a working protein. Then you will watch one cell become two. Once you know the cell, the rest of the body makes more sense. Every tissue, organ, and system is just cells working together.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the fluid mosaic model. Explain the jobs of the phospholipid bilayer, membrane proteins, cholesterol, and the sugar coat.
  • Tell passive transport from active transport. Put diffusion, facilitated diffusion, osmosis, the Na⁺/K⁺ pump, and bulk transport in the right group.
  • Name the main organelles and give the job of each one.
  • Explain how the nucleus stores DNA. Explain how that DNA is packed into chromatin and chromosomes.
  • Follow protein synthesis from gene to protein, through transcription and translation.
  • Put the phases of the cell cycle in order. Describe what happens in each stage of mitosis.
  • Predict what happens to a cell in isotonic, hypotonic, and hypertonic fluids. Link this to how an IV fluid is chosen.

Section 1The cell membrane

Drawing of the cell membrane as a double layer of fat molecules with proteins in it
Reference. The fluid mosaic model of the cell membrane — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A smart wall

Every cell in your body is wrapped in a plasma membrane. This is the thin outer skin of the cell. It is so thin that you cannot see it with a normal light microscope. Yet it is smart enough to decide what comes in and what goes out. Without it, a cell would just fall apart into the fluid around it.

The membrane does three big jobs at once. First, it separates the inside of the cell from the outside. Second, it controls traffic across that border. It is selectively permeable, which means it lets some things through and blocks others. Third, it communicates. It carries receptors and ID tags, so the cell can sense signals and be known by other cells. Everything else in this chapter depends on this one wall doing its job.

The fluid mosaic model

Scientists picture the membrane with the fluid mosaic model. Both words matter. Mosaic means it is a patchwork of many pieces. Fats, proteins, and sugars sit side by side like tiles. Fluid means the pieces are not glued down. They drift and wiggle sideways in the sheet. So the membrane acts more like a thin film of oil than a hard wall.

The base of the membrane is the phospholipid bilayer. It is two layers of fat molecules called phospholipids, lined up tail to tail. Each phospholipid is amphipathic, which means it has two very different ends. It has a hydrophilic ("water-loving") head and two hydrophobic ("water-fearing") fatty tails. Put these molecules in water and they line up on their own. The heads face the watery fluid on both sides. The oily tails hide in the middle, away from water.

That oily middle is the secret to how picky the membrane is. Small molecules that dissolve in fat slip right through it. Ions and other water-loving molecules get turned away. They need a protein doorway to get across.

Set into this fat sheet are the membrane proteins, and they do most of the work. Integral (transmembrane) proteins pass all the way through the membrane. They form the channels, carriers, and pumps that move things across. Peripheral proteins stick to just one surface. They often act as enzymes, which speed up reactions, or as anchors. Some proteins are receptors that catch hormones and other signals. Others are identity markers that label the cell as "self," part of your own body.

Tucked between the fats are molecules of cholesterol. Cholesterol keeps the membrane just right. It stops the membrane from getting too stiff when cold or too runny when warm. Last, short sugar chains stick to the outside of some proteins and fats. Together they form the glycocalyx, a fuzzy sugar coat on the cell's outer face. It helps cells know each other, stick together, and tell "self" from "not self."

PartWhat it isMain job
Phospholipid bilayerTwo layers of amphipathic phospholipids, tails inwardThe basic wall. Blocks water-loving molecules and lets small fat-soluble ones pass.
Integral proteinsProteins that span the whole membraneChannels, carriers, and pumps that move things; receptors
Peripheral proteinsProteins stuck to one surfaceEnzymes, anchors, and support for cell shape
CholesterolFat molecules tucked between phospholipidsKeeps the membrane from getting too stiff or too runny as temperature changes
GlycocalyxSugar chains on glycoproteins and glycolipidsHelps cells know each other and stick together; "self" ID tags
Being picky is the whole point. The membrane is not just a bag. It is like a bouncer at a door. Things that dissolve in fat walk right through the oily middle. These include O₂, CO₂, and steroid hormones. Charged ions like Na⁺, K⁺, and Ca²⁺ get turned away. They need a protein channel. Water is in between. It is small and has no charge, so it does seep through the membrane, but slowly. Cells that must move a lot of water, like kidney tubule cells, add water channels called aquaporins to speed it up. This one idea explains most of how things cross cells. It is also why a transplant team worries about the "self" tags in the glycocalyx.

Tap each part of the membrane below to see it up close.

Interactive A wiggling double layer of phospholipids with proteins, cholesterol, and sugar tags in it. Tap each part to meet it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The plasma membrane separates, controls traffic (it is selectively permeable), and communicates.
  • The fluid mosaic model: a fluid phospholipid bilayer with proteins, cholesterol, and sugars set into it. The water-loving (hydrophilic) heads face out. The water-fearing (hydrophobic) tails face in.
  • Small fat-soluble molecules cross the oily middle easily. Ions and other water-loving molecules need protein channels or carriers.
  • Water seeps through the membrane slowly on its own. It moves much faster through aquaporin channels.
  • Cholesterol keeps the membrane from getting too stiff or too runny. The glycocalyx helps cells know each other and mark "self."

Section 2Moving things across

Drawing of the ways things cross the cell membrane, with and without energy
Reference. Passive and active membrane transport mechanisms — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The one question to ask: does it cost energy?

A cell must always bring in food, push out waste, and keep the right mix of salts and water. It has many ways to move things across its membrane. Every one of them falls into one of two groups. The dividing line is energy.

In passive transport, things move down their concentration gradient. That means they go from where there is a lot of them to where there is less. This costs the cell no ATP, because it just goes with the natural flow. In active transport, the cell moves things up a gradient. They go against the flow, from low amounts to high amounts. That always takes energy, most often ATP. So before you learn the names, ask one thing. Is it rolling downhill for free (passive)? Or is it being pushed uphill at a cost (active)?

Passive transport: rolling downhill

The simplest kind is simple diffusion. Molecules are always moving around at random. Over time, they spread out from crowded places to less crowded places, until they are evenly mixed. Small molecules with no charge, like oxygen and carbon dioxide, slip right through the fat layer. That is how O₂ gets into every cell and CO₂ gets out.

Some molecules are too big or too charged to cross the fat layer alone. They use facilitated diffusion. They still move downhill for free. But they go through a protein channel or carrier that gives them a way in. Glucose, a sugar, getting into a cell is the classic example.

One special and vital kind of passive transport is osmosis. Osmosis is the diffusion of water across a selectively permeable membrane. It is so important that it gets its own section at the end of this chapter.

Active transport: pushing uphill

Sometimes a cell needs more of a substance on one side than the other. That means moving it against its gradient, which takes energy. In primary active transport, a pump uses ATP directly. The best known is the sodium–potassium pump (Na⁺/K⁺ pump). For every ATP it uses, it pushes 3 Na⁺ out of the cell and brings 2 K⁺ in. This pump runs in every cell you have. It sets up the electrical charge that lets nerves send signals and muscles squeeze.

In secondary active transport, the cell uses the gradient that a primary pump already built. One ion rushes downhill, and it drags another substance uphill along with it. It is a bit like a water wheel that uses falling water to lift something else.

Some cargo is far too big for any channel, like whole droplets or bits of matter. For these the cell uses bulk transport. It wraps the cargo in a piece of membrane. Endocytosis brings cargo in. This includes phagocytosis, "cell eating," and pinocytosis, "cell drinking." Exocytosis sends cargo out.

MethodEnergy?Direction and example
Simple diffusionNo (passive)Downhill, right through the fat layer: O₂, CO₂
Facilitated diffusionNo (passive)Downhill, through a protein: glucose, ions
OsmosisNo (passive)Water moves toward the saltier side
Primary active transportYes, uses ATP directlyUphill, by a pump: Na⁺/K⁺ pump (3 out, 2 in)
Secondary active transportYes, uses an ion gradientRides another ion's gradient: glucose and Na⁺ moving in together in the gut
Bulk transportYes (active)Cargo wrapped in membrane: endocytosis (in), exocytosis (out)
Follow the ATP. The Na⁺/K⁺ pump uses a large share of your energy at rest. It spends it just to keep sodium out and potassium in. What if a cell loses its oxygen supply and can no longer make ATP? This happens in a stroke or a heart attack. The pump stops. Sodium and water pour into the cell. The cell swells and dies. Cell death very often starts with a pump that failed.

Pick a transport method below and watch the molecules cross.

Interactive Some things drift across for free. Some need a protein doorway. Some must be pumped uphill. Pick a method and watch molecules cross. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Passive transport moves things down their gradient for free. Active transport moves them up a gradient, and it costs energy.
  • Passive types: simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion (through a protein), and osmosis (water).
  • The Na⁺/K⁺ pump moves 3 Na⁺ out and 2 K⁺ in for each ATP. It is primary active transport. It powers the electrical signals of nerves and muscles.
  • Bulk transport moves the biggest cargo: endocytosis in, exocytosis out.

Section 3Inside the cell: the organelles

Drawing of a typical animal cell with its organelles labeled
Reference. The organelles of a typical human cell — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A factory with departments

Look inside the membrane and you will not find an empty bag. You will find a busy, well-run workshop. The cell is filled with a jelly-like fluid called the cytosol. Floating in it are the organelles, which means "little organs." Each one is a department with its own job.

Splitting up the work lets the cell run many chemical jobs at once without them getting in each other's way. It is like the walls that separate the rooms of a factory. Many organelles have their own membrane that seals off what happens inside. A few, like ribosomes, do not. To learn the cell, you learn who does what.

The control room and the assembly line

The largest organelle is usually the nucleus, the cell's control center. It is wrapped in a double membrane called the nuclear envelope. The envelope has small holes, or pores, that let messages in and out. The nucleus holds the cell's DNA. DNA is the master set of instructions for making every protein.

Most of the time, DNA is spread out as a loose tangle called chromatin. When the cell gets ready to divide, the DNA packs tightly into chromosomes that you can see. Inside the nucleus is a dark spot called the nucleolus. This is where ribosomes are built.

Ribosomes are the machines that build proteins. Some float free in the cytosol. Others dot the rough endoplasmic reticulum (rough ER). The rough ER is a folded network of membrane. It makes and packs proteins that will be sent out of the cell or placed in the membrane. Next to it is the smooth ER, which has no ribosomes. The smooth ER makes fats, breaks down harmful substances, and stores calcium.

Proteins and fats then move to the Golgi apparatus. The Golgi is the cell's shipping center. It changes, sorts, and packs them into small bubbles called vesicles. Each vesicle is sent to where it is needed.

Power, cleanup, and shape

All this work needs energy. That energy comes from the mitochondria, the "powerhouses" of the cell. Here food and oxygen are turned into ATP, the energy the cell can spend. Cells that work hard, like muscle and liver cells, are packed with mitochondria.

Two organelles handle cleanup. Lysosomes are sacs full of digestive enzymes. They break down worn-out parts, germs, and junk. Peroxisomes make harmful by-products safe.

The cytoskeleton holds the whole cell together. It is a frame of protein threads. It gives the cell its shape, holds organelles in place, and helps things move. The centrosome, with its pair of centrioles, organizes this frame. It also builds the fibers that pull chromosomes apart when the cell divides.

OrganelleJobMemory hook
NucleusStores DNA; runs the cellThe control room or library
NucleolusBuilds ribosomesRibosome factory inside the nucleus
RibosomeBuilds proteins by reading mRNAThe 3-D printer
Rough ERMakes and packs proteins (has ribosomes)Protein assembly line
Smooth ERMakes fats, breaks down harmful substances, stores Ca²⁺Fat and cleanup lab
Golgi apparatusChanges, sorts, and ships proteins in vesiclesThe post office
MitochondrionMakes ATP from food + O₂The powerhouse
LysosomeBreaks down junk and worn-out partsThe recycling and wrecking crew
CytoskeletonShape, support, moving things, movementThe inside frame
Mitochondria are almost like renters. Mitochondria carry their own small loop of DNA. You get them almost only from your mother. This is a clue that they came from ancient bacteria that moved into our cells long ago. Heart, muscle, and nerve cells need a lot of energy. So diseases of the mitochondria that run in families tend to hit those tissues first.

Tap an organelle to light it up, or press Tour to walk the whole factory floor.

Interactive A cell is a tiny factory, and its organelles are the departments. Tap one to light it up, or take the full tour. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Organelles are departments that float in the cytosol. Their membranes keep their jobs apart.
  • The nucleus stores DNA as chromatin, which packs into chromosomes before division. The nucleolus builds ribosomes.
  • The protein path is ribosomes → rough ER → Golgi → vesicles. The smooth ER makes fats and stores calcium.
  • Mitochondria make ATP. Lysosomes break down junk. The cytoskeleton gives shape and moves cargo.

Section 4From gene to protein

Drawing of transcription in the nucleus and translation at a ribosome
Reference. Protein synthesis: transcription and translation — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The recipe and the problem

Your DNA is like a recipe book. Each gene is one recipe for one protein. But there is a problem. The DNA is locked inside the nucleus. Proteins are built by ribosomes out in the cytoplasm, the space outside the nucleus. The master book can never leave the library.

The fix is to make a throwaway copy of just the one recipe you need. That copy is carried out to the workshop. This is the heart of protein synthesis, and it takes two steps. Transcription copies the gene. Translation reads the copy and builds the protein. This flow of information, from DNA to RNA to protein, is so basic that it is called the central dogma of biology.

Transcription: copying the gene

Transcription happens inside the nucleus. An enzyme called RNA polymerase unzips the DNA at the gene it needs. It reads one strand and builds a matching strand of messenger RNA (mRNA). RNA is a lot like DNA. But it has only one strand, and some of its parts are a little different. For example, it uses the base uracil (U) in every place where DNA would use thymine.

The matching rules are strict. DNA's C pairs with G. DNA's A calls for a U in the RNA. The finished mRNA is a copy of the gene you can carry around. It is the working copy. It slips out through a pore in the nucleus and goes off to find a ribosome.

Translation: reading the copy

Translation happens at a ribosome. Here the mRNA is read three bases at a time. Each group of three is called a codon. Each codon stands for one amino acid, a building block of proteins.

The amino acids are brought in by transfer RNA (tRNA). Each tRNA carries one kind of amino acid. It also has a three-base anticodon that matches one codon. The ribosome moves along the mRNA one codon at a time. The tRNAs line up in order, and the ribosome links their amino acids into a growing chain.

When the ribosome reaches a "stop" codon, it lets the finished chain go. The chain folds into its working shape and becomes a protein. The whole path is DNA → mRNA → protein. It turns a stored instruction into a real molecule that does a job.

StepWhereWhat happens
TranscriptionNucleusRNA polymerase copies a gene from DNA into mRNA
mRNA leavesNuclear poreThe working copy moves out to the cytoplasm
TranslationRibosomeCodons are read three bases at a time. tRNA anticodons bring the matching amino acids.
ProductCytoplasm or ERAmino acids link into a chain that folds into a working protein
One letter can change everything. A codon is exactly three bases. In sickle cell disease, one wrong DNA base swaps one amino acid in hemoglobin, the protein that carries oxygen in blood. That one swap is enough to bend red blood cells into sickle shapes. It is a clear reminder that the exact order of the code, letter by letter, is what makes a protein work.

Step through the whole trip from gene to protein below.

Interactive Transcription copies the gene into mRNA. Translation reads that mRNA to build the protein. Step through the whole trip. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A gene is the recipe for one protein. The central dogma is DNA → RNA → protein.
  • Transcription happens in the nucleus. It copies a gene into mRNA. RNA uses uracil in place of thymine.
  • Translation happens at a ribosome. It reads mRNA in three-base codons. tRNA anticodons bring the matching amino acids.
  • A change in one base can change one amino acid and break the protein, as in sickle cell disease.

Section 5The cell cycle & mitosis

Diagram of the cell cycle and the stages of mitosis
Reference. The cell cycle and the stages of mitosis — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Living, then dividing

Your body makes billions of new cells every day. It needs them to grow, to heal a cut, and to replace skin and blood cells that wear out. Every new cell comes from an old cell that grew and split in two. The steps a cell follows to do this are called the cell cycle.

The cell cycle has two very unequal parts. The long part is interphase. This is the cell's normal working life. It grows, does its job, and quietly gets ready to divide. The short, dramatic ending is mitosis, when the nucleus actually splits. A cell spends most of its life in interphase. Mitosis is over quickly.

Interphase: grow, copy, get ready

Interphase has three stages. In G₁ (first gap), the cell grows, makes proteins, and does its normal work. In S phase (synthesis), the cell copies all of its DNA. That way, each new cell will get a full set. This is the most important step in getting ready to divide. In G₂ (second gap), the cell finishes growing. It builds the organelles it will need and checks the copied DNA for mistakes.

Only after all this does the cell commit to dividing. Checkpoints guard each step. They are quality-control stops, like a safety check before a plane takes off. At each one, the cell makes sure everything is in order before it moves on.

Mitosis: splitting the nucleus, then the cell

Mitosis splits the copied DNA evenly into two nuclei. It has four stages. You can remember them as PMAT.

In prophase, the copied chromatin packs into chromosomes you can see, and spindle fibers start to form. In metaphase, the chromosomes line up single file across the middle of the cell. In anaphase, the spindle fibers pull the two copies of each chromosome apart, toward opposite ends. In telophase, a new nuclear envelope forms around each of the two sets.

Mitosis splits the nucleus. A separate step, cytokinesis, pinches the rest of the cell in two. The result is two genetically identical daughter cells. Each has the same DNA, and each is ready to start its own interphase.

PhasePart of cycleWhat happens
G₁InterphaseCell grows and does its normal work
SInterphaseAll the DNA is copied
G₂InterphaseLast growth; DNA is checked for mistakes
ProphaseMitosisChromatin packs into chromosomes; spindle forms
MetaphaseMitosisChromosomes line up across the middle
AnaphaseMitosisChromosome copies are pulled to opposite ends
TelophaseMitosisTwo new nuclei form; cytokinesis splits the cell
Cancer is the cell cycle out of control. Checkpoints are there to stop a damaged cell from dividing. Some genes run these checkpoints, like the guard gene p53. When those genes break, cells with mistakes keep dividing with nothing to stop them. That out-of-control division is cancer. This is why so much cancer care comes back to this one cycle.

Step through interphase and the four phases of mitosis below.

Interactive A cell grows, copies its DNA, then splits it evenly. Most of the time it is just living (interphase). The dramatic split is mitosis. Step through it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The cell cycle is a long interphase (G₁ → S → G₂) plus a short mitosis. DNA is copied in S phase.
  • The order of mitosis is PMAT: prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase. Then cytokinesis splits the rest of the cell.
  • The result is two genetically identical daughter cells.
  • Checkpoints, guarded by genes like p53, stop damaged cells from dividing. When they fail, cancer can follow.

Section 6Osmosis & tonicity

Red blood cells in three fluids: normal in isotonic, swollen in hypotonic, shriveled in hypertonic
Reference. Red blood cells in isotonic, hypotonic, and hypertonic solutions — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Water chases salt

We saved the kind of transport that matters most in hospitals for last. Osmosis is the movement of water across a selectively permeable membrane. It follows one simple rule. Water moves toward the side with more dissolved particles. We call that side the one with more solute, or the "saltier" side.

The membrane keeps the solute from moving across to even things out. So water moves instead. It flows toward the saltier side until the two sides are balanced. A cell's membrane lets water pass freely but holds many solutes in place. So the amount of solute outside the cell decides which way water flows. That decides whether the cell gains or loses water.

Tonicity: three fluids, three results

Tonicity tells you how a fluid will change a cell's water balance. It compares the solute outside the cell to the solute inside. There are three cases.

An isotonic fluid has the same amount of solute as the inside of the cell. Water moves in and out equally, so the cell stays the same. This is its normal, healthy state.

A hypotonic fluid is more watery than the cell, with less solute outside. So water rushes in. The cell swells. If enough water gets in, the cell can burst. This is called lysis. In red blood cells it is called hemolysis.

A hypertonic fluid is saltier than the cell, with more solute outside. So water is pulled out. The cell shrivels. This shrinking is called crenation. Here is the trick to keep them straight. Water always follows the solute. Find the saltier side, and water goes there.

FluidOutside vs. cellWater movesWhat happens to the cell
IsotonicSame amount of soluteIn = out (no overall change)Stays normal
HypotonicLess solute outside (watery)Into the cellSwells and may burst (lysis)
HypertonicMore solute outside (salty)Out of the cellShrivels (crenation)
This is why the IV fluid matters. Fluids given into a vein bathe your blood cells directly. Normal saline (0.9% NaCl) is isotonic. So it adds to blood volume without harming cells. Pure water, or a very watery fluid, is dangerously hypotonic. It would make red blood cells swell and burst. That is why sterile water is never given into a vein on its own. Picking an IV fluid is tonicity in action, and getting it wrong can kill.

Drop a cell into each fluid below and see what happens to it.

Interactive Water always drifts toward saltier water. So the fluid you put a cell in decides what happens. It stays normal, swells and bursts, or shrivels up. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Osmosis is water moving across a membrane toward the side with more solute.
  • Isotonic → no overall change. Hypotonic → water goes in, and the cell swells or bursts (lysis). Hypertonic → water goes out, and the cell shrivels (crenation).
  • Water always follows the solute. Find the saltier side.
  • IV fluids use this rule. 0.9% normal saline is isotonic. Never give pure water into a vein.

The chapter in one breath

  • Every cell is wrapped in a selectively permeable plasma membrane. The fluid mosaic model describes it as a fluid phospholipid bilayer with proteins, cholesterol, and sugars set into it.
  • Things cross by passive transport or active transport. Passive means downhill and free: diffusion, facilitated diffusion, and osmosis. Active means uphill and costs energy: the Na⁺/K⁺ pump and bulk transport.
  • Inside, organelles share the work. The nucleus stores DNA. Ribosomes → ER → Golgi build and ship proteins. Mitochondria make ATP. Lysosomes clean up.
  • Protein synthesis flows from DNA → RNA → protein. Transcription copies a gene into mRNA in the nucleus. Translation reads its codons at a ribosome to build the protein.
  • The cell cycle is a long interphase (G₁/S/G₂, with DNA copied in S). Then comes a short mitosis (PMAT) and cytokinesis. The result is two identical daughter cells. Broken checkpoints lead to cancer.
  • Osmosis moves water toward the saltier side. Tonicity decides what happens to a cell. Isotonic keeps it normal. Hypotonic makes it swell or burst. Hypertonic makes it shrivel. This is exactly why IV fluids are chosen with care.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here are the key words from this chapter. Skim them now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Active transport
Moving a substance up its concentration gradient, from low to high. It needs energy, such as ATP.
Codon
A group of three mRNA bases. It stands for one amino acid during translation.
Crenation
The shriveling of a cell that loses water in a hypertonic fluid.
Cytokinesis
The splitting of the cytoplasm after mitosis. It turns one cell into two.
Cytoskeleton
The inside frame of protein threads. It gives a cell shape and support and moves things around.
Diffusion
The free spreading of molecules from where there are many to where there are few, until they are evenly mixed.
Fluid mosaic model
The picture of the cell membrane as a fluid phospholipid bilayer. Proteins, cholesterol, and sugars sit in it like tiles.
Golgi apparatus
The organelle that changes, sorts, and packs proteins and fats into vesicles for delivery.
Hypertonic
A fluid with more solute than the cell. Water leaves the cell, and the cell shrivels.
Hypotonic
A fluid with less solute than the cell. Water enters the cell, and the cell swells or bursts.
Interphase
The long part of the cell cycle (G₁, S, G₂). The cell grows, copies its DNA, and gets ready to divide.
Isotonic
A fluid with the same amount of solute as the cell. Water does not move in or out overall, so the cell keeps its normal shape.
Lysosome
A sac of digestive enzymes wrapped in membrane. It breaks down junk, worn-out organelles, and things the cell takes in.
Mitochondrion
The organelle that makes ATP from food and oxygen. It is the cell's powerhouse.
Mitosis
The splitting of the nucleus into two nuclei with identical DNA. It goes through prophase, metaphase, anaphase, and telophase.
Nucleus
The control center of the cell, wrapped in membrane. It stores the cell's DNA and directs what the cell does.
Osmosis
The diffusion of water across a selectively permeable membrane. Water moves toward the side with more solute.
Passive transport
Moving a substance down its concentration gradient. It needs no energy from the cell.
Phospholipid bilayer
The double layer of amphipathic phospholipids that forms the core of the membrane. The water-loving heads face out, and the water-fearing tails face in.
Sodium–potassium pump
A primary active transport protein. For each ATP, it pushes 3 Na⁺ out and brings 2 K⁺ in. This keeps the cell's ion gradients in place.
Transcription
Copying a gene from DNA into messenger RNA. It happens inside the nucleus.
Translation
Reading mRNA codons at a ribosome to join amino acids into a protein.

Check yourself

1. The fluid mosaic model has two key words. What does "fluid" tell you about the membrane? What does "mosaic" tell you?
"Fluid" means the parts drift and wiggle sideways. "Mosaic" means it is a patchwork of different pieces: fats, proteins, and sugars. The membrane acts like a thin film of oil, not a hard wall. Its many different tiles sit side by side in the same fluid sheet.
2. Oxygen slips right through the membrane. Why do sodium ions (Na⁺) need a protein channel?
Oxygen is small and dissolves in fat, so it passes through the oily middle. Na⁺ has a charge and loves water, so the oily middle pushes it away. It must use a channel. The water-fearing middle of the membrane is the gatekeeper. It lets in small molecules with no charge and blocks ions.
3. Sort each one into passive or active transport: simple diffusion, the Na⁺/K⁺ pump, osmosis, exocytosis.
Passive: simple diffusion and osmosis. Active: the Na⁺/K⁺ pump and exocytosis. Passive methods move things downhill for free. Active methods move things uphill or in bulk, and they cost energy.
4. The Na⁺/K⁺ pump always moves ions in the same ratio. What is the ratio and direction? Why does it matter for patients?
3 Na⁺ out and 2 K⁺ in for each ATP. It builds the ion gradients that power nerve and muscle signals. In a stroke or heart attack, a cell loses O₂ and cannot make ATP. The pump fails, sodium and water flood in, and the cell swells and dies.
5. Follow a protein through the organelles, from where its recipe is read to where it is shipped out.
Ribosome (on the rough ER) → rough ER → Golgi apparatus → vesicle to where it is needed. The ribosome builds it. The rough ER packs it. The Golgi, the cell's post office, changes it, sorts it, and ships it.
6. Which organelle makes ATP? Why do muscle and heart cells have so many of them?
The mitochondrion. It makes ATP from food and oxygen. Hard-working tissues like muscle, heart, and nerve need lots of energy. So they are packed with mitochondria. They are also hit first by mitochondrial diseases.
7. Name the two steps of protein synthesis. Say where each one happens and what each one makes.
Transcription happens in the nucleus and makes mRNA. Translation happens at a ribosome and makes the protein. Transcription copies the gene into mRNA that can travel. Translation reads that mRNA's codons and joins amino acids into the finished protein.
8. A codon is read from mRNA and matched by a tRNA. How many bases are in a codon? What does each codon stand for?
Three bases. Each codon stands for one amino acid. A tRNA with a matching three-base anticodon brings that amino acid to the ribosome. The ribosome adds it to the growing protein chain.
9. In which phase of the cell cycle is DNA copied? Why must this happen before mitosis?
S phase (synthesis), which is part of interphase. The DNA must be fully copied first. Then, when mitosis splits it, each of the two daughter cells gets a full, identical set of instructions.
10. Put the four stages of mitosis in order. Give the main event of each.
Prophase (chromatin packs into chromosomes, spindle forms) → metaphase (chromosomes line up in the middle) → anaphase (copies pulled to opposite ends) → telophase (two new nuclei form). Remember it as PMAT. Then cytokinesis splits the rest of the cell into two identical cells.
11. A red blood cell is put in pure water. Is the water hypotonic, isotonic, or hypertonic? What happens to the cell?
Hypotonic. Water rushes in, and the cell swells and can burst (hemolysis). Pure water has less solute than the inside of the cell. Water follows the solute inward. That is exactly why sterile water is never given into a vein on its own.
12. Which IV fluid is isotonic to blood? Why is it the safe choice for adding blood volume?
0.9% normal saline is isotonic. Its solute level matches the cells it bathes. So water moves in and out equally. It adds blood volume without making red blood cells swell or shrivel.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 4

The Tissue Level of Organization

In the last chapter we zoomed in on a single cell. Now we take one step back up the ladder. Cells rarely work alone. They gather into tissues, which are teams of similar cells that share a job. Together, they do things no single cell could do. The amazing part is how few kinds there are. Your whole body, and every organ in it, is built from just four primary tissues. This chapter introduces all four. You will see how each looks under the microscope, where it lives, and what it does. The chapter ends with a story every tissue must tell sooner or later: how it heals when it gets hurt.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Define tissue. Name the four primary tissue types and give the general job of each.
  • List the features all epithelial tissue shares. Name any epithelium by its layering and cell shape.
  • Describe the basic plan of all connective tissue: cells spread out in an extracellular matrix of fibers and ground substance. Name its main types.
  • Tell the three muscle tissues apart by stripes, by whether you control them, and by cell shape.
  • Draw a neuron and label its parts. Show how nervous tissue carries a signal in one direction.
  • List the four stages of tissue repair. Compare regeneration with fibrosis (scarring).
  • Explain how the four tissues join to build organs and body membranes.

Section 1The four tissue types

The four main tissue types shown side by side
Reference. The four primary tissue types — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A team of cells

A tissue is a group of similar cells that work together to do a shared job. That is the whole definition. But the word "together" matters a lot. The cells in a tissue are not just neighbors that look alike. They work as a team. They are held in place by links between them, or by material they make around themselves. And each tissue is built for one kind of job.

The study of tissues under the microscope is called histology. It is really anatomy at very high zoom. Instead of asking what an organ looks like to the eye, we ask what it is made of.

Four families do all the work

Here is what makes this subject easy to learn. No matter how complex an organ looks, it is built from only four primary tissue types. Learn these four, and you have the words to describe any part of the body. Each family meets a different basic need. A body must cover and line its surfaces. It must bind and support its parts. It must move. And it must communicate.

TissueWhat it doesWhere you find it
EpithelialCovers surfaces, lines spaces, and forms glands. It protects, absorbs, and releases substances.Skin surface, gut lining, kidney tubes, gland cells
ConnectiveBinds, supports, protects, stores, and carries things. It is the body's packing material.Bone, fat, tendon, cartilage, blood
MuscleSqueezes (contracts) to make movement and force. It also makes heat.Skeletal muscles, heart wall, walls of hollow organs
NervousSenses, sorts out, and quickly sends electrical signalsBrain, spinal cord, nerves in the rest of the body

Notice how different the four are in how much room the cells give each other. Epithelial cells are packed so tightly that there is almost no space between them. That is what makes them a good barrier. Connective tissue is the opposite. Its cells are few and far apart. They float in a sea of non-living material that they make. This one contrast is one of the fastest ways to tell the first two tissues apart on a slide. Look for crowded cells or cells spread out in a matrix.

Every tissue comes from three early layers. Very early on, an embryo forms three sheets of cells called germ layers. They are the ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm. Epithelium comes from all three. Most connective tissue and muscle come from mesoderm. Nervous tissue comes from ectoderm. Four tissues come from three starting layers. It is a neat reminder that all this variety grows from one common start.

From tissues to organs and membranes

An organ is two or more tissue types layered together. The whole organ can do something none of its tissues could do alone. The stomach is the clearest example. It has an epithelial lining that makes acid and mucus. It has a connective tissue layer that carries its blood vessels and nerves. It has smooth muscle that churns food. And it has nervous tissue that times the churning. That is four tissues in one organ.

The simplest of these teams is a body membrane. This is a thin sheet that covers or lines a surface. There are only four kinds.

The cutaneous membrane is the skin itself. It is stratified squamous epithelium on top of dense irregular connective tissue. It is the only membrane that is dry. A mucous membrane lines every space that opens to the outside. This includes the airway, the gut, and the urinary and reproductive tracts. It pairs an epithelium with a loose connective layer under it, called the lamina propria.

A serous membrane lines the closed body spaces in the front of the trunk and wraps the organs inside them. Examples are the pleura, pericardium, and peritoneum. It joins a simple squamous epithelium called mesothelium to a thin areolar layer. It makes a watery fluid so organs can slide past each other. The synovial membrane is the odd one out. It lines the spaces inside joints. It is made of connective tissue only, with no epithelium at all.

Meet all four tissues side by side in the interactive below.

Interactive Meet each of the four tissues. See how it looks, where it lives, and what it does. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A tissue is a group of similar cells doing a shared job. The study of tissues is histology.
  • The body has four primary tissues: epithelial (cover and line), connective (bind and support), muscle (move), and nervous (communicate).
  • Epithelial cells are tightly packed. Connective cells are spread out in a matrix. This is a quick way to tell them apart.
  • Tissues layer together to build organs and the four body membranes. These are cutaneous (skin, dry), mucous (lines spaces open to the outside), serous (lines closed spaces in the front of the trunk), and synovial (joint spaces, connective tissue only).

Section 2Naming an epithelium

Chart of epithelial tissues sorted by number of layers and cell shape
Reference. Classifying epithelia by layers and cell shape — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

What every epithelium has in common

Epithelial tissue covers every open surface of the body. It lines every space, tube, and duct. Think of your outer skin, the inside of your gut, your airways, and your blood vessels. Because it sits at every border, it has a set of features built for that role.

Its cells are tightly packed, with very little material between them. So almost nothing gets across without going through a cell. Every epithelium has polarity, which means it has a top and a bottom. The apical surface is the top. It faces the open space and often has tiny fingers (microvilli) or hairs (cilia). The basal surface is the bottom. It is anchored to a thin basement membrane that glues it to the connective tissue below.

Epithelium is avascular. This means it has no blood vessels of its own. It gets its food by diffusion from the tissue underneath. Yet it has plenty of nerves. It also regenerates, or regrows, quickly. It has to, because being a surface means cells are always wearing away.

The two-word naming rule

Here is the big reward of this section. Every epithelium is named with the same simple formula. Once you learn the rule, you can name a tissue you have never seen. The name has two parts. First comes the number of layers. Then comes the shape of the cells at the surface.

Snap the two halves together and you have the name. One layer of flat cells is simple squamous. Many stacked layers of flat cells make stratified squamous. One row of tall cells is simple columnar.

The build even tells you the job. Thin simple epithelia are best where things must cross quickly. Simple squamous lines the air sacs of the lungs and the walls of capillaries. Oxygen and nutrients slip across it in an instant. Thick stratified epithelia are built for protection. Stratified squamous forms the surface of your skin and lines your mouth and esophagus. You can afford to lose and rebuild these layers.

EpitheliumBuildBest-known job and place
Simple squamousOne layer of flat cellsFast diffusion: lung air sacs, lining of capillaries and vessels (endothelium)
Simple cuboidalOne layer of cube cellsReleasing and absorbing: kidney tubes, gland ducts
Simple columnarOne layer of tall cellsAbsorbing and releasing: lining of the stomach and intestines
Stratified squamousMany stacked flat layersProtection from rubbing and scraping: skin surface, mouth, esophagus, vagina
Pseudostratified columnarOne layer that looks layeredLining of the airways, with cilia that sweep mucus upward
TransitionalStretchy layers that change shapeBladder and ureters: stretches as they fill

Two rows in that table are the famous exceptions. Pseudostratified columnar epithelium is really just one layer. Every cell touches the basement membrane. But the nuclei sit at different heights, so it looks stacked. That is why it is called "pseudo" (false) stratified. Transitional epithelium is the shape-shifter of the urinary tract. Its cells slide over each other and flatten as the bladder fills. Then they bunch back up as it empties.

Simple = movement, stratified = protection. When you meet a new epithelium, read its name like a job title. If it is simple, something is meant to cross it. It might absorb, release, or let things diffuse. If it is stratified, it is standing guard against wear. The extra layers are armor. New cells come up from below as the top cells flake away.

Build an epithelium's name box by box and watch it appear in the interactive.

Interactive Pick the layers and a cell shape to build an epithelium's name and see it drawn. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Epithelia are tightly packed and polar (apical top, basal bottom). They sit on a basement membrane, are avascular, and regenerate fast.
  • Name any epithelium by layers (simple = one, stratified = many) + cell shape (squamous, cuboidal, columnar).
  • Simple epithelia are for absorbing, releasing, and diffusion. Stratified epithelia are for protection. Pseudostratified and transitional are the special cases.

Section 3Connective tissue

Examples of different connective tissues under the microscope
Reference. Types of connective tissue — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One recipe, many results

Connective tissue is the most common tissue in the body. It is also the most varied. At first it can seem like a random mix. Bone, fat, tendon, cartilage, and even blood all belong to it. What links them is one shared plan.

In epithelium, the cells are everything. Connective tissue is different. It is mostly extracellular matrix. This is non-living material that the cells make and then sit inside. The cells are few and spread far apart. The feel of the tissue comes almost entirely from the matrix around them.

This is the key idea of the whole section: change the matrix and you change the tissue. Make the matrix a firm, rubbery gel, and you get cartilage. Harden it with calcium salts, and you get bone. Make it liquid, and you get blood. Adipose tissue, or fat, is the useful exception. Its cells store fat inside themselves. Each cell swells up with one big droplet. So the matrix gets squeezed down to almost nothing. Fill the cells instead of the matrix, and you get fat.

The matrix: fibers and ground substance

The extracellular matrix always has two parts. The first part is protein fibers. There are three kinds. Collagen fibers are strong, like ropes, and resist pulling. Elastic fibers stretch and snap back into shape, like rubber bands. Reticular fibers are thin and form a fine mesh that holds things up.

The second part is the ground substance. It fills the space between the fibers and cells. Depending on the tissue, it can be watery, like jelly, or rock hard.

The cells often come in two kinds, named by a simple rule. A name that ends in -blast is a young, busy builder cell that makes matrix. Examples are the fibroblast, osteoblast, and chondroblast. A name that ends in -cyte is a grown-up cell that keeps the matrix in good shape. Examples are the fibrocyte, osteocyte, and chondrocyte.

Connective tissueMatrixJob and place
Loose (areolar)Soft and gel-like, with loosely woven fibersAll-purpose packing and cushion; found under epithelia everywhere
Adipose (fat)Cells so full of fat that there is little matrixStores energy, holds in heat, pads organs
Dense regularTightly packed collagen, all lined up in the same directionStrong pull in one direction: tendons and ligaments
CartilageFirm, rubbery gelBendable support: nose, ears, joint surfaces, discs in the spine
Bone (osseous)Collagen hardened with calcium saltsStiff support and protection; stores minerals
BloodLiquid matrix (plasma)Carries cells, gases, nutrients, and wastes

Read that table from top to bottom. You can watch one idea stretch across every level of stiffness. It goes from a soft cushion, to a fat pad, to a tough cable, to a rubbery shock absorber, to solid mineral, and all the way to a flowing liquid. It is the same recipe with very different results. What changes is what the cells put into the matrix.

Cartilage heals slowly because it has no blood supply. Like epithelium, cartilage is avascular. Nutrients must diffuse in through its gel matrix. That is why a torn knee cartilage can bother you for years. A broken bone, which has plenty of blood vessels, heals in weeks. More than anything else, blood supply decides how fast a tissue can heal.

Rebuild the matrix in the interactive and watch one tissue turn into the next.

Interactive Change the matrix and watch one connective tissue become another: fat, cartilage, bone, blood. Open full ↑
Key points
  • All connective tissue follows one recipe: spread-out cells in an extracellular matrix made of fibers + ground substance.
  • There are three fiber types: collagen (strength), elastic (stretch), and reticular (mesh support). -blast cells build the matrix. -cyte cells keep it up.
  • Changing the matrix gives the whole family: loose, adipose, dense, cartilage, bone, and blood.

Section 4Muscle tissue

Skeletal, cardiac, and smooth muscle tissue side by side
Reference. The three types of muscle tissue — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Cells built to shorten

Muscle tissue has one skill that no other tissue has. It can contract. That means it can actively shorten to pull on something. Its cells are packed with two protein threads, actin and myosin. These threads slide past each other to shorten the cell. Everything about a muscle cell's shape helps with that pull.

Sometimes these threads line up in neat, repeating rows. Then they catch the light in bands, and the tissue looks striated, or striped. When the threads are less orderly, the tissue looks smooth. Contraction does more than move the body. It also makes much of your body heat. That is why shivering warms you up.

The three muscle tissues

There are exactly three muscle tissues. You can tell them apart with three questions. Is it striped? Can you control it on purpose? What shape are its cells?

Skeletal muscle is the meat that moves your bones. It is striated and voluntary, which means you control it on purpose. It is made of long, tube-shaped fibers, each with many nuclei.

Cardiac muscle is found only in the wall of the heart. It is striated but involuntary, so it works without you thinking about it. Its short, branching cells are joined end to end by intercalated discs. These let the whole heart squeeze as one team.

Smooth muscle lines the walls of hollow organs like the gut, blood vessels, and bladder. It is non-striated and involuntary. It is made of small, tapered cells shaped like spindles, thick in the middle and pointed at the ends. They squeeze those organs slowly and without tiring.

FeatureSkeletalCardiacSmooth
Striations (stripes)StriatedStriatedNon-striated
ControlVoluntaryInvoluntaryInvoluntary
Cell shapeLong tubesShort, branchedTapered spindles
Nuclei per cellManyOne (or two)One
WhereAttached to bonesHeart wall onlyWalls of hollow organs

Here is a handy shortcut. The two striated muscles, skeletal and cardiac, are the fast, strong ones. The one smooth muscle is the slow, steady one. And only one of the three, skeletal, does what you tell it. The heart and the gut run on their own.

Intercalated discs let the heart beat as one. These special links between heart cells pass the electrical signal from cell to cell right away. So the heart squeezes in one smooth wave, not a jumble of twitches. Here the build of the tissue makes its job possible. Structure fits function, once again.

Watch each of the three muscles contract in the interactive below.

Interactive Compare skeletal, cardiac, and smooth muscle, and watch each one contract. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Muscle tissue contracts as actin and myosin threads slide. Neat rows of threads make it look striated.
  • Skeletal is striated and voluntary, with long fibers that have many nuclei. Cardiac is striated and involuntary, with branched cells joined by intercalated discs. Smooth is non-striated and involuntary, with spindle cells.
  • Tell them apart with three questions: striped? voluntary? cell shape?

Section 5Nervous tissue

Drawing of a neuron with its dendrites, cell body, and axon
Reference. The structure of a neuron — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The neuron: a cell shaped like a message

Nervous tissue senses changes, makes decisions, and sends electrical signals. It does this faster than any other tissue in the body. Its star cell is the neuron, or nerve cell. The neuron's odd shape is really a map of how a signal flows through it. The signal goes in one end and out the other.

Signals arrive at the bushy dendrites. These are short, branching arms that pick up messages from other cells. The signals flow into the cell body (or soma). The cell body holds the nucleus and keeps the cell running. If the incoming signal is strong enough, the neuron fires an electrical pulse. The pulse races away down the axon, one long fiber that carries the message to the next cell.

Many axons are wrapped in a fatty myelin sheath. It works like the plastic coating on a wire. It lets the signal jump along much faster. The traffic only goes one way: dendrite → cell body → axon, every time.

PartWhat it isIts job in the signal
DendritesShort, branching armsReceive incoming signals from other cells
Cell body (soma)Holds the nucleus and organellesIntegrates, or adds up, the input; keeps the cell alive
AxonOne long fiberSends the electrical pulse toward the next cell
Myelin sheathFatty wrap on the axon, like the coating on a wireSpeeds the signal along the axon
Axon terminalsBranched tips of the axonPass the signal to the next cell at a synapse, the meeting point

Neuroglia: the support crew

Neurons get the fame. But there are at least as many neuroglia, also called glial cells. These are the support cells of nervous tissue. Careful counts show about one glial cell for each neuron across the whole brain. Glia outnumber neurons in the cerebral cortex, the brain's wrinkled outer layer. Neurons far outnumber glia in the cerebellum, at the back of the brain.

Glia do not carry the signal themselves. Instead, they feed neurons and wrap their axons in myelin. They hold the tissue together and defend it from germs. Two features define what nervous tissue can do. Excitability is the ability to respond to a trigger by making an electrical signal. Conductivity is the ability to carry that signal from one place to another. Together, they make this tissue the body's high-speed communication network.

Most neurons cannot divide, so protect the ones you have. Skin and gut lining can replace their cells. But grown-up neurons in the brain and spinal cord mostly lose that power. That is why damage to the central nervous system can be permanent. A stroke or a spinal cord injury are examples. Meanwhile, a scraped knee heals in days. Nervous tissue heals poorly because its key cell will not divide.

Tap a part of the neuron and watch a signal fire in the interactive.

Interactive Tap each part of a neuron. Then watch a signal come in through the dendrites and go out along the axon. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The neuron carries a one-way signal. Dendrites receive → the cell body adds it up → the axon sends it on.
  • The fatty myelin sheath wraps the axon and speeds the signal. Neuroglia support and protect neurons.
  • Nervous tissue is defined by excitability and conductivity. Grown-up neurons rarely divide, so damage to the brain and spinal cord (the CNS) often heals poorly.

Section 6Tissue repair

Diagram of the stages of wound healing
Reference. The stages of tissue repair — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two ways to fix a wound

When a tissue is hurt, the body can fix it in one of two ways. The better result is regeneration. The damaged cells are replaced with new cells of the very same type. The tissue goes back to normal, as if the injury never happened.

The backup plan is fibrosis. Here the gap is filled with thick, tough scar tissue instead of the original cells. Scar tissue plugs the hole and makes the area strong again. But it cannot do the original job. Scar in the heart cannot beat. Scar in the skin has no hair or sweat glands.

Which path a tissue takes depends mostly on how well its cells can divide. Tissues whose cells divide fast, like skin and gut, regenerate very well. Tissues whose cells barely divide, like heart muscle and neurons, tend to scar.

The healing playbook

For any tissue, the body runs the same four-step repair plan, in order. Think of it as a building project on a rush schedule. First stop the flooding. Then clear the site. Then rebuild the frame. Then finish the surfaces.

StageWhat happensPurpose
1. HemostasisBlood clots seal the broken vessels, and a scab formsStop the bleeding
2. InflammationVessels widen, and immune cells arrive to clear away junk and germsClean up the wound
3. ProliferationNew tiny blood vessels and collagen build pink granulation tissue. Epithelium spreads across the top.Rebuild the tissue
4. RemodelingCollagen is rearranged and made stronger. The scar matures and shrinks.Make the area strong again over weeks to months

The signs you can see in stage two are redness, heat, swelling, and pain. These are the classic marks of inflammation. They feel like the problem, but they are really the body doing its job. The vessels widen and leak. That causes the redness and swelling. It also brings in the clotting factors, germ fighters, and cleanup crews the wound needs. Inflammation is not the injury. It is the repair getting started.

Not all cells are equally easy to replace. Tissues are ranked by how well their cells divide. Labile cells, in the skin and gut lining, divide all the time and heal fast. Stable cells, in the liver and kidney, divide only when needed. Permanent cells, like neurons and heart muscle, barely divide at all and heal by scarring. This one trait predicts better than almost anything how well an organ will recover.

Step through a healing wound from clot to scar in the interactive below.

Interactive Step through a healing wound. Stop the bleeding, clean up, rebuild, and remodel. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Healing happens by regeneration (the same cells come back) or fibrosis (scar tissue fills the gap). Which one depends on how well the cells divide.
  • The repair steps always go hemostasis → inflammation → proliferation → remodeling.
  • Inflammation (redness, heat, swelling, pain) is the repair at work, not the injury itself.

The chapter in one breath

  • A tissue is a group of similar cells that share a job. The whole body is built from just four of them.
  • Epithelial tissue covers and lines. It is tightly packed, polar, and avascular. It is named by layers (simple or stratified) + cell shape (squamous, cuboidal, or columnar).
  • Connective tissue binds and supports. Its cells are spread out in an extracellular matrix of fibers and ground substance. Change the matrix and you get cartilage, bone, or blood. Adipose is the exception. It fills its cells with fat instead.
  • Muscle tissue contracts. Skeletal is striated and voluntary. Cardiac is striated and involuntary, with intercalated discs. Smooth is non-striated and involuntary.
  • Nervous tissue communicates. The neuron carries a one-way signal from dendrites → cell body → axon. Neuroglia support it.
  • Hurt tissue heals by regeneration or fibrosis. It always goes through hemostasis → inflammation → proliferation → remodeling.
  • How well a tissue heals comes down mostly to its blood supply and how easily its cells divide.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here are the key words from this chapter. Skim them now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Apical surface
The free top surface of an epithelial cell. It faces the open space, cavity, or lumen, and often has microvilli or cilia.
Areolar tissue
The most common loose connective tissue. It is soft, all-purpose packing that lies under epithelia and cushions organs.
Axon
The one long fiber of a neuron. It carries the electrical signal away from the cell body toward the next cell.
Basement membrane
A thin layer that anchors the bottom (basal) surface of an epithelium to the connective tissue below it.
Cardiac muscle
Striated, involuntary muscle found only in the heart wall. Its branched cells are joined by intercalated discs, so the heart squeezes as one.
Collagen fiber
The strong, rope-like protein fiber of connective tissue. It resists pulling.
Connective tissue
The varied tissue that binds, supports, protects, and carries things. It is made of spread-out cells in an extracellular matrix.
Dendrite
A short, branching arm of a neuron. It picks up signals from other cells.
Epithelial tissue
Tightly packed tissue that covers body surfaces, lines spaces and tubes, and forms glands.
Extracellular matrix
The non-living material, fibers plus ground substance, that connective tissue cells make and sit inside.
Fibrosis
Repair by laying down tough scar tissue in place of the original cells. It brings back strength but not full function.
Ground substance
The part of the extracellular matrix that fills the space between cells and fibers. It can be watery, like jelly, or solid.
Histology
The study of tissues under the microscope. It is anatomy at high zoom.
Muscle tissue
Tissue built to contract using actin and myosin threads. It makes movement, force, and heat.
Nervous tissue
Tissue built to sense, sort out, and quickly send electrical signals. It is made of neurons and neuroglia.
Neuroglia
The support cells of nervous tissue. They feed, wrap, hold together, and protect neurons.
Neuron
The signal-carrying cell of nervous tissue. It has dendrites, a cell body, and an axon.
Regeneration
Repair in which damaged cells are replaced by new cells of the same type. Normal structure and function come back.
Simple epithelium
An epithelium one cell layer thick. It is suited to diffusion, absorbing, and releasing substances.
Squamous
Describes flat, scale-like epithelial cells. They are ideal where substances must cross quickly.
Stratified epithelium
An epithelium with two or more stacked layers of cells. It is built to protect against rubbing and scraping.
Tissue
A group of similar cells that work together to do a shared job.

Check yourself

1. Name the four primary tissue types. Give the general job of each in a word or two.
Epithelial (cover and line), connective (support), muscle (move), nervous (communicate). Every organ in the body is built from these four. If you know each one's main job, you can guess what a tissue does before you learn the details.
2. On a slide, one tissue has cells packed tightly with almost no space between them. Another has just a few cells spread out in lots of material. Which is epithelial and which is connective? Why?
The tightly packed tissue is epithelial. The tissue with cells spread out in a matrix is connective. Epithelium must form a barrier, so its cells are crowded together. Connective tissue gets its nature from its extracellular matrix, so its cells are few and far apart.
3. Give the two-part rule for naming an epithelium. Then name the tissue that is one layer of flat cells.
Layers (simple = one, stratified = many) + cell shape (squamous, cuboidal, columnar). One layer of flat cells is simple squamous. Simple squamous lines the lung air sacs and capillaries. It is so thin that gases and nutrients diffuse across almost instantly.
4. Why is the outer skin made of stratified squamous epithelium and not simple squamous?
Because the skin needs protection from rubbing and scraping, and many stacked layers give it. Stratified epithelia are armor. The top cells wear away and are always replaced from below. One simple layer would be far too fragile for a body surface.
5. What is the basic plan of all connective tissue? How can the same recipe make both bone and blood?
Spread-out cells in an extracellular matrix of fibers plus ground substance. Changing the matrix changes the tissue. Harden the matrix with calcium salts and you get stiff bone. Make the matrix a liquid (plasma) and you get flowing blood. It is the same plan with opposite results.
6. Name the three connective tissue fibers and what each one does best.
Collagen (strength, resists pulling), elastic (stretches and snaps back), reticular (fine support mesh). A cell whose name ends in -blast builds this matrix. A -cyte cell keeps it up (fibroblast → fibrocyte, and so on).
7. A tissue is striated and you control it on purpose. Its cells are long, and each has many nuclei. Which muscle tissue is it, and where is it found?
Skeletal muscle, attached to bones. It is the only voluntary muscle. Three questions tell it apart: striped? voluntary? cell shape? Cardiac is striped, involuntary, and branched. Smooth is non-striated, involuntary, and spindle-shaped.
8. What are intercalated discs? Why does the heart depend on them?
They are special links that join heart muscle cells end to end. They pass the electrical signal from cell to cell right away. They let the heart squeeze in one smooth wave, not a jumble of separate twitches. The structure makes the function possible.
9. Follow a signal through a neuron. Name the three main parts in order.
Dendrites (receive) → cell body or soma (add up) → axon (send). The flow only goes one way. The neuron's shape is really a map of that path. A fatty myelin sheath around the axon speeds the signal along.
10. Why does a spinal cord injury often cause permanent loss, while a scraped knee heals in days?
Grown-up neurons mostly cannot divide, so hurt nervous tissue cannot regenerate. Skin cells divide fast and replace themselves quickly. How well a tissue heals depends a lot on how easily its cells divide, and on its blood supply.
11. List the four stages of tissue repair in order. Give the goal of each.
Hemostasis (stop bleeding) → inflammation (clean up) → proliferation (rebuild) → remodeling (make stronger). The body runs the same building plan for any wound. Stop the flooding, clear the site, and rebuild the frame. Then finish and strengthen it over weeks to months.
12. A wound is red, warm, swollen, and painful. Name this process. Why are these signs actually a good thing?
Inflammation, the second stage of repair. The blood vessels widen and leak, which causes the redness and swelling. That is exactly what brings clotting factors, germ-fighting cells, and cleanup crews to the wound. The signs are the repair starting, not the injury itself.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 5

The Integumentary System

Spread flat, your skin would cover about two square meters. It weighs more than any other organ you have. Yet most of us never think of it as an organ at all. This chapter will change that.

You will build the skin from the top down, one layer at a time. Then you will follow a single cell on its month-long trip. It starts as a busy, living cell and ends as a dead flake on the surface. You will learn where skin color comes from. You will meet the hair, nails, and glands that grow out of the skin. You will also see the five quiet jobs your skin does every second. We end with burns and skin cancer, the two main ways this amazing barrier can fail.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Name the two true layers of the skin, the epidermis and the dermis. Name the hypodermis below them. Say what tissue each is made of and what job it does.
  • List the five epidermal strata (layers) in order. Follow a skin cell through keratinization, from its birth to the day it flakes off.
  • Explain how melanocytes and melanin give skin its color and shield DNA from ultraviolet light.
  • Describe how hair, nails, and the sebaceous and sweat glands are built. Say what each one adds.
  • Sum up the skin's five functions: protection, thermoregulation (heat control), sensation, vitamin D synthesis, and excretion.
  • Sort burns by how deep they go. Estimate how much skin is burned with the rule of nines. Tell apart the three skin cancers.
  • Use the ABCDE warning signs to tell a harmless mole from a possible melanoma.

Section 1Layers of the skin

The three layers of the skin, seen from the side
Reference. The layers of the skin: epidermis, dermis, and hypodermis — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

An organ you can see

The integumentary system is your skin plus everything that grows out of it. That means hair, nails, and glands. The word integument just means "a covering." That is the simplest way to picture skin. It is a wrapper. It keeps the wet, carefully controlled world inside you apart from the dry, risky world outside.

But "wrapper" sells it short. The skin is a true organ, a body part built from several tissue types working together. In fact, it uses all four types. It is the largest organ in the body, both by weight and by surface area. One fact holds this whole chapter together. The skin is two layers stacked on top of a third, supporting layer. And that third layer is not really skin at all.

Two layers of skin, one layer beneath

Read the skin from the surface down, and you pass through three named layers. The top two are the skin itself. The third one holds the skin to the body.

LayerTissueWhat is there and what it does
EpidermisKeratinized stratified squamous epithelium (many layers of flat, tough cells)The tough, waterproof outer sheet. It has no blood vessels. Food and oxygen seep up to it from below.
DermisDense irregular connective tissueThe living core. It holds blood vessels, nerves, hair follicles, glands, and the collagen that makes skin strong.
Hypodermis (subcutaneous)Areolar (loose) and adipose (fat) tissueNot part of the skin. It holds skin to muscle and bone, keeps in heat, and stores energy.

The epidermis is the top layer. It is made only of epithelium, a sheet of tightly packed cells. It is also avascular, which means it has no blood vessels of its own. Its living cells get oxygen and food that seep up from the dermis below. The outer part of the epidermis is too far from this supply. So those outer cells are all dead.

The dermis is where the action is. It is a thick mesh of collagen and stretchy fibers. It is packed with blood vessels, nerves, hair follicles, and glands. These are the parts that let skin do its jobs. The dermis has two smaller layers. On top is a thin, bumpy papillary layer. Its bumps, the dermal papillae, make your fingerprints. Below it is a thick reticular layer that holds most of the collagen.

Under the dermis lies the hypodermis. It is also called the subcutaneous layer or superficial fascia. It is mostly fat. It pads and warms the body. It also ties the skin loosely to the parts underneath.

The epidermis is fed by diffusion. Diffusion means things slowly spread from where there is a lot to where there is less. The epidermis has no blood supply. So every bit of food it uses must travel up from tiny blood vessels in the dermis. This one fact explains two things. A shallow scrape does not bleed, and the surface cells are dead. But "no blood vessels" does not mean "no nerves." Free nerve endings reach well up into the epidermis. So an injury to the epidermis alone still hurts. Think of a scrape or a first-degree sunburn. Bleeding needs the dermis. Pain does not.

Thick skin and thin skin

Not all skin is the same thickness. Thick skin covers the palms of your hands and the soles of your feet. These are the spots that get rubbed the most. Thick skin has all five layers of epidermis, including an extra clear one.

Thin skin covers the rest of your body. It is more delicate and has only four layers of epidermis. It is also the only skin that grows hair. Watch out for one common mix-up. The names "thick" and "thin" describe the epidermis only. They do not describe how thick the whole skin is.

Interactive Tap a layer to explore the tough epidermis, the living dermis, and the fatty hypodermis that holds it all in place. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The integumentary system is the skin plus hair, nails, and glands. The skin is the body's largest organ.
  • The skin has two true layers. The epidermis is made of epithelium and has no blood vessels. It sits on the dermis, a connective tissue layer that has blood vessels and holds the skin's structures.
  • The hypodermis below is fat and loose tissue. It is not skin. It holds the skin in place and keeps in heat.
  • Thick skin (palms and soles) has five layers of epidermis. Thin skin has four and grows hair.

Section 2The five epidermal strata

The five layers of the epidermis, stacked from deep to surface
Reference. The layers (strata) of the epidermis — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A conveyor belt of cells

The epidermis is like a factory that never stops. Its main cell is the keratinocyte. It is born at the very bottom. New cells form below it and push it upward. As it rises, it fills with a tough protein called keratin. It dies along the way. At last it flakes off the top.

The whole trip takes about four weeks, or roughly 25 to 45 days. So the outer surface of your body is fully replaced about once a month. This slow climb is called keratinization. It is the most important process in the epidermis.

The five layers, bottom to top

In thick skin, the keratinocyte passes through five named layers, or strata, on its way up. Learn them in order. Start at the deepest layer, where cells are born. End at the surface, where they are shed:

Stratum (deep → surface)NicknameWhat happens here
Stratum basaleThe nurseryOne row of dividing stem cells. New keratinocytes are made here by cell division (mitosis). Melanocytes and touch-sensing Merkel cells live here too.
Stratum spinosumThe spiny layerSeveral rows of keratinocytes held together by strong desmosomes, tiny "rivets" between cells. They give the layer a spiny look. Immune dendritic cells patrol here.
Stratum granulosumThe dying layerCells fill with grains of keratin and a waterproof fat. Their nuclei break down, and the cells start to die.
Stratum lucidumThe clear layerA thin, see-through band of dead cells. It is found only in thick skin (palms and soles).
Stratum corneumThe horny layer15–30 layers of flat, dead cells packed with keratin. This is the tough, waterproof barrier you actually touch.

A memory trick helps. Read from the base up: Basale, Spinosum, Granulosum, Lucidum, Corneum. Think "Bad Students Get Lousy Classes." The bottom two layers, basale and spinosum, are alive. They are sometimes grouped together as the stratum germinativum, the growth zone. From the granulosum up, the cells are dying or dead.

By the time a cell reaches the stratum corneum, it is just a flat bag of keratin. It is glued to its neighbors and coated in fat. That dead, waterproof crust is what makes skin such a good barrier. You shed about a million of these cells every day.

Dead cells do the hard work. It sounds backward. But the layer that protects you best is made entirely of dead cells. In the stratum corneum, these dead cells are packed with keratin and sealed with fat. They keep water in and germs out. Much of the dust in your home is shed stratum corneum.
Interactive New cells are born at the bottom and pushed up through five layers. They fill with keratin, die, and flake off the top. Watch one cell make the month-long trip. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Keratinocytes are born in the stratum basale. They are pushed upward and shed from the surface in about a month. This process is called keratinization.
  • The order from deep to surface is basale → spinosum → granulosum → lucidum → corneum ("Bad Students Get Lousy Classes").
  • The stratum lucidum is found only in thick skin. The stratum corneum is the dead, keratin-filled barrier you touch.

Section 3Skin color & melanin

A melanocyte passing melanin to nearby skin cells
Reference. Melanocytes and the transfer of melanin to keratinocytes — OpenStax College, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three pigments, one main player

Skin color comes from three pigments mixed together. A pigment is a substance that gives color. Melanin is the main one. It is a brown-to-black (or red-to-yellow) pigment made in the epidermis. Carotene is a yellow-orange pigment that comes from food, such as carrots. It collects in the stratum corneum and in the fat of the hypodermis.

Hemoglobin is the red pigment in blood. It shows through where the epidermis is thin. It gives lighter skin its pink glow. Of the three, melanin matters most. It is also the one that varies most from person to person.

Melanocytes hand off their pigment

Melanin is made by a special cell called the melanocyte. It sits down in the stratum basale. Here is the surprising part. Melanocytes do not keep their pigment. They pack melanin into tiny sacs called melanosomes. Then they hand these sacs to the keratinocytes around them.

Inside a keratinocyte, the melanin moves to the sunny side of the cell. It forms a small cap over the top of the nucleus. It is like a tiny umbrella held over the cell's DNA. There it soaks up incoming ultraviolet (UV) radiation, the invisible rays in sunlight. It catches the UV before it can reach and harm the DNA. That is the whole point of skin pigment. Melanin is sunscreen your cells make for themselves.

Everyone has about the same number of melanocytes. Differences in skin color come almost entirely from how much melanin those cells make. They also depend on what kind of melanin is made. They do not come from how many melanocytes you have. A tan is just melanocytes making more melanin after UV exposure. It is a defense against light that damages DNA.

When pigment goes wrong, and reading skin color in the clinic

Two conditions show what happens at the extremes. In albinism, an inherited condition, melanocytes are present but cannot make melanin. So the skin, hair, and eyes have little or no color, and they burn easily. In vitiligo, the immune system destroys melanocytes in patches. This leaves pale blotches on the skin.

Skin color also gives some of the fastest clues to illness. Health workers can see it right at the bedside. That is because skin color reflects what is happening in the blood underneath.

Color changeWhat it looks likeWhat it usually means
CyanosisBluish skin, lips, and nail bedsBlood that is low in oxygen (low O₂)
PallorPale, washed-out skinLow blood flow or anemia (too few red blood cells). Seen with shock, fear, or cold.
ErythemaRednessMore blood flow. Seen with fever, swelling and irritation (inflammation), blushing, or sunburn.
JaundiceYellow skin and yellow whites of the eyes (sclerae)A buildup of bilirubin, a yellow waste. Usually a liver problem.
BronzingA golden-bronze toneAdrenal glands that do not make enough hormone (Addison disease)
Interactive Melanocytes make melanin and hand it to nearby skin cells. There it caps each nucleus like a tiny umbrella. Turn up the sun and watch it protect the DNA. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Skin color mixes three pigments: melanin (the main one), carotene, and hemoglobin from blood.
  • Melanocytes in the stratum basale make melanin. They hand it to keratinocytes. There it caps the nucleus and soaks up UV to protect DNA.
  • Everyone has about the same number of melanocytes. Color differences come from the amount and type of melanin. A tan is a defense against UV.
  • Skin color gives clues about the blood. Cyanosis, pallor, erythema, jaundice, and bronzing each point to a certain problem.

Section 4Hair, nails & glands

Hair, nails, and glands in the skin
Reference. Accessory structures of the skin: hair, nails, and glands — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Hair: keratin threads with a living root

The skin's extra parts, like hair and glands, are called accessory structures. Each one grows from the epidermis. But each one is tucked down into the dermis, where the blood supply is.

Hair is a bendy strand of dead, hard keratin. The part you see above the skin is the shaft. The part below is the root. The root sits inside a tube called the hair follicle. At the very bottom, the follicle swells into a bulb. Inside the bulb is a small knot of connective tissue called the papilla. It brings in the blood vessels that feed the growing hair.

Just above the papilla is the matrix. It is the only living, dividing part of a hair. That is why a haircut does not hurt but plucking a hair does. A tiny muscle called the arrector pili is attached to each follicle. When you are cold or scared, it tightens. It pulls the hair upright and dimples the skin into "goosebumps."

Nails: a window over the fingertip

A nail is a plate of hard keratin. It protects the tip of each finger and toe. It also gives you a tool for scratching and gripping. The part you see is the nail body. It sits on the nail bed. The pale half-moon at its base is the lunula. It marks the nail matrix underneath, where the nail actually grows. The cuticle (eponychium) is the fold of skin that seals the base against dirt and germs.

Nails are a useful window on health. They turn blue when the blood is low in oxygen. They become curved and rounded, called clubbed, in long-term heart or lung disease. They curve inward like a spoon in iron-deficiency anemia, when the body is short on iron.

Glands: oil and sweat

The skin holds two big families of glands. Sebaceous (oil) glands usually empty into a hair follicle. They release an oily mix called sebum. Sebum keeps the hair and skin soft and slows the growth of bacteria. When a follicle clogs with sebum and dead cells, the result is acne.

Sweat (sudoriferous) glands come in two types. It is worth keeping them straight:

GlandWhere it is and what it releasesJob
Sebaceous (oil)Into hair follicles. Releases oily sebum.Keeps skin and hair soft. Mildly fights bacteria.
Eccrine (merocrine) sweatAll over the body, onto the skin surface. Releases watery sweat.Cools the body as sweat dries (evaporates). The main gland for thermoregulation, or heat control.
Apocrine sweatArmpits and groin, into hair follicles. Releases thicker sweat with protein in it.Turns on at puberty. Feeds skin bacteria that cause body odor.
Ceruminous & mammaryEar canal / breastChanged sweat glands that make earwax and milk
Eccrine cools, apocrine smells. The sweat that cools you on a hot day is watery eccrine sweat. It is found almost everywhere on the body. The sweat behind body odor is thicker apocrine sweat from the armpits and groin. And it does not smell at all until skin bacteria break it down.
Interactive The skin's built-in extras are hair, nails, and glands. All grow from the epidermis and are tucked into the dermis. Tap each one to see what it is and what it does. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Hair is dead keratin. It grows only from the living matrix at its base, which is fed by the papilla. It stands up when the arrector pili muscle tightens.
  • Nails are keratin plates. They grow from the nail matrix under the lunula. Their color and shape can reveal disease in the whole body.
  • Sebaceous glands make oily sebum. Eccrine sweat glands cool the body. Apocrine glands (armpit, groin) cause body odor once bacteria act on their sweat.

Section 5What the skin does

The five main jobs of the skin
Reference. The five major functions of the integument — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One organ, five jobs

It is easy to think the skin just covers you. But covering you is only the first of five real jobs it does every moment. Hold on to all five. They come up again and again in later chapters.

FunctionHow the skin does it
1. ProtectionA physical barrier (keratin and tightly joined cells). A chemical barrier (the slightly acidic "acid mantle" made by sweat and oil). A biological barrier (immune dendritic cells that catch invaders).
2. ThermoregulationTo cool down, sweat dries off the skin and blood vessels in the dermis widen (dilate) to let heat out. To warm up, those vessels narrow (constrict) to keep heat in.
3. SensationPacked with receptors, sensors for touch, pressure, vibration, temperature, and pain. It is the body's largest sense organ.
4. Vitamin D synthesisUV light turns a relative of cholesterol in the skin into vitamin D₃. You need it to absorb calcium from food.
5. Excretion & storageSweat gets rid of small amounts of water, salts, and wastes. The dermis stores a blood reservoir (up to about 5% of the body's blood).

The barrier you rebuild every month

Protection is the star job. The dead, keratin-packed stratum corneum keeps water in. Without it, you would dry out in hours. It also keeps germs, chemicals, and UV out.

Sweat and oil coat the surface in a slightly acidic film called the acid mantle. This film makes life hard for bacteria and fungi. Dendritic immune cells are woven through the epidermis. They grab any invader that slips past. The whole barrier is rebuilt about once a month. So small damage heals with barely a trace.

Temperature, sensation, and a vitamin the skin makes

The skin is also your main thermostat, the part that controls your body heat. When you get too hot, eccrine glands pour out sweat. As the sweat dries, it carries heat away. Blood vessels in the dermis also widen to give off heat at the surface. That is why you turn pink when you are hot. When you are cold, those same vessels squeeze down to trap warmth deep inside.

The dermis is also crowded with sensory receptors. These make the skin the largest sense organ you have. They send your nervous system a steady stream of touch, pressure, temperature, and pain signals.

The skin also makes vitamin D, a job no other organ can start. UV light strikes a molecule like cholesterol in the epidermis. This begins its change into vitamin D₃. Without vitamin D, you cannot absorb the calcium your bones and nerves depend on.

Sunlight is a nutrient, in small doses. The same UV that damages DNA also starts vitamin D production. That is the tension at the heart of this chapter. You want enough sun to make vitamin D and lift your mood. But you do not want so much that it overwhelms melanin's protection and raises your risk of skin cancer.
Interactive Your largest organ does a lot. Besides covering you, it does five big jobs. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The skin's five jobs are protection, thermoregulation, sensation, vitamin D synthesis, and excretion/storage.
  • Protection is physical (keratin), chemical (the acidic acid mantle), and biological (immune dendritic cells).
  • Cooling uses sweat plus wider blood vessels. Warming uses narrower blood vessels. Vitamin D₃ is made in the skin with the help of UV. You need it to absorb calcium.

Section 6Burns & skin cancer

How deep each type of burn goes, and the types of skin cancer
Reference. Burn depth and the classification of skin cancers — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Burns: it's all about depth

A burn destroys skin. It can be caused by heat, electricity, chemicals, or radiation. How bad a burn is depends first on how deep it goes. The skin's barrier, water control, and heat control all live in these layers. So the deeper the burn, the more dangerous it is. This is not because a deep burn hurts more. In fact, a deep burn may stop hurting at all.

Burn (depth)Layers destroyedHow it looks and feels
First-degree (superficial)Epidermis onlyRed, dry, and painful, with no blisters. A typical sunburn. Heals in days.
Second-degree (partial thickness)Epidermis plus part of the dermisBlisters, redness, and a lot of pain. Heals but may scar.
Third-degree (full thickness)All of the epidermis and dermisWhite, brown, or blackened, and leathery. Often painless because the nerves are destroyed. Needs skin grafting (moving healthy skin onto the wound).

A serious burn has two big dangers: fluid loss and infection. Once the barrier is gone, water pours out and germs pour in. The body can no longer hold its temperature steady either.

To judge how much skin is burned, doctors and nurses use the rule of nines. It splits the adult body surface into regions worth about 9% each, or a multiple of nine. Each arm is 9%. Each leg is 18%. The front of the trunk is 18%, and so on. A burn is usually called critical in three cases. It covers more than 25% of the body. Or it involves the hands, face, or feet. Or it is third-degree over more than 10% of the body.

A painless burn is a worse burn. It sounds odd, but a full-thickness (third-degree) burn is often numb. The nerves in the dermis have been destroyed along with everything else. Never think a burn is minor just because it does not hurt.

Skin cancer: three kinds, one that kills

Skin cancer is the most common cancer of all. Its leading cause is years of UV exposure. There are three main types. Telling them apart matters a lot. Some are just a nuisance, but one can kill. Notice that each one starts in a cell you already met in this chapter.

CancerCell it starts inHow it behaves
Basal cell carcinomaCells of the stratum basaleThe most common and least dangerous. Rarely spreads. Usually cured by cutting it out.
Squamous cell carcinomaKeratinocytes of the stratum spinosumLess common. Can spread if ignored, but usually curable if caught early.
MelanomaMelanocytesThe least common but most deadly. Spreads (metastasizes) early and fast. Catching it early saves lives.

The dangerous one is melanoma, a cancer of the melanocytes that make pigment. It often starts in or near a mole. It metastasizes, or spreads to other parts of the body, early. So spotting it early is everything.

The ABCDE rule helps you check a mole that looks suspicious. Asymmetry: one half does not match the other. Border: the edges are ragged or blurred. Color: the color is uneven, with several shades. Diameter: it is wider than about 6 mm, the size of a pencil eraser. Evolving: it changes in size, shape, or color over time.

Any mole that shows these signs should be checked by a doctor.

Interactive Explore how deep a burn goes and how much of the body it covers. Then meet the three skin cancers, including the deadly one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Burns are graded by depth. First-degree burns hurt only the epidermis. Second-degree burns reach into the dermis and blister. Third-degree burns go all the way through, are often painless, and need skin grafts.
  • Serious burns kill through fluid loss and infection. The rule of nines estimates what percent of the body surface is burned.
  • There are three skin cancers. Basal cell is common and mild. Squamous cell can spread. Melanoma is rare but deadly. Check moles with ABCDE.

The chapter in one breath

  • The integumentary system is the skin plus hair, nails, and glands. The skin is the body's largest organ.
  • Skin has two true layers. The epidermis is epithelium with no blood vessels. It sits on the dermis, a connective tissue layer with blood vessels. Both rest on the fatty hypodermis.
  • Keratinocytes ride upward through five strata: basale → spinosum → granulosum → lucidum → corneum. They fill with keratin, die, and flake off in about a month.
  • Melanocytes make melanin and pass it to keratinocytes. There it caps the nucleus and soaks up UV to protect DNA. Color differences come from the amount of melanin, not the number of melanocytes.
  • Hair and nails are keratin structures that grow from living matrices. Sebaceous glands make oil. Eccrine glands cool you. Apocrine glands cause body odor.
  • The skin does five jobs: protection, thermoregulation, sensation, vitamin D synthesis, and excretion/storage.
  • Burns are graded by depth (first- to third-degree) and by area (rule of nines). The three skin cancers are basal cell, squamous cell, and the deadly melanoma. Moles are checked with ABCDE.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Apocrine sweat gland
A sweat gland in the armpit and groin that empties into a hair follicle. It makes a thick sweat with protein in it, turns on at puberty, and causes body odor once bacteria break the sweat down.
Arrector pili
A tiny smooth muscle attached to a hair follicle. When it tightens, it pulls the hair upright and makes "goosebumps."
Basal cell carcinoma
The most common and least dangerous skin cancer. It starts in cells of the stratum basale and rarely spreads.
Carotene
A yellow-orange pigment from food. It collects in the stratum corneum and hypodermis and adds to skin color.
Dermis
The deep, living layer of skin, made of dense irregular connective tissue. It holds blood vessels, nerves, hair follicles, and glands.
Eccrine (merocrine) sweat gland
The most common sweat gland, found all over the body. It opens right onto the skin, and its watery sweat cools you as it dries.
Epidermis
The top layer of skin. It is a keratinized stratified squamous epithelium (many layers of flat, tough cells) with no blood vessels of its own.
Hair follicle
The tube of tissue around the hair root. The hair grows out of it.
Hypodermis (subcutaneous layer)
The layer of fat and loose tissue under the skin. It is not part of the skin itself. It holds the skin in place, keeps in heat, and stores energy.
Integument
A covering. The integumentary system is the skin plus hair, nails, and glands.
Keratin
A tough, water-resistant protein. It fills skin cells, hair, and nails, and makes them strong and waterproof.
Keratinocyte
The main cell of the epidermis. It is born in the stratum basale, fills with keratin as it is pushed up, dies, and is shed.
Melanin
The brown-to-black (or red-to-yellow) pigment that gives skin most of its color. It soaks up ultraviolet light to protect DNA.
Melanocyte
The pigment-making cell in the stratum basale. It makes melanin and passes it to nearby keratinocytes.
Melanoma
The least common but most dangerous skin cancer. It starts in melanocytes, spreads early, and is checked for with the ABCDE rule.
Rule of nines
A way to estimate what percent of the body's surface is burned. It splits the adult body into regions of about 9% or multiples of nine.
Sebaceous gland
An oil gland that usually empties into a hair follicle. Its sebum keeps skin and hair soft and holds back bacteria.
Sebum
The oil made by sebaceous glands. When a follicle clogs with sebum and dead cells, acne results.
Squamous cell carcinoma
A skin cancer that starts in keratinocytes of the stratum spinosum. It can spread if not treated but is usually curable if caught early.
Stratum basale
The deepest layer of the epidermis. It is one row of dividing stem cells and also holds melanocytes and Merkel cells.
Stratum corneum
The outermost layer of the epidermis. It is 15–30 rows of dead, keratin-filled cells that form the tough, waterproof barrier.
Vitamin D
A vitamin the skin starts to make when ultraviolet light hits a relative of cholesterol in the epidermis. You need it to absorb calcium from food.

Check yourself

1. A patient has a shallow scrape that does not bleed at all. Which skin layer was hurt? Why is it normal that it does not bleed?
Only the epidermis was scraped. The epidermis is avascular, meaning it has no blood vessels. Blood vessels are in the dermis below. A wound must reach the dermis before it bleeds. The scrape will still hurt, though. Free nerve endings reach up into the epidermis. That is why a first-degree sunburn hurts but does not bleed. The epidermis lives on food that seeps up from the dermis.
2. Which layer sits just under the skin? What tissue is it made of? Why is it not counted as part of the skin?
The hypodermis (subcutaneous layer). It is made mostly of adipose (fat) and areolar (loose) tissue. It holds the skin in place, keeps in heat, and stores fat. But it is not epidermis or dermis. So it counts as support tissue under the skin, not skin itself.
3. Name the five epidermal strata from deepest to closest to the surface. Which one is found only in thick skin?
Stratum basale → spinosum → granulosum → lucidum → corneum. The stratum lucidum is found only in thick skin (palms and soles). Remember "Bad Students Get Lousy Classes." Cells are born in the basale and shed from the corneum.
4. In which stratum are keratinocytes born? About how long does the trip to the surface take? What is the outer layer made of?
They are born in the stratum basale. The trip takes about a month (about 25–45 days). The stratum corneum is made of dead cells filled with keratin. This upward march to death is called keratinization. The dead corneum is what makes skin a waterproof barrier.
5. Two people have very different skin colors. Is this because one has far more melanocytes than the other? Explain.
No. Everyone has about the same number of melanocytes. The difference is in how much melanin those cells make, and what type. More pigment means darker skin. A tan is the same cells making more melanin after UV exposure.
6. A melanocyte makes melanin but hands it off. Where does the pigment end up inside a keratinocyte? What does it protect there?
The melanin gathers as a cap over the top of the keratinocyte's nucleus, like a tiny umbrella. There it soaks up UV rays before they can harm the cell's DNA. Melanin is really sunscreen the cell makes for itself.
7. Why does a haircut not hurt, but plucking a hair does? Name the part that makes hair grow.
The shaft you see is dead keratin, so cutting it does not hurt. The living, growing part is the matrix at the base of the follicle, fed by the papilla. Plucking disturbs that living root and its nerves. That is why it hurts.
8. How do eccrine and apocrine sweat glands differ? Where is each found? Which one cools you, and which one is linked to body odor?
Eccrine glands are all over the body. Their watery sweat cools you as it dries. Apocrine glands are in the armpits and groin. Their thick sweat is linked to body odor. Apocrine sweat has no smell until skin bacteria break it down.
9. List the five functions of the skin. Which one is a nutrient job that no other organ shares?
Protection, thermoregulation, sensation, vitamin D synthesis, and excretion/storage. Making vitamin D is the special nutrient job. UV light starts turning a relative of cholesterol into vitamin D₃. The body needs it to absorb calcium.
10. On a hot day, the skin does two things to get rid of heat. Name both. What do the same blood vessels do when you are cold?
To cool you, eccrine glands make sweat that dries off, and blood vessels in the dermis widen (dilate) to give off heat. When you are cold, those vessels narrow (constrict) to keep heat in your core. This makes the skin the body's main organ for controlling temperature.
11. A burn is blackened, leathery, and oddly painless. What degree of burn is it? Which layers are destroyed? Why does it not hurt?
It is a third-degree (full-thickness) burn. It destroys all of the epidermis and dermis. It does not hurt because the nerves in the dermis are destroyed. These burns usually need skin grafts. A lack of pain never means a burn is minor.
12. Name the three skin cancers from least to most dangerous, and the cell each starts in. Then give the ABCDE warning signs for the deadliest one.
Basal cell carcinoma (stratum basale, mildest), squamous cell carcinoma (keratinocytes of the stratum spinosum), and melanoma (melanocytes, deadliest). Check a mole for melanoma with ABCDE: Asymmetry, Border that is uneven, Color that varies, Diameter over about 6 mm, and Evolving (changing over time).
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 6

Bone Tissue & the Skeletal System

It is easy to picture the skeleton as a dry rack of poles, the part of us that lasts after everything else is gone. That picture is wrong in the most important way. Bone is living tissue. It is laced with blood vessels and nerves. It is rebuilt every day of your life. And it quietly does jobs that have nothing to do with holding you up.

In this chapter you will meet the skeleton as an organ system, a group of organs that work together. You will see how it is built and what its cells do. You will learn how it keeps the calcium in your blood in a very narrow range. You will also see how it heals itself when it breaks. Once you see bone as alive, the rest of the skeleton makes sense.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • List the major functions of the skeletal system. Split the skeleton into its axial and appendicular parts.
  • Sort bones by shape: long, short, flat, irregular, and sesamoid. Give an example of each.
  • Name the main parts of a long bone that you can see without a microscope. Describe how compact and spongy bone differ.
  • Name the four bone cells. Explain how remodeling balances building bone up against breaking it down.
  • Describe the organic and inorganic parts of bone matrix and what each one adds.
  • Draw how parathyroid hormone and calcitonin keep blood calcium near its set point.
  • Recognize common fracture patterns. Put the four stages of bone repair in order.

Section 1What the skeleton is for

The human skeleton, with the axial and appendicular parts shown in different colors
Reference. The human skeleton, axial and appendicular divisions — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A frame that is also a factory

Every bone is an organ. It is made of several tissue types working together. These include bone tissue, cartilage, dense connective tissue, blood, and nerve tissue. And a bone is very much alive. Snap a fresh bone and it bleeds. Leave a broken one alone and it heals.

All your bones, cartilages, and joints together make up the skeletal system. This system does far more than give you a shape. It works as a support beam, a suit of armor, and a set of levers. It is also a mineral bank and a factory for blood cells. Often it does all of these at the same time.

The jobs bones do

It is worth learning the skeleton's main jobs as a short list. Almost everything else in this chapter is one of these jobs seen up close. Bone stores fat and minerals, makes blood, moves you, protects you, and holds you up.

FunctionHow the skeleton does it
SupportA stiff frame that holds the body up. It gives soft organs and muscles a place to attach.
ProtectionHard cases shield key organs. The skull guards the brain. The vertebrae guard the spinal cord. The rib cage guards the heart and lungs.
MovementBones act as levers that muscles pull on. Where two bones meet at a joint, motion happens.
Mineral & fat storageBone is a storehouse for calcium and phosphate. It stores them or releases them as needed. Yellow marrow stores energy as fat.
Blood-cell formationHematopoiesis, the making of blood cells. Red marrow inside some bones makes red cells, white cells, and platelets.

Axial and appendicular: two halves of one set

An adult skeleton has 206 bones. They split into two named groups. The axial skeleton has about 80 bones. It runs down the center line, or axis, of the body. It includes the skull, the backbone (vertebral column), and the rib cage (thoracic cage). Its main jobs are protection and support.

The appendicular skeleton has about 126 bones. It is everything that hangs off the axis. That means the arms and legs. It also includes the two girdles, the shoulder (pectoral) and hip (pelvic) girdles, which attach the limbs to the trunk. Its main job is movement. In the reference figure, the axial bones are one color and the appendicular bones are another. This is a handy way to keep the two straight.

Bone is the body's calcium bank. About 99% of the body's calcium is stored in the skeleton. That fact drives one of this chapter's biggest ideas. When blood calcium runs low, the body can take calcium out of bone. It will do this even if the skeleton suffers. A steady blood level matters more from moment to moment than any single bone.

Tap each of the skeleton's jobs in the interactive to see what carries it out.

Interactive Bones are not a dead frame. They are living organs doing five jobs at once, from holding you up to making your blood. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A bone is a living organ. The skeletal system is bones, cartilages, and joints together.
  • Main jobs: support, protection, movement, mineral/fat storage, and blood-cell formation (hematopoiesis).
  • The axial skeleton (about 80 bones) protects and supports. The appendicular skeleton (about 126 bones) lets you move. An adult has 206 bones in all.
  • About 99% of the body's calcium is stored in bone.

Section 2Classifying bones by shape

Examples of bones of each shape
Reference. Classification of bones by shape — BruceBlaus, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Shape follows the job

Bones come in a few shapes you can learn to spot. As with the rest of the body, the shape is a clue to the job. A bone built to act as a lever looks nothing like a bone built to shield a soft organ. Sorting bones into five shape classes gives you quick words to describe any bone you meet.

The five shapes

ClassShape & roleExamples
Long boneLonger than it is wide, with a shaft and two ends. Acts as a lever for movement.Femur (thigh), humerus (upper arm), phalanges (fingers & toes)
Short boneRoughly cube-shaped. Gives steady support with only a little motion.Carpals (wrist), tarsals (ankle)
Flat boneThin plates that are often curved. They protect organs and give muscles a wide place to attach.Skull bones, sternum (breastbone), ribs, scapula (shoulder blade)
Irregular boneOdd shapes that fit no other class. They do many kinds of protection and support.Vertebrae, hip bones, many face bones
Sesamoid boneSmall bones set inside a tendon. They protect the tendon and give it a better pull.Patella (kneecap)

Notice that the phalanges of your fingers count as long bones, even though they are tiny. The label is about proportion, not size. A long bone is longer than it is wide and has a shaft. It also works as a lever. The reference figure also shows a sutural (Wormian) bone. This is a small extra bone that can show up in the seams of the skull. Think of it as a special kind of flat bone, not a sixth class.

The patella is the body's largest sesamoid. A sesamoid bone sits inside a tendon. It lifts the tendon away from the joint. This gives the muscle more leverage, the way a longer handle makes a wrench stronger. That is why the kneecap makes the quadriceps better at straightening the knee. Small sesamoids also hide in the tendons of the hands and feet.

Tap each shape in the interactive to see the bone and where it lives in the body.

Interactive Bones come in five shapes, and the shape follows the job. Tap each one to see it and where you will find it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are five shape classes: long, short, flat, irregular, and sesamoid.
  • Long bones are levers. Short bones give steady support. Flat bones protect. Irregular bones do special jobs. Sesamoids sit inside tendons.
  • The patella is the largest sesamoid. The phalanges are small long bones.

Section 3Inside a long bone

A long bone cut open to show its parts
Reference. Anatomy of a long bone (femur) — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The shaft and the ends

A long bone, like the femur, has a neat layout once you learn its parts. The long middle tube is the diaphysis, or shaft. Its wall is a tube of dense compact bone. Its hollow center is the medullary cavity. In adults it is filled with fatty yellow marrow.

Each rounded end is an epiphysis. It is filled with light spongy (trabecular) bone. The spaces in spongy bone hold red marrow, where blood cells are made. Where the end meets another bone at a joint, it is capped with slick articular cartilage. This cartilage cushions the joint and lets it glide.

Between the shaft and each end is the metaphysis. In a growing child, it holds the epiphyseal (growth) plate. This is a disc of cartilage where the bone gets longer. When growth ends, the plate turns to bone. It leaves a thin epiphyseal line.

The living wrappers

Two thin layers keep bone alive and connected. The periosteum is a tough sheath on the outside of the bone. It covers every surface except the joint caps. It carries blood vessels and nerves. It anchors tendons and ligaments. It also holds bone-making cells for growth and repair.

The inner surfaces are lined by the thin endosteum. It lines the medullary cavity and the spaces in spongy bone. It also holds bone cells. A nutrient artery enters the shaft through a small hole. It feeds the bone from the inside.

Zoom in: the osteon

Under a microscope, compact bone is not a solid block. It is a bundle of tiny pillars that bear weight, called osteons (Haversian systems). Each osteon is a set of rings of bone matrix, like the rings in a tree trunk. These rings are the lamellae. They wrap around a central canal that carries a blood vessel and a nerve.

Small pockets between the rings are called lacunae. Mature bone cells, the osteocytes, are trapped inside them. The cells stay linked to each other and to the central vessel by hair-thin channels called canaliculi. This system of canals and channels works like plumbing. It keeps the buried cells in hard bone fed and alive.

PartWhat it is or holds
DiaphysisThe shaft. A tube of compact bone around the medullary cavity.
EpiphysisA wide end filled with spongy bone and red marrow
MetaphysisThe area between the shaft and the end. Home of the growth plate or growth line.
Medullary cavityThe hollow center of the shaft. Holds yellow (fatty) marrow in adults.
Articular cartilageSmooth cartilage that caps the joint surface of each epiphysis
PeriosteumOuter layer. Holds vessels, nerves, attachment points, and bone-making cells.
EndosteumInner lining of the marrow cavity and the spongy bone spaces
The growth plate is a child's weak point. The epiphyseal plate is made of cartilage. So it is softer than the bone around it. In children, a hard blow can crack right through it. These growth-plate (Salter–Harris) fractures need careful care. Damage there can change how the limb grows. In adults, the plate has sealed into the epiphyseal line. Then this weak point is gone.

Tap each labeled part in the interactive to find it on the bone and learn its role.

Interactive A long bone is more organized than it looks. It has a hollow shaft, spongy ends, and living wrappers. Tap each part to find it and learn its role. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The diaphysis (shaft) is compact bone around a marrow-filled medullary cavity. The epiphyses (ends) are spongy bone with red marrow.
  • The metaphysis holds the epiphyseal plate (growth plate). It becomes the epiphyseal line when growth stops.
  • The periosteum wraps the outside. The endosteum lines the inside.
  • Compact bone is built of osteons. Each is rings of lamellae around a central canal. Osteocytes sit in lacunae, linked by canaliculi.

Section 4Bone cells & remodeling

Bone cells breaking down old bone and building new bone
Reference. Bone remodeling: resorption and deposition by bone cells — Laboratoires Servier, CC BY-SA 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

What bone is made of

Bone tissue is a wonder of design. It mixes two opposite qualities. Its organic part is mostly collagen fibers. Collagen gives bone flexibility and tensile strength, the strength to resist being pulled. So bone bends a little under a load instead of snapping.

Its inorganic part is made of mineral salts of calcium and phosphate. These form hard crystals called hydroxyapatite. They give bone its hardness and compressive strength, the strength to resist being squeezed. Take the mineral away, and bone turns rubbery. Take the collagen away, and it turns as brittle as chalk. Healthy bone needs both, in balance.

Four cells, one crew

Four cell types build and care for this matrix. The easiest way to remember them is by their jobs. Osteogenic (osteoprogenitor) cells are like stem cells. They divide to make the builders. Osteoblasts lay down new bone matrix. They build.

An osteoblast can wall itself into the matrix it made. Then it matures into an osteocyte. This is the caretaker cell. It lives in a lacuna and keeps the tissue healthy. The wrecking crew is the osteoclasts. These are large cells with many nuclei. They dissolve old bone and release its minerals back into the blood.

CellJobMemory hook
Osteogenic cellStem cell that divides to make osteoblastsThe source
OsteoblastBuilds new bone matrix“b” for build
OsteocyteMature cell. Keeps bone healthy and senses stress on it.A retired builder, walled in
OsteoclastBreaks down bone. Frees calcium.“c” for consume/carve

The tug-of-war called remodeling

Bone is never finished. All through life, osteoclasts dissolve old bone. Osteoblasts lay down fresh bone right behind them. This nonstop cycle is called remodeling. It replaces about 10% of the skeleton every year. When the two crews stay balanced, the amount of bone stays steady.

Two things tune the balance. The first is mechanical stress, the load placed on a bone. Bone gets thicker where it is loaded and thinner where it is not. This rule is called Wolff's law. It is why exercise that puts weight on your bones makes them stronger. It is also why bones weaken during bed rest or in space. The second is hormones, especially the two calcium hormones you will meet next.

Sometimes breakdown beats building for years. This often happens after menopause. The result is osteoporosis, bone full of holes that breaks easily.

Blasts build, clasts consume. The whole system is a balance between two cells. Osteoblasts build bone up. Osteoclasts chew it down. Keep them even, and the skeleton stays strong. Tip the balance toward the clasts, and bone thins toward osteoporosis.

Watch the crews trade places in the interactive, and meet the four cells one at a time.

Interactive One crew lays down new bone while another dissolves old bone. This constant tug-of-war is remodeling. Watch it happen, and meet the four cells. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Bone matrix is collagen (for bending) plus hydroxyapatite mineral (for hardness). It needs both.
  • There are four cells: osteogenic (source), osteoblast (build), osteocyte (maintain), and osteoclast (break down).
  • Remodeling balances breakdown and building. It replaces about 10% of bone each year. It responds to load (Wolff's law) and to hormones.
  • If breakdown wins for a long time, the result is osteoporosis.

Section 5Calcium homeostasis

How PTH and calcitonin control blood calcium
Reference. Calcium homeostasis: parathyroid hormone and calcitonin — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Why calcium is worth guarding

Blood calcium (Ca²⁺) must stay in a tight range, about 9–10 mg/dL. So much depends on it. Calcium makes muscles contract. It lets nerves fire. It is needed for blood clotting. It also carries messages inside cells.

If calcium drops too low, nerves get jumpy. This causes muscle spasms and cramps, called tetany. If it climbs too high, nerves and muscles get sluggish. This is a classic example of homeostasis, the idea from Chapter 1. The body holds a value near a set point using feedback, much like a thermostat. The skeleton is the store the body draws on to protect that value.

PTH raises calcium

When blood calcium falls, the parathyroid glands respond. These are four small glands on the back of the thyroid. They release parathyroid hormone (PTH). PTH raises calcium in three ways at once.

In bone, it spurs osteoclasts to dissolve matrix. This releases calcium into the blood. In the kidneys, it tells the tubes to take back calcium that would be lost in urine. It also has the kidneys turn vitamin D into its active form, calcitriol. Calcitriol then makes the intestines absorb more calcium from food. Bone, kidneys, and gut all pour calcium into the blood. The level climbs back toward normal.

Calcitonin lowers calcium

When blood calcium runs high, the thyroid gland responds. Its parafollicular (C) cells release calcitonin. Calcitonin does the opposite of PTH. It holds back osteoclasts and favors osteoblasts. So calcium is pulled out of the blood and stored back in bone. The level settles down.

The two hormones work as a push-pull pair. PTH is the gas pedal, and calcitonin is the brake. Together they keep blood calcium very steady.

FeatureParathyroid hormone (PTH)Calcitonin
Released whenBlood calcium is lowBlood calcium is high
SourceParathyroid glandsThyroid C (parafollicular) cells
Effect on calciumRaises itLowers it
BoneSpurs osteoclasts (breakdown)Holds back osteoclasts (favors building)
Kidney / gutKidneys take back Ca. Activates vitamin D → gut absorbs more.Minor role
The body protects blood calcium before the skeleton. Say your diet is short on calcium. PTH will keep pulling calcium out of bone to protect the blood level. The heart needs normal blood calcium to beat, and nerves need it to fire, right now. Over years, this steady loss is one road to weak, brittle bone. That is why calcium and vitamin D in your diet matter so much.

Knock blood calcium off its set point in the interactive and watch the right hormone respond.

Interactive Blood calcium must stay near 9–10 mg/dL. Two hormones guard it. PTH raises it, and calcitonin lowers it. Knock it off balance and watch the right one respond. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Blood calcium is kept near 9–10 mg/dL because nerves, muscles, and clotting depend on it.
  • PTH (from the parathyroids) raises calcium. It acts on bone, kidneys, and gut (through calcitriol, the active vitamin D).
  • Calcitonin (from thyroid C cells) lowers calcium by holding back osteoclasts.
  • The body will take calcium from bone to protect the blood level.

Section 6Fractures & repair

Drawings of different kinds of broken bones
Reference. Types of bone fractures — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

How bones break

A fracture is simply a broken bone. Doctors name the pattern of the break. The pattern hints at what caused it and how to treat it. The first and most important question is whether the skin stayed whole.

A closed (simple) fracture leaves the skin unbroken. An open (compound) fracture breaks through the skin. An open fracture is far more serious. It opens a door for infection. Breaks are also named for the line they follow and how bad they are.

TypeWhat it looks like
Closed vs openSkin whole (closed) vs bone poking through the skin (open). Open fractures risk infection.
TransverseThe break runs straight across the shaft.
ObliqueThe break runs at an angle across the bone.
SpiralA twisting break that winds around the shaft. It points to a twisting force.
ComminutedThe bone shatters into three or more pieces.
ImpactedOne broken end is driven into the other.
GreenstickA partial break. The bone bends and cracks on one side. Seen mostly in children.

How a bone heals: four stages

A broken bone repairs itself in a set order. The full process can take months. First, torn blood vessels bleed and clot. This forms a fracture hematoma, a blood clot that seals the gap and sets the stage.

Next, cells build a fibrocartilaginous (soft) callus out of collagen and cartilage. It splints the broken ends together. Then osteoblasts replace this soft bridge with a bony (hard) callus of spongy bone. This happens about six weeks after the injury. Last, over months, the bone remodels. Osteoclasts and osteoblasts reshape the callus back toward the bone's first shape. The same stresses that shape every bone guide this step.

StageWhat happens
1. Fracture hematomaBleeding forms a clot that fills and seals the break.
2. Soft (fibrocartilaginous) callusCollagen and cartilage bridge the gap and splint the ends.
3. Hard (bony) callusOsteoblasts replace the soft callus with spongy bone (about 6 weeks).
4. Bone remodelingOver months, the callus is reshaped toward the bone's first shape.

Doctors help this along in two steps. If the broken ends have moved apart, the fracture is first reduced. This means the ends are lined back up. It can be done by moving them from the outside (closed reduction) or by surgery (open reduction). Then the bone is immobilized, or held still, in a cast or with metal hardware. This keeps the fragile callus safe while it matures.

Children bend before they break. A child's bones have more collagen and less mineral than an adult's. So they are springier. That is why children get greenstick fractures. The bone bends and cracks partway through, like a fresh green twig, instead of snapping clean. The same bendiness helps children heal faster than adults.

Explore each fracture pattern in the interactive, then step through the four stages of repair.

Interactive Bones break in typical patterns. Then they heal themselves in four stages. Explore the types, then step through how a bone repairs. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Closed means the skin is whole. Open (compound) means the bone breaks the skin and risks infection.
  • Patterns include transverse, oblique, spiral, comminuted, impacted, and greenstick.
  • Healing runs in four stages: hematoma → soft callus → hard callus → remodeling.
  • Treatment is reduction (lining the ends up) and then immobilization (holding still) to protect the callus.

The chapter in one breath

  • Bone is living tissue. The skeletal system does five jobs: support, protection, movement, mineral/fat storage, and blood-cell formation.
  • The skeleton splits into the axial (about 80 bones) and appendicular (about 126 bones) parts, 206 in all.
  • Bones are sorted by shape as long, short, flat, irregular, or sesamoid. The shape follows the job.
  • A long bone has a diaphysis of compact bone around a marrow cavity. Its epiphyses are spongy. Compact bone is built of osteons.
  • Four cells drive remodeling, the lifelong balance of building and dissolving bone. They are the osteogenic cell, osteoblast, osteocyte, and osteoclast.
  • The matrix mixes collagen (for bending) with hydroxyapatite mineral (for hardness).
  • PTH raises blood calcium and calcitonin lowers it. Together they keep it near 9–10 mg/dL. The skeleton is the calcium bank.
  • Fractures come in named patterns. They heal in four stages: hematoma → soft callus → hard callus → remodeling.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Appendicular skeleton
The bones of the arms and legs, plus the shoulder and hip girdles that attach them to the axis (about 126 bones). Built for movement.
Axial skeleton
The bones along the body's center line: skull, backbone, and rib cage (about 80 bones). Built for support and protection.
Calcitonin
A hormone from the thyroid's parafollicular (C) cells. It lowers blood calcium by holding back osteoclasts.
Calcitriol
The active form of vitamin D. It helps the gut absorb calcium, and PTH helps switch it on.
Callus
The repair bridge that forms across a break. First it is a soft (fibrocartilaginous) callus, then a hard (bony) callus.
Compact bone
Dense, strong bone tissue built of osteons. It forms the outer wall of bones and the shaft of long bones.
Diaphysis
The tube-shaped shaft of a long bone. It is compact bone around the medullary cavity.
Endosteum
The thin layer that lines the inside surfaces of bone: the medullary cavity and the spaces in spongy bone.
Epiphyseal plate
The cartilage growth plate in the metaphysis, where a long bone gets longer. It becomes the epiphyseal line when growth ends.
Epiphysis
The wide end of a long bone. It is spongy bone with red marrow, capped by articular cartilage.
Hematopoiesis
The making of blood cells (red cells, white cells, and platelets) in the red marrow of bone.
Hydroxyapatite
The crystal mineral of calcium and phosphate in bone matrix. It makes bone hard.
Medullary cavity
The hollow center of a long bone's shaft. In adults it stores fatty yellow marrow.
Osteoblast
The bone-building cell that makes new matrix. It becomes an osteocyte once bone surrounds it.
Osteoclast
A large cell with many nuclei. It dissolves bone matrix and releases its minerals into the blood.
Osteocyte
A mature bone cell that lives in a lacuna. It keeps the matrix healthy and senses stress on the bone.
Osteon
The basic building block of compact bone. It is rings of matrix (lamellae) around a central (Haversian) canal.
Parathyroid hormone (PTH)
The hormone from the parathyroid glands that raises blood calcium. It acts on bone, kidneys, and intestine.
Periosteum
The tough outer layer of a bone. It carries vessels and nerves, anchors tendons, and holds bone-making cells.
Remodeling
The lifelong cycle in which osteoclasts break down bone and osteoblasts build it back, in balance.
Sesamoid bone
A small bone set inside a tendon, such as the patella. It protects the tendon and gives it more leverage.
Spongy bone
Light bone tissue full of holes, made of thin struts (trabeculae). It is found in the epiphyses, and its spaces hold red marrow.

Check yourself

1. A friend says the skeleton is just “dead scaffolding.” Give two pieces of evidence that bone is living tissue.
Bone has many blood vessels and nerves. Living cells remodel it all the time. And it heals itself after a fracture. Any of these shows that bone is a living organ, not dead scaffolding. A broken bone even bleeds and repairs itself.
2. List the major functions of the skeletal system. Which one involves red bone marrow?
Support, protection, movement, mineral and fat storage, and blood-cell formation. The last one, hematopoiesis, happens in red marrow. Red marrow in spongy bone makes red cells, white cells, and platelets.
3. Sort these into the axial or appendicular skeleton: femur, sternum, a vertebra, the scapula, the skull.
Axial: sternum, vertebra, skull. Appendicular: femur, scapula. The axial skeleton is the center line (skull, backbone, rib cage). The appendicular skeleton is the limbs and their girdles. The scapula is part of the shoulder (pectoral) girdle.
4. Sort each bone by shape: the femur, a carpal, a rib, a vertebra, the patella.
Femur = long. Carpal = short. Rib = flat. Vertebra = irregular. Patella = sesamoid. Shape follows the job. Long bones are levers, short bones steady, flat bones protect, irregular bones do special jobs, and sesamoids sit inside tendons.
5. Name the shaft of a long bone. What fills its hollow center in an adult? What tissue is found in the wide ends?
The shaft is the diaphysis. The medullary cavity holds yellow (fatty) marrow. The epiphyses hold spongy bone with red marrow. Compact bone forms the wall of the shaft. Spongy bone fills the ends.
6. How is the epiphyseal plate different from the epiphyseal line? Why does this matter for children's injuries?
The epiphyseal plate is the active cartilage growth plate in a growing bone. The epiphyseal line is the bony mark left after growth stops. The plate is softer cartilage. So a break through it in a child can change how the limb grows later.
7. Match each cell to its job: osteoblast, osteoclast, osteocyte. Which one raises blood calcium when it is active?
The osteoblast builds new bone. The osteocyte keeps bone healthy. The osteoclast breaks bone down. The osteoclast raises blood calcium by dissolving matrix. Remember: blasts build, clasts consume.
8. Bone matrix has an organic part and an inorganic part. Name each and what it gives bone.
Organic collagen gives flexibility and tensile strength. Inorganic hydroxyapatite (calcium phosphate) gives hardness and compressive strength. Bone needs both. Without mineral it is rubbery. Without collagen it is brittle.
9. What is bone remodeling? How does Wolff's law explain why weight-bearing exercise makes bone stronger?
Remodeling is the ongoing balance of breakdown by osteoclasts and building by osteoblasts. Wolff's law says bone remodels in response to the stress put on it. Loading the skeleton signals osteoblasts to add bone where it is needed. So weight-bearing exercise builds denser bone, while lack of use thins it.
10. Blood calcium drops below normal. Which hormone responds? Where is it made? What are its three targets?
Parathyroid hormone (PTH), made by the parathyroid glands. It acts on bone (spurs osteoclasts), the kidneys (take back calcium and activate vitamin D), and the intestine (absorbs more calcium through calcitriol). All three raise blood calcium back toward its set point of 9–10 mg/dL.
11. Compare an open fracture with a closed fracture. Why is one more dangerous?
In a closed (simple) fracture, the skin stays whole. In an open (compound) fracture, the broken bone pokes through the skin. The open fracture is more dangerous. The wound exposes bone to the outside, so the risk of infection is high.
12. Put the four stages of bone repair in order, starting right after the break.
Fracture hematoma → soft (fibrocartilaginous) callus → hard (bony) callus → bone remodeling. A clot fills the gap. Cartilage and collagen splint it. Spongy bone replaces that bridge. Last, the callus is reshaped toward the bone's first shape.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 7

The Axial Skeleton

A column of bone runs down the center of your body. It holds you upright, guards your most delicate organs, and gives your muscles something to pull on. This core is the axial skeleton, made of the skull, the spine, and the rib cage, with eighty bones lined up along the long axis of your body. In this chapter, we will take that core apart piece by piece. You will name the bones of the skull and stack the twenty-six bones of the backbone. You will look closely at one vertebra to learn the plan they all share. Then you will build the cage that guards the heart and lungs. Last, you will trace the gentle S-curve that lets your spine carry your weight without bending in. By the end, a chest X-ray or a skull drawing will read like a map you already know.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Split the skeleton into its axial and appendicular parts, and list what belongs in each.
  • Name the eight cranial and fourteen facial bones, and find the main sutures (seams) of the skull.
  • List the five regions of the backbone and the number of bones in each.
  • Label the parts of a typical vertebra, and tell what the body, arch, and processes each do.
  • Sort the ribs into true, false, or floating, and name the three parts of the breastbone.
  • Tell primary spine curves from secondary ones, and spot kyphosis, lordosis, and scoliosis.
  • Link each axial bone to the organ or job it protects or supports.

Section 1Axial vs appendicular

Figure of the axial and appendicular skeleton
Reference. The axial skeleton (colored) and the appendicular skeleton — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two skeletons in one

An adult body has 206 bones. Anatomists sort every one of them into two groups. The axial skeleton forms the center line, or axis, of your body. This line runs from the top of the skull, down the spine, and out through the ribs. The axial skeleton has 80 bones. Its job is protection and support. It holds the brain, the spinal cord, the heart, and the lungs, and it gives your trunk a firm core.

The appendicular skeleton is everything that hangs off that center line. These are the appendages, or limbs. It has 126 bones, which make up your arms and legs, plus the two girdles (shoulder and hip) that hold the limbs on. Its job is movement. Here is a quick way to tell them apart. If a bone sits on the midline or wraps around an organ, it is axial. If it helps you reach, walk, or grip, it is appendicular.

What the axial 80 are made of

The eighty axial bones fall into just three groups, and this whole chapter is a tour of them. The skull and the bones that go with it make up twenty-nine. The vertebral column, or backbone, has twenty-six. The thoracic cage, or rib cage, has twenty-five. See how each group matches the organ it guards. The skull wraps the brain, the vertebrae wrap the spinal cord, and the rib cage wraps the heart and lungs. In a real sense, the axial skeleton is your body's suit of armor.

RegionBones in itCount
Skull8 cranial + 14 facial bones22
Bones that go with the skull6 ear bones (auditory ossicles) + 1 hyoid bone7
Vertebral column24 vertebrae + sacrum + coccyx26
Thoracic cage24 ribs (12 pairs) + 1 sternum25
Axial total—80
80 + 126 = 206. If you forget how the skeleton splits, start from the total. The axial 80 protect and support along the midline, while the appendicular 126 move. Together they make the classic adult bone count, a number worth knowing by heart.

Switch between the two skeletons below. Watch the axial and appendicular bones light up in turn.

Interactive Switch to light up the axial skeleton on the midline, then the limbs and girdles. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The skeleton splits into two parts. The axial part has 80 bones on the center line, for protection and support.
  • The appendicular part has 126 bones in the limbs and girdles, for movement.
  • The axial skeleton has three parts: the skull, vertebral column, and thoracic cage.
  • Axial bones sit on the midline. They guard the brain, spinal cord, heart, and lungs. 80 + 126 = 206.

Section 2The skull

Side view of the skull
Reference. Side view of the skull, with cranial and facial bones labeled — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Eight bones cradle the brain

The skull has 22 bones, and the first split is between the part around the brain and the part that builds the face. The cranium is the braincase, and it is made of eight cranial bones. Four of them are single bones on the midline:

The frontal bone is your forehead. The occipital bone is the back and base of the skull. It has a large hole, the foramen magnum, where the spinal cord leaves the skull. The sphenoid bone is shaped like a bat. It spans the floor of the skull and locks the other bones together, like the keystone of an arch. The ethmoid bone is a thin, fragile bone between the eyes. It forms part of the nose cavity.

The other two come in pairs. The two parietal bones form the roof and upper sides. The two temporal bones sit low on each side and hold the ears. Together these bones form a hard dome whose only job is to keep the brain safe.

Fourteen bones build the face

The 14 facial bones give your face its shape, and they frame the openings for seeing, smelling, and eating. Most come in pairs:

The two maxillae form the upper jaw. They join at the midline. The two zygomatic bones are your cheekbones. The two nasal bones form the bridge of the nose. The two lacrimal bones are tiny bones at the inner corner of each eye. They help drain tears. The two palatine bones form the back of the hard palate, the roof of your mouth. The two inferior nasal conchae are curled shelves inside the nose.

Two facial bones are single. The vomer forms the lower part of the wall between your nostrils (the nasal septum). The mandible is the lower jaw. The mandible is special, because it is the only freely movable bone in the skull. It meets the temporal bone at the jaw joint (the temporomandibular joint), which lets you chew and speak.

GroupSingle bonesPaired bones
Cranial (8)Frontal, occipital, sphenoid, ethmoidParietal (2), temporal (2)
Facial (14)Mandible, vomerMaxilla (2), zygomatic (2), nasal (2), lacrimal (2), palatine (2), inferior nasal concha (2)

Sutures, sinuses, and the infant skull

The cranial bones do not meet at smooth joints. Instead, they lock together along jagged seams that cannot move. These seams are called sutures, and they fit together like the teeth of a zipper. Four are worth naming:

The coronal suture runs between the frontal and parietal bones. The sagittal suture runs front to back between the two parietal bones. The lambdoid suture runs between the parietal bones and the occipital bone. The squamous suture runs along the top of each temporal bone.

In a newborn, these seams have not closed yet. The gaps between them are the fontanelles, or "soft spots." They let the skull bend a little during birth and grow as the brain grows.

Some skull bones are also hollowed out by air-filled spaces. These are the paranasal sinuses, the air pockets around the nose. They make the skull lighter and help your voice ring and carry.

The foramen magnum is the skull's front door. This large hole in the occipital bone is where the brainstem turns into the spinal cord. In humans, it sits right at the base of the skull, not at the back. That spot is a sign of walking upright on two legs, because it lets the head balance right on top of the spine.

Tap any bone on the side view to find it and name it.

Interactive Tap a bone on this side view to find it among the 8 cranial and 14 facial bones. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The skull has 22 bones: 8 cranial bones around the brain and 14 facial bones that shape the face.
  • The single cranial bones are the frontal, occipital, sphenoid, and ethmoid. The parietal and temporal bones come in pairs.
  • The mandible is the only skull bone that moves freely.
  • Cranial bones meet at sutures that cannot move. In babies these are still open as fontanelles.

Section 3The vertebral column

The backbone and its regions
Reference. The vertebral column and its five regions — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Twenty-six bones, five regions

The vertebral column is your backbone, a stack of 26 bones that runs from the base of the skull to the hips. It does three big jobs at once. It supports your head and trunk. It protects the spinal cord that runs down its center. And it bends enough to let you bend and twist.

Each bone in the stack is a vertebra, and together they are called vertebrae. They are grouped into five regions from top to bottom. A classic memory trick links the counts to mealtimes. Eat breakfast at 7, lunch at 12, and dinner at 5:

RegionBonesWhere it is & notes
Cervical7 (C1–C7)The neck. C1 is the atlas, and C2 is the axis.
Thoracic12 (T1–T12)The chest. Each one holds a pair of ribs.
Lumbar5 (L1–L5)The lower back. These are the largest and carry the most weight.
Sacral1 (5 fused)The sacrum. It joins the hip bones.
Coccygeal1 (4 fused)The coccyx, or tailbone.

A child actually starts with 33 separate vertebrae. As you grow, five of them fuse into one sacrum and four more fuse into the coccyx, so the adult total ends up at 26. Notice a pattern, too. The vertebrae get steadily larger as you move down the column. That is because each lower bone carries the weight of everything above it. The lumbar vertebrae hold up the whole upper body, so they are the biggest and bulkiest of all.

Discs, the cushions between

From C2 downward, a pad called an intervertebral disc sits between each pair of vertebrae. It has a tough outer ring of fibers, the anulus fibrosus. That ring wraps around a soft, jelly-like center, the nucleus pulposus. Think of a jelly donut, and you have 23 of them in your spine.

The discs do two jobs. They act as shock absorbers that soften the jolt of every step. They also form joints that move a little, so the spine can bend. Sometimes the soft center pushes out through a weak spot in the ring. This is a herniated ("slipped") disc. It can press on a nearby spinal nerve and send pain shooting down an arm or leg.

Seven necks for almost every mammal. Nearly every mammal has exactly seven cervical vertebrae. A mouse, a human, and a giraffe all have the same number. A giraffe's neck is not long because it has more bones, but because each of its seven bones is very long.

Tap each region to pick it out and see its vertebrae.

Interactive Tap a region to pick out the 26 bones of the S-curved backbone, one section at a time. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The column has 26 bones in five regions: 7 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, plus the fused sacrum and coccyx. Remember 7–12–5.
  • Vertebrae get larger as you go down, because they carry more weight. The lumbar vertebrae are the largest.
  • Intervertebral discs cushion the spine and let it move. A herniated disc can press on a spinal nerve.

Section 4A typical vertebra

A typical vertebra seen from above
Reference. A typical vertebra seen from above (superior view) — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The body: the weight-bearer

Vertebrae look different from region to region, but they all share one basic plan. The front part of every vertebra is the body, also called the centrum. It is a thick, round block of bone that faces the front (anterior) and does the heavy lifting. The bodies stack on top of each other, with discs between them. Together they form a sturdy pillar that carries the weight of your head and trunk. This is why the bodies get bigger toward the lower back. The lower you go, the more weight there is to hold up.

The arch: the shield

Behind the body is the vertebral arch, a ring of bone that sticks out toward the back. Two short walls rise from the body, and these are the pedicles. Two flat plates form the roof and meet in the middle, and these are the laminae.

The body in front and the arch behind surround a hole. This hole is the vertebral foramen. When all the vertebrae are stacked, these holes line up to form one long tunnel, the vertebral canal. This bony tunnel shelters the spinal cord along its whole length. So the arch works like the spine's version of the skull, and its job is pure protection.

The processes: the handles

Seven bony knobs called processes stick out from the arch, and they work as levers and joints. The single spinous process points straight back. These are the bumps you feel down the middle of your back. The two transverse processes stick out to the sides. Muscles and ligaments grab onto the spinous and transverse processes.

The last four are the paired superior and inferior articular processes. "Superior" means upper, and "inferior" means lower. Each has a smooth, flat surface called a facet. The facets form joints with the vertebra just above and just below, which links the whole column together.

PartNumberJob
Body (centrum)1Carries weight. Faces the front.
Pedicles + laminae2 + 2Form the vertebral arch
Vertebral foramen1Hole that the spinal cord runs through
Spinous process1Points back. Muscles and ligaments attach here.
Transverse processes2Point to the sides. Muscles and ligaments attach here.
Articular processes4Form joints with the vertebrae above and below
Two foramina, two very different jobs. Do not mix up these two openings. The vertebral foramen is the big central hole. The spinal cord runs through it. The intervertebral foramina are small side openings between stacked vertebrae. Spinal nerves branch out through them to the body. One protects the cord. The others are exit doors for its nerves.

Look straight down on a vertebra. Tap each part to name it.

Interactive Look straight down on a vertebra. Tap the body, arch, and processes to label them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Every vertebra has a weight-bearing body in front. Behind it is a protective arch, made of pedicles and laminae.
  • The body and arch surround the vertebral foramen. Stacked up, these holes form the vertebral canal, which holds the spinal cord.
  • The spinous and transverse processes hold muscles. The articular processes form joints with the vertebrae next to them.

Section 5The thoracic cage

The rib cage, breastbone, and ribs
Reference. The thoracic cage, with the sternum, ribs, and costal cartilage — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The sternum: the breastplate

The front of the chest is held in place by the sternum, or breastbone. It is a flat bone shaped like a dagger, with three parts. The wide manubrium sits on top and joins the collarbones. The long body forms the middle. The small xiphoid process is the pointed tip at the bottom, and it starts out as cartilage.

Where the manubrium meets the body, there is a small ridge. This is the sternal angle, also called the angle of Louis. You can feel it through your skin, and it lines up with the second rib. So doctors and nurses use it as a starting point for counting ribs and placing a stethoscope.

Twelve pairs of ribs: true, false, and floating

You have 12 pairs of ribs, which curve from the spine in back around to the front of the chest. Every rib joins a thoracic vertebra in back. But ribs differ in how they reach the sternum in front, or if they reach it at all. That is how we sort them:

The true ribs are pairs 1–7. Each one joins the sternum directly by its own strip of costal cartilage. This is a strip of bendy tissue that links a rib to the breastbone. The false ribs are pairs 8–12. They do not reach the sternum directly. Pairs 8–10 join the costal cartilage of the rib just above them. The last two pairs, 11 and 12, have no front attachment at all. They are called floating ribs, and they end freely in the muscles of the back wall.

TypeRib pairsHow they attach in front
True ribs1–7Straight to the sternum, each by its own costal cartilage
False ribs8–10Not directly. They join the costal cartilage of the rib above.
Floating ribs11–12None. They do not attach to the sternum.

A cage that breathes

The thoracic cage is not a solid box. It is a bendable basket that moves with every breath. When you breathe in, muscles lift the ribs up and out. This makes your chest bigger, so the lungs have room to fill with air. When you breathe out, the ribs drop back down. All the while, the cage shields the heart, lungs, and great vessels (the largest blood vessels) inside it. It also gives your breathing and upper-body muscles a frame to pull on, so it is both armor and machine in one.

Find the xiphoid before you press. During CPR, the heel of your hand goes on the body of the sternum, not on the xiphoid process. The small xiphoid can snap under pressure and hurt the liver below it. So every rescuer learns to find it first and stay above it.

Tap the sternum, the spine, and each group of ribs to see how the cage fits together.

Interactive Tap the sternum, the thoracic spine, and each rib group to see how the cage is built. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The sternum has three parts: the manubrium, body, and xiphoid process. The sternal angle marks the second rib.
  • Ribs 1–7 are true ribs that join the sternum directly. Ribs 8–10 are false ribs that join through the rib above. Ribs 11–12 are floating ribs with no front attachment.
  • The cage protects the heart and lungs. It expands with each breath.

Section 6Spinal curvatures

Normal and abnormal curves of the spine
Reference. Normal spine curves and the problem curves kyphosis, lordosis, and scoliosis — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Four curves, two born and two learned

Seen from the side, a healthy spine is not straight. It makes a gentle S-shape with four curves. These curves balance your weight over your hips, and they act like a spring that softens every step.

Two of them are primary curves, which you have at birth. They match the curled-up shape of a baby in the womb. They are the thoracic curve (in the chest) and the sacral curve (in the pelvis). Both bend away from the front, so they are hollow in front.

The other two are secondary curves. They form after birth, as a baby learns to hold up its head and then to walk. The cervical curve appears when a baby starts to lift its head. The lumbar curve appears when a toddler stands and walks. Together, the four curves let the spine carry a heavy head and trunk without tipping over.

CurveTypeWhen it appears
CervicalSecondaryWhen a baby lifts its head
ThoracicPrimaryThere at birth
LumbarSecondaryWhen a toddler stands and walks
SacralPrimaryThere at birth

When curves go wrong

The curves are healthy when they are gentle. But a curve can become too deep or bend the wrong way, and then it gets a medical name.

Kyphosis is a thoracic curve that is too deep. It gives a rounded, hunched upper back, sometimes called "hunchback." It is common in older adults with osteoporosis (weak, thin bones). Lordosis is a lumbar curve that is too deep. The lower back sways inward too much. This is called "swayback." Scoliosis is different from both. It is a sideways (lateral) curve of the spine. Seen from behind, the spine bends into a C or an S shape.

Children are checked for scoliosis at school. Finding it early, while the skeleton is still growing, gives the best chance to fix it.

Kyphosis and lordosis run front to back. Scoliosis runs side to side. Here is a simple way to keep them apart. Kyphosis and lordosis are overdone versions of the normal curves you already have, seen from the side. Scoliosis is an abnormal curve where the spine should look straight, seen from behind.

Compare the normal S-curve with kyphosis, lordosis, and scoliosis side by side.

Interactive Compare the healthy S-curve with kyphosis, lordosis, and scoliosis side by side. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The spine has four curves. The primary curves (thoracic, sacral) are there at birth.
  • The secondary curves (cervical, lumbar) form later, as a baby lifts its head and learns to walk.
  • Kyphosis is a thoracic curve that is too deep. Lordosis is a lumbar curve that is too deep. Both are front-to-back curves.
  • Scoliosis is an abnormal lateral (sideways) curve. Children are checked for it while they grow.

The chapter in one breath

  • The skeleton splits in two. The axial part has 80 bones in the skull, spine, and rib cage, for protection and support. The appendicular part has 126 bones in the limbs and girdles, for movement.
  • The skull has 22 bones: 8 cranial bones around the brain and 14 facial bones. The mandible is the only one that moves. The others are joined by sutures that do not move.
  • The vertebral column has 26 bones in five regions: 7 cervical, 12 thoracic, 5 lumbar, plus the fused sacrum and coccyx. Discs cushion the bones.
  • Every vertebra has a weight-bearing body. It has an arch that surrounds the vertebral foramen. It also has processes for muscles and joints.
  • The thoracic cage is the three-part sternum plus 12 pairs of ribs. The ribs are true, false, and floating. The cage guards the heart and lungs and moves with each breath.
  • The spine's four curves form a springy S. The thoracic and sacral curves are primary. The cervical and lumbar curves are secondary. Problem curves are kyphosis, lordosis, and the sideways scoliosis.
  • One theme runs through it all. The axial skeleton is armor for your most vital organs.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Appendicular skeleton
The 126 bones of the limbs and the two girdles (shoulder and hip) that hold them on. They are built for movement.
Atlas (C1)
The first neck vertebra. It holds up the skull and lets your head nod "yes."
Axial skeleton
The 80 bones along the center line of the body: the skull, spine, and rib cage. They protect and support.
Axis (C2)
The second neck vertebra. It has a peg that points up and lets your head turn to say "no."
Coccyx
The small tailbone at the bottom of the spine. It is made of four fused vertebrae.
Costal cartilage
The strip of cartilage that links a rib to the sternum. It joins directly, or through the rib above.
Cranial bones
The eight skull bones that surround the brain. They are the frontal, occipital, sphenoid, and ethmoid, plus the paired parietals and temporals.
Facial bones
The fourteen skull bones that shape the face. They frame the eyes, nose, and mouth.
Floating ribs
Rib pairs 11 and 12. They attach only to the vertebrae in back and have no front connection.
Fontanelle
A soft gap of tough tissue between a baby's skull bones. It lets the skull bend at birth and grow with the brain.
Foramen magnum
The large hole in the occipital bone. Here the spinal cord joins the brain.
Intervertebral disc
A pad of tough cartilage between two vertebral bodies. It absorbs shock and lets the spine move.
Kyphosis
A thoracic curve that bends back too far. It gives a hunched upper back.
Lordosis
A lumbar curve that bends forward too far. It gives an overdone swayback.
Mandible
The lower jaw. It is the only skull bone that moves freely.
Manubrium
The wide top part of the sternum. It forms joints with the collarbones (clavicles) and the first ribs.
Sacrum
A triangle-shaped bone made of five fused vertebrae. It joins the spine to the hip bones.
Scoliosis
An abnormal sideways (lateral) curve of the spine.
Sternal angle
The ridge you can feel where the manubrium meets the body of the sternum. It lines up with the second rib.
Suture
A joint between two cranial bones. The bones lock together and cannot move.
Vertebral foramen
The central hole of a vertebra, formed by the body and arch. The spinal cord runs through it.
Xiphoid process
The small pointed tip at the bottom of the sternum. It is a key landmark for CPR.

Check yourself

1. Sort these into axial or appendicular: the sternum, the femur (thigh bone), a rib, the shoulder blade, and a vertebra.
Axial: sternum, rib, vertebra. Appendicular: femur, shoulder blade. Axial bones sit on the midline and protect organs. The limbs and their girdles (like the shoulder blade, or scapula) are appendicular. They are built for movement.
2. The axial skeleton has 80 bones, and the appendicular skeleton has 126. What is the total? What is each group's main job?
206 bones in all. Axial = protection and support. Appendicular = movement. The axial 80 form the center line around the brain, spinal cord, heart, and lungs. The appendicular 126 are the limbs and girdles that let you move.
3. How many cranial bones and how many facial bones are in the skull? Which four cranial bones are single, not paired?
8 cranial + 14 facial = 22 bones. The single cranial bones are the frontal, occipital, sphenoid, and ethmoid. The parietal and temporal bones are the two cranial bones that come in pairs.
4. Which is the only skull bone that moves freely? What kind of joint holds the other cranial bones together?
The mandible (lower jaw). The other cranial bones meet at sutures, which cannot move. In babies, the sutures are still open as soft spots called fontanelles.
5. Give the number of bones in each region of the backbone, from top to bottom.
Cervical 7, thoracic 12, lumbar 5, sacrum 1 (5 fused), coccyx 1 (4 fused). That makes 26 in all. The mealtime trick, 7–12–5, covers the three regions that move.
6. Why are the lumbar vertebrae the largest bones in the column?
Because they carry the most weight. Each vertebra carries everything above it. So the bodies get bigger toward the bottom. The lumbar region holds up the whole head and trunk.
7. Name the part of a vertebra that carries weight. Then name the part that protects the spinal cord.
The body (centrum) carries weight. The vertebral arch protects the cord. Together, the body and arch surround the vertebral foramen. Stacked up, these holes form the vertebral canal around the spinal cord.
8. What is the difference between the vertebral foramen and the intervertebral foramina?
The vertebral foramen is the central hole the spinal cord passes through. The intervertebral foramina are side openings between vertebrae, where spinal nerves exit. One holds the cord. The others are exit doors for its nerves.
9. Name the three parts of the sternum, from top to bottom.
Manubrium, body, xiphoid process. The sternal angle is where the manubrium meets the body. You can feel it, and it lines up with the second rib.
10. Sort rib pairs 1–7, 8–10, and 11–12 by how they attach in front.
1–7 are true ribs (straight to the sternum). 8–10 are false ribs (to the cartilage of the rib above). 11–12 are floating ribs (no front attachment). All 12 pairs attach to the thoracic vertebrae in back.
11. Which spine curves are primary (there at birth), and which are secondary (form later)? What causes each secondary curve to form?
Primary: thoracic and sacral. Secondary: cervical (from lifting the head) and lumbar (from standing and walking). Together, the four curves give the spine its springy S-shape.
12. Define kyphosis, lordosis, and scoliosis. Which one is a sideways curve?
Kyphosis = a thoracic curve that is too deep (hunchback). Lordosis = a lumbar curve that is too deep (swayback). Scoliosis = an abnormal lateral, side-to-side curve. Kyphosis and lordosis overdo front-to-back curves. Scoliosis is the sideways one that growing children are checked for.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 8

The Appendicular Skeleton

Think of the axial skeleton as the central mast of your body. The appendicular skeleton is everything that hangs off that mast and lets you act on the world. It includes the arms that reach and grip and the legs that carry you and spring. It also includes two bony girdles, which are frames that bolt the limbs to the trunk. This part of the skeleton has 126 bones, and almost every one of them is a lever built for movement. In this chapter, we work outward from each girdle to the fingertips and toes. Along the way, you will see one theme again and again. The shoulder is built for freedom, and the hip is built for strength. The whole design is a set of trade-offs between the two. Learn the bones in this order, and the hand and foot will make sense. With 27 and 26 bones each, they stop being a jumble and become a clear map.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Define the appendicular skeleton, list its four divisions, and account for all 126 bones.
  • Name the two bones of the pectoral girdle. Explain why the sternoclavicular joint is the only bony link between the arm and the axial skeleton.
  • Name the bones of the upper limb (humerus, radius, and ulna), and place the radius on the thumb side.
  • Sort the 27 bones of the hand and wrist into carpals, metacarpals, and phalanges, and name the eight carpals.
  • Describe how three bones fuse to form each hip bone. Explain why the hip is steadier than the shoulder, and why the shoulder moves more freely.
  • Compare the male and female pelvis, and explain how the female pelvis is shaped for childbirth.
  • Name the bones of the lower limb, and tell the weight-bearing tibia from the fibula, which carries almost no weight.
  • Sort the 26 bones of the foot and ankle into tarsals, metatarsals, and phalanges. Explain how the foot's arches absorb shock.

Section 1The pectoral girdle

Figure of the shoulder girdle
Reference. The pectoral (shoulder) girdle, made of the clavicle and scapula — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two bones, one clever compromise

The pectoral girdle is your shoulder girdle. It is the frame that connects each arm to your trunk. It has only two bones on each side. The clavicle (collarbone) is in front, and the scapula (shoulder blade) is in back.

What is surprising is how loosely the whole arm is attached to the rest of the skeleton. The entire arm hangs from the axial skeleton at one small joint. This is the sternoclavicular joint, where the inner end of the clavicle meets the top of the breastbone (the manubrium of the sternum). The scapula is not joined by bone to the ribs or spine at all. It floats on the back of the rib cage, and only muscles hold it in place.

This loose setup is a trade. The shoulder gives up steadiness to gain a huge range of motion, which means how far a joint can move. You can swing your arm around in almost a full circle in every direction. The price is that the shoulder is one of the easiest joints in the body to dislocate, or pop out of place.

The clavicle: a slender strut

The clavicle is an S-shaped bone that works like a brace. It holds the shoulder out and away from the chest, so the arm can swing freely. Its rounded inner end is the sternal (medial) end, and it forms a joint with the sternum. Its flat outer end is the acromial (lateral) end. It meets a part of the scapula called the acromion at the acromioclavicular (AC) joint.

The clavicle is thin, and it sits right under the skin with nothing to pad it. So it is the most frequently fractured bone in the body. It usually breaks in its middle third. This often happens when someone falls onto an outstretched arm or onto the tip of the shoulder.

The scapula: a triangle of landmarks

The scapula is a flat, triangle-shaped bone. It is covered with bumps and ridges where muscles attach. A ridge called the spine runs across its back. On the outer side, the spine ends in the acromion, which is the bony tip of your shoulder that you can feel. A hook called the coracoid process curves forward like a bent finger. It anchors muscles and ligaments.

The most important feature is the glenoid cavity, also called the glenoid fossa. This is a shallow socket on the outer corner of the scapula. The rounded head of the upper arm bone (humerus) fits into it to form the shoulder joint. That shallow socket is the key to the whole design. It lets the arm bone swing widely, but it also lets the head slip out too easily. Picture a ball resting on a saucer instead of sitting in a cup.

Bone / featureWhat it isWhy it matters
ClavicleS-shaped collarbone at the front of the girdleHolds the shoulder out. It is the bone broken most often.
ScapulaTriangle-shaped shoulder blade at the backHeld on only by muscles. It carries the socket for the arm.
Glenoid cavityShallow socket on the scapulaHolds the head of the humerus. Shallow means it moves a lot but is not steady.
AcromionOuter tip of the spine of the scapulaForms the point of the shoulder. It joins the clavicle.
Sternoclavicular jointWhere the clavicle meets the sternumThe only bony joint that links the arm to the axial skeleton
The shoulder's freedom is its weakness. A "separated shoulder" is an injury to the acromioclavicular joint. A "dislocated shoulder" is when the head of the humerus pops out of the shallow glenoid cavity. Both come from the same design choice. The shoulder buys freedom of movement, and it pays with less steadiness.

Explore both bones and their landmarks in the interactive below.

Interactive The shoulder girdle attaches each arm to the axial skeleton with just two bones, the clavicle and the scapula. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The pectoral girdle has just two bones on each side, the clavicle and the scapula.
  • The arm's only bony link to the axial skeleton is the sternoclavicular joint. The scapula floats on muscle.
  • The glenoid cavity is shallow. It gives up steadiness for a huge range of motion.
  • The clavicle is the most commonly fractured bone in the body.

Section 2Bones of the upper limb

Bones of the arm
Reference. Bones of the upper limb: the humerus, radius, and ulna — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three long bones between shoulder and wrist

Each upper limb has 30 bones, but three big long bones do most of the work of holding it up. The upper arm is called the brachium, and it has one bone, the humerus. The forearm is called the antebrachium, and it has two bones side by side, the radius and the ulna.

To tell them apart, use the anatomical position. That means standing with your palms facing forward. In this position, the radius is on the thumb (lateral) side. The ulna is on the little-finger (medial) side. Here is a phrase that sticks: the radius rotates around the ulna, and the radius is on the same side as the thumb.

The humerus and the elbow

The humerus is the long bone of the upper arm. Its rounded head fits into the glenoid cavity at the shoulder. Just below the head is the surgical neck. This is a common place for breaks, and it sits very close to an important nerve (the axillary nerve). Farther down the shaft is the deltoid tuberosity, a rough bump where the deltoid muscle attaches.

At the elbow end, two rounded surfaces form the joint. The capitulum meets the radius. The trochlea is shaped like a pulley, and it grips the ulna. On either side of them are two bumps, the medial and lateral epicondyles. The ulnar nerve runs behind the inner (medial) one, in a shallow groove. There it lies just under the skin, with no muscle to cover it. So when you bump that spot, you press right on the nerve. A jolt shoots down your forearm. This is your "funny bone."

Radius and ulna: a rotating pair

The two forearm bones are joined along their length by a sheet of tough tissue, the interosseous membrane. They also meet at small joints near the top and bottom. This setup lets the forearm do a neat trick. It can turn the palm up, which is supination, or turn it down, which is pronation. In pronation, the radius turns and crosses over the ulna.

At the elbow, the ulna is the main partner. Its olecranon forms the bony point of your elbow. Its trochlear notch wraps around the trochlea of the humerus, like a wrench on a bolt. At the wrist, the radius takes over. It is the forearm bone that forms most of the joint with the wrist bones (carpals). Both bones end in a pointed tip called a styloid process.

BoneWhere it isMain job
HumerusUpper arm (brachium)Its head fits the glenoid cavity. Its lower end forms the elbow.
RadiusForearm, thumb (lateral) sideTurns during pronation and supination. Forms the wrist joint.
UlnaForearm, pinky (medial) sideIts olecranon forms the point of the elbow. Keeps the forearm steady.
Thumb side = radius. If you lose track, hold your hand with the palm facing forward. The bone lined up with your thumb is the radius. It is the one that "radiates" out to turn the wrist. The ulna stays put at the elbow, so think "elbow-u-lna."

Tap each of the three bones. Then turn the forearm from supination to pronation.

Interactive There are three long bones: one in the upper arm and two in the forearm. The radius sits on the thumb side, and the ulna sits on the pinky side. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The upper limb has three long bones: the humerus in the upper arm, and the radius and ulna in the forearm.
  • With palms facing forward, the radius is lateral (thumb side) and the ulna is medial (pinky side).
  • The ulna is the main bone at the elbow (the olecranon). The radius is the main bone at the wrist, and it does the turning.

Section 3The hand & wrist

Bones of the hand and wrist
Reference. Bones of the hand and wrist: carpals, metacarpals, and phalanges — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Twenty-seven bones in three groups

Your hand is the most skillful part of your body. That skill comes from packing 27 bones, and all the joints between them, into a small space. They sort neatly into three groups, from the wrist outward. There are 8 carpals in the wrist, 5 metacarpals in the palm, and 14 phalanges in the fingers. Learn those three numbers (8, 5, 14) in order, and you know the whole hand.

The carpals: eight little stones

The carpals are eight small wrist bones set in two rows of four. Ligaments bind them tightly, so the wrist bends as one unit. Start on the thumb side of the row nearest the forearm, then move to the row nearest the fingers. In that order, they are the scaphoid, lunate, triquetrum, pisiform, then the trapezium, trapezoid, capitate, hamate. A classic memory trick keeps the order: "Sally Left The Party To Take Cathy Home."

The scaphoid needs special attention. It is the carpal bone that breaks most often, usually in a fall onto an outstretched hand. Its blood supply enters from only one end. So a break can cut off blood to part of the bone, and that part can die.

Metacarpals and phalanges

The metacarpals are the five bones of the palm. They are numbered 1 to 5, starting at the thumb. Their rounded ends near the fingers are your knuckles. The thumb's metacarpal meets the trapezium at a saddle joint, shaped like a rider sitting in a saddle. This special joint lets the thumb swing across the palm to touch the other fingers. This is the opposable grip that makes the human hand so useful.

The phalanges are the finger bones. Each finger has three: proximal (nearest the palm), middle, and distal (at the tip). But the thumb, or pollex, has only two. That makes 14 per hand. (One finger bone is called a phalanx.)

GroupCountWhere it is & notes
Carpals8Wrist, in two rows of four. The scaphoid is the one broken most often.
Metacarpals5Palm, numbered 1–5 from the thumb. Their heads are the knuckles.
Phalanges14Each finger has 3. The thumb has only 2.
Wrist pain after a fall on the hand? Think scaphoid. Soreness in the "anatomical snuffbox" at the base of the thumb points to a broken scaphoid. These breaks may not show on an early X-ray. But they can still lead to bone death from lost blood supply (avascular necrosis). So doctors splint the wrist and take another X-ray later, rather than ignore it.

Tap each of the three groups below: the wrist, the palm, and the fingers.

Interactive Each hand packs 27 bones into three groups: the wrist, the palm, and the fingers. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The hand has 27 bones: 8 carpals + 5 metacarpals + 14 phalanges.
  • In order, the eight carpals are the scaphoid, lunate, triquetrum, pisiform, trapezium, trapezoid, capitate, and hamate.
  • Each finger has 3 phalanges, and the thumb has 2. The thumb's saddle joint lets it touch the other fingers.

Section 4The pelvic girdle

Figure of the hip girdle
Reference. The pelvic girdle, and the male and female pelvis — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Built for strength, not freedom

The shoulder is built to move freely. The pelvic girdle, or hip girdle, is built for the opposite. Its jobs are strength and weight-bearing. It must pass the whole weight of your upper body down into your legs. It must also take the pounding of every step.

So the pelvic girdle does not float on muscle. Instead, it attaches firmly to the axial skeleton at the sacroiliac joints. These are strong joints that barely move. The girdle itself is the pair of hip bones, also called coxal bones or os coxae. Together with the sacrum and coccyx, they form the bony pelvis, a bowl of bone at the base of your trunk.

Three bones fused into one

Each hip bone starts out as three separate bones. They fuse into one bone during adolescence, as a child grows into an adult. They meet at a deep, cup-shaped socket called the acetabulum. The ilium is the large, fan-shaped upper part. Its rim, the iliac crest, is the "hip" where you rest your hands. The ischium is the lower back part. Its rough ischial tuberosity is the bone you sit on. The pubis is the front part. The two pubic bones meet in front at the pubic symphysis, a joint made of tough cartilage (fibrocartilage).

Notice how different this is from the shoulder. The acetabulum is a deep socket that grips the head of the thigh bone (femur) firmly. So the hip almost never dislocates. It is the mirror image of the shallow glenoid cavity, which moves freely.

Male and female pelvis: shaped by childbirth

The pelvis is the part of the skeleton that differs most clearly between males and females. That is because the female pelvis is shaped to let a baby pass through. Compared with the male pelvis, the female pelvis is wider and shallower. Its opening at the top, the pelvic inlet, is larger and more rounded. The angle under the pubic bones, called the subpubic angle, is also wider. In a female it is greater than 90°.

The male pelvis is narrower and heavier. Its inlet is heart-shaped, and its subpubic angle is less than 90°. These differences are reliable. So anatomists and forensic scientists use the pelvis to tell whether a skeleton is male or female.

FeatureFemale pelvisMale pelvis
Overall shapeWider, shallower, lighterNarrower, deeper, heavier
Pelvic inletRounded, oval, and largerHeart-shaped and smaller
Subpubic angleWide, more than 90°Narrow, less than 90°
Reason for the differenceRoomy birth canal for childbirth—
Deep socket, stable joint. The acetabulum grips the head of the femur much more deeply than the glenoid cavity grips the humerus. That sums up girdle design in one idea. The shoulder gives up steadiness to move freely. The hip gives up movement to stay steady. Each is shaped by its job.

Tap the ilium, ischium, and pubis. Then switch between the male and female pelvis.

Interactive The pelvic girdle is built for strength. Each hip bone fuses three bones into one, and its shape differs in males and females. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The pelvic girdle is two hip bones. Each is made of the ilium + ischium + pubis, fused where they meet at the acetabulum.
  • It attaches firmly to the axial skeleton at the sacroiliac joints. It is built to bear weight, not to move a lot.
  • The female pelvis is wider, with a subpubic angle greater than 90°. This shape helps with childbirth.

Section 5Bones of the lower limb

Bones of the leg
Reference. Bones of the lower limb: the femur, patella, tibia, and fibula — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The strongest bones in the body

The lower limb carries your whole body weight and powers every step. So its bones are the largest and strongest you have. Like the arm, each lower limb has 30 bones. Four of them are the big bones that hold it up. The thigh has one bone, the femur. The patella, or kneecap, guards the knee. The lower leg has two bones, the tibia and fibula. They match the radius and ulna of the forearm, but with one key difference, which we will get to soon.

Femur and patella

The femur is the longest, heaviest, and strongest bone in the body. Its ball-shaped head sits deep in the acetabulum. Below the head is the angled neck. This is where a "hip fracture" usually happens in older adults with thin bones. Two bumps, the greater and lesser trochanters, anchor strong hip muscles. A ridge down the back, the linea aspera, gives muscles more places to attach. At the knee, the femur's rounded ends, the condyles, roll on top of the tibia.

The patella is the largest sesamoid bone in the body. A sesamoid bone is a bone that forms inside a tendon. The patella sits in the tendon of the quadriceps, the big muscle on the front of the thigh. It works like a pulley. It gives the thigh muscles better leverage when you straighten your knee. It also shields the knee from a direct hit.

Tibia and fibula: one carries, one steadies

Here is how the leg differs from the forearm. In the leg, the two bones do not share the load. The tibia, or shinbone, is the thick inner (medial) bone. It carries almost all the weight. Its wide, flat top, the tibial plateau, supports the femur. Its lower end forms the medial malleolus, the bump on the inside of your ankle.

The fibula is the thin outer (lateral) bone. It carries almost no weight. Its jobs are to stabilize the ankle, or keep it steady, and to give muscles a place to attach. Its lower end forms the lateral malleolus, the bump on the outside of your ankle. In fact, the fibula does not even reach the knee. Only the tibia meets the femur there.

BoneWhere it isJob
FemurThighLongest, strongest bone. Its head fits the acetabulum.
PatellaFront of the kneeLargest sesamoid bone. Gives the quadriceps better leverage.
TibiaLower leg, medialWeight-bearing shinbone. Forms the medial malleolus.
FibulaLower leg, lateralCarries almost no weight. Steadies the ankle and forms the lateral malleolus.
Tibia takes the load, fibula takes the side. The tibia is on the inside and bears weight. The fibula is on the outside and mostly adds steadiness and a place for muscles to attach. Because the fibula carries so little weight, surgeons can take a piece of it to use as a graft somewhere else in the body. Walking is barely affected.

Tap each of the four bones. Then find the two malleoli at the ankle.

Interactive The leg carries your whole weight, so its bones are the largest and strongest. There is one in the thigh, the kneecap, and two in the lower leg. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The four big bones of the lower limb are the femur, patella, tibia, and fibula.
  • The femur is the longest and strongest bone in the body. The patella is its largest sesamoid bone.
  • The tibia (medial) bears the weight and forms the knee joint with the femur. The fibula (lateral) mainly steadies the ankle.
Bones of the foot and ankle
Reference. Bones of the foot and ankle: tarsals, metatarsals, and phalanges — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Twenty-six bones, built to bear weight

The foot is a lot like the hand, with three groups of bones. But it is tuned for a very different job. Instead of grabbing, it must bear weight and spring you forward. It has 26 bones. There are 7 tarsals in the ankle and heel, 5 metatarsals in the sole, and 14 phalanges in the toes. It is the same three-group plan as the hand, with slightly different numbers to remember (7, 5, 14).

The tarsals and the weight it takes

The tarsals are seven bones that form the ankle and the back of the foot. Two of them do the hard work. The talus sits on top, and the tibia and fibula grip it. It takes the body's weight from the leg and passes it down. The calcaneus, or heel bone, is the largest tarsal. It forms the heel and takes the weight when your foot hits the ground. The other five tarsals link the ankle to the sole. They are the navicular, the cuboid, and three cuneiforms.

The metatarsals are numbered 1–5, starting at the big toe. They form the sole and the ball of the foot. The phalanges are the toe bones. Each toe has three, but the big toe, or hallux, has only two. This is exactly the same pattern as the hand.

The arches: the foot's suspension

What really sets the foot apart from the hand is its arches. Ligaments and tendons hold the tarsals and metatarsals in three curves. The medial longitudinal arch is the high one along the inside of the foot. The lateral longitudinal arch runs along the outside. The transverse arch runs across the foot.

These arches make the foot a natural spring and shock absorber, like the springs in a car. They flatten a little to soak up the impact of each step. Then they spring back to push you off. When the arches drop, the result is flat feet (pes planus). This can make the feet and legs tired, because the shock absorber is gone.

GroupCountWhere it is & notes
Tarsals7Ankle and heel. The talus takes weight from the leg. The calcaneus is the heel.
Metatarsals5Sole, numbered 1–5 from the big toe. Their heads form the ball of the foot.
Phalanges14Each toe has 3. The big toe (hallux) has 2.
Weight lands on a tripod. When you stand, your weight is shared by three points. They are the heel (calcaneus) and the heads of the first and fifth metatarsals. Together they make a steady base, like the three legs of a camera stand. The arches between them let a healthy foot absorb tons of force over a day without pain.

Tap each of the three groups (ankle, sole, and toes) below, and see the arches.

Interactive Each foot has 26 bones in three groups. They are built to bear weight, with bony arches that act as shock absorbers. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The foot has 26 bones: 7 tarsals + 5 metatarsals + 14 phalanges.
  • The talus takes weight from the leg. The calcaneus is the heel and the largest tarsal.
  • Three arches make the foot a spring and shock absorber. When they fall, the result is flat feet.

The chapter in one breath

  • The appendicular skeleton has 126 bones. These are the two limb girdles plus the arms and legs that hang from them.
  • The pectoral girdle (clavicle + scapula) links the arm to the trunk by just one bony joint, the sternoclavicular joint. It gains freedom of movement but loses steadiness.
  • The upper limb has three long bones: the humerus, the radius (thumb side), and the ulna (pinky side). The ulna leads at the elbow, and the radius leads at the wrist.
  • The hand has 27 bones: 8 carpals, 5 metacarpals, and 14 phalanges. Its thumb can touch the other fingers, which makes the hand skillful.
  • The pelvic girdle is two hip bones. Each is the ilium + ischium + pubis, fused at the acetabulum. It is built for strength and bearing weight. The female pelvis is shaped for childbirth.
  • The lower limb has the strongest bones in the body: the femur, the patella, the weight-bearing tibia, and the steadying fibula.
  • The foot has 26 bones: 7 tarsals, 5 metatarsals, and 14 phalanges. Its arches make it a spring and shock absorber.
  • The whole design is a trade-off. The shoulder chooses freedom, and the hip chooses strength.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Acetabulum
The deep, cup-shaped socket on the hip bone. The head of the femur fits into it to form the hip joint.
Appendicular skeleton
The 126 bones of the limbs and the two girdles (pectoral and pelvic). The girdles attach the limbs to the axial skeleton.
Calcaneus
The heel bone. It is the largest tarsal, and it bears weight when your foot hits the ground.
Carpals
The eight small bones of the wrist, set in two rows of four.
Clavicle
The S-shaped collarbone that holds the shoulder out. It is the bone broken most often in the body.
Femur
The thigh bone. It is the longest, heaviest, and strongest bone in the body.
Fibula
The thin outer (lateral) bone of the lower leg. It carries almost no weight. It steadies the ankle and forms the lateral malleolus.
Glenoid cavity
The shallow socket on the scapula. The head of the humerus fits into it at the shoulder joint.
Hip bone (os coxae)
Also called the coxal bone. Each one is the ilium, ischium, and pubis fused together, and the pair forms the pelvic girdle.
Humerus
The single long bone of the upper arm. It runs from the shoulder to the elbow.
Metacarpals
The five bones of the palm, numbered 1 to 5 from the thumb. Their heads form the knuckles.
Metatarsals
The five bones of the sole of the foot, numbered 1 to 5 from the big toe.
Patella
The kneecap. It is the largest sesamoid bone, and it forms inside the quadriceps tendon to improve leverage.
Pectoral girdle
The shoulder girdle, made of the clavicle and scapula. It attaches each arm to the axial skeleton.
Pelvic girdle
The two hip bones. They attach the legs to the axial skeleton and bear the body's weight.
Phalanges
The bones of the fingers and toes. Each digit has three, except the thumb and big toe, which have two. One bone is a phalanx.
Radius
The outer (thumb-side) bone of the forearm. It turns during pronation and forms most of the wrist joint.
Scapula
The triangle-shaped shoulder blade. Only muscles hold it to the trunk, and it carries the glenoid cavity.
Talus
The tarsal bone that the tibia and fibula grip. It takes the body's weight from the leg.
Tarsals
The seven bones of the ankle and the back of the foot. They include the talus and calcaneus.
Tibia
The inner (medial) shinbone. It is the weight-bearing bone of the lower leg. It forms the knee joint with the femur and forms the medial malleolus.
Ulna
The inner (pinky-side) bone of the forearm. Its olecranon forms the point of the elbow.

Check yourself

1. The appendicular skeleton has 126 bones. Name its four divisions.
The pectoral girdles, the upper limbs, the pelvic girdle, and the lower limbs. These are the limbs ("appendages") and the two girdles that bolt them to the axial skeleton. Together they make up 126 of the body's 206 bones.
2. Which two bones make up the pectoral girdle? What is the only bony joint that connects the whole arm to the axial skeleton?
The clavicle and scapula. The sternoclavicular joint is the only bony link. Only muscles hold the scapula to the trunk. That is what gives the shoulder its huge range of motion.
3. Why is the shoulder easy to dislocate, while the hip almost never dislocates?
The glenoid cavity is a shallow socket. The acetabulum is a deep one. The shoulder trades steadiness for movement, so the head of the humerus slips out easily. The hip trades movement for steadiness, so the head of the femur stays put.
4. With the palms facing forward, which forearm bone is on the thumb side? Which one is the main bone at the elbow?
The radius is on the thumb (lateral) side. The ulna is the main bone at the elbow. The ulna's olecranon forms the point of the elbow. The radius forms most of the wrist joint and turns during pronation and supination.
5. How many bones are in the hand? How do they split into three groups?
27 bones: 8 carpals (wrist) + 5 metacarpals (palm) + 14 phalanges (fingers). Each finger has three phalanges, and the thumb has only two. That still adds up to 14 per hand.
6. A patient falls on an outstretched hand. The base of the thumb is sore. Which carpal bone is most likely broken, and why is that a worry?
The scaphoid. It is the carpal bone broken most often. Its blood supply enters from one end. So a break can cut off blood to part of the bone, and that part can die (avascular necrosis).
7. Each hip bone forms when three bones fuse where they meet at one landmark. Name the three bones and the landmark.
The ilium, ischium, and pubis, fused at the acetabulum. The ilium is the wide upper part, and its crest is the "hip." The ischium is the part you sit on. The pubis meets its partner in front at the pubic symphysis.
8. Give two ways the female pelvis differs from the male pelvis. Explain why.
The female pelvis is wider and shallower, with a larger, rounder inlet. Its subpubic angle is greater than 90°. These features make the birth canal roomier for childbirth. The male pelvis is narrower, with a heart-shaped inlet and a subpubic angle under 90°.
9. Which bone of the lower leg bears the body's weight, and which mostly adds steadiness? Which one forms the knee?
The tibia bears the weight and forms the knee. The fibula mainly steadies the ankle. The fibula does not even reach the knee joint. Only the tibia meets the femur there. At the ankle, the two bones form the medial and lateral malleoli.
10. What kind of bone is the patella, and what does it do for the knee?
It is the largest sesamoid bone in the body. A sesamoid bone forms inside a tendon. The patella sits in the quadriceps tendon and works like a pulley. It gives the thigh muscles better leverage to straighten the knee, and it shields the joint from hits.
11. Name the two tarsal bones that do the main weight-bearing work of the foot. What is the job of each?
The talus takes weight from the leg. The calcaneus (heel bone) takes weight when the foot hits the ground. The tibia and fibula grip the talus. The calcaneus is the largest tarsal, and it forms the heel.
12. What feature of the foot makes it a shock absorber? What is the problem called when this feature fails?
Its arches (the medial and lateral longitudinal arches and the transverse arch). When they fail, the result is flat feet (pes planus). The arches flatten to absorb each step, then spring back to push off. When they fall, the foot loses its spring, which can cause tiredness and pain.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 9

Joints

Bones give your body its frame. But a frame that could not bend would be a statue. Any place where two bones meet is a joint, and joints are where movement starts. In this chapter you will learn the two ways to sort every joint in the body. You will meet the six shapes of the free-moving synovial joints, the ones with a pocket of fluid inside. You will open up the fluid-filled case that lets them glide. And you will learn a name for each motion your body can make. Along the way, one big idea ties it all together. There is always a trade-off between how much a joint moves and how stable it stays.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Sort any joint two ways. Sort it structurally, by what it is made of (fibrous, cartilaginous, synovial). Sort it functionally, by how much it moves (synarthrosis, amphiarthrosis, diarthrosis). Then explain how the two lists line up.
  • State the mobility–stability trade-off. Use a joint's build to predict where it falls.
  • Name the six types of synovial joint. Say how each one moves, and give an example from the body.
  • Label the parts of a synovial joint. Explain the three jobs of synovial fluid.
  • Do and name the body movements in their opposite pairs. Include the special moves of the forearm, foot, and thumb.
  • Tell apart the kinds of fibrous joints (suture, syndesmosis, gomphosis). Do the same for cartilaginous joints (synchondrosis, symphysis).
  • Describe how the shoulder, hip, knee, and elbow are built, and the weak spot of each.
  • Link common injuries to the joint parts that fail. These include sprains, dislocations, torn menisci, and arthritis.

Section 1Two ways to classify a joint

Joint classification reference figure
Reference. Classifying joints by structure and by function — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

What is a joint, and why do we sort them twice?

A joint (also called an articulation) is any place where two bones come together. It can also be where bone meets cartilage, or where a tooth meets bone. That is a huge, mixed group. The seams of the skull that never move are joints. So is the shoulder, which moves a lot. To make sense of it all, experts describe every joint in two separate ways at once. Get in the habit of giving both.

The first way is structural. It asks what holds the bones together, and is there a fluid-filled space between them? By that test there are just three kinds. Fibrous joints are held by tough, dense tissue, with no space inside. Cartilaginous joints are held by cartilage, a firm, rubbery tissue, again with no space. Synovial joints have a space filled with fluid between the bones.

The second way is functional. It asks a simpler question: how much does it move? A synarthrosis does not move. An amphiarthrosis moves a little. A diarthrosis moves freely.

Movement versus stability: the great trade-off

The two ways are not random. They match up, because what holds a joint together decides how much it can move. Tie two bones with tough fibers and you get a rock-solid joint that barely moves. That is fibrous, and most often a synarthrosis. Pad them with cartilage and you get a little give. That is cartilaginous, and most often an amphiarthrosis.

Now put a slippery, fluid-filled gap between them. They can swing freely. But now only ligaments and muscles hold them in place. That is synovial, and always a diarthrosis.

This is the most important idea in the whole chapter: mobility and stability pull against each other. Mobility means how much a joint can move. Stability means how well it stays in place. Every joint in your body sits somewhere on that scale. Its design is a deal made for the job it does.

Your skull has to guard your brain. So it gives up all movement to be as stable as it can be. Your shoulder has to throw and reach. So it gives up stability to get a huge range of motion. That is exactly why the shoulder is the joint people dislocate most.

Functional classMovementUsual structureExample
SynarthrosisImmovableFibrous (some are cartilaginous)Skull sutures; a tooth in its socket
AmphiarthrosisMoves a littleCartilaginous (some are fibrous)Pubic symphysis; discs between the vertebrae (intervertebral discs)
DiarthrosisMoves freelySynovialShoulder, hip, knee, elbow, fingers
Read the first part of the word and you know the movement. In Greek, arthron means joint. Syn- means together or fused, so no movement. Amphi- means on both sides, so a little movement. Di- means through or apart, so free movement. Learn these three word parts once. Then the names of the three classes explain themselves.

Tap through the sorting tree in the interactive. Watch how much each joint really moves.

Interactive Sort joints two ways: by how much they move and by what holds them. Then watch each one move. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Every joint is described twice. One way is by structure (fibrous / cartilaginous / synovial). The other is by function (synarthrosis / amphiarthrosis / diarthrosis).
  • Structure = what holds the bones and whether there is a space. Function = how much the joint moves.
  • The two ways match because the material sets the motion. Fibrous → does not move. Cartilaginous → moves a little. Synovial → moves freely.
  • The big theme is the mobility–stability trade-off. More movement always costs stability.

Section 2The six synovial joints

The six types of synovial joint reference figure
Reference. A synovial joint that moves freely. All six types share this design — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Same blueprint, six shapes

All synovial joints share the same fluid-filled design. You will see it in the next section. But the shape of the two bone ends that meet decides how the joint can move. There are six shapes, and each allows its own set of motions. A neat way to keep them straight is by their axes of movement. An axis here means a direction in which the bones can swing.

A nonaxial joint slides but does not swing. A uniaxial joint moves in one plane, or one flat path, like a door on a hinge. A biaxial joint moves in two planes. A multiaxial joint moves in all directions and can spin, too. As you go down that list, the joint can move more. And, true to this chapter's theme, it gets less stable.

TypeAxes / movementWhere you have one
Plane (gliding)Nonaxial: flat surfaces slide back and forthBetween the small wrist bones (intercarpal joints); between the facets of the vertebrae
HingeUniaxial: bending and straightening (flexion and extension) onlyElbow, knee, finger joints
PivotUniaxial: turning around one long axis (rotation)Atlas–axis (shaking your head “no”); the radius at the elbow
Condyloid (ellipsoid)Biaxial: flexion/extension + abduction/adductionKnuckles (metacarpophalangeal joints); wrist
SaddleBiaxial, with a wider range than condyloidBase of the thumb (first carpometacarpal joint)
Ball-and-socketMultiaxial: moves in every plane and also rotatesShoulder and hip

Reading the shape tells you the move

Once you can picture the shape, you can work out the motion. A hinge is a rounded end sitting in a curved trough. So it can only rock one way. Your elbow cannot swing side to side, just as a door cannot.

A ball-and-socket joint is a round head set in a cup. It can swing in any direction and spin. That is why your shoulder and hip are the two joints that move the most. The saddle joint at the base of your thumb has bones shaped like a rider on a saddle. This joint gives humans a thumb that can truly cross over to touch the fingers. It is the reason you can grip things.

The thumb is a saddle, not a ball. The thumb moves so well that people guess it is a ball-and-socket joint. But its base is a saddle joint. That shape gives it two axes. It also gives it a special motion called opposition, which means touching the thumb to each fingertip. If arthritis strikes this one joint, simple tasks like turning a key start to hurt.

Tap each of the six shapes in the interactive. See how each one moves and where you have one.

Interactive The six synovial joint shapes. Tap each one to see it move and where you've got one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • All six synovial types share one design. The shape of the bone ends sets the movement.
  • By axes: plane (nonaxial) → hinge and pivot (uniaxial) → condyloid and saddle (biaxial) → ball-and-socket (multiaxial).
  • The ball-and-socket joint (shoulder, hip) moves the most. Plane joints only glide.
  • The saddle joint at the base of the thumb makes the human grip possible.

Section 3Inside a synovial joint

Synovial joint structure reference figure
Reference. The parts of a synovial joint: capsule, space, cartilage, and fluid — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The essential parts

A synovial joint moves freely because of a small space filled with fluid. This is the joint (synovial) cavity. It sits between the two bone ends, so they never really touch. Every other part of the joint is there to guard, feed, and oil that gap. Learn these parts and you can label any synovial joint in the body.

Each bone end has a smooth cap of articular cartilage. This is glassy hyaline cartilage. It gives an almost friction-free surface and cushions the blow of every step. The whole joint is wrapped in an articular capsule with two layers.

The outer layer is the tough fibrous layer. It joins with the covering of the bones and holds everything together. The thin inner layer is the synovial membrane. It lines the space and makes the fluid inside. That fluid is synovial fluid. It fills the space like oil in a door hinge.

StructureWhat it does
Articular cartilageHyaline cartilage that caps each bone end; a smooth surface that absorbs shock
Joint (synovial) cavityFluid-filled space between the bones that lets them move freely
Articular capsuleOuter fibrous layer for strength; inner synovial membrane that makes the fluid
Synovial fluidSlippery fluid full of hyaluronic acid; it oils the joint, feeds the cartilage, and absorbs shock
LigamentsBands of tough, dense tissue that tie bone to bone and make the capsule stronger
Bursae & tendon sheathsFluid-filled sacs that cushion spots where tendons or skin rub over the joint

Synovial fluid: oil, food, and cushion

Synovial fluid does three jobs at once. First, it lubricates, or oils, the joint. Its hyaluronic acid makes it slick. So the cartilage surfaces glide with less friction than ice sliding on ice.

Second, it feeds the cartilage. Articular cartilage has no blood supply of its own. So it soaks up oxygen and food from the fluid, and it sends its waste back out into it.

Third, it absorbs shock. When you press on a joint, fluid squeezes out of the pressed cartilage. When you let go, the fluid seeps back in. This self-oiling action is called weeping lubrication. It is one reason gentle movement is good for sore joints.

Bursae: the joint's shock pads

Many joints have small, flat sacs of synovial fluid around them. These are called bursae. They sit wherever a tendon, ligament, or patch of skin would rub against bone. They work like greased cushions. If you overuse one, it can get swollen and painful. Kneeling all day or throwing overhead again and again can do this. The problem is called bursitis.

Cartilage has no blood supply, so it barely heals. Articular cartilage is avascular, which means it has no blood vessels. So a worn or torn surface cannot repair itself the normal way. Over many years, wear thins the cartilage until bone grinds on bone. This is osteoarthritis, the most common joint disease. It is the reason synovial joints are the ones that wear out with age.

Tap each labeled part in the interactive. See how the capsule, space, cartilage, and fluid fit together.

Interactive The fluid-filled space, the slick cartilage, and the capsule that wraps it all. Tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The key feature is a fluid-filled joint cavity that keeps the bone ends apart.
  • Articular cartilage caps the bones. The articular capsule has a tough fibrous outer layer. Inside is a synovial membrane that makes the fluid.
  • Synovial fluid does three jobs. It oils the joint, feeds the cartilage (which has no blood vessels), and absorbs shock.
  • Bursae cushion tendons and skin over the joint. When they swell, that is bursitis. Worn cartilage causes osteoarthritis.

Section 4The movements of the body

Body movements reference figure
Reference. Named body movements. Here you see flexion and extension — OpenStax, CC BY-SA 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Motions come in opposite pairs

Each movement a synovial joint makes has an exact name. The best part is that the names come in opposing pairs. Learn one and you almost know its partner. All of them are described from the anatomical position. This is the same pose you met in Chapter 1: standing tall, palms facing forward.

The most common pair is flexion and extension. Flexion makes the angle at a joint smaller. Bending your elbow or curling forward at the waist are examples. Extension makes the angle bigger and straightens the joint back out. Push a joint past straight and you get hyperextension. Tilting your head back to look at the ceiling is one example.

The next pair moves limbs toward or away from the midline, the center line of the body. Abduction moves a limb away from the midline. Adduction brings it back toward the midline. Now hold your arm out and trace a full cone in the air. That is circumduction. It links flexion, abduction, extension, and adduction into one circle. Last, rotation turns a bone around its own long axis. Shaking your head “no” rotates your skull on your spine.

MovementWhat happensEveryday example
Flexion / ExtensionMake the joint angle smaller / biggerBending vs. straightening the elbow
Abduction / AdductionAway from / toward the midlineRaising the arm out to the side and back down
CircumductionMoving a limb in a cone-shaped circleSwinging the whole arm around like a windmill
RotationTurning a bone on its long axisShaking the head “no”
Supination / PronationPalm turned up / palm turned downTurning a doorknob back and forth
Dorsiflexion / Plantar flexionToes up toward the shin / toes pointing downStanding on your heels vs. on your toes
Inversion / EversionSole turned inward / outwardRolling the ankle in or out
Elevation / DepressionRaising / lowering a partShrugging the shoulders and dropping them

The special movements

A few joints make motions that need their own names. At the forearm, supination turns the palm up, as if you were carrying soup. Pronation turns it down. At the ankle, lifting your toes toward your shin is dorsiflexion. Pointing them down is plantar flexion. Turning the sole inward is inversion, and turning it outward is eversion.

The jaw and shoulders can protract (move forward) and retract (move back). They can also elevate (lift) and depress (lower). And the thumb can do opposition. It crosses the palm to meet the fingertips. This is the movement that makes the human hand such a good tool.

To abduct is to take away. Kidnappers abduct a person, which means they carry them away. In the body, abduction carries a limb away from the midline. Adduction adds it back. For the forearm, remember that you supinate to hold a bowl of soup.

Tap each movement in the interactive. Watch a body do it, and see its opposite.

Interactive The named movements of synovial joints, in opposite pairs. Tap each one to watch it happen. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Movements are named in opposite pairs. They are defined from the anatomical position.
  • Flexion/extension change a joint angle. Abduction/adduction move a limb away from or toward the midline. Rotation spins a bone on its axis. Circumduction joins these into one cone.
  • Special movements include supination/pronation (forearm) and dorsiflexion/plantar flexion (foot). They also include inversion/eversion (foot), elevation/depression, protraction/retraction, and opposition of the thumb.

Section 5Fibrous & cartilaginous joints

Fibrous and cartilaginous joints reference figure
Reference. Fibrous joints: sutures, syndesmoses, and gomphoses — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Joints without a cavity

Not every joint is built for motion. Two of the structural classes have no synovial space. These are fibrous and cartilaginous joints. They give up movement to get the stability the body needs in certain spots. They hold bones together with tissue, not with a gap of fluid. Most of them do not move at all, or move only a little.

Fibrous joints: bound by tough fibers

In a fibrous joint, tough, dense tissue stitches the bones right together. There are three kinds.

A suture is the jagged, zipper-like seam between the flat bones of the skull. A thin layer of fibrous tissue holds it. It is basically immovable (a synarthrosis). That is just what a case that guards the brain should be.

A syndesmosis joins two bones that lie side by side. They are linked by a wide sheet or cord of fibrous tissue. One example is the interosseous membrane between the radius and ulna in your forearm. This joint allows a little give (an amphiarthrosis).

A gomphosis is a peg-in-a-hole joint. It holds each tooth in its bony socket. The periodontal ligament holds it in place. It is also immovable.

Cartilaginous joints: bound by cartilage

In a cartilaginous joint, cartilage holds the bones together. A synchondrosis uses hyaline cartilage, a smooth, glassy kind of cartilage. The classic example is the epiphyseal (growth) plate in a long bone that is still growing. Another is the joint between the first rib and the breastbone (sternum). Both are immovable.

A symphysis uses fibrocartilage, a tough, springy kind of cartilage. It allows a little movement (an amphiarthrosis). There are two you must know. One is the pubic symphysis at the front of the pelvis. The other is the intervertebral discs between the bones of the spine. Each disc lets the spine bend a little. Added together, all that bending gives you a flexible back.

Structural typeSubtypeBinding materialMovementExample
FibrousSutureThin fibrous tissueImmovableSkull seams
SyndesmosisSheet or cord of fibrous tissueMoves a littleRadius–ulna membrane
GomphosisPeriodontal ligamentImmovableTooth in its socket
CartilaginousSynchondrosisHyaline cartilageImmovableGrowth (epiphyseal) plate; 1st rib to sternum
SymphysisFibrocartilageMoves a littlePubic symphysis; intervertebral discs
Some joints are meant to disappear. The growth plate is a temporary synchondrosis. Once a bone is done growing, the cartilage turns to bone. The two parts fuse into one solid bone. This bony joining is called a synostosis. Skull sutures slowly do the same thing with age. A joint built to vanish is a normal and useful design.

Tap each fibrous and cartilaginous type in the interactive. See how each one gives up movement to gain stability.

Interactive Joints with no space inside, held by tough fibers or by cartilage. Tap each type. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Fibrous and cartilaginous joints have no space inside. They favor stability over movement.
  • Fibrous types: suture (skull, immovable), syndesmosis (radius–ulna membrane, moves a little), gomphosis (tooth, immovable).
  • Cartilaginous types: synchondrosis (hyaline cartilage; growth plate; immovable) and symphysis (fibrocartilage; pubic symphysis and discs; moves a little).
  • A growth plate is a short-term joint. Later it fuses into bone, forming a synostosis.

Section 6Four joints that do the work

Selected synovial joints reference figure
Reference. The knee, a synovial joint built for both weight and motion — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Shoulder and hip: two ball-and-sockets, two philosophies

The shoulder and the hip are both ball-and-socket joints. Yet they solve the mobility–stability problem in opposite ways.

The shoulder (glenohumeral) joint is built for reach. The ball of the humerus rests against a shallow socket, like a ball on a saucer. This gives it the widest range of any joint in the body. The price is weakness. The socket barely holds the ball. So the muscles of the rotator cuff do most of the work of holding it in place. It is the joint people dislocate, or pop out of place, most often.

The hip joint makes the opposite deal. The head of the femur sits deep in a true cup, called the acetabulum. Thick ligaments ring it. It gives up some range to become one of the most stable joints in the body. It has to be, because it carries your whole body weight with every step.

The knee: a hinge that does more than hinge

The knee is the largest and most complex joint in the body. It works mainly as a hinge, bending and straightening the leg. But it also allows a little rotation when it is bent. That is where trouble starts.

Two half-moon pads of fibrocartilage sit on top of the tibia. These are the menisci. They spread out the load and cushion the joint. Deep inside, two ligaments cross each other in an X. These are the anterior and posterior cruciate ligaments (ACL and PCL). They keep the femur and tibia from sliding past each other. A hard twist on a planted foot can tear the ACL and a meniscus together. That is why knee injuries end so many sports seasons.

The elbow: stability by design

The elbow shows what a joint looks like when the body picks stability. It is a hinge. The humerus and ulna lock together so snugly that the joint moves cleanly in one plane. It rarely dislocates. Strong collateral ligaments on each side make it even stronger.

A separate pivot joint at the radius lets the forearm rotate. This gives supination and pronation without loosening the hinge. The elbow is a quiet lesson in this chapter's theme. A joint that gives up range gains a toughness the shoulder can only wish for.

JointTypeMain stabilizersSignature injury
Shoulder (glenohumeral)Ball-and-socketRotator-cuff muscles (the socket is shallow)Dislocation; rotator-cuff tear
HipBall-and-socketDeep socket + thick ligamentsFracture (often with age)
KneeHinge (+ a little rotation)Cruciate ligaments, menisci, collateral ligamentsACL / meniscus tear
ElbowHinge (+ pivot)Bones lock together + collateral ligamentsDislocation (not common)
The “unhappy triad” of the knee. A blow to the outside of a knee with the foot planted often tears three things at once. They are the ACL, the medial meniscus, and the tibial (medial) collateral ligament. If you know which parts share a joint, you know which ones fail together. It also helps you see why the shoulder dislocates while the elbow almost never does.

Tap each of the four joints in the interactive. Compare how each one balances mobility against stability.

Interactive Four hard-working joints. Each one trades mobility against stability in its own way. Tap each. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The shoulder moves the most because its socket is shallow. It pays for this by being the joint that dislocates most. The rotator cuff holds it steady.
  • The hip is a deep ball-and-socket joint bound by ligaments. It is built to bear weight and stay stable.
  • The knee is a complex hinge held steady by menisci and cruciate ligaments. Twisting injuries tear them.
  • The elbow gives up range to be a snug, tough hinge. It has a pivot that lets the forearm rotate.

The chapter in one breath

  • A joint is any place where two bones meet. Every joint is sorted by structure (fibrous, cartilaginous, synovial). It is also sorted by function (synarthrosis, amphiarthrosis, diarthrosis).
  • The two ways match because the material sets the motion. The big theme is the mobility–stability trade-off: more movement always costs stability.
  • Synovial joints are the ones that move freely. They come in six shapes: plane, hinge, pivot, condyloid, saddle, and ball-and-socket. These range from nonaxial to multiaxial.
  • A synovial joint has a fluid-filled cavity between bones capped with cartilage. An articular capsule wraps it. Synovial fluid oils the joint, feeds the cartilage (which has no blood vessels), and absorbs shock.
  • Movements are named in opposite pairs. These include flexion/extension, abduction/adduction, rotation, and circumduction. There are also special motions like supination/pronation and opposition.
  • Fibrous joints (suture, syndesmosis, gomphosis) and cartilaginous joints (synchondrosis, symphysis) have no space inside. They favor stability. Some, like the growth plate, later fuse into bone.
  • The shoulder, hip, knee, and elbow each strike the mobility–stability balance in a different way. That tells you how each one tends to get hurt.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Abduction
Movement of a limb away from the midline of the body. Raising your arm out to the side is an example.
Adduction
Movement of a limb toward the midline, back to the body.
Amphiarthrosis
A joint that moves a little. Examples are the pubic symphysis and an intervertebral disc.
Articular capsule
The two-layer sleeve that wraps a synovial joint. It has a tough fibrous outer layer and a synovial membrane inside that makes fluid.
Articular cartilage
The smooth hyaline cartilage that caps each bone end in a synovial joint. It cuts friction and absorbs shock.
Bursa
A small sac of fluid that cushions a spot where a tendon, ligament, or skin rubs over bone. When it swells, that is bursitis.
Circumduction
Moving a limb in a cone shape. It joins flexion, abduction, extension, and adduction in order.
Diarthrosis
A joint that moves freely. All synovial joints are diarthroses.
Fibrous joint
A joint where tough, dense tissue binds the bones right together, with no space inside. Types are the suture, syndesmosis, and gomphosis.
Flexion
A movement that makes the angle at a joint smaller, such as bending the elbow.
Gomphosis
The immovable peg-in-a-hole fibrous joint that holds a tooth in its socket. The periodontal ligament holds it in place.
Ligament
A band of tough, dense tissue that joins bone to bone and makes a joint stronger.
Meniscus
A half-moon pad of fibrocartilage between bone ends, as in the knee. It spreads the load and helps the bones fit.
Suture
An immovable fibrous joint. Sutures form the zipper-like seams between the flat bones of the skull.
Symphysis
A cartilaginous joint that moves a little, joined by fibrocartilage. Examples are the pubic symphysis and intervertebral discs.
Synarthrosis
A joint that does not move, such as a skull suture.
Synchondrosis
A cartilaginous joint joined by hyaline cartilage, such as the growth (epiphyseal) plate.
Syndesmosis
A fibrous joint where a sheet or cord of tissue links two bones. It allows a little movement, as between the radius and ulna.
Synovial fluid
The slippery fluid that fills a joint space. It is rich in hyaluronic acid. It oils the joint, feeds the cartilage, and cushions.
Synovial joint
A joint that moves freely. It has a fluid-filled space between bones capped with cartilage, all wrapped in a capsule.

Check yourself

1. A joint is called “a synovial diarthrosis.” What does each word tell you? Why do we always give both?
“Synovial” is the structural class: there is a fluid-filled space between the bones. “Diarthrosis” is the functional class: it moves freely. We give both because they answer two different questions. One names what holds the joint together. The other names how much it moves. Together they fully describe the joint.
2. State the mobility–stability trade-off. Use it to explain why the skull is fused but the shoulder is loose.
The more a joint moves, the less stable it is. Movement and stability pull against each other. The skull must guard the brain. So it gives up all movement (immovable sutures) to be as stable as it can. The shoulder must reach. So it gives up stability for a huge range. That is why it dislocates most easily.
3. Match each functional class (synarthrosis, amphiarthrosis, diarthrosis) to how much it moves. Give one example of each.
Synarthrosis = does not move (skull suture). Amphiarthrosis = moves a little (pubic symphysis or intervertebral disc). Diarthrosis = moves freely (shoulder, knee). The word parts give it away: syn- = fused, amphi- = a little, di- = free.
4. Name the six types of synovial joint, from least to most mobile. Give the axis group for each.
Plane (nonaxial), hinge and pivot (uniaxial), condyloid and saddle (biaxial), ball-and-socket (multiaxial). Plane joints only glide. Hinge and pivot joints move on one axis. Condyloid and saddle joints move on two. Ball-and-socket joints move in all directions and also rotate.
5. The base of the thumb has a very wide range for a small joint. What type of synovial joint is it? What special movement does it allow?
A saddle joint (the first carpometacarpal joint). It allows opposition. Its saddle shape gives two axes of motion. It lets the thumb cross the palm to touch each fingertip. This is what makes the human grip work.
6. List the three jobs of synovial fluid. Why is the “feeding” job so important?
Oiling the joint, feeding the cartilage, and absorbing shock. Articular cartilage is avascular, which means it has no blood supply. So it depends fully on synovial fluid to bring oxygen and food and to carry away waste. Without the fluid, the cartilage could not survive.
7. Why does worn articular cartilage heal so poorly? What common disease comes from many years of that wear?
Articular cartilage has no blood vessels, so it cannot repair itself the normal way, using the blood. Over the years the cartilage thins until bone grinds on bone. This causes osteoarthritis, the most common joint disease.
8. Give the opposite of each movement: flexion, abduction, supination, dorsiflexion.
Extension, adduction, pronation, plantar flexion. Body movements are named in opposite pairs. So when you learn one, you have nearly learned its partner.
9. Tell apart the three fibrous joints (suture, syndesmosis, gomphosis). Give an example of each and say how much each moves.
Suture = skull seams, does not move. Syndesmosis = the membrane between the radius and ulna (interosseous membrane), moves a little. Gomphosis = a tooth in its socket, does not move. All three bind bone with tough, dense tissue. None has a joint space.
10. A synchondrosis and a symphysis are both cartilaginous joints. What cartilage does each use? How much does each move? Give an example of each.
A synchondrosis uses hyaline cartilage and does not move (the growth plate). A symphysis uses fibrocartilage and moves a little (the pubic symphysis or intervertebral discs). The tougher fibrocartilage in a symphysis is what allows its small, cushioned movement.
11. The shoulder and hip are both ball-and-socket joints, yet one is far more stable. Explain the difference in how they are built, and what it leads to.
The shoulder has a shallow socket. The rotator-cuff muscles do most of the work of holding it. This gives a huge range but frequent dislocation. In the hip, the head of the femur sits deep in a true cup, ringed by thick ligaments. It gives up range for stability, so it can bear body weight. Same joint type, opposite trade-offs.
12. An athlete plants a foot, twists, and hurts the knee. Which parts are most likely damaged? Why does a twist do the harm, and not a straight bend?
The cruciate ligaments (often the ACL) and a meniscus. Sometimes the medial collateral ligament is torn, too. That is the classic “unhappy triad.” The knee is built as a hinge. It can handle only a little rotation. A hard twist on a planted foot goes past that limit. It tears the very parts that normally stop the knee from rotating.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 10

Muscle Tissue

Muscle is the tissue that turns a choice into a movement. Every heartbeat, every blink, and every step is muscle at work. So is every push of food through your gut. Each one is a muscle cell doing the one thing muscle does best: shortening on command.

In this chapter we take one skeletal muscle apart, layer by layer. We keep going until we reach the tiny engine that actually pulls: the sarcomere. Then we watch that engine run. You will see how a nerve signal crosses into the muscle and how calcium flips the switch. You will see how threads of protein slide past each other. And you will see how the body turns the force up from a gentle flicker to an all-out heave. By the end, muscle action will not seem like magic. It will be a neat chain of events you can follow from thought to motion.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Compare the three types of muscle tissue: skeletal, cardiac, and smooth. Compare them by build, by control, and by where they are found.
  • Trace the connective-tissue wrappings of a skeletal muscle, from the epimysium down to a single fiber. Name the parts inside that fiber.
  • Draw a sarcomere and label its bands, zones, and lines. Explain why skeletal muscle looks striped.
  • Explain the sliding filament theory and the steps of the cross-bridge cycle. Include the roles of ATP and calcium.
  • Describe the neuromuscular junction. Follow a signal from a motor neuron to a muscle action potential.
  • Define a motor unit. Explain how recruitment and summation raise muscle tension from a twitch to tetanus.
  • Tell apart the three skeletal muscle fiber types. Match each one to the kind of work it does best.

Section 1How a muscle is built

Skeletal muscle connective-tissue organization reference figure
Reference. The wrappings and bundles inside bundles of a skeletal muscle, from the epimysium to a single fiber — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three kinds of muscle tissue

Before we open up one muscle, it helps to know that the body makes three kinds of muscle. Each is tuned to a different job.

Skeletal muscle is attached to bones and moves the body. It is under voluntary control, which means you choose when it works. Under the microscope its cells are long and striped (striated), and each has many nuclei.

Cardiac muscle is found only in the wall of the heart. It is striated too, but it is involuntary. That means it works without you thinking about it. Its cells are branched and most often have one nucleus. They are joined end to end by intercalated discs. These links let the whole heart squeeze as one.

Smooth muscle lines the walls of hollow organs, such as blood vessels, the gut, the bladder, and the airways. There it squeezes slowly and never seems to tire. It is involuntary and has no stripes. Its cells taper at both ends and have one nucleus in the middle.

This chapter focuses on skeletal muscle, because it shows every idea most clearly. But keep the other two in mind. Most of the machinery for squeezing is shared.

FeatureSkeletalCardiacSmooth
LocationAttached to bonesHeart wall onlyWalls of hollow organs & vessels
StriationsStriatedStriatedNot striated
ControlVoluntaryInvoluntaryInvoluntary
Cell shapeLong tube shape, many nucleiBranched, most often 1 nucleusSpindle shape with tapered ends, 1 nucleus
Special featureControlled by motor neuronsIntercalated discs; sets its own rhythmSlow and long-lasting; can trigger itself

Bundles inside bundles

A whole skeletal muscle, such as your biceps, is not one solid block. It is a set of bundles inside bundles. Each bundle is wrapped in its own sheet of connective tissue. Let's go from the outside in.

The whole muscle is wrapped in the epimysium. Inside that, fibers are grouped into bundles called fascicles. Each fascicle is wrapped in perimysium. Inside each fascicle, every single muscle cell (a muscle fiber) is wrapped in a thin endomysium.

These three sheets are all joined to each other. At the ends of the muscle, they merge and reach past it. They form a tendon (a cord) or an aponeurosis (a flat sheet) that ties the muscle to bone. This setup is more than neat packing. The connective tissue carries blood vessels and nerves to each fiber. It also passes the pull of every cell to the tendon, so the whole muscle moves as one.

“Epi, peri, endo” = outside, around, within. The same Greek word parts name the wrappings of a nerve (epineurium, perineurium, endoneurium). Learn the pattern once and it works for both. Epi covers the whole organ. Peri surrounds each bundle. Endo hugs each single cell.

Inside a single fiber

Zoom into one muscle fiber and you find a cell built for pulling. Its cell membrane is called the sarcolemma. Its cytoplasm, the jelly inside, is the sarcoplasm. The word part sarco- means “flesh.” The sarcolemma dives deep into the cell as tunnels called transverse (T) tubules. They carry the electrical signal into the core of the fiber.

Wrapped around the working parts is the sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR). It is a special kind of smooth endoplasmic reticulum. It stores and releases the calcium that sets off a contraction. Most of the cell is filled with hundreds of long threads called myofibrils. Each myofibril is a chain of the units that shorten, the sarcomeres. These are made of myofilaments of two proteins, actin and myosin.

A muscle fiber forms when many cells fuse together as the body develops. So it holds many nuclei, pushed to the edge just under the sarcolemma. Nearby sit spare satellite cells that help repair damage.

Follow all of this in the interactive. Start at the whole muscle and zoom in, one wrapping at a time, down to the sarcomere.

Interactive Zoom in from the whole muscle down to the tiny unit that actually shortens: the sarcomere. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Three muscle types: skeletal (voluntary, striated, on bones), cardiac (involuntary, striated, in the heart), smooth (involuntary, not striated, in hollow organs).
  • A skeletal muscle has bundles inside bundles: epimysium → fascicle (perimysium) → fiber (endomysium). All of these join the tendon.
  • Inside a fiber: the sarcolemma, T-tubules, sarcoplasmic reticulum, and myofibrils of actin and myosin. There are also many nuclei at the edge.

Section 2The sarcomere

Sarcomere structure reference figure with thick and thin filaments
Reference. One sarcomere, showing thick myosin and thin actin filaments, with titin, troponin, tropomyosin, the Z-disc, and the M-line — Mohamed Elshennawy, M.D., CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Stripes with a purpose

Skeletal and cardiac muscle have stripes. These stripes are not just for show. They are the outward sign of very orderly machinery inside. In every myofibril, the proteins that pull are lined up in the same repeating segments. Each segment is a sarcomere. It is the functional unit of contraction, the smallest part that can do the job. One sarcomere runs from one Z-disc to the next Z-disc.

When millions of these little units all shorten at once, lined up, the whole muscle shortens. Each unit has dark and light parts. Stacked side by side across the fiber, they look like stripes to our eyes. These are the striations.

The bands, zones, and lines

A sarcomere is built from two kinds of filament, or thread. The thick filaments are made of myosin. Each has a hinged head that sticks out. The thin filaments are made of actin. Where the two overlap, the sarcomere looks dark. Where only one kind is found, it looks lighter. It is worth learning this map of bands. In the next section you will watch these parts change size as the muscle contracts.

RegionWhat it containsAppearance
A bandThe full length of the thick filaments (with overlap at its edges)Dark; does not change length during contraction
I bandThin filaments only, reaching into two sarcomeres side by sideLight; gets narrower during contraction
H zoneThick filaments only, in the center of the A band (no overlap)Lighter center; gets narrower during contraction
Z-disc (Z-line)Holds the thin filaments in place; the border of the sarcomereDark line; Z-discs are pulled together
M-lineHolds the thick filaments at the center of the sarcomereThin line in the center

Thick, thin, and the switch proteins

The thin filament is more than plain actin. A rope-like protein called tropomyosin lies along it. In a resting muscle, it covers the spots where myosin would grab on. These spots are the myosin-binding sites. A three-part protein group called troponin holds tropomyosin in place. One part of it, troponin C, senses calcium.

This is the switch. When calcium binds to troponin, the whole group shifts. Tropomyosin slides aside, and the binding sites open up.

Two more proteins keep the sarcomere in order. Titin is a huge, springy protein. It runs from the Z-disc to the M-line. It keeps the thick filament centered and lets muscle spring back when stretched. Nebulin runs along the thin filament and sets its length. Once again, the build is made exactly for the job.

A is for dark, I is for light. The bands are named for how they bend a special kind of light (polarized light). The A band is Anisotropic (dark). The I band is Isotropic (light). Here is a quick trick. I is a thin, straight letter, and the I band is the thin, pale band that narrows when you flex. A is the wide, dark band, and its width never changes.

Tap each part in the interactive to see how the filaments make the stripes.

Interactive Zoom into a myofibril. See the repeating sarcomeres and the two filaments that make the light and dark bands. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The sarcomere (Z-disc to Z-disc) is the functional unit of contraction. Sarcomeres lined up in order make the stripes you can see, the striations.
  • Thick filaments are myosin, with heads. Thin filaments are actin. They are guarded by tropomyosin and by troponin, which senses calcium.
  • The A band stays the same, while the I band and H zone narrow during contraction. This is the telltale sign of sliding filaments.

Section 3The sliding filament theory

Sliding filament model reference figure, relaxed versus contracted sarcomere
Reference. A sarcomere relaxed and contracted. The Z-discs are pulled inward as the filaments overlap more, but each filament stays the same length — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Sliding, not shrinking

Here is the most important idea in this chapter. It surprises almost everyone the first time: the filaments do not get shorter. When a muscle contracts, the thick and thin filaments slide past each other. They overlap more and drag the Z-discs closer together. Each filament keeps its exact length. It is the sarcomere that shortens.

That is why the A band never changes in the reference figure. The A band is the length of the thick filament. Meanwhile the I band and H zone shrink, and the Z-discs move inward. Now add up that tiny slide across millions of sarcomeres lined up end to end. The whole muscle clearly shortens and pulls on its tendon.

The cross-bridge cycle

The myosin heads power the sliding. They act like tiny oars. Each head reaches out and grabs actin, forming a cross-bridge. Then it swivels. This is the power stroke. It pulls the thin filament a few nanometers toward the center. Then the head lets go, gets cocked again, and grabs again farther along. The cycle repeats many times each second. It runs on ATP, the cell's energy molecule:

StepWhat happensRole of ATP / Ca²⁺
1. Cross-bridge formsThe charged-up myosin head binds to an open site on actinNeeds Ca²⁺ to have opened the site
2. Power strokeThe head swivels and slides the thin filament inward; ADP & Pi (inorganic phosphate) are releasedUses energy stored from an earlier ATP
3. DetachmentA new ATP binds the myosin head, and the head lets go of actinATP binding breaks the cross-bridge
4. Re-cockingATP is split into ADP + Pi, which charges up and resets the headATP hydrolysis (splitting ATP) cocks the head again

Notice that ATP has two jobs. It is needed to release the head (step 3). It is also needed to re-cock it (step 4). This leads to something you may have heard of. After death, the body stops making ATP. The myosin heads bind actin and can no longer let go. So the body stiffens. This is called rigor mortis.

Calcium throws the switch: excitation–contraction coupling

Cross-bridges can form only if the binding sites are uncovered. That is calcium's job. The link between an electrical signal and a pull is called excitation–contraction coupling. Here is how it works.

A muscle action potential, an electrical signal, races along the sarcolemma. It dives down the T-tubules into the fiber. That change in voltage tells the sarcoplasmic reticulum to release its stored Ca²⁺ into the sarcoplasm. Calcium binds to troponin. Troponin pulls tropomyosin off the actin. The binding sites open, and cross-bridges begin to form. The filaments start to slide.

Relaxing is just the reverse. When the signal stops, a pump called SERCA moves Ca²⁺ back into the SR. Tropomyosin covers the sites again. Cross-bridges can no longer form, and the muscle goes slack. No calcium, no contraction.

Rigor mortis is a chemistry lesson. Stiffening begins a few hours after death. The cross-bridges are locked, because there is no ATP to release them. Also, Ca²⁺ leaks out freely once the pumps of the SR stop working. The stiffness fades a day or two later, but only as the muscle proteins themselves break down. It is a vivid reminder that both binding and letting go cost energy.

In the interactive, watch the Z-lines pull together while the filaments keep their length.

Interactive Myosin heads grab actin and pull it inward. The filaments stay the same length, but the sarcomere gets shorter. Open full ↑
Key points
  • In the sliding filament theory, the filaments keep their length. The sarcomere shortens as the thick and thin filaments overlap more.
  • The cross-bridge cycle has four steps: bind, power stroke, detach, re-cock. It runs on ATP, which is needed to release and to re-charge the myosin head.
  • Excitation–contraction coupling: an action potential → T-tubules → SR releases Ca²⁺ → troponin/tropomyosin uncover the binding sites. To relax, SERCA pumps the calcium back.

Section 4The neuromuscular junction

Neuromuscular junction reference figure with acetylcholine crossing the synaptic cleft
Reference. The synapse between a motor neuron and a muscle fiber. Acetylcholine crosses the gap to receptors on the motor end plate — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

From nerve to muscle

A skeletal muscle fiber will not contract on its own. It waits for a command from a nerve. That command is delivered at a special synapse, or meeting point, called the neuromuscular junction (NMJ). A motor neuron reaches out from the spinal cord. The end of its axon rests just above a folded patch of sarcolemma. This patch is the motor end plate.

The two never touch. A tiny gap, the synaptic cleft, separates them. To cross that gap, the neuron uses a chemical messenger. This is the neurotransmitter acetylcholine (ACh).

The handoff, step by step

Passing the signal from nerve to muscle is one of the most reliable events in the body. A single nerve impulse almost always sets off a muscle impulse. Follow the chain:

StepEvent
1A nerve action potential reaches the end of the axon (the axon terminal).
2Voltage-gated Ca²⁺ channels open. Calcium rushes into the axon terminal.
3Calcium makes small sacs (vesicles) release acetylcholine into the synaptic cleft.
4ACh crosses the cleft and binds to nicotinic receptors on the motor end plate.
5The receptor channels open. Na⁺ floods in and makes an end-plate potential.
6This change in charge sets off a muscle action potential. It spreads along the sarcolemma and down the T-tubules. Then contraction follows.

See how this fits with the last section. Step 6 is the very same muscle action potential that starts excitation–contraction coupling. The NMJ is the doorway. The sliding filaments are the room it opens into.

Switching the signal off, and where it breaks

A signal that never ended would leave the muscle stuck in contraction. So the cleft holds an enzyme called acetylcholinesterase (AChE). It chops ACh apart within milliseconds. This neat on/off system is also where many drugs and diseases act. That makes the NMJ one of the most important spots in medicine.

In myasthenia gravis, the immune system destroys ACh receptors. So muscles tire quickly and grow weak. Curare, an arrow poison, blocks the receptors and causes paralysis. Organophosphate bug sprays and nerve agents block AChE. Then ACh piles up and muscles seize. Botulinum toxin (Botox) blocks the release of ACh, so muscle relaxes. This is useful for treating spasms and wrinkles.

Follow the messenger to predict the disease. Anything that removes ACh signals causes weakness or paralysis. Myasthenia gravis, curare, and botulinum toxin do this. Anything that lets ACh build up causes uncontrolled contraction and spasm. AChE blockers and nerve agents do this. Know which side of the switch a toxin hits, and you can predict the symptoms.

Step through the chemical handoff yourself in the interactive.

Interactive A nerve signal hands off a chemical message, acetylcholine, that sparks the muscle fiber to contract. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The neuromuscular junction is the synapse where a motor neuron signals a muscle fiber. It uses acetylcholine to cross the synaptic cleft.
  • ACh binds nicotinic receptors on the motor end plate. This lets Na⁺ in, which triggers a muscle action potential. Then acetylcholinesterase ends the signal.
  • NMJ problems follow the messenger. Blocking ACh → weakness (myasthenia gravis, curare, botulinum toxin). Letting ACh last too long → spasm (AChE blockers, nerve agents).

Section 5Motor units & muscle tension

Motor units and muscle tension reference figure showing twitch, summation, and tetanus
Reference. Building tension: a single twitch, wave summation, and fused tetanus as the signals come faster — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The motor unit

One motor neuron rarely controls just one muscle fiber. It branches and connects to a group of fibers. The neuron plus all the fibers it controls is a motor unit. When that neuron fires, every fiber in its unit contracts at once. They act as an all-or-nothing team.

The size of the unit sets how finely a muscle can be controlled. Muscles that need a gentle touch, like those that move the eye or the fingers, have small motor units. Each neuron links to only a few fibers. Muscles built for power, like the quadriceps or the calf, have large motor units. Each neuron links to hundreds of fibers. Small units mean fine control. Large units mean strong, rough force.

Twitch, summation, tetanus

One short stimulus gives a single quick contraction and relaxation. This is a twitch. It has three phases. First is a latent period, a hidden delay while calcium is released. Next is a contraction phase, then a relaxation phase. A twitch is a flick, not a useful pull.

To get smooth, strong movement, the nervous system fires the motor neuron again before the fiber fully relaxes. So the second contraction stacks on top of the first. This stacking is wave (temporal) summation. Fire even faster, and the twitches blur into a partly smooth pull. This is unfused (incomplete) tetanus. Faster still, and you get a steady, perfectly smooth, all-out pull. This is fused (complete) tetanus. Almost all normal movements use tetanus, not single twitches.

ResponseStimulus patternResult
TwitchOne stimulusOne short contraction, then full relaxation
Wave summationA second stimulus before relaxation endsThe second contraction adds to the first, giving more tension
Unfused tetanusFast, repeated stimuliStrong, lasting pull with slight wobbles
Fused tetanusStimuli at a very high rateAll-out, perfectly smooth, lasting contraction

Two dials for force: recruitment and rate

The body controls how hard a muscle pulls with two dials at once. The first dial is recruitment, which means turning on more motor units. It follows the size principle. Small, weak units that resist tiring are turned on first. Larger, stronger ones join only when more force is needed. So movements start smooth and easy to control.

The second dial is rate coding. This means firing each active unit faster, to climb from summation up to tetanus. With both dials, the same muscle can lift a feather or a heavy weight. Even at rest, a few units are always active, taking turns. They keep muscles firm and ready. This steady, low tension is muscle tone.

Small first, for a reason. The size principle is not random. The smallest units, which resist tiring the most, are turned on first. So everyday, low-force tasks are done by the units that can keep going all day. The big power units tire quickly. They are saved for when you truly need them.

Pick a stimulus pattern in the interactive. Watch tension climb from twitch to tetanus.

Interactive A single zap gives a quick twitch. Fire them faster and the twitches pile up into a smooth, strong pull. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A motor unit is one motor neuron plus all the fibers it controls. Small units give fine control. Large units give power.
  • Tension builds from a twitch through wave summation to tetanus as the stimuli come faster. Real movement uses tetanus.
  • Force is set by recruitment (adding units, smallest first; this is the size principle) and rate coding (firing faster). The steady activity at rest is muscle tone.

Section 6The three fiber types

Muscle fiber structure and fiber-type reference figure
Reference. The inside of a skeletal muscle fiber. It shows the myofibrils, sarcomeres, mitochondria, and sarcoplasmic reticulum that fiber types are built around — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Speed versus stamina

Not every skeletal muscle fiber is the same. There are three types. They trade speed against endurance, or staying power. No one design can be both as fast as possible and as tireless as possible.

Slow oxidative (Type I) fibers contract slowly and make only modest force. But they can keep going for hours. They are the endurance experts. Fast glycolytic (Type IIx) fibers contract quickly and with great power. But they tire within minutes. They are the experts at sprinting and lifting. In between are fast oxidative (Type IIa) fibers. They are fast and fairly slow to tire, a useful middle ground.

Aerobic versus anaerobic engines

The difference comes down to how each fiber makes its ATP. Oxidative fibers use aerobic respiration, which needs oxygen. They are packed with mitochondria, the cell's power plants. They have lots of capillaries, the tiniest blood vessels. They are also loaded with myoglobin, a pigment that holds oxygen and makes them look red. This red, oxygen-fed system is slow but can keep going.

Glycolytic fibers rely on anaerobic glycolysis, which does not need oxygen. They have few mitochondria and little myoglobin, so they look pale. They store lots of glycogen, a sugar fuel, for quick bursts. They give explosive power. But they fill up with lactate and tire fast.

PropertySlow oxidative (I)Fast oxidative (IIa)Fast glycolytic (IIx)
Contraction speedSlowFastFast
Fatigue resistanceHighModerateLow
Main ATP sourceAerobic (oxidative)BothAnaerobic (glycolytic)
Mitochondria / capillariesManyManyFew
Myoglobin / colorHigh / redHigh / red-pinkLow / white
Best forPosture, enduranceWalking, steady effortSprinting, lifting

Everybody is a mixture, plus a word on the other two muscles

Almost every real muscle has all three fiber types. The mix is set partly by your genes and partly by how you train. Endurance training moves fibers toward the oxidative end, where they resist tiring. Strength and sprint training push toward bigger, more powerful fibers. That is why a marathon runner's calves and a sprinter's thighs are built for different feats.

Now recall the two muscle types we set aside at the start. Cardiac muscle acts like tissue that is always tuned for endurance. It sets its own rhythm, and intercalated discs join its cells, so the heart never truly rests. Smooth muscle has no sarcomeres at all. It can hold tension for a long time using very little energy. This “latch” state is perfect for keeping a blood vessel or a sphincter squeezed all day.

White meat, dark meat. A chicken's breast is pale because its flight muscles work in fast, glycolytic bursts. Its legs are dark because standing and walking all day need red, oxidative fibers rich in myoglobin. The color on your dinner plate is a lesson in fiber types.

Tap each fiber type in the interactive to compare speed, color, and stamina.

Interactive Some fibers are built for endurance and some for explosive power. Most muscles mix all three types. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Three fiber types trade speed for stamina. Slow oxidative (I) = endurance. Fast glycolytic (IIx) = power. Fast oxidative (IIa) = in between.
  • Oxidative fibers are red (many mitochondria, lots of myoglobin and capillaries) and use oxygen. Glycolytic fibers are pale and do not use oxygen. They are powerful but tire quickly.
  • Most muscles are a mix shaped by genes and training. Cardiac and smooth muscle are separate designs, built for work that never stops.

The chapter in one breath

  • Muscle comes in three types. They are skeletal (voluntary, striated), cardiac (involuntary, striated, sets its own rhythm), and smooth (involuntary, not striated). All share the same basic machinery for contraction.
  • A skeletal muscle is bundles inside bundles. They are wrapped in epimysium, perimysium, and endomysium, which all join the tendon. Inside each fiber are the sarcolemma, T-tubules, sarcoplasmic reticulum, and myofibrils.
  • The sarcomere (Z-disc to Z-disc) is the functional unit. Overlapping thick (myosin) and thin (actin) filaments make the stripes. Tropomyosin and troponin guard the binding sites.
  • In the sliding filament theory, the filaments keep their length while the sarcomere shortens. The cross-bridge cycle runs on ATP. Ca²⁺ released by the SR uncovers the binding sites.
  • The neuromuscular junction passes the signal from nerve to muscle using acetylcholine. Then acetylcholinesterase clears it away. Toxins here cause weakness or spasm.
  • A motor unit is one neuron and its fibers. Tension rises from a twitch to tetanus. It is controlled by recruitment and rate coding.
  • Three fiber types trade speed for endurance. Most muscles blend all three, in a mix shaped by genes and training.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

A band
The dark part of a sarcomere that spans the full length of the thick filaments. It does not change length during contraction.
Acetylcholine (ACh)
The neurotransmitter a motor neuron releases at the neuromuscular junction. It sets off a muscle action potential.
Actin
The protein of the thin filament. It has the myosin-binding sites where cross-bridges attach.
Cross-bridge
The link made when a myosin head binds an open site on actin. Its cycle of binding, power stroke, and release makes the filaments slide.
Endomysium
The thin sheet of connective tissue that wraps each single muscle fiber.
Epimysium
The sheet of connective tissue that wraps a whole skeletal muscle.
Excitation–contraction coupling
The chain of events that links a muscle action potential to contraction. The signal travels down the T-tubules and makes the sarcoplasmic reticulum release Ca²⁺.
Fascicle
A bundle of muscle fibers wrapped in perimysium.
Motor unit
One motor neuron plus all the muscle fibers it controls. They contract as one.
Myofibril
A long thread inside a muscle fiber. It is made of a chain of sarcomeres.
Myosin
The protein of the thick filament. Its hinged heads form cross-bridges and do the power stroke.
Neuromuscular junction
The synapse between a motor neuron and a skeletal muscle fiber. Here acetylcholine passes on the signal.
Recruitment
Raising muscle force by turning on more motor units. The smallest units, which tire the least, go first (the size principle).
Sarcolemma
The cell membrane of a muscle fiber. Its tunnels into the cell are the T-tubules.
Sarcomere
The functional unit of striated muscle, the part that shortens. It runs from one Z-disc to the next.
Sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR)
The special smooth ER of a muscle fiber. It stores and releases the Ca²⁺ that sets off contraction.
Sliding filament theory
The idea that muscle shortens because thick and thin filaments slide past each other. The filaments themselves do not get shorter.
Tetanus
A lasting contraction. It happens when stimuli come faster than the fiber can fully relax between them. It is unfused (incomplete) when some relaxing still shows as slight wobbles. It is fused (complete), smooth and all-out, when stimuli come at a very high rate.
Tropomyosin
The thin-filament protein that covers the myosin-binding sites at rest. It slides aside when calcium binds troponin.
Troponin
The thin-filament protein group that binds Ca²⁺. It moves tropomyosin to uncover the binding sites.
Twitch
A single short contraction and relaxation of a muscle fiber after one stimulus. It has latent, contraction, and relaxation phases.

Check yourself

1. Name the three types of muscle tissue. For each, say if it is voluntary or involuntary, and if it is striated.
Skeletal: voluntary, striated. Cardiac: involuntary, striated. Smooth: involuntary, not striated. Skeletal muscle moves the skeleton. Cardiac muscle is found only in the heart wall and has intercalated discs. Smooth muscle lines hollow organs and vessels.
2. Going from the outside in, name the three connective-tissue wrappings of a skeletal muscle. What does each one wrap?
Epimysium (the whole muscle) → perimysium (each fascicle) → endomysium (each fiber). The three sheets are joined. They merge at the ends of the muscle to form the tendon that ties it to bone.
3. What are the sarcolemma, the sarcoplasmic reticulum, and the T-tubules? What does each add to contraction?
The sarcolemma is the fiber's membrane. The T-tubules are its tunnels into the cell. The SR stores calcium. The action potential runs along the sarcolemma and down the T-tubules. This makes the SR release Ca²⁺, which sets the filaments sliding.
4. A sarcomere is the region between two of which structures? Why is it called the “functional unit” of muscle?
Between two Z-discs. It is the smallest unit that actually does the contracting. When millions of sarcomeres, lined up end to end, shorten together, the whole muscle shortens.
5. During contraction, which parts of the sarcomere get narrower? Which one stays the same length? What does that tell you?
The I band and H zone get narrower. The A band stays the same. The A band equals the length of the thick filaments. Since it does not change, the filaments must slide, not shorten.
6. What do tropomyosin and troponin do at rest? What changes when calcium arrives?
At rest, tropomyosin covers the myosin-binding sites on actin. Troponin holds it there. When Ca²⁺ binds troponin, the group shifts. Tropomyosin slides aside, the binding sites open, and cross-bridges can form.
7. Name the two separate jobs ATP does in the cross-bridge cycle.
ATP binding makes the myosin head let go of actin. Then ATP hydrolysis (splitting) re-cocks, or recharges, the head. Both letting go and resetting cost energy. That is why a body with no ATP after death stiffens into rigor mortis.
8. Put the steps of excitation–contraction coupling in order: Ca²⁺ binds troponin; SR releases calcium; action potential travels down T-tubules; binding sites open.
Action potential down T-tubules → SR releases Ca²⁺ → Ca²⁺ binds troponin → binding sites open. To relax, the SERCA pump returns calcium to the SR. Tropomyosin covers the sites again, and cross-bridges stop forming.
9. At the neuromuscular junction, which neurotransmitter is released? Which ion enters the muscle to change the charge of the end plate? Which enzyme ends the signal?
Acetylcholine is released. Na⁺ enters the muscle. Acetylcholinesterase breaks down the ACh. ACh binds nicotinic receptors on the motor end plate. This lets Na⁺ in, making an end-plate potential and then a muscle action potential.
10. Myasthenia gravis destroys ACh receptors. A nerve agent blocks acetylcholinesterase. Predict what each does to the muscle, and explain the difference.
Myasthenia gravis → weakness and tiring. A nerve agent → uncontrolled contraction and spasm. Taking away ACh signals weakens the muscle. Stopping ACh from being broken down lets it pile up and overwork the fiber.
11. Define a motor unit. Explain why the muscles that move the eye have much smaller motor units than the quadriceps.
A motor unit is one motor neuron plus all the fibers it controls. Small units (few fibers per neuron) give the exact, fine control the eye needs. Large units in the quadriceps give strong but rough force.
12. How does a muscle go from a single twitch to a smooth, strong tetanus? Which two methods set the total force a whole muscle makes?
Faster, repeated stimuli cause wave summation, which builds into tetanus. Force is set by recruitment and rate coding. Recruitment adds more motor units, smallest first (the size principle). Rate coding fires each unit faster.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 11

The Muscular System

Every move you choose to make is a muscle pulling on a bone or on your skin. A smile, a step, a breath and a signature all work this way. In the last chapters you looked inside a single muscle fiber. Now we zoom out to the whole body. You have more than 600 skeletal muscles, and each one can only pull. So how do they team up to make smooth, controlled moves? And why do their names sound like Latin riddles? You will learn to crack those riddles, so you can know a muscle you never memorized. This chapter tours the body's muscles, one region at a time. We go from the tiny muscles that shape your face to the big ones that launch you off the ground.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Explain why skeletal muscles can only pull. Explain why this makes them work in opposing pairs across a joint.
  • Define a muscle's origin and insertion. Give the roles of agonist, antagonist, synergist, and fixator in a movement.
  • Describe how bones and joints act as levers. Explain how a third-class lever trades force for speed.
  • Use the six naming clues to guess a muscle's place, shape, size, fiber direction, number of heads, or action from its name.
  • Tell the muscles of facial expression from the muscles of mastication (chewing). Name the cranial nerve that runs each group.
  • Identify the main muscles of the trunk: the breathing muscles, the belly wall, and the deep back. Say what each one does.
  • Name the main muscles that move the shoulder, arm, and forearm. Include the rotator cuff and the classic flexor/extensor pairs.
  • Name the main muscles that move the hip, knee, and ankle. Include the quadriceps, hamstrings, and calf.

Section 1How muscles work together

Drawing of the agonist and antagonist muscles at the elbow
Reference. Agonist and antagonist muscles at the elbow — OpenStax, CC BY-SA 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A muscle can only pull

Everything in this section rests on one fact: a muscle can only pull, never push. When a muscle contracts, its fibers get shorter. This draws its two ends toward each other. That is the only trick it has. It cannot stretch itself out to shove a bone away.

So how does your forearm bend up and then straighten back down? Muscles almost never work alone. They are set up in opposing teams on each side of a joint. To reverse a move, the body relaxes one team and contracts the other.

To describe the pull clearly, we name a muscle's two ends. The origin is where the muscle attaches to the bone that stays fairly still. It is usually the heavier bone, closer to the body's center (proximal). The insertion is where it attaches to the bone that moves. That bone is usually farther out (distal).

Between the two ends is the thick middle part that contracts. This is the belly. When the muscle gets shorter, the insertion is pulled toward the origin. Muscles attach to bone by tough cords called tendons. Some attach by wide, flat sheets called aponeuroses.

Four roles in every movement

Muscles work in teams, so every move is like a small crew at work. Each crew member has a job. Learn these four roles, and you can study any movement in the body:

RoleWhat it doesExample (bending the elbow)
Agonist (prime mover)The main muscle that makes the moveBiceps brachii flexes (bends) the elbow
AntagonistWorks against the agonist. It relaxes and stretches while the agonist acts.Triceps brachii relaxes so the elbow can bend
SynergistHelps the agonist or holds the joint steadyBrachialis helps the biceps bend the elbow
FixatorHolds the origin still so the pull works wellShoulder muscles hold the scapula (shoulder blade) still

The same muscle can switch roles. It depends on the move. When you bend your elbow, the biceps is the agonist and the triceps is the antagonist. When you straighten it, they swap jobs. So no muscle is just a “flexor” in general. A muscle is a flexor or an extensor only for one joint in one move.

Bones are levers, joints are fulcrums

Muscles do not move bones by brute force alone. They work through levers. A lever is a stiff bar that turns on a fixed point. Your body is full of them. The bone is the bar. The joint is the turning point, called the fulcrum. The muscle's pull is the effort. The weight being moved is the load. How these three points are lined up decides what a joint is good at. It favors either power or speed and range.

Most joints in the body are third-class levers. In this setup, the effort is between the fulcrum and the load. Your elbow is a good example. The biceps attaches just past the joint, while the load sits far out at your hand. This setup is weak for lifting heavy things. But it gives you something more useful. A small, quick shortening of the muscle makes your hand sweep a long way, fast. Your body traded raw force for speed and reach. That is why you can throw a ball hard but strain to curl a heavy dumbbell.

Reciprocal inhibition keeps you smooth. Your nervous system does more than contract the agonist. At the same time, it tells the antagonist to relax. Without this automatic release, the biceps and triceps would fight each other. Your arm would move in jerky spasms. Smooth motion is a duet, not a solo.

Bend and straighten the elbow in the interactive. Watch the biceps and triceps trade the agonist and antagonist roles.

Interactive Watch the biceps and triceps take turns as you bend and straighten the elbow. Tap each role. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A muscle can only pull. Opposing muscles across a joint undo each other's actions.
  • The origin is the fixed end, usually proximal. The insertion is the moving end, usually distal. The insertion is pulled toward the origin.
  • Every move uses an agonist, antagonist, synergist, and fixator. Muscles swap these roles from one move to the next.
  • Bones act as levers. Most body joints are third-class levers. They favor speed and range over force.

Section 2How muscles are named

Chart of the clues used to name skeletal muscles
Reference. The clues hidden in muscle names — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Names are descriptions in disguise

The first time you see a name like extensor carpi radialis longus, it can feel like a wall of Latin to memorize. It is not. Scientists named muscles the way sailors named knots. They described them. Almost every muscle name is a short description. It tells you where the muscle is, what it looks like, how big it is, which way its fibers run, how many heads it has, or what it does. Once you know the words, a new name becomes a set of directions. It tells you where to find the muscle and what it does.

The six clues

A name can carry six kinds of clues. Many muscles pack several clues into one name:

ClueTells youExample words & muscles
LocationThe body part or a nearby bonetemporalis (temporal bone), tibialis anterior (front of the tibia)
ShapeThe muscle's outlinedeltoid (triangle), trapezius (trapezoid), rhomboid
SizeHow big or long it is compared to othersmaximus/minimus, longus/brevis, major/minor
Fiber directionWhich way the fibers run compared to the body's midlinerectus (straight), transversus (across), oblique (at a slant)
Number of headsHow many origins the muscle hasbiceps (two), triceps (three), quadriceps (four)
ActionThe move it makesflexor, extensor, adductor, levator, masseter (chewer)

Watch the clues stack up. Extensor digitorum longus means “the long muscle that extends the digits.” It gives the action, then the body part, then the size. Rectus femoris is “the straight muscle of the femur.” Even a monster like flexor carpi radialis is simple. It is “the muscle that flexes the wrist (carpus) on the radius side.” You do not have to memorize it as one blob. You read it like a sentence.

Decode the sternocleidomastoid. The longest name in the neck is really the friendliest. Break it into parts: sterno- (sternum) + cleido- (clavicle) + mastoid (the mastoid process behind the ear). The name lists the three bones it connects. So you already know where it runs. You can also guess that pulling those points together turns and bends the head.

Tap each of the six clues in the interactive. See how a name reveals a muscle.

Interactive Learn the six clues. Then figure out where a muscle is and what it does from its name alone. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Muscle names are descriptions, not random labels. Decode them, and you can figure out muscles you never memorized.
  • The six clues are location, shape, size, fiber direction, number of heads, and action.
  • Many names mix several clues. Read them from left to right, like a sentence.

Section 3Muscles of the head and neck

Drawing of the muscles of the face and the chewing muscles
Reference. Muscles of facial expression and chewing — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The muscles that make a face

The muscles of facial expression are the muscles that shape your face. They are unlike almost any others in the body. Most of them do not move a bone at all. Instead, they insert into the skin. When they contract, they tug the skin of your face into shapes. That is how you smile, frown, raise an eyebrow, or wink. One nerve runs this whole group. It is the facial nerve (cranial nerve VII).

Here are the key players. The orbicularis oris is a ring around the mouth. It purses your lips to whistle or kiss. The orbicularis oculi is a ring around the eye. It closes the eye to blink and squint.

The buccinator is in the cheek. It flattens the cheek to blow out a candle. It also holds food against your teeth while you chew. The zygomaticus pulls the corner of the mouth up to smile. The occipitofrontalis raises the eyebrows and wrinkles the forehead.

The muscles that chew

The second job up here is mastication, which means chewing. The muscles of mastication are not like the face muscles. They do move a bone. They close the mandible (lower jaw) and grind it at the jaw joint. That joint is called the temporomandibular joint. This group answers to a different nerve, the trigeminal nerve (cranial nerve V).

The masseter runs from the cheekbone to the angle of the jaw. For its size, it is one of the strongest muscles in the body. You can feel it bulge when you clench your teeth. The fan-shaped temporalis spreads over the side of the skull. It helps close the jaw and pull it back. The deep pterygoid muscles move the jaw from side to side to grind food.

GroupJobInserts onNerveMembers
Facial expressionMove the skin of the faceSkinFacial (CN VII)Orbicularis oris & oculi, buccinator, zygomaticus, occipitofrontalis
MasticationMove the mandible to chewMandible (bone)Trigeminal (CN V)Masseter, temporalis, pterygoids
NeckMove and hold up the headSkull & shoulder girdleAccessory / cervicalSternocleidomastoid, trapezius

Down in the neck, two large muscles move the head itself. There is a sternocleidomastoid muscle on each side of the neck. When both work together, they bend the neck forward (flex it). When one works alone, it turns the head to the opposite side. The wide trapezius tips the head back (extends it). It also steadies the shoulder girdle behind it.

Bell's palsy reads the face like a chart. Sometimes the facial nerve (CN VII) gets inflamed on one side. Then every face muscle that it feeds goes slack. That half of the face droops. The eyelid will not close. The smile pulls only to the healthy side. But CN VII runs the face, and CN V runs chewing. So a person with Bell's palsy can still bite hard. The trigeminal nerve is not affected.

Tap each muscle in the interactive to light it up. See whether it makes a face or chews.

Interactive Muscles of facial expression move skin. Muscles of mastication chew. Tap each one to light it up. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Muscles of facial expression insert into skin. They are run by the facial nerve (CN VII).
  • Muscles of mastication move the mandible to chew. They are run by the trigeminal nerve (CN V). The masseter is the strongest for its size.
  • The sternocleidomastoid bends the neck and turns the head to the opposite side.

Section 4Muscles of the trunk

Drawing of the muscles of the trunk and belly wall
Reference. Muscles of breathing, the abdominal wall, and the back — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The muscles that breathe

The trunk muscles do the body's quiet but vital work. None of it is more vital than breathing. The diaphragm is the main muscle of breathing (respiration). It is a wide dome of muscle that seals off the bottom of the chest. When it contracts, it flattens. This makes the chest space (the thoracic cavity) bigger. The pressure inside drops, and air is pulled into the lungs. When the diaphragm relaxes, the dome springs back up and pushes air out.

Other muscles help. The external intercostals are muscles between the ribs. They lift the rib cage when you breathe in. The internal intercostals pull the ribs down when you breathe out hard. You use them when you cough or blow out a candle.

The abdominal wall and the back

Four flat muscles wrap the front and sides of your belly. They are layered like plywood. Their fibers run in different directions, which makes the wall strong. The rectus abdominis is the “six-pack.” It runs straight up the middle. It flexes (bends) the spine, the vertebral column. That is the move of a sit-up.

Three more muscles cover the sides. They are the external oblique, the internal oblique, and the deepest one, the transversus abdominis. The fibers of the transversus wrap sideways around you like a corset. Together, this wall squeezes the belly. It bends and twists the trunk. It protects the soft organs behind it. It also raises the pressure you need to cough, give birth, and have a bowel movement.

Along the back runs the erector spinae. It is a set of three columns of muscle that run the length of the spine. It does the opposite of the belly muscles. It extends the spine, which means it straightens you up after you bend over. It also holds you upright against gravity all day long.

RegionMusclesMain action
BreathingDiaphragm, external & internal intercostalsChange the size of the chest to move air in and out
Abdominal wallRectus abdominis, external & internal obliques, transversus abdominisBend and twist the trunk. Squeeze and protect the belly.
Deep backErector spinae groupExtend the spine and hold you upright
Pelvic floorLevator ani and its partnersHold up the pelvic organs. Control holding in urine and stool (continence).
“C3, 4, 5 keep the diaphragm alive.” The diaphragm is run by the phrenic nerve. This nerve comes from spinal cord segments C3–C5, up in the neck. So a spinal cord injury above this level can stop a person from breathing on their own. An injury below it usually spares breathing. The nerve to the diaphragm leaves the cord surprisingly high up.

Tap each trunk muscle in the interactive. See whether it breathes, bends, or protects.

Interactive The trunk muscles breathe, protect the organs, and bend and twist your body. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The diaphragm is the main breathing muscle. When it contracts, the dome flattens and pulls air in.
  • Four layers of belly muscle bend and twist the trunk and protect the organs (viscera). They are the rectus abdominis, the two obliques, and the transversus abdominis.
  • The erector spinae extends the spine and holds your posture. The diaphragm is run by the phrenic nerve (C3–C5).

Section 5Muscles of the upper limb

Drawing of the muscles of the shoulder, arm, and forearm
Reference. Muscles that move the shoulder, arm, and hand — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Anchoring and moving the shoulder

Your upper limb is built for reaching and for skilled hand work. It starts at the shoulder. The shoulder moves more than any other joint, so it is also the least stable. Several large muscles anchor the shoulder blade and swing the arm. The trapezius and serratus anterior hold and turn the scapula (shoulder blade). This makes it a moving base for the arm.

The fan-shaped pectoralis major on the chest pulls the arm forward and across the body. The wide latissimus dorsi on the back pulls the arm down and back. It is the muscle of a swimmer's stroke. On top of the shoulder sits the deltoid. This triangle-shaped muscle abducts the arm, which means it lifts the arm out to the side.

Deep around the joint itself is the rotator cuff. It is a set of four small muscles: supraspinatus, infraspinatus, teres minor, and subscapularis. Together they are called the “SITS” group. They do not make big moves. Their job is to hold the ball at the top of the humerus snugly in its shallow socket. They do this while the bigger muscles move the arm.

The arm and forearm

The arm runs from the shoulder to the elbow. It holds the classic agonist and antagonist pair. On the front, the biceps brachii flexes (bends) the elbow. It also turns the palm up, which is called supination. The brachialis, under the biceps, helps it. On the back, the triceps brachii extends the elbow to straighten the arm. It is the only major muscle there.

Past the elbow, the forearm has two opposing groups. On the palm side, flexors curl the wrist and fingers. On the back side, extensors straighten them. Their long tendons run down into the hand. That is why much of the power for your grip comes from muscle bellies up in the forearm.

MuscleLocationMain action
DeltoidTop of the shoulderAbducts the arm (lifts it out to the side)
Pectoralis majorFront of the chestFlexes the arm and adducts it (pulls it in)
Latissimus dorsiWide part of the backExtends the arm and adducts it
Rotator cuff (SITS)Deep around the shoulderHolds the head of the humerus steady
Biceps brachiiFront of the armFlexes the elbow, supinates the forearm (palm up)
Triceps brachiiBack of the armExtends the elbow
The deltoid is the shot muscle, and “SITS” is worth memorizing. The deltoid is thick and has a rich blood supply. So it is the usual place for many shots in adults. The rotator cuff spells itself: Supraspinatus, Infraspinatus, Teres minor, Subscapularis. The supraspinatus is the one torn most often. It gets pinched under the bony arch of the shoulder every time you raise your arm.

Tap each muscle in the interactive. Find the movers of the shoulder, arm, and forearm, and their pairs.

Interactive The muscles that move the shoulder, arm, and hand, plus the classic agonist/antagonist pairs. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The deltoid abducts the arm. The pectoralis major pulls the arm forward, and the latissimus dorsi pulls it back.
  • The rotator cuff (SITS) steadies the loose shoulder joint. The supraspinatus tears most often.
  • At the elbow, the biceps brachii flexes and supinates. The triceps brachii extends. Forearm flexors and extensors move the wrist and fingers through long tendons.

Section 6Muscles of the lower limb

Drawing of the muscles of the hip, thigh, and leg
Reference. The muscles that move the hip, knee, and ankle — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The hip and the buttock

Your lower limb carries the whole weight of your body. It drives every step. So it holds the biggest, strongest muscles you have. At the hip is the gluteus maximus. It makes up most of the buttock. It is the largest single muscle in the body. It extends the hip with great power. It drives you up from a squat, up the stairs, and into a run.

Under it and to the side sit the gluteus medius and gluteus minimus. They abduct the thigh, moving it out to the side. Even more important, they steady the pelvis each time you stand on one leg to take a step. On the front of the hip, the deep iliopsoas is the main hip flexor. It lifts the thigh toward the chest.

The thigh and the leg

The thigh has opposing groups. On the front is the quadriceps femoris. It is four muscles: the rectus femoris and the three vastus muscles. They share one tendon over the kneecap. They extend the knee to straighten the leg for a kick or a step. On the back are the three hamstrings: the biceps femoris, semitendinosus, and semimembranosus. They do the reverse. They flex the knee and help extend the hip. On the inner thigh, the adductors squeeze the legs together.

Below the knee, the calf gives you your push-off. The gastrocnemius has two heads. It and the deeper soleus join into the Achilles (calcaneal) tendon. Together they plantarflex the ankle. That means they point the toes and lift the heel. This launches you into every step and jump. On the shin, the tibialis anterior works against them. It dorsiflexes the ankle, pulling the toes up. This keeps your toes off the ground as your foot swings forward.

Muscle / groupLocationMain action
Gluteus maximusButtockExtends the hip (running, stairs)
Gluteus medius & minimusSide of the hipAbduct the thigh. Steady the pelvis when you walk.
IliopsoasDeep in the front of the hipFlexes the hip
Quadriceps femorisFront of the thighExtends the knee
HamstringsBack of the thighFlex the knee, extend the hip
Gastrocnemius & soleusCalfPlantarflex the ankle (push off)
Tibialis anteriorFront of the leg (shin)Dorsiflexes the ankle (toes up)
The gluteus medius keeps you level. When you lift one foot to step, look at the standing leg. Its gluteus medius contracts. This keeps the pelvis from dropping on the swinging side. If that muscle is weak, the hip sags with each step. This is the telltale “Trendelenburg” waddle. The muscle you never think about keeps your walk from tipping over.

Tap each muscle in the interactive. Trace the movers of the hip, knee, and ankle.

Interactive The biggest, strongest muscles in the body move your hips, knees, and ankles. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The gluteus maximus extends the hip. The gluteus medius/minimus abduct the thigh and steady the pelvis when you walk.
  • The quadriceps extend the knee and the hamstrings flex it. They are a front/back antagonist pair. The iliopsoas flexes the hip.
  • The gastrocnemius and soleus plantarflex the ankle through the Achilles tendon. The tibialis anterior dorsiflexes it.

The chapter in one breath

  • A skeletal muscle can only pull. So muscles work in opposing pairs across joints. Each one pulls its insertion toward its fixed origin.
  • Every move has an agonist, antagonist, synergist, and fixator. Bones act as levers. Most are third-class levers, built for speed and range.
  • Muscle names are descriptions built from six clues: location, shape, size, fiber direction, number of heads, and action.
  • The head has muscles of facial expression, which insert into skin (CN VII). It also has muscles of mastication, which move the mandible (CN V).
  • The trunk holds the diaphragm and intercostals for breathing. It also has the four-layer abdominal wall and the erector spinae for posture.
  • The upper limb is moved by the deltoid, pectoralis major, and latissimus dorsi. The rotator cuff (SITS) steadies the shoulder. The biceps/triceps pair works the elbow.
  • The lower limb's powerhouses are the glutes, the quadriceps and hamstrings, and the calf muscles. The calf muscles plantarflex the ankle through the Achilles tendon.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick guide to the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Abduction
Moving a limb away from the midline of the body. The deltoid abducts the arm.
Adduction
Moving a limb toward the midline of the body. The thigh adductors squeeze the legs together.
Agonist (prime mover)
The main muscle that makes a certain move.
Antagonist
The muscle that works against an agonist. It relaxes and gets longer while the agonist contracts.
Aponeurosis
A wide, flat sheet of connective tissue. It attaches a muscle to bone or to another muscle.
Belly
The thick middle part of a muscle that contracts. It lies between the origin and insertion.
Diaphragm
The dome-shaped main muscle of breathing. It separates the chest (thoracic) and belly (abdominal) cavities. The phrenic nerve runs it.
Erector spinae
A group of deep back muscles. They extend the spine and hold you upright.
Fixator
A muscle that holds the origin, or a nearby joint, steady. This lets the prime mover work well.
Insertion
Where a muscle attaches to the bone that moves. It is usually the bone farther out (distal).
Intercostal muscles
The muscles between the ribs. The externals lift the rib cage to breathe in. The internals pull it down to breathe out hard.
Lever
A stiff bar (a bone) that turns on a fulcrum (a joint) to move a load. Most levers in the body are third-class.
Masseter
A strong chewing muscle that runs from the cheekbone to the angle of the jaw. It closes the mandible.
Mastication
Chewing. Muscles that move the mandible grind the food. The trigeminal nerve (CN V) runs them.
Muscles of facial expression
Muscles that insert into the skin of the face to make expressions. The facial nerve (CN VII) runs them.
Origin
Where a muscle attaches to the bone that stays fairly still. It is usually the bone closer in (proximal).
Quadriceps femoris
The four-headed muscle group on the front of the thigh. It extends the knee.
Rotator cuff
Four muscles that hold the shoulder joint steady. They are the supraspinatus, infraspinatus, teres minor, and subscapularis (“SITS”).
Sternocleidomastoid
A neck muscle that links the sternum, clavicle, and mastoid process. It bends the neck and turns the head.
Synergist
A muscle that helps an agonist or holds a joint steady during a move.
Tendon
A tough, cord-like band of dense connective tissue. It attaches a muscle to a bone.

Check yourself

1. A student says the biceps “pushes” the forearm back down when you lower a weight. Fix the statement. What really straightens the elbow?
Muscles can only pull, never push. The biceps cannot push anything. It relaxes and gets longer. Meanwhile the triceps on the back of the arm contracts and pulls the elbow straight (extension). To reverse a move, one team always relaxes and the opposing team contracts.
2. Define origin and insertion. Which one moves toward the other when a muscle contracts?
The origin is the fixed end, usually proximal. The insertion is the moving end, usually distal. The insertion moves toward the origin. When the muscle shortens, it pulls the bone that moves (insertion) toward the anchored bone (origin).
3. When you flex your elbow, name the agonist, the antagonist, and one synergist.
Agonist = biceps brachii; antagonist = triceps brachii; synergist = brachialis. The biceps makes the bend. The triceps relaxes to allow it. The brachialis helps. The same muscles swap roles when you straighten the elbow.
4. Most body joints are third-class levers. What does the body gain with this setup? What does it give up?
It gains speed and range of motion. It gives up force. In a third-class lever, the effort is between the fulcrum and the load. So a small, quick shortening of the muscle swings the far end of the bone a long way, fast. This is great for reaching and throwing. It is poor for lifting heavy loads.
5. Decode the muscle name “extensor digitorum longus” into plain English. Which naming clues does it use?
“The long muscle that extends the digits (fingers or toes).” It uses action (extensor), location/body part (digitorum = digits), and size (longus = long). Read a name like a sentence. It tells you what the muscle does and about where it is.
6. What three bony landmarks are hidden in the name “sternocleidomastoid”? What does this tell you about the muscle?
The sternum, the clavicle (cleido-), and the mastoid process. The name lists where the muscle attaches. So you know it runs from the front of the chest up to behind the ear. This path lets it bend the neck and turn the head to the opposite side.
7. Muscles of facial expression and muscles of mastication attach to different things. Different nerves run them. Compare the two.
Face muscles insert into skin and are run by the facial nerve (CN VII). Chewing muscles move the mandible and are run by the trigeminal nerve (CN V). That is why a facial nerve palsy makes the face droop but leaves chewing strength normal.
8. Describe exactly how the diaphragm draws air into the lungs. Name the nerve and spinal levels that run it.
When the diaphragm contracts, it flattens. This makes the chest space bigger and lowers the pressure, so air flows in. The phrenic nerve, from C3–C5, runs it. When it relaxes, the dome rises and pushes air out. The phrenic nerve starts high in the neck. So a cord injury above C3 can stop breathing.
9. Name the four muscles of the abdominal wall and two jobs they share.
Rectus abdominis, external oblique, internal oblique, and transversus abdominis. Together they bend and twist the trunk. They squeeze and protect the belly organs. They raise belly pressure for coughing, giving birth, and bowel movements (defecation).
10. What is the rotator cuff? Which muscles form it, and what is its main job?
It is four deep shoulder muscles: supraspinatus, infraspinatus, teres minor, and subscapularis (“SITS”). They hold the head of the humerus steady in its shallow socket. They hold the joint together more than they make big moves. The supraspinatus is the one torn most often.
11. The quadriceps and hamstrings are an antagonist pair at the knee. What does each group do?
The quadriceps (front of the thigh) extend the knee. The hamstrings (back of the thigh) flex the knee and also extend the hip. To straighten the leg, the quads contract while the hamstrings relax. To bend the knee, the reverse happens.
12. Which calf muscles plantarflex the ankle? What tendon do they share? Which muscle works against them by dorsiflexing?
The gastrocnemius and soleus plantarflex the ankle through the Achilles (calcaneal) tendon. The tibialis anterior dorsiflexes it. Plantarflexion points the toes and lifts the heel to push off. Dorsiflexion pulls the toes up so they clear the ground as the foot swings forward.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 12

The Nervous System & Nervous Tissue

Every thought you have had was carried by a wave of electricity. So was every move you have made and every feeling you have felt. That wave races along a living wire. This chapter tells the story of that wire, the neuron, and the tissue it lives in. First we map how the whole nervous system is set up. Then we meet the loyal helper cells that keep neurons alive. Then we get to the heart of it. You will see how a neuron builds up an electrical charge and fires an action potential. You will see how that signal flies down an axon wrapped in myelin. And you will see how it hands the message to the next cell across a tiny gap. Learn these ideas well. The rest of the nervous system, from the brain and spinal cord to reflexes and the senses, is built on this one theme.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Divide the nervous system into its central and peripheral parts. Also divide it into its sensory, motor, somatic, and autonomic pathways.
  • State the nervous system's three core jobs: sensory input, integration, and motor output. Give an example of each.
  • Name the parts of a neuron and the six neuroglia. Say what each glial cell does and where it lives.
  • Explain how the resting membrane potential of about −70 mV is created and kept steady.
  • Walk through the phases of an action potential. Explain why it is all-or-nothing and only goes one way.
  • Compare continuous and saltatory conduction. List the two things that set how fast a signal travels.
  • Describe the steps of chemical synaptic transmission. Tell an excitatory signal from an inhibitory one.
  • Link each process to a real medical problem, such as multiple sclerosis, local anesthetics, and nerve gas.

Section 1How the nervous system is organized

Diagram of the central and peripheral parts of the nervous system
Reference. Central and peripheral divisions of the nervous system — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One control center, wires everywhere

The nervous system is the body's fast message network. Scientists split it up in two ways. One way is by where the parts are. The other is by which way the signals flow.

By location, there are just two parts. The central nervous system (CNS) is the brain and spinal cord. It is the headquarters, where information is handled and choices are made. The peripheral nervous system (PNS) is everything else. It is the nerves and ganglia (clusters of nerve cell bodies) that fan out from the CNS to every corner of the body. Think of the CNS as a computer. The PNS is the set of cables that run to every sensor and every motor.

Three jobs: sense, decide, act

A nerve pathway may look complex. But it is always doing one of three things. First comes sensory input. Receptors sense a change, inside or outside the body, and send that news toward the CNS. Second is integration. The CNS sorts through the incoming signals and decides what to do, if anything. Third is motor output. A command travels away from the CNS to an effector, which is a muscle or a gland. The effector carries out the response.

Touch a hot stove, and all three happen in a heartbeat. Skin receptors sense heat (input). The spinal cord decides "pull back" (integration). Arm muscles yank the hand away (output).

The words for these directions are worth learning. You will see them on every diagram. Neurons that carry signals toward the CNS are afferent, or sensory. Neurons that carry commands away from the CNS are efferent, or motor.

The efferent side splits again by where its signals go. The somatic nervous system carries commands you control to skeletal muscle. These are the moves you choose. The autonomic nervous system (ANS) runs the automatic chores inside you. It sends signals to cardiac muscle, smooth muscle, and glands without you having to think about it. The ANS itself has two arms that usually work against each other. The sympathetic division is the "fight-or-flight" gas pedal. The parasympathetic division is the "rest-and-digest" brake.

DivisionWhat it includesDirection / job
Central (CNS)Brain and spinal cordIntegration: sorts input, sends out commands
Peripheral (PNS)Nerves and gangliaCarries signals to and from the CNS
Sensory (afferent)Sensory neuronsToward the CNS (input)
Motor (efferent)Motor neuronsAway from the CNS (output)
SomaticMotor neurons to skeletal muscleMovement you choose (voluntary)
Autonomic (ANS)Motor neurons to heart muscle, smooth muscle & glandsAutomatic (involuntary) control
  SympatheticLeaves the spinal cord from the chest and lower back (thoracolumbar)Fight-or-flight (speed up)
  ParasympatheticLeaves from the brain and the base of the spine (craniosacral)Rest-and-digest (calm down)
Afferent Arrives, Efferent Exits. The two words differ by just one letter. People mix them up for a lifetime. Tie each one to its first letter. Afferent signals Arrive at the CNS. Efferent signals Exit toward muscles and glands.

Tap through each division in the interactive below. Try central and peripheral, sensory and motor, and somatic and autonomic.

Interactive Split the nervous system by body part (central vs peripheral) and by which way signals flow (in vs out). Open full ↑
Key points
  • By location, the CNS is the brain and spinal cord. The PNS is the nerves and ganglia.
  • By job, afferent (sensory) signals arrive at the CNS. Efferent (motor) signals exit toward effectors.
  • The motor side splits into somatic (voluntary, skeletal muscle) and autonomic (involuntary). The autonomic side splits into sympathetic and parasympathetic.
  • Every act of the nervous system comes down to three steps: sensory input → integration → motor output.

Section 2Neurons and their support crew

Drawing of the six types of glial cells
Reference. The six types of neuroglia in the CNS and PNS — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The neuron: a cell built to signal

Before we meet the helper cells, meet the star. A neuron is a nerve cell. It is an excitable cell, which means it can fire an electrical signal. Its shape suits one purpose. It takes in a signal at one end and passes it on from the other. Three parts do the work.

The dendrites are branches, like antennae, that receive incoming signals. The cell body, or soma, holds the nucleus. It keeps the cell alive and running. It is also where incoming signals are added up. The axon is one long fiber that carries the outgoing signal away. It is often wrapped in a fatty myelin sheath. It ends in axon terminals that hand the message to the next cell.

Neurons are also amitotic. This means most of them cannot divide to replace themselves. That is exactly why damage to the brain and spinal cord is so hard to repair.

The support crew: six kinds of glia

For every neuron, there are about as many neuroglia, or more. These are also called glial cells. They are the crew that feeds, insulates, cleans, and protects neurons. Glia do not fire action potentials. But without them, neurons would starve, short-circuit, and drown in waste. There are six types. Four live in the CNS, and two live in the PNS.

Glial cellWhereJob
AstrocyteCNSThe most common type. It ties neurons to their blood supply, controls the chemicals around them, and helps form the blood–brain barrier.
OligodendrocyteCNSWraps CNS axons in myelin. One cell covers many axons.
MicrogliaCNSThe brain's immune cells. They swallow germs and dead cells.
Ependymal cellCNSLine the hollow spaces of the brain. They help move cerebrospinal fluid.
Satellite cellPNSSurround and support neuron cell bodies in ganglia
Schwann cellPNSWraps PNS axons in myelin. One cell covers one segment.

Two cells make myelin, so keep them straight

People often mix up the two cells that make myelin. So let's pin them down now. In the CNS, an oligodendrocyte reaches out several arms. It wraps many different axons at once. In the PNS, a Schwann cell wraps itself around a single segment of one axon, like a jelly roll.

Both make the same fatty insulation. But the difference matters in medicine. Multiple sclerosis attacks CNS myelin. Guillain–Barré syndrome attacks PNS myelin. They are totally separate diseases, and they play out in different ways.

Microglia are the brain's cleanup crew. The blood–brain barrier keeps most immune cells out. So the CNS makes its own defenders. Microglia are always on patrol. When they sense injury or infection, they swarm. They swallow the debris and sound the alarm. That is why they play a part in nearly every brain disease.

Tap each of the six glial cells. See where it sits and what it does.

Interactive Six neuroglia, four in the CNS and two in the PNS, feed, insulate, clean, and protect neurons. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A neuron has three parts. The dendrites receive. The cell body/soma adds up signals and keeps the cell alive. The axon sends the signal on.
  • The six glia in the CNS are the astrocyte, oligodendrocyte, microglia, and ependymal cell. In the PNS, they are the satellite cell and Schwann cell.
  • Oligodendrocytes each wrap many CNS axons in myelin. Schwann cells each wrap one PNS segment.
  • Microglia are the immune cells of the CNS. Astrocytes are the most common glia and help form the blood–brain barrier.

Section 3The resting membrane potential

Diagram of the ions and channels that set the resting membrane potential
Reference. Ion gradients and channels that set the resting membrane potential — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A charged battery, waiting

A neuron at rest is not doing nothing. It is armed and ready. There is a tiny voltage across its membrane. It is called the resting membrane potential, and it is about −70 mV. This means the inside of the cell is 70 millivolts more negative than the outside.

A membrane that keeps charges apart like this is called polarized. It is like a charged battery, ready to be used. Every signal a neuron sends is a quick, controlled release of that stored charge. So the first question is simple. How does the cell build up the charge in the first place?

Why the inside is negative

The answer is unequal ion distribution. Ions are charged particles. The cell keeps different amounts of each ion inside and outside. Sodium (Na⁺) is piled up outside the cell. Potassium (K⁺) is packed inside. The inside is also stuffed with large proteins and phosphates that carry negative charge. They are too big to leave.

Now add the membrane's channels. At rest, the membrane lets potassium leak through much more easily than sodium. It has many more open leak channels for K⁺. So potassium trickles out, from where there is more of it to where there is less. It carries positive charge with it. This leaves the inside more negative. The potassium leak, along with the trapped negative particles inside, is the main reason the resting voltage lands near −70 mV.

IonConcentrated whereRole at rest
Sodium (Na⁺)Outside the cellReady to rush in. The membrane is mostly closed to it at rest.
Potassium (K⁺)Inside the cellLeaks out through many open channels. This sets the resting voltage.
Chloride (Cl⁻)Outside the cellAdds to the negative inside
Large anions (proteins)Trapped insideCannot cross, so they hold negative charge in

The pump that never sleeps

Over time, leaks would run the gradients down. Sodium would trickle in. Potassium would drift out. The battery would go flat. To stop this, the membrane runs the sodium–potassium pump (Na⁺/K⁺ ATPase) all day and night. It burns ATP for fuel. It pumps 3 Na⁺ out for every 2 K⁺ in. This keeps rebuilding both gradients.

The pump moves three positive charges out for every two it brings in. So it also removes a little positive charge overall. This makes the inside slightly more negative. The pump is so vital that it uses a large share of the body's energy at rest. That is a big reason the brain is such a hungry organ.

Potassium is the voltage-setter. It is tempting to give the sodium–potassium pump credit for the resting potential. But the pump mainly keeps up the gradients. The −70 mV itself comes mostly from potassium leaking out through open K⁺ channels. That is why problems with blood potassium quickly upset the heart and nerves. Too much is hyperkalemia, and too little is hypokalemia.

Explore the ion gradients, the leak channels, and the tireless pump in the interactive below.

Interactive A resting neuron is a charged battery at about −70 mV. See the gradients, channels, and pump that build it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The resting membrane potential is about −70 mV, with the inside negative. The membrane is polarized.
  • It comes from unequal ion distribution. Na⁺ is high outside, K⁺ is high inside, and large negative particles (anions) are trapped inside.
  • Potassium leaking out through open channels is the main thing that sets the resting voltage.
  • The Na⁺/K⁺ pump (3 out, 2 in, using ATP) keeps up the gradients. It also makes the inside a little more negative.

Section 4The action potential

Graph of the phases of an action potential
Reference. The phases of an action potential plotted against membrane voltage — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

All or nothing

An action potential is the neuron's signal. It is a quick, dramatic flip of the voltage across the membrane. This flip shoots down the axon. But it only happens if the membrane is pushed up from its resting −70 mV to a key level. That level is the threshold, at about −55 mV.

Below threshold, nothing fires. Reach threshold, and a full-sized spike goes off every time. The spike is the same height whether the push was barely enough or huge. This is the famous all-or-nothing rule. A neuron cannot fire part of an action potential, just as a gun cannot fire part of a bullet. So how does a neuron signal a strong stimulus? Not with bigger spikes. It fires more often.

The upstroke: sodium floods in

The whole event is run by voltage-gated channels. These are ion gates that open when the voltage changes. At threshold, voltage-gated Na⁺ channels snap open. Sodium was piled up outside. It is pulled in by two forces: its concentration gradient and the negative inside. So it floods in.

Each positive charge that enters makes the inside less negative. That opens even more sodium gates. This fast, self-boosting rush is called depolarization. It drives the voltage from −55 all the way up to about +30 mV. For an instant, the inside of the cell is actually positive.

The downstroke and the reset

The spike ends as fast as it began. At the peak, the Na⁺ channels inactivate, which means they shut on their own. Now the slower voltage-gated K⁺ channels finish opening. Potassium rushes out. It carries positive charge away, and the voltage drops back down. This is repolarization.

The potassium gates are slow to close. So a little too much K⁺ leaves. The membrane briefly dips below rest, to about −80 mV. This dip is called hyperpolarization, or the undershoot. Then the leak channels and the Na⁺/K⁺ pump bring things back to a tidy −70 mV.

During the recovery there is a refractory period. In the first part (absolute), the axon cannot fire at all. In the later part (relative), it needs an extra-strong stimulus to fire.

PhaseWhat the channels doVoltage
RestingOnly leak channels are open−70 mV
ThresholdEnough Na⁺ gates start to open−55 mV
DepolarizationVoltage-gated Na⁺ channels open. Na⁺ rushes in.rising to +30 mV
RepolarizationNa⁺ channels inactivate. K⁺ channels open, and K⁺ leaves.falling back down
HyperpolarizationK⁺ channels close slowly, so the voltage dips a bit too far~−80 mV
Return to restLeak channels + Na⁺/K⁺ pump restore the balance−70 mV
The refractory period makes signals one-way. Right after a stretch of membrane fires, its sodium channels are inactivated. For a moment, they cannot reopen. So the action potential has to keep moving forward into fresh membrane. It cannot go backward. The refractory period also caps how fast a neuron can fire. It is a built-in speed limit that protects the code.

Hit "Stimulate" in the interactive below. Follow the voltage through every phase.

Interactive Reach threshold at −55 mV and fire an all-or-nothing spike. Sodium goes in, then potassium goes out. Open full ↑
Key points
  • An action potential fires only if the membrane reaches threshold (~−55 mV). Then it is all-or-nothing.
  • Depolarization: voltage-gated Na⁺ channels open, Na⁺ floods in, and the voltage climbs to about +30 mV.
  • Repolarization: Na⁺ channels inactivate, K⁺ channels open, K⁺ leaves, and the voltage falls. A brief hyperpolarization follows.
  • The refractory period keeps the signal moving one way and limits how fast a neuron fires. The strength of a stimulus is coded by frequency.

Section 5Saltatory conduction & speed

Diagram of a signal jumping between gaps in the myelin of an axon
Reference. An impulse leaping between nodes of Ranvier on a myelinated axon — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Crawling versus leaping

Once an action potential starts, it has to travel the whole length of the axon. There are two ways to do that. Some axons are bare, or unmyelinated. On these, the spike rebuilds itself at every patch of membrane in a row. It marches along step by step. This is continuous conduction. It works, but it is slow.

Other axons are myelinated. The fatty sheath insulates long stretches, so current cannot leak out there. The action potential can only rebuild itself at the bare gaps between the myelin segments. So the signal seems to jump from gap to gap. It skips the insulated parts in between. This leaping is saltatory conduction. The name comes from the Latin word saltare, which means "to leap." It is much faster.

Nodes of Ranvier

The bare gaps have a name worth knowing: the nodes of Ranvier. These small bare rings are packed with voltage-gated sodium channels. So the action potential is rebuilt fresh and at full strength at each node. Between the nodes is a covered stretch called the internode. It carries the current quickly and passively, with no channels to slow it down. So the impulse hops from node to node. It rebuilds, glides, rebuilds, and glides. This covers far more ground in the same time than a steady crawl.

What sets conduction speed

Two features decide how fast a nerve fiber carries a signal. The first is myelination. A myelinated axon is much faster than an unmyelinated one of the same size. The second is axon diameter, or how thick the axon is. Thick axons are faster because current flows through them more easily. In the same way, a wide pipe moves water faster than a narrow one.

The body uses both of these on purpose. Large fibers with thick myelin carry reflexes and the sense of where your limbs are. They can carry signals at over 100 meters per second. Thin fibers with no myelin carry dull, aching pain. They crawl along at barely one meter per second. Sharp pain that you can pinpoint travels on thinner myelinated fibers. These are faster than the dull kind, but far short of that top speed.

FactorFaster conductionSlower conduction
MyelinMyelinated (saltatory)Unmyelinated (continuous)
Axon diameterLarge diameter (thick)Small diameter (thin)
Typical roleReflexes, sharp pain you can pinpoint, limb positionDull aching pain, temperature, autonomic signals
Strip the myelin and the signal fails. In multiple sclerosis, the immune system destroys CNS myelin. Without insulation, the current leaks away. Signals slow down or stop. This causes weakness, numbness, and loss of vision. In Guillain–Barré syndrome, the same thing happens to PNS myelin. It causes paralysis that climbs up the body. Myelin is not optional. It is the difference between a nerve that works and one that does not.

Race a myelinated signal against an unmyelinated one in the interactive below. Watch it leap the nodes.

Interactive A myelinated signal leaps from node to node and skips the insulated stretches. Watch two signals race. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Continuous conduction rebuilds the spike at every patch. It is slow and happens on unmyelinated axons. Saltatory conduction leaps between gaps. It is fast and happens on myelinated axons.
  • The bare gaps are the nodes of Ranvier, packed with Na⁺ channels. The covered internodes carry current passively.
  • Speed goes up with myelination and with axon diameter.
  • Diseases that strip myelin slow or block signals. Examples are MS in the CNS and Guillain–Barré in the PNS.

Section 6The synapse: passing the message on

Diagram of a chemical synapse between two neurons
Reference. A chemical synapse handing a signal from one neuron to the next — Young, KA., Wise, JA., DeSaix, P., Kruse, DH., Poe, B., Johnson, E., Johnson, JE., Korol, O., Betts, JG., & Womble, M., CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Neurons don't quite touch

An action potential reaches the end of an axon. Now it has a problem. The next cell is not connected to it. There is a tiny gap in between, called the synaptic cleft. The whole meeting point is the synapse. The neuron sending the message is presynaptic ("before the synapse"). The cell getting it is postsynaptic ("after the synapse").

The electrical signal cannot jump the gap by itself. So most synapses turn it into a chemical messenger, called a neurotransmitter. The chemical drifts across the gap. On the far side, it creates the signal again. The message goes from electrical, to chemical, to electrical again.

Six steps across the gap

Chemical transmission always follows the same six steps. (1) The action potential arrives at the presynaptic axon terminal. (2) Its voltage opens voltage-gated calcium (Ca²⁺) channels, and calcium flows into the terminal. (3) Calcium makes tiny sacs called synaptic vesicles merge with the membrane and dump what they hold.

(4) The neurotransmitter is released (by exocytosis) and drifts across the cleft. (5) It binds receptors on the postsynaptic membrane. This opens ion channels, which create a small graded potential. (6) The neurotransmitter is quickly cleared away. Enzymes may break it down. It may be taken back into the sending cell (reuptake). Or it may drift away. This keeps the signal crisp and short.

Excitatory or inhibitory?

What the postsynaptic cell does next depends on which neurotransmitter and receptor are involved. An excitatory signal depolarizes the postsynaptic membrane. It nudges the cell toward threshold. This is an excitatory postsynaptic potential (EPSP). An inhibitory signal hyperpolarizes the membrane. It pushes the cell away from threshold. This is an inhibitory postsynaptic potential (IPSP).

One neuron gets thousands of these signals at once. It sums, or adds up, all of them. It fires only if the "go" signals beat the "stop" signals by enough to reach threshold. In other words, the synapse is where the nervous system actually makes decisions.

NeurotransmitterTypical effectWhere / note
Acetylcholine (ACh)Excites skeletal muscleNeuromuscular junction (nerve meets muscle). Broken down by acetylcholinesterase.
GlutamateExcitatoryThe main “go” transmitter of the CNS
GABAInhibitoryThe main “stop” transmitter of the CNS
GlycineInhibitoryCommon in the spinal cord
NorepinephrineExcites or inhibitsSympathetic (fight-or-flight), mood, alertness
DopamineModulatory (tunes other signals up or down)Reward, movement. Disrupted in Parkinson disease.
The synapse is where the drugs act. Sending a signal across a synapse takes many steps. So it is easy to disrupt, and most medicines and poisons do just that. Nerve gases block acetylcholinesterase, so ACh never gets cleared. Many antidepressants block serotonin reuptake. Caffeine, opioids, and general anesthetics all work at synapses. (Local anesthetics, such as lidocaine, work a bit earlier. They block voltage-gated Na⁺ channels, so the axon cannot fire action potentials.) Learn this handoff, and you hold the key to how drugs work.

Step through the electrical-to-chemical-to-electrical handoff in the interactive below.

Interactive An electrical signal turns chemical to cross the cleft, then turns electrical again. Step through the handoff. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Neurons meet at a synapse, across the synaptic cleft. The sender is presynaptic. The receiver is postsynaptic.
  • Transmission: action potential (AP) arrives → Ca²⁺ enters → vesicles merge → neurotransmitter released → binds receptors → cleared.
  • An EPSP pushes the postsynaptic cell toward threshold. An IPSP pushes it away. The cell sums them to decide whether to fire.
  • Key transmitters are ACh (muscle), glutamate (main excitatory), and GABA (main inhibitory). The synapse is where most drugs act.

The chapter in one breath

  • The nervous system splits into the CNS (brain and spinal cord) and the PNS (nerves and ganglia). Its work is always sensory input → integration → motor output.
  • Motor pathways split into somatic (voluntary) and autonomic (involuntary). The autonomic side splits into sympathetic and parasympathetic. Afferent arrives, and efferent exits.
  • A neuron (dendrites, soma, axon) is supported by six neuroglia. The astrocyte, oligodendrocyte, microglia, and ependymal cell are in the CNS. The satellite cell and Schwann cell are in the PNS.
  • At rest, the membrane is polarized to about −70 mV. This is set by K⁺ leaking out and by trapped negative particles inside. The Na⁺/K⁺ pump keeps it steady.
  • Reaching threshold (~−55 mV) fires an all-or-nothing action potential. Na⁺ comes in (depolarize), then K⁺ goes out (repolarize). A refractory period follows.
  • Myelin lets the impulse leap from node to node. This is saltatory conduction. Speed goes up with myelination and diameter.
  • At the synapse, the signal crosses as a neurotransmitter. The postsynaptic cell sums EPSPs and IPSPs to decide whether to fire.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick guide to the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Action potential
The neuron's electrical signal. It is a quick, all-or-nothing flip of the membrane voltage that travels down an axon.
Afferent (sensory) neuron
A neuron that carries signals toward the central nervous system. Afferent arrives.
All-or-nothing
The rule that a neuron fires either a full-sized action potential or none at all. The strength of a stimulus is coded by how often the neuron fires.
Astrocyte
The most common glial cell in the CNS. It ties neurons to blood vessels, controls the chemicals around them, and helps form the blood–brain barrier.
Autonomic nervous system
The automatic (involuntary) motor division. It controls heart muscle, smooth muscle, and glands. It splits into sympathetic and parasympathetic arms.
Axon
The one long fiber of a neuron. It carries the action potential away from the cell body.
Depolarization
A shift of the membrane voltage toward positive (less negative). It happens mainly when Na⁺ enters the cell.
Efferent (motor) neuron
A neuron that carries commands away from the central nervous system to an effector. Efferent exits.
Myelin sheath
Fatty insulation wrapped around an axon that speeds up signals. Oligodendrocytes make it in the CNS, and Schwann cells make it in the PNS.
Neuroglia
The helper cells of nervous tissue. They feed, insulate, clean, and protect neurons. There are six types across the CNS and PNS.
Neuron
The nerve cell that sends signals. It has dendrites (receive), a cell body (adds up signals), and an axon (sends the signal on).
Neurotransmitter
A chemical messenger released across a synapse. It passes a signal to the next cell.
Node of Ranvier
A bare gap between myelin segments, packed with Na⁺ channels. The action potential is rebuilt here during saltatory conduction.
Refractory period
A short time after a spike when that patch of membrane cannot fire again (absolute) or needs a stronger push (relative). It makes signals travel one way.
Repolarization
The return of the membrane voltage toward its negative resting value. It happens mainly when K⁺ leaves the cell.
Resting membrane potential
The voltage across a resting neuron's membrane, about −70 mV with the inside negative. Ion gradients and the K⁺ leak set it.
Saltatory conduction
Fast signaling along a myelinated axon. The signal leaps from node to node.
Schwann cell
The PNS glial cell that wraps one segment of an axon in myelin.
Sodium–potassium pump
A membrane pump powered by ATP. It moves 3 Na⁺ out and 2 K⁺ in, which keeps up the ion gradients.
Synapse
The meeting point where one neuron passes a message to another cell, across the synaptic cleft.
Threshold
The membrane voltage (about −55 mV) that must be reached to set off an action potential.

Check yourself

1. Name the two main parts of the nervous system by location. Which structures belong to each?
The central nervous system (CNS) and the peripheral nervous system (PNS). The CNS is the brain and spinal cord, where integration happens. The PNS is the nerves and ganglia that carry signals to and from the CNS.
2. A signal travels from a pain receptor toward the spinal cord. Which kind of neuron carries it? What does the memory trick tell you?
An afferent (sensory) neuron. Afferent Arrives at the CNS. Efferent Exits toward muscles and glands. Sensory input always travels on afferent neurons.
3. Which glial cell makes myelin in the CNS? Which does the same job in the PNS? How is the way they cover axons different?
Oligodendrocytes (CNS) and Schwann cells (PNS). One oligodendrocyte wraps many axons at once. Each Schwann cell wraps only one segment of one axon.
4. The brain is mostly walled off from the bloodstream. Yet it still needs immune defense. Which glial cell provides it, and what does it do?
Microglia, the CNS's own immune cells. They patrol the tissue and swallow germs and dead cells. They do the job that immune cells in the blood do in the rest of the body.
5. About what is the resting membrane potential? Which one ion's movement mostly sets it?
About −70 mV, and potassium (K⁺) leaking out. At rest, the membrane lets K⁺ through much more easily. Potassium leaves down its gradient, which leaves the inside negative. The Na⁺/K⁺ pump keeps up the gradients, but it is not the main voltage-setter.
6. What does the sodium–potassium pump move? Why does it make the inside of the cell a little more negative?
It pumps 3 Na⁺ out for every 2 K⁺ in, using ATP. It removes three positive charges for every two it brings in. So the inside loses a little positive charge overall and becomes a bit more negative. It also rebuilds both gradients.
7. What does "all-or-nothing" mean for an action potential? How does a neuron signal a stronger stimulus?
If threshold (~−55 mV) is reached, a full-sized spike fires. Below threshold, nothing happens. Spikes are always the same size. So a stronger stimulus is coded by firing more often (higher frequency), not by a bigger action potential.
8. Put these action potential phases in order: repolarization, depolarization, resting, hyperpolarization. Name the main ion movement in each.
Resting → depolarization (Na⁺ in) → repolarization (K⁺ out) → hyperpolarization (a little too much K⁺ out) → back to resting. Voltage-gated Na⁺ channels drive the upstroke. K⁺ channels drive the downstroke and the brief undershoot.
9. Why does the refractory period make an action potential travel in only one direction?
The membrane that just fired has inactivated Na⁺ channels. It cannot fire again right away. So the signal can only spread into fresh membrane ahead of it. It cannot go back into the part it just left, so it marches forward.
10. Compare continuous and saltatory conduction. What are the bare gaps called where a myelinated signal is rebuilt?
Continuous conduction crawls patch by patch along unmyelinated axons. Saltatory conduction leaps between the nodes of Ranvier on myelinated axons, and it is much faster. The nodes are packed with Na⁺ channels. The covered internodes carry current passively.
11. Multiple sclerosis destroys CNS myelin. Use what you know about conduction to explain why this causes weakness and numbness.
Without myelin, current leaks out along the axon, and saltatory conduction fails. Signals slow down or stop. So motor commands and sensory information cannot get through. This causes weakness, numbness, and vision problems.
12. List the steps of chemical synaptic transmission, from the arriving action potential to the postsynaptic response. Which ion triggers the release of neurotransmitter?
AP arrives → voltage-gated Ca²⁺ channels open and calcium enters → vesicles merge and release neurotransmitter → it drifts across the cleft → it binds postsynaptic receptors → channels open, creating an EPSP or IPSP. Then it is cleared. Calcium (Ca²⁺) coming in is the trigger that makes the vesicles release their neurotransmitter.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 13

Anatomy of the Nervous System

Inside your skull sits the most complex object we know of. It is about three pounds of soft tissue that lets you read this line, remember when you were small, and pull your hand off a hot stove before you even feel the burn. This chapter is a guided tour of that brain. We will walk over the wrinkled top of the cerebrum. We will drop down through its inner regions to the brainstem, which keeps you alive, and look at the cerebrospinal fluid that cushions it all. We will peel back the three meninges, the wraps that guard it. We will follow the spinal cord down its bony tunnel. Last, we will count off the twelve cranial nerves that leave the brain directly. By the end, you will be able to picture a whole brain and name what you see.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Find the four lobes of the cerebrum. Name the skull bone over each one, and match each lobe to its main jobs.
  • Find the primary motor and primary somatosensory cortex. Find the central sulcus, the groove that splits them.
  • Split the brain into its four main regions: cerebrum, diencephalon, brainstem, and cerebellum. Say what each one does.
  • Trace how cerebrospinal fluid flows through the four ventricles and out into the subarachnoid space. Explain its three jobs.
  • Name the three meninges in order. Describe the spaces between them, and link each one to an emergency.
  • Read a cross-section of the spinal cord, with its gray horns, white columns, and dorsal and ventral roots. Explain its one-way traffic rule.
  • List the twelve cranial nerves in order. Sort each one as sensory, motor, or mixed, and give its main job.

Section 1The cerebral lobes

The four lobes of the brain
Reference. The four lobes of the cerebral cortex — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A wrinkled sheet of gray matter

Picture a brain. You likely see a pale, deeply folded dome. That is the cerebrum, the biggest part of the brain and the place where thinking happens. Its outer layer, only a few millimeters thick, is the cerebral cortex. It is a sheet of gray matter, which is packed with billions of nerve cell bodies.

Under the cortex lies white matter. It is made of axons, the long nerve fibers, wrapped in a fatty coat called myelin, and these fibers wire one part of the brain to another. The wrinkles are not just for looks, though. Each ridge is a gyrus, and each groove is a sulcus. A deep groove is a fissure. Folding lets a huge sheet of cortex fit inside the skull, like a crumpled towel in a cup. About two-thirds of it is hidden down in the grooves. More cortex means more brain power. That is why smart animals tend to have very folded brains.

Four lobes, four skull bones

Each half of the brain is called a hemisphere, and the cortex of each half has four lobes. They are easy to name, because each lobe gets its name from the skull bone right on top of it. Two big grooves mark the borders. The central sulcus runs down across the top of the brain and splits the frontal lobe in front from the parietal lobe behind it. The deep lateral sulcus (Sylvian fissure) runs along the side and marks off the temporal lobe below. At the very back sits the occipital lobe. One more area, the insula, is tucked deep inside the lateral sulcus, and it is often called a hidden fifth lobe.

The two halves are not exact twins. They show lateralization, which means they split up the work. One side tends to lead on certain tasks. Language is usually on the left, while space and music skills are often on the right. The two halves talk all the time through a thick bridge of white matter called the corpus callosum. It carries hundreds of millions of axons from one side to the other.

Who does what

Each lobe has its own special jobs. A few areas are worth learning well, because damage to them causes classic, testable problems. Just in front of the central sulcus is a strip called the precentral gyrus. It is the primary motor cortex, which sends the orders for movements you choose to make. Just behind the central sulcus is the postcentral gyrus. It is the primary somatosensory cortex, which takes in touch, pressure, and temperature from the whole body. Each strip holds a map of the body that is upside down and out of shape, with huge areas for the hands and face.

LobeSits underMain jobs
FrontalFrontal boneMovements you choose (primary motor cortex), planning, judgment, personality, and making speech (Broca’s area)
ParietalParietal boneTouch, pressure, pain, and temperature (primary somatosensory cortex); sense of space
TemporalTemporal boneHearing, smell, memory, and understanding language (Wernicke’s area)
OccipitalOccipital boneVision; holds the primary visual cortex
The central sulcus splits moving from feeling. Just in FRONT of it is the motor strip (precentral gyrus). Just BEHIND it is the sensory strip (postcentral gyrus). Here is an easy way to remember. M for Motor comes before S for Sensory in the alphabet, and the motor strip comes first, in front. Damage in front of the groove weakens movement. Damage behind it dulls feeling.

Tap through the lobes and watch each one light up below.

Interactive The wrinkled cortex, split into lobes. Each lobe is named for the skull bone over it. Tap a lobe to light it up. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The cerebral cortex is a folded sheet of gray matter. Its gyri (ridges) and sulci (grooves) fit more surface into the skull.
  • There are four lobes: frontal, parietal, temporal, occipital. Each is named for the skull bone on top of it.
  • The central sulcus splits the motor cortex (precentral, in front) from the somatosensory cortex (postcentral, behind).
  • The corpus callosum links the two halves. The halves split up the work, which is called lateralization.

Section 2The major brain regions

The four main brain regions, seen in a cut down the middle
Reference. The four major brain regions in midsagittal section John A Beal, PhD Dep't. of Cellular Biology Anatomy, Louisiana State Uni, CC BY 2.5 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Slice it down the middle

The lobes are only the outside story. To see how the whole brain is built, picture cutting it right down the middle. This cut is called a midsagittal section. On the cut face you will see four main regions, which stack from the thinking parts on top to the life-support parts below. They are the cerebrum, the diencephalon, the brainstem, and the cerebellum.

Here is a rough rule. The higher a part sits, the more “human” and chosen its job. The lower it sits, the older and more automatic its job. You can lose a lot of cerebrum and still live. But a tiny stroke in the brainstem can kill you.

The diencephalon: the brain’s relay and thermostat

The diencephalon is buried under the cerebrum. It wraps around the third ventricle, one of the brain’s fluid-filled spaces. It is small but very important, and it has two stars. The first is the thalamus, the brain’s main train station. Almost every sense signal heading to the cortex, such as sight, sound, touch, and taste, stops here first. The thalamus sorts each signal and sends it on. Smell is the one sense that skips it.

Below and in front sits the hypothalamus. It is only about the size of an almond, yet it runs a huge share of homeostasis, the body’s way of keeping things steady inside. It controls body temperature, hunger, thirst, and the sleep–wake cycle. It also runs the pituitary gland that hangs below it, so it steers that gland’s hormones. The hypothalamus is where the nervous system and the hormone (endocrine) system shake hands.

The brainstem and the cerebellum

The brainstem links the brain to the spinal cord, and inch for inch, it is the most vital tissue you have. From top to bottom, it has three parts: the midbrain, the pons, and the medulla oblongata. The medulla holds the reflex centers that set your heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing. You never think about these jobs, but you cannot live without them. All twelve cranial nerves, except the first two, attach to the brainstem.

Behind the brainstem, tucked under the occipital lobe, is the cerebellum. Its name means “little brain,” and it is tightly folded. It fine-tunes movement, keeps your balance, and makes your motions smooth. It does not start a movement. Instead, it edits one, like an editor fixing a draft. That is why damage to it makes a person clumsy and unsteady, but not paralyzed.

RegionKey partsMain job
CerebrumTwo hemispheres, cortex, corpus callosumThinking, feeling, movements you choose, memory, language
DiencephalonThalamus, hypothalamus, epithalamusRelays sense signals (thalamus); keeps the body steady and runs hormones (hypothalamus)
BrainstemMidbrain, pons, medulla oblongataLife-saving reflexes (heartbeat, breathing), hub for cranial nerves, highway between brain and cord
CerebellumTwo hemispheres, folia (folds), vermis (middle strip)Teamwork of muscles, balance, smooth and exact movement
The brainstem is life support. The medulla oblongata holds the centers for the heart, blood vessels, and breathing. That is why brain death is defined as the loss of brainstem function. It is also why a small brainstem stroke can stop breathing, while a much bigger stroke in the cortex does not.

Cut the brain down the middle and tap each region below.

Interactive Cut the brain down the middle to see its four regions, from the thinking cerebrum to the life-support brainstem. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are four main regions: cerebrum, diencephalon, brainstem, cerebellum. Higher parts do chosen tasks. Lower parts do automatic ones.
  • The thalamus passes almost all sense signals on to the cortex. The hypothalamus keeps the body steady and runs the pituitary.
  • The brainstem (midbrain, pons, medulla) controls life-saving reflexes. Most cranial nerves attach to it.
  • The cerebellum smooths movement and keeps balance. It edits motion. It does not start it.

Section 3Ventricles & cerebrospinal fluid

The ventricles and the flow of brain fluid
Reference. The four ventricles and the flow of cerebrospinal fluid — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A brain that floats

The brain is not solid all the way through. In its core is a set of linked hollow rooms called the ventricles, and a clear liquid fills them and also bathes the outside of the brain. This liquid is cerebrospinal fluid, or CSF. There are four ventricles. Two big, C-shaped lateral ventricles sit one in each half of the brain. A thin, slit-like third ventricle sits in the middle of the diencephalon. A diamond-shaped fourth ventricle sits between the brainstem and the cerebellum.

CSF is made by the choroid plexus. This is a lacy web of tiny blood vessels (capillaries) that lines the ventricles. It filters plasma, the liquid part of blood, and makes about 500 mL of CSF a day. Yet the total amount stays near 150 mL. That is because the fluid is drained and replaced several times each day.

Following the flow

CSF is not a still pond. Instead, it flows on a one-way path, from the top of the ventricles down and out around the brain and cord. Trace it once and you will remember it. Fluid made in the lateral ventricles passes through small holes called the interventricular foramina and enters the third ventricle. Then it flows down a narrow channel, the cerebral aqueduct, into the fourth ventricle.

From there, it leaves through three small openings into the subarachnoid space, which surrounds the whole brain and spinal cord. This gives the whole central nervous system a liquid cushion. Last, the fluid goes back into the blood through arachnoid granulations, little bumps shaped like cauliflower that poke into the large veins that drain the brain. That closes the loop.

StepStructureWhat happens
1Choroid plexus (lateral ventricles)CSF is made from filtered blood plasma
2Interventricular foraminaFluid passes into the third ventricle
3Cerebral aqueductFluid flows down to the fourth ventricle
4Openings → subarachnoid spaceFluid bathes the brain and spinal cord
5Arachnoid granulationsFluid goes back into the blood in the veins

Why the fluid matters

CSF does three jobs. The first is buoyancy, which means it helps the brain float. The brain weighs about 1,400 g, but floating in CSF it presses down with a weight of only about 50 g. Without this, the brain would crush its own base. The second job is protection. The liquid soaks up shocks, so the brain bobs gently instead of slamming into the skull during a bump. The third job is chemical stability. CSF brings food in and washes waste out, and it also helps keep the exact mix of salts (ions) that nerve cells need to fire.

When the drain clogs, pressure climbs. Sometimes CSF cannot flow or drain. The aqueduct might be blocked, for example. Then fluid backs up and the ventricles swell. This is called hydrocephalus. In babies, the skull bones have not yet joined, so the head gets bigger. In adults, the rising pressure squeezes the brain. Doctors treat it with a shunt, a tube that drains the extra fluid away.

Watch the fluid flow and tap each chamber below.

Interactive The brain floats in cerebrospinal fluid, which is made in and flows through four hollow ventricles. Watch the fluid move and tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are four ventricles: two lateral, the third, and the fourth. They are hollow rooms filled with CSF.
  • The choroid plexus makes CSF. It flows lateral → third → fourth ventricle → subarachnoid space → blood in the veins.
  • CSF gives the brain and cord buoyancy, shock protection, and chemical stability.
  • A blocked flow causes hydrocephalus, with swollen ventricles and rising pressure.

Section 4The meninges

The three layers that wrap the brain and spinal cord
Reference. The three meninges wrapping the brain and spinal cord https://www.scientificanimations.com, CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three coats around the cord

The brain and spinal cord are too precious to rest right against bone. Instead, they are wrapped in three thin sheets of tissue called the meninges. From the outside in, they are the dura mater, the arachnoid mater, and the pia mater. Learn them in that order, because the spaces between them are where the big medical emergencies happen. The Latin names tell you what they are like. Dura mater means “tough mother.” Pia mater means “tender mother.”

From tough to tender

The dura mater is the outer layer, and it is thick, strong, and like leather. Around the brain it has two layers. Where the two layers pull apart, they form the dural venous sinuses, channels that drain blood from the brain. The dura also folds inward. One fold, the falx cerebri, dips down between the two halves of the brain and holds it steady.

Under the dura is the arachnoid mater. It is a thin layer that looks like a web, and its name comes from the Greek word for spider. Fine threads called arachnoid trabeculae cross the gap beneath it. That gap is the subarachnoid space, and it is filled with CSF. Last comes the pia mater, a very thin film that is rich in blood vessels. It clings to every ridge and groove of the brain, like plastic wrap pressed into every fold.

LayerWhat it is likeSpace / feature
Dura materTough outer coat, like leatherForms dural venous sinuses; the epidural space lies outside it
Arachnoid materThin middle layer, like a webThe subdural space is above it; the subarachnoid space (with CSF) is below it
Pia materThin inner film, full of blood vesselsSticks right onto the brain and cord
The spaces tell the story of a bleed. An epidural hematoma is a pool of blood outside the dura. It usually comes from a torn artery (the middle meningeal artery). It builds up fast and looks lens-shaped on a CT scan. A subdural hematoma is a pool of blood under the dura. It usually comes from torn veins (bridging veins). It builds up slowly and looks crescent-shaped, like a thin moon. When the meninges get infected, it is called meningitis. The swollen subarachnoid space causes the classic stiff neck, fever, and headache.

Peel back the layers one at a time below.

Interactive Three layers wrap the brain and cord, from a tough outer layer to a soft inner one, with fluid-filled spaces between. Tap each layer. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The three meninges, from outside in, are the dura mater (tough), arachnoid mater (like a web), and pia mater (thin and soft).
  • The subarachnoid space, under the arachnoid, holds flowing CSF.
  • The pia mater follows every fold of the brain. The dura forms blood channels (sinuses) and steadying folds like the falx cerebri.
  • The spaces name the bleeds. An epidural bleed is from an artery and lens-shaped. A subdural bleed is from veins and crescent-shaped. Infection of the meninges is meningitis.

Section 5The spinal cord

A slice across the spinal cord
Reference. A slice across the spinal cord, showing gray and white matter — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A cable and a switchboard

The spinal cord is the body’s main message cable. It starts at the bottom of the brainstem and runs down through a tunnel in the backbone (the vertebral column). It ends near the first or second lumbar bone of the lower back (L1–L2). Below that, it splits into a spray of nerve roots called the cauda equina, a name that means “horse’s tail.”

The cord does two things at once. First, it carries messages up and down between the body and the brain. Second, it works as its own local switchboard that can handle reflexes without waiting for the brain.

Reading a slice

Cut the cord across, and you will see a neat layout. In the center is a region of gray matter shaped like a butterfly or the letter H. It holds nerve cell bodies, and around it is white matter, made of coated nerve fibers in bundles. This is the reverse of the brain, where gray matter is on the outside.

The gray matter has wings called horns. The dorsal (posterior) horns, toward the back, handle incoming sensory signals. The ventral (anterior) horns, toward the front, send out motor orders to muscles. Small lateral horns on the sides, in the chest and upper belly part of the cord, hold nerve cells of the automatic (autonomic) system. A tiny central canal, filled with CSF, runs down the middle.

One-way traffic at the roots

Each spinal nerve splits into two roots where it joins the cord. These roots follow a strict one-way traffic rule. The dorsal root carries sensory signals into the cord. It has a clear bulge called the dorsal root ganglion, which is where the sensory nerve cell bodies sit. The ventral root carries motor signals out to muscles and glands.

Just past the cord, the two roots join into one mixed spinal nerve. There are 31 pairs of these nerves. The white matter is sorted into columns. The columns hold bundles of fibers called tracts. Some tracts go up and carry feeling, while others go down and carry movement orders. They are the express lanes that run the length of the cord.

StructureTypeFunction
Dorsal (posterior) hornGray matterTakes in sensory signals
Ventral (anterior) hornGray matterSends motor orders to muscles
Dorsal root (with ganglion)SensoryCarries feeling into the cord
Ventral rootMotorCarries orders out of the cord
White columns / tractsWhite matterHighways going up (sensory) and down (motor)
Dorsal in, ventral out. Feeling comes in through the back (dorsal root). Motor orders go out through the front (ventral root). This one-way street is called the Bell–Magendie rule. Also, the cord itself ends near L1–L2. So a lumbar puncture (spinal tap) is done lower down, near L3–L4. There the needle only meets the loose roots of the cauda equina. It does not risk hitting the cord.

Slice the cord and tap each part below.

Interactive A slice shows a gray butterfly of cell bodies inside white tracts. Feeling enters at the back and motor orders leave at the front. Tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The cord runs to about L1–L2. Below that, it goes on as the nerve roots of the cauda equina. 31 pairs of spinal nerves branch off.
  • In a slice, gray matter (horns) sits in the center, with white matter (tracts) around it. The brain is the other way around.
  • Dorsal horns and roots = sensory in. Ventral horns and roots = motor out. This is the Bell–Magendie rule.
  • The dorsal root ganglion holds sensory cell bodies. A lumbar puncture is done below the end of the cord to be safe.

Section 6The cranial nerves

The twelve cranial nerves on the underside of the brain
Reference. The twelve pairs of cranial nerves on the underside of the brain — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Twelve nerves straight from the brain

Most nerves branch off the spinal cord. But twelve special pairs come straight out of the brain. These are the cranial nerves, and they are numbered with Roman numerals, I through XII. The numbers go from front to back, in the order the nerves appear on the underside of the brain. The first two, the olfactory and optic nerves, grow out of the cerebrum and diencephalon. The other ten sprout from the brainstem.

Together, these nerves handle the special senses of the head. They move the eyes, face, and tongue. And one “wandering” nerve reaches all the way down into the chest and belly.

Sensory, motor, or both

Each cranial nerve is sorted by the kind of message it carries. Some are only sensory, which means they bring information in. Some are only motor, which means they send orders out. Some are mixed, doing both. An old memory trick shows the pattern: “Some Say Marry Money, But My Brother Says Big Brains Matter Most.” The first letter of each word is S, S, M, M, B, M, B, S, B, B, M, M. Each letter tells you if nerves I through XII are Sensory, Motor, or Both. To remember the names, students have long used “On Old Olympus’ Towering Tops, A Finn And German Viewed Some Hops.”

#NameTypeMain function
IOlfactorySensorySmell
IIOpticSensoryVision
IIIOculomotorMotorMost eye movements; makes the pupil smaller; lifts the eyelid
IVTrochlearMotorMoves the eye (superior oblique muscle)
VTrigeminalBothFeeling in the face; chewing muscles
VIAbducensMotorMoves the eye out to the side (lateral rectus muscle)
VIIFacialBothFacial expressions; taste (front of tongue); tears and spit (saliva)
VIIIVestibulocochlearSensoryHearing and balance
IXGlossopharyngealBothTaste (back of tongue); swallowing; saliva
XVagusBothCalming (parasympathetic) control of the heart, lungs, and gut
XIAccessoryMotorMoves the neck and shoulders (sternocleidomastoid and trapezius muscles)
XIIHypoglossalMotorMoves the tongue

The wandering nerve

One cranial nerve needs a special note. The vagus nerve (X) is the odd one out. Every other cranial nerve stays in the head and neck, but the vagus travels down into the chest and belly. Its name even means “wanderer.” It is the main highway of the parasympathetic system, the calming side of your automatic nerves. It slows the heart, drives digestion, and checks on the inner organs. When you hear about the “rest-and-digest” response, that is the vagus at work.

Only the vagus leaves the head. Cranial nerves serve the head and neck, with one exception. CN X, the vagus, wanders all the way to the gut. It carries most of the body’s parasympathetic (calming) signals. Think of it as the one cranial nerve that will not stay home.

Count off each nerve and tap it below.

Interactive Twelve pairs of nerves come straight out of the brain, numbered I to XII from front to back. Some are sensory, some motor, some both. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are twelve pairs of cranial nerves, numbered I–XII from front to back. All but the first two come from the brainstem.
  • Each one is sensory, motor, or mixed. The trick “Some Say Marry Money…” gives the pattern.
  • Several move the eye (III, IV, VI). Others carry special senses: I smell, II vision, VIII hearing and balance.
  • The vagus (X) is the only cranial nerve that leaves the head and neck. It carries most calming (parasympathetic) signals to the organs.

The chapter in one breath

  • The cerebrum is a folded sheet of gray matter with four lobes: frontal, parietal, temporal, occipital. Each lies under the skull bone with the same name.
  • The central sulcus splits the motor cortex (front) from the somatosensory cortex (back). The corpus callosum links the two halves.
  • Four brain regions stack from thinking to survival: cerebrum → diencephalon → brainstem → cerebellum. The medulla runs the life-saving reflexes.
  • The choroid plexus makes cerebrospinal fluid. It flows through four ventricles into the subarachnoid space. It helps the brain float, guards it, and keeps its chemistry steady.
  • Three meninges (dura, arachnoid, pia) wrap the brain and cord. The spaces between them name the epidural, subdural, and subarachnoid bleeds.
  • The spinal cord has gray horns in the center and white tracts around them. Feeling enters by the dorsal root. Motor orders leave by the ventral root.
  • Twelve cranial nerves (I–XII) serve the head and neck. Each is sensory, motor, or mixed. Only the vagus reaches the chest and belly.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the key words in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Arachnoid mater
The middle layer of the meninges, thin and like a web. Under it, the subarachnoid space holds flowing cerebrospinal fluid.
Brainstem
The stalk that links the brain to the spinal cord. It is made of the midbrain, pons, and medulla oblongata, and holds life-saving reflex centers and most cranial nerves.
Central sulcus
The groove that splits the frontal lobe (with its motor cortex) from the parietal lobe (with its somatosensory cortex).
Cerebellum
The “little brain” behind the brainstem. It keeps your balance and smooths the movements you choose.
Cerebral cortex
The thin outer sheet of gray matter on the cerebrum. It handles thinking, feeling, and the movements you choose.
Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)
The clear liquid made by the choroid plexus. It fills the ventricles and subarachnoid space, where it cushions and feeds the brain and cord.
Choroid plexus
The web of tiny blood vessels lining the ventricles. It filters blood plasma to make cerebrospinal fluid.
Corpus callosum
The thick band of white matter that carries nerve fibers between the two halves of the brain.
Cranial nerves
The twelve pairs of nerves (I–XII) that come straight out of the brain. They serve the head and neck, and through the vagus, the inner organs.
Diencephalon
The central brain region that holds the thalamus and hypothalamus. It wraps around the third ventricle.
Dorsal root ganglion
The bulge on a spinal nerve’s dorsal root. It holds the cell bodies of sensory nerve cells.
Dura mater
The tough outer layer of the meninges, like leather. It forms the dural venous sinuses and folds like the falx cerebri.
Gyrus
A raised ridge on the surface of the cerebral cortex. The plural is gyri.
Hypothalamus
A part of the diencephalon that controls body heat, hunger, thirst, sleep, and hormone release. It links the nervous and hormone systems.
Medulla oblongata
The lowest part of the brainstem. It holds the reflex centers for heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing.
Meninges
The three sheets of tissue that wrap the brain and spinal cord: dura, arachnoid, and pia mater.
Pia mater
The thin inner layer of the meninges, rich in blood vessels. It clings right onto the brain and cord.
Sulcus
A shallow groove between the ridges of the cerebral cortex. The plural is sulci. A deep one is called a fissure.
Thalamus
The paired relay station in the diencephalon. It sorts almost all sense signals and sends them on to the cortex.
Vagus nerve
Cranial nerve X. It is the only cranial nerve that goes past the head and neck, carrying most calming (parasympathetic) signals to the heart, lungs, and gut.
Ventricles
The four linked, fluid-filled rooms inside the brain: two lateral, the third, and the fourth. CSF is made in them and flows through them.

Check yourself

1. Why is the cerebral cortex so deeply folded into gyri and sulci? What does this do?
Folding fits much more cortex into the fixed space of the skull. About two-thirds of the cortex is hidden in the grooves. More cortex means more nerve cells and more brain power.
2. A patient has weak movement on one side of the body. Which gyrus and which lobe would you suspect? How does the central sulcus help you find it?
The precentral gyrus (primary motor cortex) of the frontal lobe. The motor strip lies just in front of the central sulcus. The sensory strip lies just behind it. So movement problems point to the front of the groove, and feeling problems point behind it.
3. Name the four lobes of the cerebrum. Give one main job of each.
Frontal (movement, judgment, making speech), parietal (touch and other body feelings), temporal (hearing, memory, understanding language), occipital (vision). Each lobe is named for the skull bone right on top of it.
4. Which brain part passes almost all sense signals on to the cortex? Which nearby part keeps the body steady and controls the pituitary gland?
The thalamus relays sense signals. The hypothalamus keeps the body steady and controls the pituitary. Both sit in the diencephalon. Smell is the one sense that skips the thalamus.
5. Why can a small stroke in the medulla oblongata kill, when a much bigger stroke in the cerebrum may not?
The medulla holds the reflex centers for heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing. Losing them stops the automatic jobs that keep you alive. Big areas of cerebrum can be damaged without stopping life support.
6. Trace a drop of CSF from where it is made to where it goes back into the blood. Name the four ventricles and the key passages in order.
Choroid plexus of the lateral ventricles → interventricular foramina → third ventricle → cerebral aqueduct → fourth ventricle → subarachnoid space → arachnoid granulations into the blood in the veins. It is a one-way loop. The fluid is drained and replaced several times a day.
7. List the three jobs of cerebrospinal fluid. Use numbers to explain how it helps the brain float.
Buoyancy, protection (soaking up shocks), and chemical stability. The brain weighs about 1,400 g. Floating in CSF, it presses down with a weight of only about 50 g. This keeps it from crushing itself.
8. Name the three meninges from outside in. Which space between them holds flowing CSF?
Dura mater, arachnoid mater, pia mater. The subarachnoid space (under the arachnoid) holds the CSF. The dura is tough and on the outside. The pia is a thin film that hugs the brain.
9. On a CT scan, one bleed looks lens-shaped and one looks crescent-shaped. Which space and which kind of blood vessel causes each?
Lens-shaped = epidural hematoma (an artery, often the middle meningeal artery). Crescent-shaped = subdural hematoma (veins, from torn bridging veins). The epidural bleed builds up fast under artery pressure. The subdural bleed builds up more slowly.
10. In a slice of the spinal cord, which root carries feeling into the cord, and which carries motor orders out? Where do the sensory cell bodies sit?
The dorsal (posterior) root carries feeling in. The ventral (anterior) root carries motor orders out. Sensory cell bodies sit in the dorsal root ganglion. This one-way setup is the Bell–Magendie rule: dorsal in, ventral out.
11. The spinal cord ends near the L1–L2 bone. Why does this matter for a lumbar puncture?
Because the cord ends high, the needle can go in lower (near L3–L4) to take CSF without piercing the cord. Below L1–L2, the canal holds only the loose, floating roots of the cauda equina. The needle can safely push them aside.
12. Which cranial nerve is the only one that goes past the head and neck? What is its main job, and what does its name mean?
The vagus nerve (CN X). Its name means “wanderer.” It carries most of the body’s calming (parasympathetic) signals to the heart, lungs, and gut. Every other cranial nerve stays in the head and neck.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 14

The Somatic Nervous System

The somatic nervous system is the part of you that deals with the outside world. It carries sensation in, and it sends voluntary commands to your skeletal muscles out. Voluntary means the movements you choose to make. This chapter follows that two-way traffic from start to finish. We begin where every feeling starts: at the receptors in your skin. Then we move up to the special senses. These are the eye and its visual pathway, the ear that lets you hear and keeps you balanced, and the chemical senses of taste and smell. Last, we close the loop with the fastest circuit in the body, the reflex arc. Here a signal comes in and a muscle answers before your brain has even been told. By the end, you will be able to trace a signal from the world all the way to a response.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Tell general senses from special senses. Sort sensory receptors by what they detect (mechano-, thermo-, noci-, chemo-, and photoreceptors).
  • Name the skin receptors for light touch, deep pressure, temperature, and pain. Explain sensory adaptation.
  • Name the three tunics of the eye. Trace the path of light to the retina, and explain refraction and accommodation.
  • Follow the visual pathway from the light-sensing cells, through the optic chiasm, to the visual cortex. Predict what vision is lost when a given spot is damaged.
  • Describe the outer, middle, and inner ear. Explain how the organ of Corti turns a sound wave into a nerve signal.
  • Explain how taste and smell detect chemicals, and why smell is so closely tied to memory and feelings.
  • List the five parts of a reflex arc. Compare a one-synapse stretch reflex with a many-synapse withdrawal reflex.

Section 1How sensation begins: the receptors

Touch receptors in the skin
Reference. A tactile (Meissner’s) corpuscle sitting in a bump of the dermis, one of the many receptors packed into skin — BruceBlaus (Blausen), CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two families of senses

Everything you sense starts with a sensory receptor. This is a special nerve ending that turns some kind of energy into an electrical signal. The nervous system can then read that signal. This change is called transduction, and it is the first step in every sense.

We sort the senses into two families. The general senses are touch, pressure, vibration, temperature, pain, and your sense of where your body parts are (proprioception). Their receptors are spread all over the body, in the skin, muscles, joints, and organs. The special senses are vision, hearing, balance, taste, and smell. They sit in complex organs in the head, and they fill the rest of this chapter.

Receptors are named for what they detect

There are dozens of receptor types. The easiest way to sort them is by the kind of signal each one responds to. Learn these five groups, and you can place almost any receptor in the body:

Receptor typeResponds toExample
MechanoreceptorBeing pushed or bent out of shape: touch, pressure, stretch, vibration, soundTactile corpuscles; hair cells of the ear
ThermoreceptorTemperature and changes in itWarm and cold free nerve endings in skin
NociceptorTissue damage; these are the pain receptorsFree nerve endings that signal cuts, burns, and swelling
ChemoreceptorChemicals in liquid or in the airTaste and smell receptors; sensors for O₂ and CO₂ in the blood
PhotoreceptorLightRods and cones of the retina

The touch receptors of the skin

Your skin alone holds many kinds of nerve endings. Each one is tuned to a slightly different feeling. Free nerve endings are the simplest. They are bare fibers that report pain, temperature, and rough touch. Tactile (Merkel) discs sit just under the surface and pick up fine texture and edges. Tactile (Meissner’s) corpuscles are the egg-shaped parts in the figure above. They sit in small bumps of the dermis in hairless skin, like the fingertips and lips. They sense light touch and gentle, slow (low-frequency) vibration.

Deeper down are the large lamellated (Pacinian) corpuscles. They are built in layers, like an onion. They respond to deep pressure and fast, buzzing (high-frequency) vibration. Bulbous (Ruffini) corpuscles sense skin stretch and steady pressure.

How many receptors you have in one spot decides how sensitive it is. Your fingertips are crowded with receptors. Each one covers a tiny patch of skin, called its receptive field. So you can feel two close points as two separate points. That is why you read Braille with a fingertip, not an elbow.

Another key trait is adaptation. Many receptors are phasic, or fast-adapting. They fire hard when a touch starts or stops. But they go quiet if the touch holds steady. That is why you stop noticing your shirt seconds after you put it on.

Pain refuses to adapt. Most touch and pressure receptors quiet down when a stimulus lasts. But nociceptors are tonic, which means they keep firing as long as the danger is there. This is a good thing. Your body will not let you ignore a burn or a broken bone, because the whole point of pain is to make you act.

Find and name each of the skin’s receptors below.

Interactive Skin is packed with special nerve endings, each tuned to a different feeling. Tap each receptor to find it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Transduction turns a stimulus into a nerve signal. General senses are found all over the body. Special senses live in organs in the head.
  • Receptors are grouped by what they sense: mechano-, thermo-, noci-, chemo-, and photoreceptors.
  • Skin touch receptors range from free nerve endings and Merkel discs to Meissner’s (light touch), Pacinian (deep pressure and vibration), and Ruffini (stretch) corpuscles.
  • Phasic receptors adapt to a steady stimulus. Nociceptors (pain) hardly adapt at all.

Section 2The eye: catching the light

A slice through the eyeball
Reference. A flat slice through the eyeball, showing its three tunics, the lens, and its chambers — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three layers wrapped around a ball of fluid

The eyeball is built from three coats, one inside the other. Each coat is called a tunic. The tough outer coat is the fibrous tunic. Most of it is the white sclera, which gives the eye its shape. In front, it becomes the clear, curved cornea. The cornea is the eye’s main window, and it bends light more than any other part.

Under that is the vascular tunic, which carries the blood supply. The dark choroid feeds the retina and soaks up stray light. The ciliary body makes fluid and adjusts the lens. The colored iris opens and closes the pupil to control how much light gets in. The inner coat is the neural tunic, or retina. This is where light finally becomes a nerve signal.

TunicStructuresJob
Fibrous (outer)Sclera; corneaProtects the eye and gives it shape; the cornea does most of the focusing
Vascular (middle)Choroid; ciliary body; irisBrings blood, makes aqueous humor, and controls the lens and pupil
Neural (inner)Retina (rods, cones, and relay nerve cells)Turns light into nerve signals (action potentials)

The path of a light ray

Follow one ray of light from the world to the retina. It passes through the cornea → aqueous humor → pupil → lens → vitreous humor → retina. Two fluids fill the eye and keep it firm. The watery aqueous humor fills the space in front of the lens. It feeds the cornea and lens, which have no blood vessels. It drains out all the time through the scleral venous sinus (canal of Schlemm).

Behind the lens, a jelly called the vitreous humor fills the large back space of the eye. Refraction means the bending of light. The cornea does most of it. The lens makes the fine changes.

Accommodation and the sharpest spot

To focus on something close, the eye uses accommodation. The ciliary muscle tightens. This loosens the small ligaments that hold the lens. The stretchy lens then bulges into a rounder, stronger shape. For things far away, the ciliary muscle relaxes. The ligaments pull tight, and the lens flattens.

The image lands on the retina. The retina has two kinds of light receptors. Rods work very well in dim light, but they see no color. Cones need bright light, and they give us color and detail. A small pit called the fovea centralis is packed almost only with cones. It gives the sharpest, most detailed color vision. Where the optic nerve leaves the eye, there are no light receptors at all. This spot is the optic disc, your natural blind spot.

Look slightly away to see a faint star. The fovea is all cones, and cones do not work in the dark. So a dim star disappears when you stare right at it. Look a little to the side, and its light falls on the outer retina, which is full of rods. Then the star comes back. Star watchers call this “averted vision.” It is simply how the retina is built.

Explore every part of the eyeball in the slice below.

Interactive A slice through the eyeball shows the parts that bend light and turn it into a signal. Tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The eye has three tunics: fibrous (sclera and cornea), vascular (choroid, ciliary body, iris), and neural (retina).
  • Light travels cornea → aqueous humor → pupil → lens → vitreous → retina. The cornea bends light the most, and the lens fine-tunes it.
  • Accommodation: the ciliary muscle tightens → the lens gets rounder for close-up vision.
  • The fovea (all cones) gives the sharpest vision. The optic disc is the blind spot. Rods work in dim light, and cones give color.

Section 3The visual pathway: from retina to cortex

How vision signals travel in the brain
Reference. Vision signals reach the occipital lobe and split into an upper “where” stream and a lower “what” stream — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The route to the back of the brain

Once the retina makes a signal, the signal must reach the part of the brain that can make sense of it. That part is the visual cortex in the occipital lobe, at the very back of the head. The trip goes like this: ganglion cell axons of the retina → optic nerve (CN II) → optic chiasm → optic tract → lateral geniculate nucleus of the thalamus → optic radiations → primary visual cortex.

The most important stop is the optic chiasm. This is an X-shaped crossing just under the brain. Here, fibers from the nasal half of each retina (the half nearer the nose) cross to the other side. Fibers from the temporal half (the half nearer the temple) stay on the same side.

Why each brain half sees the opposite world

This partial crossing has a neat result. The left half of what you see is handled by the right side of the brain, and the right half by the left side. That may sound backwards. But remember that the lens flips every image. So the left half of the world lands on the nasal retina of the left eye. It also lands on the temporal retina of the right eye. Both of those fiber groups end up in the right brain.

This crossing is not an accident. It lets the brain blend the slightly different views of your two eyes into one 3-D picture. From the cortex, the signal splits again, as the figure above shows. An upper, or dorsal “where/how” stream, goes toward the parietal lobe. A lower, or ventral “what” stream, goes toward the temporal lobe.

Lesions map to the pathway

A lesion is a damaged spot. Because the pathway is so orderly, damage at each point causes a loss of vision you can predict. This shows up on almost every nerve exam:

Lesion siteVisual field result
Optic nerve (one side)Total blindness in that one eye
Optic chiasm (center)Loss of both outer (temporal) halves of vision, called bitemporal hemianopia
Optic tract or beyond (one side)Loss of the same half of vision on the opposite side in both eyes, called homonymous hemianopia
A pituitary tumor steals your side vision. The pituitary gland sits right below the optic chiasm. So a growing tumor there presses first on the crossing nasal fibers. Those fibers carry the outer (temporal) halves of vision. So the classic early sign is bitemporal hemianopia. It feels like wearing blinders, like a horse. If you know the pathway, you know just where the damage is.

Step through the whole trip, from light receptor to cortex, below.

Interactive Light becomes a signal in the retina, then travels to the back of the brain. Step through the trip from light receptor to visual cortex. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The pathway: retina → optic nerve → optic chiasm → optic tract → thalamus (LGN) → visual cortex in the occipital lobe.
  • At the chiasm, nasal fibers cross. So each side of the brain handles the opposite half of what you see.
  • The cortex feeds a dorsal “where” stream (parietal) and a ventral “what” stream (temporal).
  • Where the damage is predicts what vision is lost. Damage to the chiasm gives bitemporal hemianopia.

Section 4The ear: hearing and balance

A slice through the cochlea and the organ of Corti
Reference. A slice through the cochlea, showing the scala vestibuli, scala tympani, cochlear duct, and the organ of Corti on the basilar membrane — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three parts passing a wave inward

The ear does two jobs at once. It hears, and it keeps you balanced. It is built in three parts. The outer ear is the flap you can see (the auricle) and the ear canal (external acoustic meatus). It funnels sound to the tympanic membrane, or eardrum, and makes it vibrate.

The middle ear is filled with air. It holds the three smallest bones in the body, called the ossicles. They are the malleus, incus, and stapes. They act like levers. They pass the vibration across and press it onto the oval window. The auditory (Eustachian) tube links the middle ear to the throat to even out pressure. That is the tube that “pops” on a plane.

The inner ear is filled with fluid and buried in the temporal bone. It holds the spiral cochlea for hearing. It also holds the vestibule and semicircular canals for balance.

RegionKey structuresJob
Outer earAuricle, ear canal, tympanic membraneGathers sound and makes the eardrum vibrate
Middle earMalleus, incus, stapes; auditory tubeMakes the vibration stronger and passes it to the oval window
Inner earCochlea; vestibule & semicircular canalsTurns vibration into hearing; senses head position and motion

How the cochlea turns motion into sound

The coiled cochlea holds three fluid-filled tubes. When the stapes rocks the oval window, it sends a pressure wave through a fluid called perilymph. That wave makes the basilar membrane shiver. Sitting on the basilar membrane is the organ of Corti (the spiral organ). It is dotted with hair cells. Each hair cell has tiny hairs called stereocilia. They brush against the tectorial membrane, which hangs over them.

When the hairs bend, small gates (ion channels) pop open. The hair cell becomes charged (depolarizes) and fires the cochlear nerve, which is part of cranial nerve VIII. The round window bulges out to let off the pressure, so the wave can keep moving.

Pitch is coded by place. At the base of the cochlea, the basilar membrane is narrow and stiff. There it responds to high-frequency (high-pitched) sounds. At the tip, or apex, it is wide and floppy. There it responds to low-frequency (low-pitched) sounds. So the brain knows what note it hears by which hair cells fire. It is a lovely case of the body’s shape doing the math.

Next door, the vestibule senses gravity and moving in a straight line. The semicircular canals sense spinning and turning. Together they give you your sense of balance, through the same eighth nerve.

Two kinds of deafness, two different problems. Conductive hearing loss is a mechanical problem in the outer or middle ear. It could be earwax, a torn eardrum, or stiff ossicles. The sound wave never reaches the cochlea. Sensorineural loss is damage to the hair cells or the nerve itself. It is usually permanent, because human hair cells do not grow back. That is why one loud concert, or years of noise, can quietly cost you your hearing for good.

Send a sound wave inward through all three parts of the ear below.

Interactive The ear both hears and keeps you balanced, using three parts. Send a sound wave inward and tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The ear has three parts: the outer ear gathers sound, the middle ear’s ossicles make it stronger, and the inner ear holds the cochlea and balance organs.
  • The organ of Corti sits on the basilar membrane. Its hair cells turn vibration into a cochlear nerve (CN VIII) signal.
  • Pitch is mapped by place on the basilar membrane: the base for high tones, the apex for low tones.
  • The vestibule and semicircular canals handle balance. Hair-cell (sensorineural) loss is permanent.

Section 5Taste and smell: the chemical senses

Bumps on the tongue and the parts of a taste bud
Reference. The bumps (papillae) of the tongue and the parts of one taste bud, with its taste pore, gustatory cells, and taste hairs — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Tasting the dissolved, smelling the airborne

Taste and smell both use chemoreceptors. They detect molecules, not energy. The only difference is where the molecules are. Taste (gustation) reads chemicals dissolved in your spit (saliva). Smell (olfaction) reads chemicals floating in the air.

Taste happens in taste buds. Most sit on the bumps of the tongue, called papillae. There are mushroom-shaped fungiform papillae, ridged foliate papillae, and large circumvallate papillae at the back. The pointed filiform papillae have no taste buds. They only grip food and sense texture. Each bud is a cluster of gustatory cells, or taste cells. Their taste hairs poke up through a taste pore to sample the fluid. Basal cells sit behind them. They keep replacing worn-out taste cells every week or two.

Basic tasteSignalsTrigger
SweetSugars, energyGlucose and other carbohydrates
SourAcids, unripe or spoiled foodHydrogen ions (H⁺)
SaltyMinerals and body salts (electrolytes)Sodium ions (Na⁺)
BitterPossible poisonsAlkaloids and many poisons
UmamiProtein, a savory tasteGlutamate (as in broth or aged cheese)

Smell: a neuron with its feet in the air

High in the roof of the nose sits the olfactory epithelium. Its receptor cells are true nerve cells (neurons). They have tiny hairs (cilia) bathed in mucus. There are only about 400 kinds of smell receptors. Yet the nose can tell apart thousands of odors. That is because each smell turns on its own mix of receptors. It is like a chemical fingerprint that the brain learns to read.

The fibers of these nerve cells thread up through tiny holes in the cribriform plate of the ethmoid bone. They reach the olfactory bulb. Here is what makes smell strange and special. Unlike every other sense, smell signals go straight to the smell and limbic areas of the brain, without stopping first in the thalamus. And unlike most nerve cells, smell neurons grow back all through life.

Why a scent sends you back in time. Smell is the only sense that skips the thalamus. It plugs straight into the limbic system. This includes the amygdala and hippocampus, the brain’s centers of feelings and memory. That direct link is why a whiff of perfume or baking bread can bring back an old memory. The memory can feel sharper than any photo. It is also why a stuffy nose makes food taste flat. Most of what we call “flavor” is really smell.

Switch between the two chemical senses and explore their receptors below.

Interactive Taste and smell are the chemical senses. Switch between them and explore the receptors that detect molecules. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Both senses use chemoreceptors. Taste reads molecules dissolved in liquid. Smell reads molecules in the air.
  • Taste buds on the papillae hold gustatory cells. They detect five basic tastes: sweet, sour, salty, bitter, umami.
  • Smell neurons reach the brain through the cribriform plate. They are among the few nerve cells that regenerate, or grow back.
  • Only smell skips the thalamus. It links straight to the limbic system, which ties it to memory and feelings.

Section 6The reflex arc: sensation answered

A stretch reflex, with the opposite muscle relaxing
Reference. A stretch reflex — a muscle spindle sending an afferent signal to the cord, which fires a motor neuron back to the muscle while an interneuron relaxes the antagonist — Zhang MJ, Zhu CZ, Duan ZM, Niu X. Department of Cardiology, Second Affiliated Hospital, School of Me, CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The fastest circuit in the body

We began this chapter with feelings coming in. We end it with a response going out. A reflex is a fast, automatic reaction to a stimulus that you can predict. Its key feature is that it does not wait for you to think. The signal runs a short, built-in loop called the reflex arc. It often turns around in the spinal cord. It fires a muscle before your brain even knows what happened. That speed keeps you safe. You jerk your hand off a hot stove long before you feel the burn.

The five parts of every reflex arc

Some reflexes are simple and some are complex. But every reflex arc has the same five parts in the same order. Learn them once, and you can draw any reflex in the body:

StepComponentWhat it does
1ReceptorSenses the stimulus (for example, a muscle spindle senses stretch)
2Sensory (afferent) neuronCarries the signal into the brain or spinal cord (the CNS)
3Integration centerOne or more synapses (nerve-to-nerve links) in the spinal cord or brainstem
4Motor (efferent) neuronCarries the order back out
5EffectorThe muscle or gland that responds

Knee-jerk simple, withdrawal complex

The classic stretch (patellar) reflex is the knee-jerk a doctor tests with a small hammer. It is the simplest kind. It is a monosynaptic arc, with just one synapse between the sensory and motor nerve cells. Here is how it works. Tapping the tendon stretches the thigh muscle. The muscle spindle, a stretch sensor in the muscle, fires. The sensory nerve cell links straight to a motor nerve cell in the cord. The quadriceps muscle tightens, and the leg kicks out.

At the same moment, an interneuron (a go-between nerve cell) blocks the opposite muscle, the hamstring. So the hamstring relaxes and gets out of the way. This trick is called reciprocal inhibition, and you can see it in the figure above. Other reflexes are polysynaptic. They pass through one or more interneurons. One example is the withdrawal reflex that yanks your foot off a tack. It is paired with a crossed-extensor reflex. That reflex stiffens your other leg so you do not fall.

The reflex hammer is a tool for finding problems. Tapping a tendon tests the whole arc at once. That means the receptor, the sensory nerve, one part of the cord, the motor nerve, and the muscle. Reflexes that are too strong (hyperreflexia) point to a problem in the brain or spinal cord above the reflex. Reflexes that are weak or missing point to damage in the nerve, root, or muscle itself. One tap helps find where the damage is.

Set off the knee-jerk and follow the signal through all five parts of the arc.

Interactive A reflex is an automatic response that does not wait for the brain. Tap the tendon and follow the signal through the five parts of the knee-jerk arc. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A reflex is a fast response you do not choose. It turns around in the cord or brainstem, not the thinking brain.
  • Every arc has five parts: receptor → sensory neuron → integration center → motor neuron → effector.
  • The stretch reflex is monosynaptic (one synapse). Withdrawal reflexes are polysynaptic and add interneurons.
  • Reciprocal inhibition relaxes the opposite muscle. Testing reflexes checks the whole arc and helps find where damage is.

The chapter in one breath

  • The somatic nervous system carries feelings in and sends chosen commands to skeletal muscle out. Every sense begins when a receptor turns a stimulus into a nerve signal.
  • Receptors are grouped by what they sense (mechano-, thermo-, noci-, chemo-, photoreceptor). Skin touch endings range from free nerve endings to Meissner’s, Pacinian, and Ruffini corpuscles. Most adapt, but pain does not.
  • The eye’s three tunics focus light through the cornea and lens onto the retina. Accommodation rounds the lens for close-up vision. Rods work in dim light, while cones and the fovea give color and detail.
  • The visual pathway crosses at the optic chiasm, so each side of the brain sees the opposite half. Where the damage is predicts the vision loss (chiasm → bitemporal hemianopia).
  • The ear’s outer, middle, and inner parts pass a wave to the organ of Corti. There, hair cells fire the cochlear nerve. The vestibule and semicircular canals handle balance.
  • Taste and smell are chemical senses. Taste buds detect five basic tastes. Smell skips the thalamus and links straight to the limbic system.
  • A reflex arc answers a stimulus in five steps (receptor → sensory neuron → integration center → motor neuron → effector). The stretch reflex is the one-synapse model, and testing reflexes helps find damage.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the key words in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Accommodation
How the eye adjusts to see up close. The ciliary muscle tightens, and the lens gets rounder so it bends light more.
Adaptation (sensory)
When a receptor fires less because a stimulus stays the same. Phasic (fast-adapting) receptors adapt quickly; tonic ones hardly adapt at all.
Basilar membrane
The sheet in the cochlea that holds up the organ of Corti. Different spots on it vibrate for different pitches of sound.
Chemoreceptor
A receptor that detects chemicals. Examples are taste and smell receptors and the body’s blood-gas sensors.
Cochlea
The coiled, fluid-filled organ of the inner ear. It turns sound waves into nerve signals.
Cone
A light receptor in the retina that works in bright light. It gives color and sharp detail, and it is packed into the fovea.
Fovea centralis
A tiny pit in the retina packed with cones. It gives the sharpest, most detailed vision.
General senses
The senses found all over the body: touch, pressure, vibration, temperature, pain, and proprioception (knowing where your body parts are). Their receptors are in skin, muscle, and organs.
Gustation
The sense of taste. Chemoreceptors in the taste buds detect dissolved molecules.
Mechanoreceptor
A receptor that responds to being pushed or bent, such as by touch, pressure, stretch, vibration, or sound.
Nociceptor
A pain receptor (a free nerve ending). It signals real or possible tissue damage and hardly adapts.
Olfaction
The sense of smell. Receptor nerve cells in the roof of the nose detect molecules in the air, and these cells grow back.
Optic chiasm
The X-shaped crossing under the brain. Here the nasal fibers of each retina cross to the other side, so each half of what you see goes to the opposite side of the brain.
Organ of Corti
The spiral organ that sits on the basilar membrane. Its hair cells turn vibration into a cochlear nerve signal.
Photoreceptor
A light-sensing receptor in the retina. The rods and cones are photoreceptors.
Reflex arc
The five-part nerve pathway that carries out an automatic reflex: receptor, sensory neuron, integration center, motor neuron, and effector.
Refraction
The bending of light as it passes through the cornea and lens, so that it focuses on the retina.
Retina
The eye’s inner (neural) tunic. It holds the light receptors and the relay nerve cells that start the visual pathway.
Rod
A light receptor in the retina that works very well in dim light but sees no color. Rods are most common in the outer retina.
Special senses
The senses housed in complex organs of the head: vision, hearing, balance, taste, and smell.
Stretch (patellar) reflex
The knee-jerk reflex. Stretching a muscle makes that same muscle tighten, using just one synapse (monosynaptic).
Taste bud
A cluster of taste (gustatory) cells, mostly on the tongue’s papillae. It detects the five basic tastes through a taste pore.

Check yourself

1. Two people argue about which has better touch: the fingertip or the back. Using receptor density and receptive fields, who is right, and why?
The fingertip, because it has many receptors packed close, each with a small receptive field. Each receptor covers a tiny patch of skin. So two nearby points touch two different receptors and feel separate. The back has fewer receptors with large fields, so it cannot do this as well.
2. You stop feeling your socks minutes after you put them on. But a pebble in your shoe keeps hurting all day. Which receptor trait explains both?
Adaptation. The pressure receptors that feel your socks are phasic (fast-adapting). They go quiet when the touch stays steady, so you forget the socks. Pain receptors are tonic (slow-adapting). They keep firing, so the pebble never stops hurting. This keeps you safe.
3. Trace a ray of light through the eye, from the outside world to the light receptors. Name each part it passes.
Cornea → aqueous humor → pupil → lens → vitreous humor → retina. The cornea does most of the bending (refraction). The lens fine-tunes the focus so the image lands sharply on the retina.
4. To read this text up close, what must the ciliary muscle and lens do? What is this process called?
Accommodation. The ciliary muscle tightens, the ligaments holding the lens go loose, and the lens bulges into a rounder, stronger shape. A rounder lens bends light more, which you need to focus on things close up.
5. Why can you see a faint star better by looking a little to the side of it than by staring right at it?
Staring puts the star’s image on the fovea, which has only cones and is nearly blind in dim light. Looking to the side moves the faint light onto the outer retina, which is full of rods. Rods work much better in the dark. This trick is called averted vision.
6. At the optic chiasm, which retina fibers cross? What does this mean for how the brain splits up what you see?
The nasal (inner) fibers cross. The temporal (outer) fibers stay on the same side. So each side of the brain handles the opposite half of what you see. The left half goes to the right brain, and the right half goes to the left brain.
7. A patient slowly loses the outer (temporal) half of vision in both eyes, as if looking down a tunnel. Where is the damage, and what nearby growth is the usual cause?
The optic chiasm. This is bitemporal hemianopia, and the classic cause is a pituitary tumor. The pituitary sits just below the chiasm. It presses on the crossing nasal fibers, which carry the outer halves of vision. This gives the “blinders” pattern.
8. Follow a sound from the eardrum to the nerve. Name the parts of the middle and inner ear that carry the vibration and turn it into a signal.
Tympanic membrane → malleus, incus, stapes → oval window → cochlear fluid → basilar membrane → hair cells of the organ of Corti → cochlear nerve (CN VIII). The hair cells’ stereocilia bend against the tectorial membrane. This opens ion channels and fires the nerve.
9. What is the difference between conductive and sensorineural hearing loss? Why is one often permanent?
Conductive loss is a mechanical block in the outer or middle ear. Sensorineural loss is damage to the hair cells or the cochlear nerve. Sensorineural loss is usually permanent, because human hair cells in the cochlea do not grow back. So damage from loud noise cannot be undone.
10. Name the five basic tastes. What exactly triggers salty, and what triggers sour?
Sweet, sour, salty, bitter, and umami. Sodium ions (Na⁺) trigger salty, and hydrogen ions (H⁺) trigger sour. Sweet, bitter, and umami work through receptor proteins. Salty and sour are sensed more directly through their ions.
11. Why does the smell of a certain food or perfume bring back strong memories, more than sights or sounds do?
Because smell skips the thalamus and goes straight to the limbic system. Smell signals reach the amygdala and hippocampus, the centers of feelings and memory, with no stop in the thalamus. This ties scent closely to memory and emotion.
12. List the five parts of a reflex arc in order. Then match each part to the knee-jerk (patellar) reflex.
Receptor → sensory neuron → integration center → motor neuron → effector. The muscle spindle (receptor) senses the tap on the tendon. A sensory neuron carries the signal to the spinal cord. There, a single synapse (integration center) fires a motor neuron to the quadriceps (effector). The muscle tightens and kicks the leg.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 15

The Autonomic Nervous System

Right now, your heart is beating. Your gut is working on breakfast. Your pupils are adjusting to the light. Your blood pressure moves up and down many times a minute. You do not have to think about any of it. All of this quiet work belongs to the autonomic nervous system. It is the part of you that runs your organs while your mind is busy with other things.

In this chapter you will meet its two parts. The sympathetic system is the "fight or flight" side. The parasympathetic system is the "rest and digest" side. You will see how they pull most organs in opposite ways to keep the body in tune. You will learn the two-nerve-cell wiring that sets this system apart. You will meet the two chemicals that carry its messages. And you will see the clever reflex that keeps you from fainting each time you stand up.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Define the autonomic nervous system. Explain how it differs from the somatic (voluntary) motor system.
  • Compare the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions. Look at their main job, where they leave the brain and spinal cord, and what they do to organs.
  • Describe the two-neuron autonomic pathway. Find the ganglia of each division.
  • Explain dual innervation and autonomic tone. Predict what happens when one division takes the lead.
  • Follow the fight-or-flight response through the body, organ by organ. Describe how the parasympathetic side brings you back to calm.
  • Match the autonomic neurotransmitters (acetylcholine, norepinephrine) to their receptors. Predict the effect at each target.
  • Draw the baroreceptor reflex as a negative feedback loop that guards blood pressure.

Section 1Two divisions, opposite jobs

Nerves from the parasympathetic and sympathetic divisions going to body organs
Reference. The two autonomic divisions and the organs they reach — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A motor system for the organs you never think about

Your nervous system sends out two kinds of motor commands. The somatic system carries the commands you choose to make. It goes to skeletal muscle, the muscle you use to lift a cup. The autonomic nervous system (ANS) does everything else. It is the involuntary motor system for your organs. It controls smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands.

The ANS sets your heart rate. It sets how wide your pupils and airways are. It sets the pace of digestion and how tight your blood vessels are. It also runs your sweat glands and the glands that make spit. All of this happens on its own, below your awareness. You only notice it now and then. You might feel your heart pound before a test. Or your mouth may go dry when you are nervous.

Two divisions that pull opposite ways

The ANS has two divisions. They usually work against each other. The sympathetic division is the body's gas pedal. It is the "fight or flight" system. It revs you up to face a threat. The parasympathetic division is the brake. It is the "rest and digest" system. It runs the body when you are calm. It takes care of the everyday jobs of digesting food, getting rid of waste, and storing energy.

Most organs get nerves from both divisions. This setup is called dual innervation, which means "two nerve supplies." The two supplies push the organ in opposite ways. The heart is the clearest example. Sympathetic signals speed it up. Parasympathetic signals slow it down. Your heart rate at any moment is the balance between the two.

Where each division leaves the central nervous system

The two divisions leave the brain and spinal cord (the CNS) from different places. This is the easiest way to tell them apart. All sympathetic fibers come out of the thoracolumbar region. That is the chest and lower-back part of the spinal cord. They leave from the side horns of spinal segments T1 through L2. So the sympathetic division is often called the thoracolumbar outflow.

Parasympathetic fibers come out of the two ends of the CNS. Some leave the brainstem in four cranial nerves. These are III, VII, IX, and the long, far-reaching vagus nerve, X. The rest leave the sacral spinal cord, at segments S2–S4, near the tailbone. This top-and-bottom pattern gives the parasympathetic division its nickname, the craniosacral outflow.

Target organSympathetic ("fight or flight")Parasympathetic ("rest and digest")
HeartBeats faster and strongerBeats slower
PupilDilates (gets wider)Constricts (gets smaller)
Airways (bronchi)Dilate, letting in more airConstrict
Digestive tractSlows down; blood is sent elsewhereSpeeds up; juices flow
Salivary glandsA little thick spit (dry mouth)Lots of watery spit
Urinary bladderRelaxes (holds urine)Contracts (empties)
LiverReleases sugar (glucose) into the bloodStores sugar (glucose)
Tone means both are always on. Neither division ever shuts off all the way. Both send out a low, steady stream of signals. This is called autonomic tone. So the body controls an organ by turning one division up and the other down. It is like driving with one foot on the gas and one on the brake. Your resting heart rate, for example, is held down mostly by steady vagal tone. If the vagus nerve is cut, the heart speeds up.

Tap any organ in the interactive. You will see its two opposite nerve supplies side by side.

Interactive Tap an organ to compare its sympathetic and parasympathetic supply. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The autonomic nervous system is the involuntary motor system. It runs smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands.
  • Its two divisions work against each other. The sympathetic side is fight or flight, the gas pedal. The parasympathetic side is rest and digest, the brake.
  • Sympathetic fibers leave from the thoracolumbar cord (T1–L2). Parasympathetic fibers leave craniosacral spots (CN III, VII, IX, X and S2–S4).
  • Most organs have dual innervation. The body steers them by shifting the balance of steady autonomic tone.

Section 2The two-neuron pathway

Sympathetic chain ganglia and ganglia in front of the spine, with their nerve paths
Reference. Autonomic pathways, showing chain ganglia, prevertebral ganglia, and splanchnic nerves — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two neurons in a relay, not one

One simple fact sets the whole autonomic system apart. It takes two neurons (nerve cells) to carry a signal from the CNS to an organ. They meet at a relay station called a ganglion. A ganglion is a small cluster of nerve cell bodies outside the CNS.

The first nerve cell is the preganglionic neuron. "Pre" means "before," so it comes before the ganglion. Its cell body sits inside the CNS. Its long fiber, the axon, runs out to the ganglion and connects there. The second nerve cell is the postganglionic neuron. "Post" means "after." Its cell body sits in the ganglion. Its axon goes the rest of the way to the organ.

Compare this to the somatic system. There, a single motor neuron runs all the way from the spinal cord to the muscle. It has no relay in between. The extra connection in the ganglion is where the two autonomic divisions differ the most.

Sympathetic wiring: short first, long second, and it spreads

In the sympathetic division, the ganglia sit close to the spinal cord. Most of them form the sympathetic chain ganglia, also called paravertebral ganglia. These make a beaded double column that runs along each side of the spine. You can see them beside the cord in the figure. A few others sit in front of the aorta, the body's main artery. These are the prevertebral (collateral) ganglia, such as the celiac and mesenteric ganglia. The splanchnic nerves reach them.

The relay is near the cord. So sympathetic preganglionic fibers are short, and postganglionic fibers are long. Here is the key point. Each preganglionic fiber connects to many postganglionic neurons. This fanning out is called divergence. It is why a sympathetic response is not local. It sweeps through the whole body at once.

Parasympathetic wiring: long first, short second, and it stays local

The parasympathetic division flips this layout. Its ganglia sit in or right next to the target organ. These are called terminal or intramural ganglia. So preganglionic fibers are long, and postganglionic fibers are very short.

There is little fanning out. So a parasympathetic signal has a small, local effect on one organ. It does not cause a body-wide rush. You can slow the heart without also cramping the gut. This precise control fits the calm, one-job-at-a-time style of rest and digest.

FeatureSympatheticParasympathetic
Where it leaves the CNSThoracolumbar (T1–L2)Craniosacral (brainstem + S2–S4)
Where the ganglia areNear the spinal cord (chain & prevertebral)Near or in the target organ
Preganglionic fiberShortLong
Postganglionic fiberLongShort
Divergence (fanning out)High → body-wide responseLow → local response
The adrenal medulla is a modified ganglion. One sympathetic path breaks the two-neuron rule. Preganglionic fibers run straight to the adrenal medulla, the inner core of the adrenal gland. There they connect to hormone-making cells called chromaffin cells. These cells pour epinephrine (adrenaline) and some norepinephrine right into the blood. The cells are really postganglionic neurons that lost their axons. This is why fight or flight has a hormone "tail." It is the racing, jittery feeling that lasts for minutes after a scare.

Switch between the two divisions in the interactive. Watch the ganglion move from beside the cord to beside the organ.

Interactive Every autonomic signal passes through a ganglion. Switch divisions to see where. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Every autonomic path uses two neurons, a preganglionic one and a postganglionic one. They meet at a ganglion.
  • Sympathetic: ganglia near the cord (chain & prevertebral). Short first fiber, long second fiber. High divergence → body-wide response.
  • Parasympathetic: ganglia at the organ. Long first fiber, short second fiber. Low divergence → local response.
  • The adrenal medulla is a changed sympathetic ganglion. It releases epinephrine into the blood as a hormone.

Section 3Fight or flight, rest and digest

A lioness sneaking through dry grass
Reference. Fight or flight, the survival state the sympathetic division was built for — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One switch, and the whole body answers

Sympathetic fibers fan out widely. The adrenal medulla adds a hormone boost. So the sympathetic division works as one team that acts all at once. Picture yourself stepping off a curb as a car horn blasts. Before you can think, your heart pounds. Your breathing deepens. Your eyes go wide. Your palms sweat, and your stomach seems to drop.

That is the fight-or-flight response. The sympathetic division is shifting the whole body toward one goal. That goal is a sudden burst of hard physical effort, so you can escape a threat or face it. Every change has a purpose. Each one moves resources away from long-term upkeep and toward instant muscle power.

The sympathetic surge, organ by organ

Follow the surge through the body. Every change makes sense. The heart beats faster and harder to move oxygen quickly. The airways widen so more air reaches the lungs. The pupils dilate to take in more of the scene. The liver pours stored sugar, or glucose, into the blood to fuel muscle.

Blood vessels constrict (tighten) in the gut and skin. But they dilate (widen) in skeletal muscle. This sends blood where it is needed. Digestion and urination pause, since there is no time for either. Sweat glands turn on to cool the body before hard work. It all fits together. Everything that helps you run or fight gets turned up. Everything that can wait gets turned down.

Fight-or-flight changeHow it helps you survive
Heart beats faster and harderGets oxygen and fuel to muscle faster
Bronchioles (small airways) dilateMore air flows in, so you take in more oxygen
Pupils dilateYou see the threat more sharply and widely
Liver releases glucoseReady fuel for a burst of effort
Blood shifts to skeletal musclePower goes to muscles, not the gut
Digestion and urination stopSaves energy for the emergency
Sweating increasesCools the body before hard work

Rest and digest: paying the debt back

Once the threat is gone, the parasympathetic division takes over. It brings the body back to normal. Then it gets back to the quiet work the emergency cut short. The heart slows. The airways and pupils go back to normal. Blood flows back to the gut. Digestion, taking in nutrients, and getting rid of waste start up again.

You spend most of your life in this state. Your body is building and storing, not spending. The two divisions are not enemies. They are a well-matched pair. The sympathetic side is the sprint. The parasympathetic side is the recovery. Good health depends on moving smoothly between them.

Why you stay shaky after a fright. Nerve signals stop the moment the danger passes. But the adrenal medulla has poured epinephrine into your blood. That hormone keeps moving around your body for minutes. It lasts until the liver and other tissues clear it away. This leftover hormone causes the shaky hands and pounding heart you feel after a close call. The nerve response is already over. The hormone response is still fading.

Flip the switch in the interactive to set off the sympathetic surge. Then let the parasympathetic division calm the body back down.

Interactive Flip the switch to fire the sympathetic surge. Then bring the body back to calm. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The fight-or-flight response is a body-wide sympathetic reaction. All its parts work together to prepare for hard physical effort.
  • It raises heart rate, airflow, pupil size, and blood sugar. It shifts blood to muscle. It pauses digestion and urination.
  • The parasympathetic division brings the body back to normal. It restarts the everyday rest-and-digest jobs.
  • Epinephrine in the blood lasts longer than the nerve signals. That is why the rush fades slowly after a scare.

Section 4The chemistry: acetylcholine and norepinephrine

Beads along a postganglionic fiber releasing chemical messengers onto smooth muscle
Reference. Chemical messengers released from beads (varicosities) on a postganglionic fiber onto a target cell — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Only two chemicals do all the talking

The ANS controls a lot. Yet it uses a very small set of words. Almost every autonomic message is carried by just two neurotransmitters. A neurotransmitter is a chemical that a nerve cell uses to pass on a signal. A neuron that releases acetylcholine (ACh) is called cholinergic. A neuron that releases norepinephrine (NE) is called adrenergic.

Which chemical is used where follows a simple pattern. All preganglionic neurons in both divisions are cholinergic. They release ACh in the ganglion. Then the postganglionic neurons split up. Parasympathetic postganglionic fibers release ACh onto the organ. Sympathetic postganglionic fibers release NE. There are two neat exceptions. Sympathetic fibers to sweat glands use ACh. And the adrenal medulla releases epinephrine into the blood.

The receptor decides the effect, not the chemical

This next idea is the one you most need to get. The same chemical can speed up one organ and slow down another. The result depends on the receptor it lands on. A receptor is a protein on the target cell that the chemical fits into, like a key in a lock.

ACh (cholinergic) receptors come in two kinds. Nicotinic receptors are in all autonomic ganglia. They are also where nerves meet skeletal muscle. Muscarinic receptors sit on the organs that parasympathetic fibers control. Adrenergic receptors also come in groups, called alpha and beta types.

Here is an example. When this family of chemicals acts on alpha-1 receptors, blood vessels tighten. When the same family acts on beta-2 receptors, the airways relax and open. Norepinephrine does most of the alpha-1 work. It binds beta-2 only weakly. So the job of opening the airways falls to epinephrine in the blood, which comes from the adrenal medulla. Beta-2 drugs such as albuterol do this job too. One chemical family can have opposite effects. The target cell's receptor decides what happens.

FiberNeurotransmitterReceptor on target
Preganglionic (both divisions)AcetylcholineNicotinic
Parasympathetic postganglionicAcetylcholineMuscarinic
Sympathetic postganglionic (most)NorepinephrineAdrenergic (α or β)
Sympathetic fibers to sweat glandsAcetylcholineMuscarinic
Adrenal medulla → bloodEpinephrine (a hormone)Adrenergic (α or β)

A loose spray, not a tight synapse

Look at the figure. The postganglionic axon does not end in one neat tip. Instead, it is dotted with beads called varicosities. These beads spray the chemical loosely over a wide patch of smooth muscle. So one autonomic fiber can affect a broad sheet of tissue at once. This works well for setting the tone of a whole blood vessel wall or a stretch of gut. It is not meant to command just one cell.

Receptor types are drug targets. This chemistry is why autonomic drugs can be so precise. A beta-blocker blocks the heart's β1 receptors to slow it down. Albuterol for asthma turns on β2 receptors. It opens the airways without making the heart race. Atropine blocks muscarinic receptors. Doctors use it to speed up a heart that is too slow. They also use it to dry up fluids before surgery. Learn which receptor sits on which organ. Then the drugs almost explain themselves.

Tap each receptor in the interactive. See how the same two chemicals cause different effects.

Interactive Two chemicals, many effects. Tap a receptor to see what it does. Open full ↑
Key points
  • All preganglionic fibers and all parasympathetic postganglionic fibers release acetylcholine (cholinergic). Most sympathetic postganglionic fibers release norepinephrine (adrenergic).
  • The receptor decides if a target is sped up or slowed down. It may be nicotinic or muscarinic, alpha or beta.
  • Postganglionic axons release their chemical from varicosities. They spray a whole patch of tissue.
  • Receptor types are the reason autonomic drugs can be so precise. Examples are beta-blockers, albuterol, and atropine.

Section 5The baroreceptor reflex

Someone having their blood pressure taken with a cuff and stethoscope
Reference. Blood pressure, the number the baroreceptor reflex guards minute by minute — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The body's fastest blood-pressure guard

The autonomic system does more than react to emergencies. It also runs steady, silent reflexes. These keep key body numbers stable. The most important one is the baroreceptor reflex. It guards your blood pressure second by second. It is a classic negative feedback loop. That means it always pushes a change back the other way. It has three parts that you met in Chapter 1: a sensor, a control center, and effectors.

Sense, compare, correct

The sensors are baroreceptors. These are stretch sensors packed into two places. One is the wall of the carotid sinus, where blood heads up to the brain. The other is the aortic arch, the curve of the body's main artery. When blood pressure rises, these walls stretch more. Then the sensors fire faster. When pressure falls, they fire less.

Their reports travel along two cranial nerves. These are IX (glossopharyngeal) and X (vagus). The signals reach the cardiovascular center in the medulla, the lowest part of the brainstem. This is the control center. It compares the signal to the pressure the body wants.

Then the medulla adjusts its two autonomic effectors. It turns parasympathetic (vagal) and sympathetic output up or down. This changes heart rate, how hard the heart squeezes, and how wide the vessels are. The response always works against the change. So pressure is pushed back toward its normal set point.

Blood pressureBaroreceptor firingAutonomic responseResult
Goes too highGoes upParasympathetic up, sympathetic downHeart slows, vessels widen → BP falls
Goes too lowGoes downSympathetic up, parasympathetic downHeart speeds up, vessels tighten → BP rises

Standing up without fainting

You count on this reflex every time you stand. When you get up, gravity pulls blood down into your legs. For a moment, pressure at your head drops. Baroreceptors sense the drop right away. The medulla turns up the sympathetic drive. Your heart speeds up and your vessels tighten. Pressure comes back before your brain runs short of blood. All this takes just a heartbeat or two.

Sometimes this reflex is slow. Aging, losing too much body water, or some drugs can cause this. Then the fix lags behind. You feel lightheaded when you stand up. This is called orthostatic hypotension, which means "low blood pressure on standing."

The dizzy-on-standing test. You may feel a bit woozy when you jump up too fast. That is your baroreceptor reflex running half a second behind. This is also why a nurse or doctor checks orthostatic vitals. They take your blood pressure lying down, sitting, and standing. This can show a slow reflex. It can also show that you do not have enough blood volume to keep up with a change in position.

Push the pressure off target in the interactive. Watch the reflex pull it back home.

Interactive Pick a change and watch the negative feedback loop bring blood pressure back. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The baroreceptor reflex is a negative feedback loop. It keeps blood pressure steady from moment to moment.
  • Baroreceptors in the carotid sinus and aortic arch sense stretch. They report through CN IX and X to the medulla.
  • The medulla fixes pressure by shifting the sympathetic/parasympathetic balance. This changes heart rate, heart force, and vessel width.
  • A slow reflex causes orthostatic hypotension, or feeling lightheaded when you stand.

Section 6Somatic versus autonomic

Chart of the parts of the nervous system, including the CNS, PNS, and enteric nervous system
Reference. The motor parts of the nervous system: somatic, autonomic, and enteric — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two ways the brain moves the body

It helps to put the autonomic system next to its sibling, the somatic motor system. The contrast makes both clearer. The somatic system carries commands you choose to make. They go to skeletal muscle. It uses a single motor neuron that runs from the CNS straight to the muscle. That neuron releases acetylcholine onto nicotinic receptors.

Its effect is always the same: excitation. A somatic motor neuron can only tell a muscle to contract. It can never tell it to relax. To stop a movement, the CNS simply stops sending signals.

Where the autonomic system differs

The autonomic system is different in almost every way. It is involuntary. It targets smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands. It uses a two-neuron chain that relays at a ganglion. It uses ACh or NE, depending on the fiber. And it can either excite or inhibit (speed up or slow down) its target.

For example, the parasympathetic vagus nerve can actively slow the heart. No somatic neuron can do that to a muscle. This power to both push and hold back is what lets the ANS fine-tune organs in both directions.

FeatureSomaticAutonomic
ControlVoluntary (you choose)Involuntary (automatic)
Effector (target)Skeletal muscleSmooth & heart muscle, glands
Neurons to targetOneTwo (relay at a ganglion)
NeurotransmitterAcetylcholine onlyAcetylcholine or norepinephrine
Effect on targetAlways excitesExcites or inhibits

A third player: the gut's own brain

The figure also names a quieter third part. It is the enteric nervous system (ENS). It is a huge web of neurons built into the wall of the digestive tract. It has so many neurons that people call it the "second brain." The ENS can run gut reflexes on its own. It controls the squeezing and the juices of the gut, even if its links to the CNS are cut.

The autonomic divisions still adjust it. Parasympathetic signals speed up digestion. Sympathetic signals slow it down. But the day-to-day churning of your gut mostly runs itself.

Holding back is the autonomic superpower. Here is the most useful line between the two systems. A somatic neuron can only excite its muscle. For the muscle to relax, the nerve just goes quiet. An autonomic target is different. It has two nerves, and each can actively push it up or down. That is why your heart has a built-in brake (the vagus). It is also why your gut has a built-in throttle.

Switch between the somatic and autonomic paths in the interactive. Compare how they are wired and how they act.

Interactive Switch between the somatic and autonomic paths to see how they differ. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The somatic system is voluntary. It uses one neuron to skeletal muscle and releases only ACh. It is always excitatory.
  • The autonomic system is involuntary. It uses a two-neuron chain to smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands. It uses ACh or NE, and it can excite or inhibit.
  • The enteric nervous system is a "second brain" in the gut wall that runs itself. The ANS adjusts it but does not command it.

The chapter in one breath

  • The autonomic nervous system is the involuntary motor system. It runs smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands.
  • Its two divisions work against each other. The sympathetic side is fight or flight and leaves the thoracolumbar cord. The parasympathetic side is rest and digest and is craniosacral. Most organs have dual innervation and are steered by shifting tone.
  • Every autonomic path is a two-neuron chain that relays at a ganglion. Sympathetic ganglia sit near the cord and fan out widely. Parasympathetic ganglia sit at the organ and stay local.
  • The fight-or-flight response is a body-wide sympathetic surge. The parasympathetic division brings back calm. Adrenal epinephrine clears slowly, so the rush fades slowly.
  • Just two neurotransmitters, acetylcholine and norepinephrine, run the system. The receptor decides if a target is sped up or slowed down.
  • The baroreceptor reflex is a negative feedback loop. It guards blood pressure by balancing sympathetic and parasympathetic output through the medulla.
  • The somatic system is voluntary, uses one neuron, uses ACh, and always excites. The autonomic system is involuntary, uses two neurons, and can both excite and inhibit. The enteric system runs the gut mostly on its own.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Acetylcholine (ACh)
The chemical messenger released by all autonomic preganglionic fibers and by parasympathetic postganglionic fibers. Neurons that use it are called cholinergic.
Adrenal medulla
The inner core of the adrenal gland. It is a changed sympathetic ganglion that releases epinephrine into the blood, so fight or flight has a longer-lasting hormone phase.
Adrenergic
Describes a neuron or receptor that uses norepinephrine (or epinephrine). Adrenergic receptors come in alpha and beta types.
Autonomic nervous system
The involuntary motor part of the nervous system. It controls smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands.
Autonomic tone
The steady background firing of both divisions. The body controls an organ by shifting the balance between them, not by switching one on from off.
Baroreceptor
A stretch sensor in the carotid sinus and aortic arch. It senses blood pressure by how much the vessel wall stretches.
Baroreceptor reflex
The negative feedback loop that keeps blood pressure steady. It adjusts sympathetic and parasympathetic output to the heart and vessels.
Cholinergic
Describes a neuron or receptor that uses acetylcholine. Cholinergic receptors are either nicotinic or muscarinic.
Craniosacral outflow
Where parasympathetic fibers leave the CNS: the brainstem (cranial nerves III, VII, IX, X) and the sacral spinal cord (S2–S4).
Dual innervation
When one organ gets nerves from both the sympathetic and parasympathetic divisions. The two push it in opposite ways.
Enteric nervous system
The large web of neurons in the wall of the digestive tract. It can run gut reflexes without help from the brain and spinal cord.
Fight-or-flight response
The body-wide sympathetic reaction that gets the body ready for hard physical effort when facing a threat.
Ganglion (autonomic)
The relay station outside the CNS. Here a preganglionic neuron connects to a postganglionic neuron.
Muscarinic receptor
An ACh receptor on the organs served by parasympathetic (and sweat-gland) fibers. It can excite or inhibit, depending on the organ.
Nicotinic receptor
An ACh receptor found in all autonomic ganglia and where nerves meet skeletal muscle. It always excites.
Norepinephrine (NE)
The chemical messenger released by most sympathetic postganglionic fibers. It acts on adrenergic receptors.
Parasympathetic division
The "rest and digest" part of the ANS. It leaves the CNS in a craniosacral pattern. It saves energy and runs digestion and waste removal.
Postganglionic neuron
The second neuron in an autonomic path. Its cell body is in the ganglion, and its axon runs to the organ.
Preganglionic neuron
The first neuron in an autonomic path. Its cell body is in the CNS, and its axon runs to the ganglion.
Sympathetic chain ganglia
The paired columns of ganglia (paravertebral ganglia) along the spine. They hold most sympathetic postganglionic cell bodies.
Sympathetic division
The "fight or flight" part of the ANS. It leaves the CNS in a thoracolumbar pattern and gets the body ready for hard effort.
Thoracolumbar outflow
Where sympathetic fibers leave the CNS: the side horns of spinal segments T1 through L2.

Check yourself

1. What tissues does the autonomic nervous system control? How is that different from what the somatic system controls?
The ANS controls smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands (involuntary). The somatic system controls skeletal muscle (voluntary). The autonomic system is the motor system for the organs. It runs them on its own, below your awareness.
2. Name the two divisions of the ANS and give each its nickname. Which one is mostly in charge while you rest on the couch?
Sympathetic ("fight or flight") and parasympathetic ("rest and digest"). On the couch, the parasympathetic side is mostly in charge. The parasympathetic division leads when you are calm. It runs digestion and stores energy.
3. Where in the CNS does each division come out? What "outflow" nickname does each one get?
Sympathetic = thoracolumbar outflow (T1–L2). Parasympathetic = craniosacral outflow (brainstem CN III, VII, IX, X and S2–S4). Where they leave the CNS is the quickest way to tell the two apart.
4. One organ gets nerves from both divisions, and they push it in opposite ways. What is this called? How does the body use it to set heart rate?
Dual innervation. Both divisions fire at a low, steady level (autonomic tone). So the body sets heart rate by shifting the balance. Turning sympathetic up and vagal (parasympathetic) down speeds the heart. The reverse slows it.
5. How many neurons carry a signal from the CNS to an autonomic target? What is the relay point between them called?
Two, a preganglionic and a postganglionic neuron. They relay at a ganglion. This is a key feature of the ANS. The somatic system uses just one neuron from the cord all the way to the muscle.
6. Where do the ganglia sit in each division? Why is a sympathetic response body-wide, while a parasympathetic one stays local?
Sympathetic ganglia sit near the spinal cord. Parasympathetic ganglia sit at the target organ. Each sympathetic preganglionic fiber fans out to many postganglionic neurons, so the signal spreads widely. Parasympathetic paths fan out very little, so their effects stay small and local.
7. The adrenal medulla is called a "modified sympathetic ganglion." What does it do that makes fight or flight last longer than the nerve signals?
It releases epinephrine (and some NE) right into the blood as a hormone. Epinephrine in the blood keeps working for minutes after the nerves stop firing. That is why you stay shaky and your heart races after a scare.
8. List four organ changes in the fight-or-flight response. For each one, say how it helps you survive.
For example: heart rate rises (gets oxygen out faster). Airways dilate (more airflow). Pupils dilate (better vision). The liver releases glucose (fuel). Blood shifts to muscle. Digestion stops (saves energy). Every change turns up what you need for hard effort. It turns down anything that can wait.
9. Which two neurotransmitters run the ANS, and which fibers use each? Where are the two exceptions?
Acetylcholine and norepinephrine. All preganglionic fibers and all parasympathetic postganglionic fibers use ACh. Most sympathetic postganglionic fibers use NE. The exceptions: sympathetic fibers to sweat glands use ACh. And the adrenal medulla releases epinephrine into the blood.
10. Epinephrine tightens blood vessels but relaxes the airways. How can one chemical do opposite things?
The receptor decides the effect, not the chemical. Epinephrine on alpha-1 receptors tightens vessels. The same epinephrine on beta-2 receptors relaxes the small airways. (Norepinephrine works hard on alpha-1 but binds beta-2 weakly. So opening the airways is mainly a job for epinephrine.) This receptor logic is why drugs like beta-blockers and albuterol can be so precise.
11. Follow the baroreceptor reflex when blood pressure suddenly rises. Name the sensor, the path, the control center, and the autonomic fix.
Baroreceptors in the carotid sinus and aortic arch fire faster → the signal travels through CN IX and X to the cardiovascular center in the medulla → the medulla turns up parasympathetic (vagal) output and turns down sympathetic output → the heart slows and vessels widen, so pressure falls back to normal. It is a classic negative feedback loop. The response works against the change.
12. Give three ways the autonomic system differs from the somatic system. Then name the "second brain" in the gut wall that runs itself.
Autonomic: involuntary, two neurons, targets smooth muscle, heart muscle, and glands, uses ACh or NE, and can excite or inhibit. Somatic: voluntary, one neuron, targets skeletal muscle, uses only ACh, always excites. The gut's own network is the enteric nervous system. The autonomic system can actively hold back a target. For example, the vagus nerve slows the heart. This is its big advantage over the always-exciting somatic system.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 16

The Neurological Exam

A skilled doctor or nurse can find the exact spot where the nervous system has broken. It might be one nerve, a strip of spinal cord, or one side of the brain. All they need is a pin, a tuning fork, a flashlight, and some well-chosen questions. That is the quiet magic of the neurological exam. It turns the outside of a patient into a window on the inside.

In this chapter you will walk through its five parts in the same order an examiner does. You will go from the thinking cortex down to the walking feet. Along the way you will learn the one habit that makes it all work. It is called localization. It means working back from a finding to the part of the nervous system that caused it.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Explain the goal of the neurological exam, which is to localize a problem at the bedside. Name its five main parts in order.
  • Do the mental status exam. Match the main language areas (Broca’s and Wernicke’s) to the aphasia that damage to each one causes.
  • List the twelve cranial nerves. Describe the quick bedside test for each one.
  • Use dermatome landmarks to find a sensory level. Tell apart the two sensory pathways that run up to the brain: the spinothalamic tract and the dorsal columns.
  • Grade muscle strength on the 0–5 scale. Tell upper from lower motor neuron weakness.
  • Do the cerebellar coordination tests. Explain dysmetria, ataxia, and a positive Romberg sign.
  • Work back from any one finding to the region of the nervous system behind it.

Section 1The exam, part by part

A tightrope walker keeping balance, which takes the whole nervous system
Reference. A tightrope walker. Balance and coordination need the whole nervous system working at once — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

An exam that localizes

Most exams in medicine ask what is wrong. The neurological exam adds a second, sharper question: where? The nervous system is wired in a neat, mapped-out way. One region handles language. One nerve runs the tongue. One strip of skin belongs to one spinal segment. So a careful examiner can take a handful of findings and point to a single place. That skill is called localization, and it is the whole game.

Here is an example. A weak right arm, slurred speech, and a drooping right face all point to the left side of the brain. A numb band around the belly points to one level of the spinal cord. In a way, the exam is a scanner made of questions. Long before MRI scans existed, this is how brain doctors (neurologists) found the problem spot, or lesion.

The five parts, from top to bottom

The exam is easiest to remember as a trip down the nervous system. It goes from the highest thinking to simple walking. Each part checks a different level. So a problem in one part tells you roughly where to look.

PartWhat it testsPoints to
1. Mental statusAlertness, knowing where and when you are, memory, languageThe cerebral cortex
2. Cranial nervesVision, eye movement, face, hearing, tongue: the twelve nervesThe brainstem and the nerves themselves
3. SensoryTouch, pain, temperature, vibration, positionA spinal nerve, the cord, or a sensory pathway
4. MotorStrength, tone, muscle size (and reflexes)The motor pathway: upper vs lower motor neuron
5. Coordination & gaitSmooth movement, balance, walkingThe cerebellum

Notice how neatly the parts stack up. Mental status and language live in the cortex at the top. The cranial nerves come out of the brainstem in the middle. Sensory and motor tests check the long pathways of the spinal cord and the nerves in the body. Coordination checks the cerebellum, tucked at the back of the brain. Reflexes are usually part of the motor exam. Do the parts in order, and you have checked the nervous system from head to toe.

Findings first, scanner second. A good neuro exam predicts what the scan will show before it is taken. A scan confirms a location. The exam chooses which location to scan. That is why doctors and nurses still learn to do it by hand.

Tap through the five parts in the interactive. Watch each one light up the region it points to.

Interactive Tap each of the five parts of the exam to see the region it points to. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The neuro exam is for localizing a problem at the bedside. You work back from a finding to a region.
  • It has five parts: mental status, cranial nerves, sensory, motor, coordination & gait. Together they check the nervous system from top to bottom.
  • Each part matches a level: cortex, brainstem, cord and nerves, motor pathway, and cerebellum.

Section 2Mental status & language

Broca and Wernicke language areas on the side of the brain
Reference. Broca’s and Wernicke’s language areas, joined by a bundle of fibers called the arcuate fasciculus — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Reading the cortex

The mental status exam checks the brain's highest-level work. That work happens in the cerebral cortex, the brain's wrinkled outer layer. The exam checks if the patient is awake and alert. It checks if they know who they are, where they are, and what time it is. It also checks attention and memory. Most telling of all, it checks language.

You do not need a formal test to start. A two-minute chat already tells you a lot. Is the person confused? Can they find their words? Do they follow what you say? When something is off, the pattern points to a certain patch of cortex. That is because different jobs live in different places.

The two language areas, and the aphasias

Language is lateralized, which means it lives mostly on one side of the brain. In nearly everyone, that is the left side. Language is split between two areas with two different jobs. Broca’s area is in the frontal lobe, just in front of the motor strip. It produces speech. It builds words and grammar. Wernicke’s area is in the temporal lobe, near the hearing area. It understands language. It attaches meaning to words.

Damage to each area causes a very different aphasia, or loss of language. The type of aphasia tells you just which area failed.

AreaIts jobIf damaged
Broca’s areaProduces speech (words, grammar)Broca’s (expressive) aphasia: slow, hard, choppy speech with few small words. The patient still understands. They know their speech is wrong and feel frustrated.
Wernicke’s areaUnderstands language (meaning)Wernicke’s (receptive) aphasia: smooth-flowing but meaningless “word salad.” The patient cannot understand. They often do not realize anything is wrong.
Prefrontal cortexExecutive function: judgment, planning, personality, self-controlActing without a filter, poor judgment, personality change (the famous story of Phineas Gage)
HippocampusMakes new long-term memoriesAnterograde amnesia: cannot make new memories, though old ones remain

Here is an easy way to keep them straight. Broca’s is Broken speech. The words come out slowly and with effort. But the mind behind them is clear and aware. Wernicke’s is Wordy nonsense. The speech flows easily. But the meaning is gone, both coming in and going out.

Testing is simple. To check speech output, ask the patient to name objects and repeat a phrase. To check understanding, give a command they must follow. For example: “Point to the ceiling, then the door.” To check short-term memory, name three words. Ask for them back a few minutes later. This is a bedside test of the hippocampus.

Smooth but empty is the danger sign. People with Wernicke’s aphasia speak smoothly. They also don’t know they have a problem. So their condition is easy to miss. They may be mistaken for confused, or even for having a mental illness. Always test understanding, not just whether the words flow.

Tap each region in the interactive. See its language job and the aphasia that damage there causes.

Interactive Tap a region of the cortex to see its language job and the aphasia that damage there causes. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The mental status exam checks the cortex. It tests alertness, orientation, memory, and above all, language.
  • Language is usually on the left side (lateralized). Broca’s area produces speech. Wernicke’s area understands it.
  • Broca’s aphasia: hard, slow speech, understanding intact, patient frustrated. Wernicke’s aphasia: smooth nonsense, understanding lost, patient unaware.

Section 3The cranial nerve exam

The twelve cranial nerves on the underside of the brain
Reference. The twelve cranial nerves coming out of the underside of the brain — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Twelve nerves, twelve tests

Twelve pairs of cranial nerves leave the underside of the brain. They serve the head and neck. They handle smelling, seeing, moving the eyes, and feeling the face. They also handle hearing, tasting, swallowing, speaking, and turning the head. Most of them come from the brainstem. So testing them one by one is a way to check the brainstem from top to bottom.

The exam has a rhythm to it. Each nerve has one quick bedside test. If a test fails, it points straight to that nerve. Or it points to the part of the brainstem the nerve comes from.

NerveHow it is tested
I — OlfactoryName a familiar smell (coffee, mint) with eyes closed, one nostril at a time
II — OpticSharpness of vision (eye chart), side vision, and how the pupil reacts to light
III — OculomotorPupil shrinking to light and most eye movements. A wide, fixed pupil or a drooping lid (ptosis) points to CN III.
IV — TrochlearLook down and in toward the nose. Weakness causes up-and-down double vision, often noticed on stairs.
V — TrigeminalFeeling on the face in three zones. Clench the jaw to feel the chewing muscle (masseter).
VI — AbducensLook laterally (out to the side). If it fails, the eye cannot turn out.
VII — FacialSmile, raise the eyebrows, puff the cheeks. A droop on one side signals a facial nerve problem (such as Bell’s palsy).
VIII — VestibulocochlearHearing (a whisper or finger rub) and balance. Tuning-fork tests add detail.
IX — GlossopharyngealThe gag reflex and taste at the back of the tongue (tested along with CN X)
X — VagusSay “ahh.” The soft palate and uvula should rise evenly on both sides. Also check voice and swallowing.
XI — AccessoryShrug the shoulders and turn the head while you push back (trapezius & SCM muscles)
XII — HypoglossalStick out the tongue. It points toward the weak (damaged) side.

Small signs, precise meaning

The best part of the cranial nerve exam is how much a tiny difference between sides can tell you. Say the tongue pokes out crooked, leaning toward the bad side. That points to CN XII on that side. A soft palate that lifts unevenly points to CN X. A pupil that will not shrink in light, along with a droopy lid, hints at CN III. In the right setting, that is an emergency.

For years, students have kept the twelve nerves in order with an old memory trick: “On Old Olympus’ Towering Tops, A Finn And German Viewed Some Hops.” Each first letter stands for a nerve, from I to XII.

It leans toward the damage. Two classic signs point at the damaged side. The tongue (CN XII) leans toward the weak side. In a facial nerve (CN VII) palsy, the mouth droops on the weak side. The healthy side pulls the face away from it. Watch which way things sag.

Tap any of the twelve nerves in the interactive. See how it is tested and what a failed test would mean.

Interactive Tap any of the twelve cranial nerves to see how it’s tested and what a failed test means. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The twelve cranial nerves serve the head and neck. Most come from the brainstem, so testing them checks the brainstem.
  • Each nerve has one quick test. Examples are smell, the eye chart, a jaw clench, “ahh,” a shoulder shrug, and sticking out the tongue.
  • The tongue (XII) and a facial droop (VII) lean toward the damaged side.

Section 4The sensory exam

Map of the dermatomes over the whole body
Reference. The dermatome map. Each spinal nerve serves its own strip of skin — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Skin comes in strips

Each spinal nerve carries feeling from one band of skin. This band is called a dermatome. Side by side, the dermatomes cover the whole body like the stripes on a map. That map is very useful. Say a patient has numbness in one strip. You can read the strip backward to the exact spinal level that serves it.

You do not have to memorize all thirty or so dermatomes. A handful of reliable landmarks anchors the whole map. The rest fall into place between them.

LevelLandmark
C6The thumb and the thumb side of the forearm
C7The middle finger (C7 also powers the triceps)
C8The little finger and the pinky side of the forearm
T4The nipple line
T10The umbilicus (belly button)
L1The groin (inguinal area)
L4The inner knee and shin (L4 powers the knee-jerk)
L5The top of the foot and big toe (L5 lifts the foot up, called dorsiflexion)
S1The little toe and sole (S1 powers the ankle-jerk)

Two roads to the brain

Feeling does not travel on one channel. It travels on two. The neuro exam tests them apart because they take different routes. They also cross the midline in different places. The midline is the imaginary line down the middle of the body.

Pain and temperature ride the spinothalamic tract. This pathway crosses to the other side almost at once, right inside the spinal cord. Fine touch, vibration, and position sense (proprioception) ride the dorsal columns. These stay on the same side all the way up. They cross only high up, in the medulla of the brainstem.

Since they cross in different spots, one cord injury can cause a strange pattern. It can knock out one sense on one side of the body and the other sense on the other side. This pattern tells you right away that both pathways are involved.

PathwayCarriesCrossesTested with
Spinothalamic tractPain & temperatureIn the cord (right away)Pinprick, warm or cold
Dorsal columnsTouch, vibration, positionIn the medulla (high up)Tuning fork, sensing toe position
Anchor the trunk with two numbers. T4 at the nipple, T10 at the umbilicus. Remember just those two. Then you can estimate any chest-level (thoracic) segment by counting ribs up or down. A band of numbness at the belly button says “think T10.”

Tap a landmark in the interactive to find its spinal level. Then compare the two pathways that carry feeling up to the brain.

Interactive Tap a dermatome landmark to find its spinal level. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A dermatome is the strip of skin served by one spinal nerve. Numbness in a strip points to that spinal level.
  • Landmarks to learn: C6 thumb, C7 middle finger, C8 little finger, T4 nipple, T10 umbilicus, L1 groin, S1 sole.
  • There are two pathways. The spinothalamic tract carries pain and temperature and crosses in the cord. The dorsal columns carry touch, vibration, and position and cross in the medulla.

Section 5The motor exam

The corticospinal motor pathway from brain to spinal cord
Reference. The corticospinal (pyramidal) motor pathway, with its upper and lower motor neurons — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Grading strength, zero to five

The motor exam starts by measuring strength. The examiner checks one muscle group at a time. They use a standard scale that runs from 0 to 5. Gravity is the key to the scale. Grade 3 is the turning point. A 3 means the limb can just lift against gravity, but not against any extra push. Above 3, muscles can hold against your push. Below 3, they cannot even beat gravity.

It is worth learning the scale exactly. Writing “4/5” in a chart says something precise. Another doctor or nurse can act on it.

GradeWhat it means
5Normal power: full strength against full push
4Moves against gravity and some push, but weaker than normal
3Moves against gravity only: can lift the limb, but not against a push
2Moves only with gravity taken away (sliding side to side)
1A flicker or trace of muscle squeeze, but the joint does not move
0No muscle squeeze at all: complete paralysis

Where does the weakness come from?

The motor pathway has two relays. The upper motor neuron (UMN) runs from the motor cortex down the corticospinal tract to the spinal cord. The lower motor neuron (LMN) runs from the cord out along a nerve to the muscle. Weakness can come from either one. The exam tells them apart by the other signs that come with the weakness.

UMN damage takes away the brain's control over the cord below it. So the muscle becomes spastic (stiff) and its reflexes get too strong. LMN damage cuts the muscle's only lifeline. So the muscle goes flaccid (limp). It wastes away and twitches. Checking tone, reflexes, and muscle size turns “this arm is weak” into “the problem is here.”

SignUpper motor neuronLower motor neuron
LocationBrain → spinal cordSpinal cord → muscle
ToneHigher (spastic, stiff)Lower (flaccid, limp)
ReflexesStronger than normal (hyper)Weaker or missing
Babinski signPresent (big toe goes up)Absent
Atrophy (muscle wasting)Little, and lateA lot, and early
FasciculationsAbsentPresent (twitches you can see)
Up means upper. Stroke the sole of the foot. If the big toe turns up, that is the Babinski sign. It is a hallmark of an upper motor neuron problem. It is also normal in babies. That is because their corticospinal tract has not finished getting its fatty coating (myelin). In a healthy adult, the toes should curl down.

Slide through the strength scale in the interactive. Then switch views to compare the two motor neuron patterns.

Interactive Slide the 0–5 strength scale. Then compare upper and lower motor neuron signs. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Strength is graded 0–5. Grade 3 is the turning point: the limb moves against gravity but not against a push.
  • The pathway has two relays: upper (cortex → cord) and lower (cord → muscle) motor neurons.
  • UMN: stiff, strong reflexes, Babinski present, little wasting. LMN: limp, weak reflexes, early wasting, twitches.

Section 6Coordination & gait

The cerebellum at the back of the brain
Reference. The cerebellum, the brain’s coordination center — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The smoothness check

Strength moves a limb. The cerebellum makes the movement smooth, accurate, and well-timed. The last part of the exam tests that polish. A patient can be fully strong and still not touch their own nose cleanly. That is because the cerebellum fine-tunes aim and keeps balance steady.

When the cerebellum fails, movements overshoot, wobble, and stagger. This group of signs is called ataxia. Each cerebellar test checks one piece of coordination.

TestWhat it checksAbnormal finding
Finger-to-noseHow well you aimDysmetria (overshooting or undershooting) and an intention tremor that gets worse near the target
Rapid alternating movementsSwitching a movement back and forth smoothlyDysdiadochokinesia: clumsy, uneven switching
Heel-to-shinLeg coordinationA heel that wobbles off track: limb ataxia
Romberg testProprioception (position sense)Steady with eyes open, but falls with eyes closed. This is a sensory (dorsal-column) problem.
GaitOverall balance and walkingA wide-based, staggering (ataxic) walk points to the cerebellum
Pronator driftMild upper motor neuron weaknessOne arm slowly drifts down and turns palm-down. This is an early UMN sign.

The Romberg trap

One test in this group is a clever detective. It is not a cerebellar test at all. In the Romberg test, the patient stands with feet together and closes their eyes. Balance depends on three inputs. They are vision, the inner ear, and proprioception. Proprioception is the dorsal-column sense of where your limbs are.

Closing the eyes takes vision away. Then the body must rely on the other two. Say a patient is steady with eyes open but sways or falls with eyes closed. That is a positive Romberg. It points to a sensory (dorsal-column) problem, not the cerebellum. A person with a true cerebellar problem is unsteady either way. The cerebellum never relied on the eyes to begin with. This small test neatly separates two very different causes of poor balance.

Romberg is a sensory test in disguise. Falling only with the eyes shut means the problem is proprioception, not coordination. If someone is unsteady even with eyes open, look to the cerebellum instead.

Tap each test in the interactive. See what an abnormal result reveals.

Interactive Tap each cerebellar test to see what an abnormal result reveals. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The cerebellum makes movement smooth and accurate. When it fails, you get ataxia: dysmetria, intention tremor, and a wide-based walk.
  • Key tests are finger-to-nose, rapid alternating movements, heel-to-shin, gait, and pronator drift.
  • A positive Romberg (falling only with eyes closed) is a proprioception/dorsal-column sign. It is not a cerebellar sign.

The chapter in one breath

  • The neuro exam is for localizing a problem at the bedside. Its five parts check the nervous system from top to bottom.
  • Mental status checks the cortex. Language is mostly on the left. Broca’s aphasia means hard, slow speech in an aware patient. Wernicke’s aphasia means smooth nonsense in an unaware patient.
  • The twelve cranial nerves check the brainstem, each with one quick test. The tongue and a facial droop lean toward the damage.
  • A dermatome points to a sensory level (T4 nipple, T10 umbilicus, S1 sole). Pain and temperature travel the spinothalamic tract. Touch, vibration, and position travel the dorsal columns.
  • Strength is graded 0–5. Upper motor neuron problems are stiff, with strong reflexes and a Babinski sign. Lower motor neuron problems are limp, wasted, and twitchy.
  • The cerebellum makes movement smooth. When it fails, you get ataxia. A positive Romberg is a sensory sign, not a cerebellar one.
  • Every finding is a clue to a place. The whole exam is the skill of working back from a sign to a region.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Aphasia
A loss of language caused by damage to a language area of the cortex. The type depends on which area failed.
Ataxia
Clumsy, uncoordinated movement, with overshooting, wobbling, and staggering. It usually comes from a cerebellum problem.
Babinski sign
The big toe moves up when the sole is stroked. In adults, it is a sign of an upper motor neuron problem. It is normal in babies.
Broca’s area
The part of the frontal lobe that produces speech. Damage causes slow, choppy speech (expressive aphasia), but understanding stays intact.
Cranial nerves
The twelve pairs of nerves that leave the underside of the brain to serve the head and neck.
Decussation
When a nerve pathway crosses from one side of the body to the other. For example, the dorsal columns cross in the medulla.
Dermatome
The strip of skin whose feeling is carried by one spinal nerve. Together the dermatomes cover the body like a map.
Dorsal columns
The pathway that carries fine touch, vibration, and position sense up to the brain. It crosses high up, in the medulla.
Dysdiadochokinesia
Clumsy, uneven rapid back-and-forth movements. It is a cerebellar sign.
Dysmetria
Poor aim when reaching, overshooting or undershooting a target. It shows up on the finger-to-nose test in cerebellar disease.
Flaccid
Limp, with low muscle tone. It is typical of a lower motor neuron problem.
Localization
Working back from the pattern of exam findings to the part of the nervous system that is causing them.
Lower motor neuron (LMN)
The neuron that runs from the spinal cord out along a nerve to the muscle. Damage causes limp weakness, wasting, and twitches (fasciculations).
Mental status exam
The part of the neuro exam that tests the cortex. It checks alertness, orientation, attention, memory, and language.
Pronator drift
With eyes closed, an arm held straight out slowly drifts down and turns inward. It is an early sign of upper motor neuron weakness.
Proprioception
Your sense of where your limbs and body are in space. The dorsal columns carry it, and the Romberg test checks it.
Romberg test
Standing with feet together and eyes closed. A fall points to a position-sense (dorsal-column) problem, not a cerebellar one.
Spasticity
Higher muscle tone, so the muscle resists being moved. It is typical of an upper motor neuron problem.
Spinothalamic tract
The pathway that carries pain and temperature up to the brain. It crosses to the other side almost at once, inside the spinal cord.
Upper motor neuron (UMN)
The neuron that runs from the motor cortex down the corticospinal tract to the cord. Damage causes stiff weakness, strong reflexes, and a Babinski sign.
Wernicke’s area
The part of the temporal lobe that understands language. Damage causes smooth but meaningless speech, and understanding is lost.

Check yourself

1. What one goal ties the whole neurological exam together? What is the name of the skill it depends on?
To find where in the nervous system the problem is. The skill is called localization. The nervous system is mapped in a neat way. So a pattern of findings can be traced back to one region. That is what every part of the exam is really testing.
2. Name the five parts of the neuro exam in order. Give the region each one mainly points to.
Mental status (cortex) → cranial nerves (brainstem) → sensory (spinal nerve, cord, pathways) → motor (upper vs lower motor neuron) → coordination & gait (cerebellum). The order walks down the nervous system, from the highest thinking to walking.
3. A patient speaks slowly and with great effort, in short, choppy phrases. They clearly understand everything you say and seem frustrated. Which language area is damaged? What is this aphasia called?
Broca’s area. This is Broca’s (expressive) aphasia. Broca’s area produces speech, so losing it makes speaking hard. But understanding (Wernicke’s area) is intact. That is just why the patient knows something is wrong.
4. Another patient speaks smoothly and easily, but the sentences are meaningless “word salad.” The patient seems unaware anything is wrong. Which area is damaged? Why are they unaware?
Wernicke’s area. This is Wernicke’s (receptive) aphasia. Wernicke’s area understands language. Losing it takes away the ability to understand speech, even the patient’s own. So they speak smoothly but do not notice their mistakes.
5. How would you quickly test cranial nerve XII (hypoglossal)? Which way does the tongue point if one side is weak?
Ask the patient to stick out their tongue. It points toward the weak (damaged) side. The strong side pushes the tongue over toward the weak side. This small difference points to the problem.
6. You want to test cranial nerve X (vagus) at the bedside in one move. What do you ask the patient to do? What should you see?
Ask the patient to say “ahh.” Watch the soft palate and uvula rise evenly on both sides. An uneven lift signals a vagus (CN X) problem. The vagus also controls voice and swallowing.
7. A patient has a band of numbness right around the umbilicus (belly button). Which spinal level does this point to? What landmark sits at T4?
T10 is at the umbilicus. T4 is at the nipple line. With these two trunk landmarks, you can estimate any chest level by counting ribs up or down.
8. Pain and temperature travel on one pathway. Touch, vibration, and position travel on another. They cross the midline in different places. Name each pathway and where it crosses.
Pain & temperature → spinothalamic tract, which crosses in the cord (right away). Touch, vibration & position → dorsal columns, which cross in the medulla (high up). Because they cross in different places, one cord injury can affect the two kinds of feeling on opposite sides of the body.
9. On the 0–5 strength scale, what does a grade of 3 mean? Why is 3 the key dividing line?
Grade 3 means the limb moves against gravity only, but not against a push. Three is the turning point of the scale. At 3 or above, the muscle can lift the limb against gravity. Below 3, it cannot even beat gravity.
10. Two patients are weak. One has stiff muscles, strong reflexes, and a big toe that goes up. The other has limp, wasting muscles that twitch. Is each an upper or lower motor neuron problem?
Stiff + strong reflexes + Babinski = upper motor neuron. Limp + wasting + twitches (fasciculations) = lower motor neuron. UMN damage frees the cord below from the brain's control, so it becomes overactive. LMN damage cuts the muscle’s lifeline, so the muscle becomes underactive and wastes away.
11. What exactly is the Babinski sign? What does it mean in an adult?
The big toe moves up when the sole is stroked. In an adult, it means an upper motor neuron problem. A healthy adult’s toes curl down. The upward toe is normal only in babies, before the corticospinal tract has its full myelin coating.
12. A patient stands steadily with eyes open but falls when they close their eyes (positive Romberg). Is this a cerebellar problem? Explain.
No. A positive Romberg is a proprioception (dorsal-column) sensory problem, not a cerebellar one. Closing the eyes takes away vision. That exposes a loss of position sense. A person with a true cerebellar problem is unsteady even with eyes open, because the cerebellum never relied on vision.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 17

The Endocrine System

Your nervous system is the body's fast messenger. It uses electric signals that are over in a split second. The endocrine system is its patient partner. It is a set of glands that send chemical messengers, called hormones, into your blood. The blood carries them everywhere at once. Their signals start slowly and fade slowly. But they reach every part of your body, and they can last for hours, days, or even a lifetime. This system decides how fast you burn fuel and how tall you grow. It shapes how you handle a stressful morning. It also sets how much sugar is in your blood after breakfast. In this chapter you will meet the main glands. You will learn the two very different ways a hormone can give its message to a cell. You will also trace the neat feedback loops that keep the whole system in balance.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Tell the endocrine system apart from the nervous system and from exocrine glands. Find the main endocrine glands in the body.
  • Define a hormone. Explain why it changes only certain target cells, even though it reaches the whole body.
  • Compare lipid-soluble and water-soluble hormones. Say where their receptors sit and how fast they work.
  • Describe how the hypothalamus–pituitary team works. Name the hormones of the front and back parts of the pituitary.
  • Explain how insulin and glucagon work as an opposing pair to control blood sugar.
  • Draw the thyroid axis as a negative feedback loop. Predict the signs of a thyroid that works too little or too much.
  • Name the layers of the adrenal gland and match each one to the hormones it makes.
  • See how negative feedback controls almost every hormone in the body.

Section 1The endocrine glands

Reference figure of the main endocrine glands in the body
Reference. The main endocrine glands and where they sit in the body — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two systems that share the job of control

Your body needs two ways to send messages. They work side by side. The nervous system sends fast electric signals along wires called neurons. Each message goes to an exact spot. It arrives in a split second and stops as soon as the signal stops.

The endocrine system works the other way. It has no wires. Its glands release chemical messengers called hormones right into the blood. The blood then carries them all over the body. So you trade speed for reach and staying power. A hormone may take seconds to minutes to act. But its effect can be wide and can last a long time. Think of the nervous system as a phone call to one person. The endocrine system is more like a message sent out to everyone. Only the people it is meant for will act on it.

Endocrine versus exocrine

The word endocrine means "to release within." Endocrine glands are ductless, which means they have no tubes. They release their hormones straight into the fluid around them and into the blood. Exocrine glands are different. They send their products through a duct, a small tube, onto a surface. Sweat glands, spit (salivary) glands, and tear glands are all exocrine.

A few organs do both jobs. The pancreas is the classic example. Its exocrine part drips digestive enzymes into a duct that empties into the gut. At the same time, small islands of endocrine tissue release insulin and glucagon into the blood.

The cast of glands

Some glands have making hormones as their main job. These full-time endocrine glands are the pituitary, pineal, thyroid, parathyroid, and adrenal glands. The hypothalamus, a small part of the brain, sits at the top of the chain of command.

Other organs make hormones as a side job. These include the pancreas, the gonads (ovaries and testes), and the thymus. Even the heart, kidneys, stomach, and body fat release hormones. Learn the main glands first. The part-time players will come up in their own chapters.

GlandMain hormone(s)Main job
HypothalamusReleasing & inhibiting hormonesGives orders to the pituitary; links the brain to the endocrine system
PituitaryGH, TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, ADH, oxytocinPasses orders on to many other glands
ThyroidThyroid hormone (T₃/T₄), calcitoninSets how fast you burn fuel; lowers blood calcium
ParathyroidParathyroid hormone (PTH)Raises blood calcium
AdrenalCortisol, aldosterone, epinephrineStress response; salt and water balance
Pancreas (islets)Insulin, glucagonControls blood sugar (glucose)
PinealMelatoninSets the sleep–wake rhythm
GonadsEstrogen/progesterone; testosteroneMaking babies and sex traits
Everywhere, but not everyone. A hormone travels to every cell in your body. Yet it changes only the cells that have the matching receptor for it. These are its target cells. It works like a lock and key. The hormone is the key. Only cells with the right lock can open the door. This one idea explains how your blood can carry dozens of hormones at once without each one acting on everything.

Tap each gland in the interactive to see where it sits and what it makes.

Interactive Tap a gland to meet it and learn the hormones it sends into the blood. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The endocrine system controls the body with hormones carried in the blood. Its signals are slower than nerve signals, but they reach more places and last longer.
  • Endocrine glands have no ducts and release into the blood. Exocrine glands release through ducts onto a surface.
  • The main glands are the hypothalamus, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, pancreas, pineal, and gonads.
  • A hormone acts only on its target cells. These are the cells that have the matching receptor.

Section 2How hormones act

Reference figure of how lipid-soluble and water-soluble hormones act
Reference. The two ways hormones act: receptors inside the cell, or receptors on the surface that use second messengers — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Chemistry decides the delivery

Hormones come in two main chemical families. This is not a small detail. It decides exactly how a hormone talks to a cell.

Most hormones are amino-acid based, which means they are built from the building blocks of protein. Some are peptides and proteins, such as insulin and growth hormone. Others are amines, such as the adrenal catecholamines. These hormones are water-soluble, so they mix well with water. They are also lipid-insoluble, so they do not mix with fat. That means they cannot cross the fatty cell membrane.

The second family is the steroid hormones. These include cortisol, aldosterone, and the sex hormones. They are built from cholesterol. They are lipid-soluble, so they slip right through the fatty membrane. That one question splits hormone action into two clear stories. Can the hormone cross the membrane or not?

Lipid-soluble hormones: walk right in

A lipid-soluble hormone can pass through the membrane. So it does not need to knock from outside. It moves into the cell and binds to an intracellular receptor, a receptor inside the cell. This is usually in the nucleus. The hormone and receptor then work directly on the DNA. They switch certain genes on or off.

The cell responds by making new proteins. These are often new enzymes that change how the cell behaves. Building proteins takes time, so these hormones are slow to start. But the new proteins stick around, so the effects are long-lasting. Steroid hormones such as cortisol work this way.

Water-soluble hormones: knock from outside

A water-soluble hormone cannot get into the cell. So it binds to a receptor on the cell surface instead. This does not reach the DNA. Instead, it starts a relay inside the cell. The relay uses a second messenger. The best-known one is cyclic AMP (cAMP).

The hormone is the "first messenger," and it stays outside. The second messenger carries the signal on. It turns on a chain of enzymes that are already waiting in the cell's fluid. These enzymes are ready-made and just need to be switched on. So the response is fast. But it also fades fast once the hormone is gone. Peptide hormones like insulin and glucagon use this surface route. So does the amine epinephrine.

FeatureLipid-soluble (steroid)Water-soluble (peptide/amine)
Crosses the membrane?Yes, it enters the cellNo, it stays outside
Where the receptor isInside the cell (often the nucleus)On the cell surface
How it worksTurns genes on/off → new proteinsSecond messenger (cAMP) → chain of enzymes
How fast it startsSlow (hours)Fast (seconds to minutes)
How long it lastsLongShort
ExamplesCortisol, aldosterone, estrogen, testosteroneInsulin, glucagon, growth hormone, epinephrine
Thyroid hormone breaks its own rule. Thyroid hormone is made from an amino acid. Strictly, it is an amine. That should put it in the water-soluble group. Yet it is lipid-soluble and acts like a steroid. It enters the cell and works on genes. It is the famous exception, an amine that acts like a steroid. That is exactly why its effects are slow and long-lasting.

Switch between a lipid-soluble and a water-soluble hormone in the interactive. Then step through each path.

Interactive Switch between hormone types and step through how each one gives its message. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Hormones are either amino-acid based (water-soluble) or steroid (lipid-soluble). Whether they dissolve in fat decides how they work.
  • Lipid-soluble hormones enter the cell and bind intracellular receptors. They change gene expression, which genes are turned on. They are slow but lasting.
  • Water-soluble hormones bind surface receptors and use a second messenger (cAMP). They are fast but brief.
  • Thyroid hormone is the exception. It is an amine that dissolves in fat and acts like a steroid.

Section 3The hypothalamus & pituitary axis

Reference figure of the hypothalamus and pituitary gland with front and back lobe hormones
Reference. The hypothalamus, the front and back lobes of the pituitary, and the organs they target — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The real chain of command

The pituitary gland is about the size of a pea. It hangs just below the brain. It is often called the "master gland" because it directs so many other glands. But the pituitary has a boss of its own. That boss is the hypothalamus, a small part of the brain just above it.

The hypothalamus is where the nervous and endocrine systems meet. It takes in signals from the brain. Then it turns them into hormone orders for the pituitary. So the true master is the hypothalamus. The pituitary is its strong second-in-command. The pituitary has two lobes, or parts. They are wired in very different ways.

The posterior pituitary: a storage terminal

The posterior pituitary is the back lobe. It makes no hormones of its own. It is really nerve tissue that grows down from the hypothalamus. Two hormones are stored here. They are antidiuretic hormone (ADH) and oxytocin. Both are made by nerve cells in the hypothalamus. They travel down the long arms (axons) of those cells. Then they are stored in the posterior pituitary until needed.

ADH tells the kidneys to save water. This makes the urine more concentrated. Oxytocin makes the uterus squeeze during childbirth. It also makes milk flow (let-down) during nursing. So the back lobe is a release station, not a factory.

The anterior pituitary: a true factory under remote control

The anterior pituitary is the front lobe. It is gland tissue that makes and releases its own hormones. But it does this only when the hypothalamus tells it to. The hypothalamus sends tiny releasing and inhibiting hormones. They start or stop the front lobe's work. They travel through a private set of blood vessels called the hypophyseal portal system. These vessels carry them the short trip to the front lobe.

Several front-lobe hormones are tropic hormones. Their job is to give orders to other glands. TSH drives the thyroid. ACTH drives the outer layer of the adrenal gland (the adrenal cortex). FSH and LH drive the gonads. Other front-lobe hormones act on body tissues directly. Growth hormone (GH) acts on almost everything. Prolactin (PRL) acts on the breast.

HormoneLobeTarget & effect
Growth hormone (GH)AnteriorBody tissues: growth and fuel use
Thyroid-stimulating (TSH)AnteriorThyroid: make thyroid hormone
Adrenocorticotropic (ACTH)AnteriorAdrenal cortex: make cortisol
Follicle-stimulating (FSH)AnteriorGonads: help eggs and sperm mature
Luteinizing (LH)AnteriorGonads: release of an egg (ovulation), sex hormones
Prolactin (PRL)AnteriorBreast: make milk
Antidiuretic (ADH)PosteriorKidney: save water
OxytocinPosteriorUterus & breast: squeezing, milk let-down
FLAT PIG. This is a well-known memory trick for the six front-lobe hormones. FSH, LH, ACTH, TSH are the four tropic ones (FLAT). PRL and GH act directly (PIG, with an i added to make the word). The two back-lobe hormones, ADH and oxytocin, are only stored there. Keep them in a separate bucket in your mind.

Tap a pituitary hormone in the interactive. Trace its path from the brain to its target organ.

Interactive Tap a hormone to trace the order from the hypothalamus to the pituitary to its target. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The hypothalamus is the true master. It controls the pituitary, which controls many other glands.
  • The posterior pituitary only stores and releases ADH and oxytocin. Both are made in the hypothalamus.
  • The anterior pituitary makes six hormones when the hypothalamus says so. Four are tropic (TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH).
  • Remember them with FLAT PIG.

Section 4Blood glucose regulation

Reference figure of insulin and glucagon controlling blood sugar
Reference. The pancreas and how insulin and glucagon control blood sugar — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two hormones from one gland, pulling opposite ways

Blood glucose, or blood sugar, is one of the most closely guarded values in your body. The pancreas guards it with two hormones that work against each other. They are an antagonistic pair. Small clusters of hormone-making cells are spread through the pancreas. They are called the pancreatic islets (islets of Langerhans).

The beta cells in the islets make insulin. The alpha cells make glucagon. One hormone lowers blood sugar and the other raises it. So the pancreas can nudge sugar either way as needed. It is a great example of negative feedback, with a gas pedal and a brake.

Insulin: the "fed-state" hormone that lowers glucose

After a meal, your blood sugar goes up. The beta cells sense the rise and release insulin. Its whole job is to lower blood glucose. Insulin tells body cells to open up and take in sugar. Muscle and fat cells do this most. Insulin also tells the liver to store the extra sugar as glycogen, a stored form of sugar.

As cells soak up the sugar, blood sugar drops back to normal. Then less insulin is released. Here is a handy way to remember it. Insulin is the hormone of the fed state. It moves fuel out of the blood and into storage.

Glucagon: the "fasting" hormone that raises glucose

Between meals, blood sugar slowly drops. Now the alpha cells release glucagon. It does the opposite of insulin. It raises blood glucose. Glucagon tells the liver to break glycogen back down into sugar. This is called glycogenolysis, which means "glycogen splitting." It also tells the liver to make new sugar from other molecules. This is called gluconeogenesis, which means "making new sugar."

The liver releases this sugar into the blood. Blood sugar climbs back to its normal set point, and glucagon release slows. Glucagon is the hormone of the fasting state. It pulls fuel out of storage and back into the blood.

FeatureInsulinGlucagon
Made byBeta cellsAlpha cells
Released whenBlood sugar is high (after eating)Blood sugar is low (fasting)
Effect on blood sugarLowers itRaises it
What it tells the liverStore sugar as glycogenBreak down glycogen; make new sugar
Overall roleFed state: storing fuelFasting state: releasing fuel
Insulin stands alone. Many hormones can raise blood sugar. Glucagon, cortisol, epinephrine, and growth hormone all do. But insulin is the only hormone that lowers it. That is why losing insulin is so harmful. In type 1 diabetes, the beta cells are destroyed. In type 2 diabetes, insulin resistance is the problem, and the cells stop listening to insulin. With no working way to bring sugar down, it climbs to dangerous levels.

Pick a meal or a fast in the interactive. Watch insulin or glucagon pull blood sugar back to normal.

Interactive Choose a situation and watch insulin or glucagon bring blood sugar back to its set point. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The pancreatic islets control blood sugar with two hormones that work against each other.
  • Insulin comes from beta cells. It lowers blood sugar after a meal. It gets cells to take in sugar and the liver to store it as glycogen.
  • Glucagon comes from alpha cells. It raises blood sugar when you fast. It breaks down glycogen and makes new sugar.
  • Insulin is the only hormone that lowers blood glucose. Losing it, or cells ignoring it, causes diabetes.

Section 5The thyroid axis

Reference figure of the hypothalamus, pituitary, and thyroid feedback loop
Reference. The hypothalamus–pituitary–thyroid axis and its negative feedback loop — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The gland that sets your idle speed

The thyroid gland is shaped like a butterfly. It wraps around the front of your windpipe. It makes thyroid hormone, which comes in two forms, T₃ and T₄. The numbers tell you how many iodine atoms each one has. That is why you need iodine in your diet to make them.

Thyroid hormone sets your basal metabolic rate. This is the speed at which almost every cell burns fuel and makes heat. Turn it up and the whole body runs faster and hotter. Turn it down and everything slows. It is like the idle speed of a car engine.

The feedback loop that keeps it steady

Thyroid hormone is controlled by a three-step chain. It is called the hypothalamus–pituitary–thyroid (HPT) axis. It is a classic negative feedback loop. First, the hypothalamus releases TRH (thyrotropin-releasing hormone). TRH tells the front lobe of the pituitary to release TSH (thyroid-stimulating hormone). TSH then tells the thyroid to release T₃ and T₄.

Here is the clever part. The thyroid hormones loop back and block both the hypothalamus and the pituitary. This turns down TRH and TSH. It works like a brake. When there is plenty of thyroid hormone, the brake keeps it from rising more. When thyroid hormone falls, the brake lets go. TSH rises and pushes the thyroid to work harder.

When the thyroid does too little or too much

Thyroid hormone sets the body's pace. So its problems look like the two ends of a dial. In hypothyroidism, there is too little hormone, and everything slows. You may see weight gain, tiredness, feeling cold, dry skin, and a slow heart rate. In hyperthyroidism, there is too much, and everything speeds up. You may see weight loss even with a big appetite. People feel hot and anxious, and the heart races. Both problems can make the gland swell into a lump you can see, called a goiter.

The feedback loop also helps doctors find the problem. Take primary hypothyroidism, where the thyroid itself is failing. It makes little hormone, so the brake lifts and TSH rises. That is why a high TSH points to an underactive thyroid.

SignHypothyroidism (too little)Hyperthyroidism (too much)
Metabolic rateSlowerFaster
Body weightGainLoss
TemperatureCan't stand coldCan't stand heat
Heart rateSlowFast
Energy & moodTired, sluggishAnxious, restless
TSH level (primary)HighLow
Read the TSH backwards. Because of negative feedback, TSH usually moves the opposite way from the thyroid's own output. A high TSH means the pituitary is shouting at a lazy, underactive thyroid. A low TSH means the pituitary has gone quiet. That is because an overactive thyroid is flooding the blood with hormone. This one blood test is the first check for thyroid disease.

Run the interactive to see the normal loop. Then make the thyroid do too little or too much.

Interactive See the normal thyroid feedback loop, then a gland that works too little or too much. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Thyroid hormone (T₃/T₄, made with iodine) sets the body's basal metabolic rate, its idle speed.
  • The HPT axis runs TRH → TSH → T₃/T₄. It is a negative feedback loop. Thyroid hormone blocks TRH and TSH.
  • Hypothyroidism slows the body (weight gain, feeling cold, tiredness). Hyperthyroidism speeds it up (weight loss, feeling hot, racing heart).
  • When the thyroid itself is the problem, TSH moves opposite to thyroid output. A high TSH signals an underactive gland.

Section 6The adrenal gland

Reference figure of the adrenal gland's outer zones and inner core
Reference. The adrenal gland, with the three zones of the outer layer and the inner core — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two glands stacked into one

The adrenal gland sits like a cap on top of each kidney. It is really two different glands joined together. The outer part is the adrenal cortex. It makes steroid hormones, and you cannot live without it. The inner part is the adrenal medulla. It makes the catecholamines epinephrine and norepinephrine. The medulla is a direct part of the sympathetic nervous system, the "fight-or-flight" side of your nerves.

The two parts work on very different time scales. The medulla responds in seconds. The cortex takes minutes to hours. But both are key to how your body handles stress.

The cortex: three layers, three kinds of hormone

The cortex has three zones, or layers. Each one makes a different kind of steroid. This is a rare case where you can read the job straight off the layout, from the outside in.

The outer layer is the zona glomerulosa. It makes mineralocorticoids, which control salts. The main one is aldosterone. It tells the kidney to hold on to sodium (Na⁺) and water and to get rid of potassium (K⁺). This raises blood volume and blood pressure.

The wide middle layer is the zona fasciculata. It makes glucocorticoids, which affect sugar. The main one is cortisol, the body's main stress hormone. It raises blood sugar, frees up fuel, and calms swelling (inflammation). The inner layer is the zona reticularis. It makes small amounts of androgens. These are sex hormones such as DHEA.

The medulla: instant adrenaline

The medulla is at the very center. It is wired straight into the sympathetic nervous system. So it fires the moment a threat appears. It floods the blood with epinephrine (adrenaline) and norepinephrine. This causes the well-known fight-or-flight rush. Your heart pounds and your airways open wide. Sugar is released for fuel. Blood is sent to your muscles.

This is the fast, short part of the stress response. It is a jolt that fades within minutes. Cortisol, from the cortex, is the slow, steady part. It carries the body through long or repeated stress.

Layer (outside → in)Hormone typeMain hormone & effect
Zona glomerulosaMineralocorticoidsAldosterone: keep Na⁺ & water, raise blood pressure
Zona fasciculataGlucocorticoidsCortisol: raise blood sugar, handle stress, reduce swelling
Zona reticularisAndrogensDHEA: building blocks for sex hormones
MedullaCatecholaminesEpinephrine: fast fight-or-flight rush
Salt, sugar, sex, then adrenaline. Read the adrenal gland from the outside in, and the hormones line up neatly. The glomerulosa handles salt (aldosterone). The fasciculata handles sugar (cortisol). The reticularis handles sex (androgens). The medulla in the middle supplies the adrenaline. "The deeper you go, the sweeter it gets" is one way to keep the order straight.

Tap each layer of the gland in the interactive. Go from the outer cortex to the inner medulla.

Interactive Peel the adrenal gland from its outer cortex layers inward to the medulla. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The adrenal gland is two glands in one. It has an outer cortex (steroids) and an inner medulla (catecholamines).
  • Cortex zones, from outside in: glomerulosa → aldosterone (salt), fasciculata → cortisol (sugar and stress), reticularis → androgens (sex).
  • The medulla is part of the sympathetic nervous system. It releases epinephrine for the fast fight-or-flight rush.
  • Cortisol is the slow, steady stress hormone. Epinephrine is the fast one.

The chapter in one breath

  • The endocrine system controls the body with hormones in the blood. It is slower than the nervous system, but it reaches more places and lasts longer. Its glands are ductless.
  • A hormone reaches every cell. But it acts only on its target cells, which have the matching receptor.
  • Lipid-soluble (steroid) hormones enter the cell and change genes. They are slow and lasting. Water-soluble (peptide/amine) hormones use surface receptors and a second messenger. They are fast and brief.
  • The hypothalamus gives orders to the pituitary. The back lobe stores ADH and oxytocin. The front lobe makes six hormones, and four of them are tropic (FLAT PIG).
  • The pancreatic islets balance blood sugar with an opposing pair. Insulin lowers it and glucagon raises it. Insulin is the only hormone that lowers it.
  • The thyroid sets how fast you burn fuel through the HPT feedback axis. Too little hormone slows the body, and too much speeds it up. TSH moves opposite to thyroid output.
  • The adrenal gland has a cortex wrapped around a medulla. The cortex makes aldosterone, cortisol, and androgens (salt, sugar, sex). The medulla makes epinephrine for the fast fight-or-flight rush.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

ACTH (adrenocorticotropic hormone)
A tropic hormone from the front lobe of the pituitary. It tells the adrenal cortex to make cortisol.
Adrenal cortex
The outer part of the adrenal gland. Its three layers make steroid hormones: aldosterone, cortisol, and androgens.
Adrenal medulla
The inner core of the adrenal gland. It is part of the sympathetic nervous system and releases epinephrine and norepinephrine.
Aldosterone
A mineralocorticoid from the zona glomerulosa. It makes the kidney keep sodium and water, which raises blood pressure.
Anterior pituitary
The front lobe of the pituitary, made of gland tissue. It makes six hormones (GH, TSH, ACTH, FSH, LH, PRL) when the hypothalamus says so.
Cortisol
The main glucocorticoid, made in the zona fasciculata. It is the main long-acting stress hormone. It raises blood sugar and reduces swelling.
Endocrine gland
A gland with no duct that releases hormones straight into the blood. An exocrine gland, by contrast, uses a duct.
Glucagon
A hormone from the alpha cells of the pancreas. It raises blood sugar during fasting by breaking down glycogen and making new sugar.
Glucocorticoid
A type of adrenal steroid, mainly cortisol. It helps control blood sugar and the stress response.
Hormone
A chemical messenger that an endocrine gland releases into the blood. It acts on target cells far away.
Hypothalamus
The part of the brain that links the nervous and endocrine systems. It controls the pituitary gland.
Insulin
A hormone from the beta cells of the pancreas. It lowers blood sugar after a meal by helping cells take in sugar and store it as glycogen.
Lipid-soluble hormone
A hormone that dissolves in fat, such as a steroid or thyroid hormone. It crosses the cell membrane, binds receptors inside the cell, and changes which genes are active.
Negative feedback
A control loop where a hormone's output blocks its own making. This holds the value near a set point.
Pancreatic islets
Clusters of hormone-making cells in the pancreas. Beta cells make insulin, and alpha cells make glucagon.
Posterior pituitary
The back lobe of the pituitary, made of nerve tissue. It stores and releases ADH and oxytocin, which are made in the hypothalamus.
Second messenger
A relay molecule inside the cell, such as cyclic AMP. It passes on a water-soluble hormone's signal after the hormone binds a surface receptor.
Steroid hormone
A fat-soluble hormone built from cholesterol, such as cortisol, aldosterone, or a sex hormone. It acts on genes inside the cell.
Target cell
A cell that responds to a certain hormone because it has the matching receptor.
Thyroid hormone
The iodine-containing hormones T₃ and T₄. They set the body's basal metabolic rate.
Tropic hormone
A hormone whose target is another endocrine gland. Examples are TSH, ACTH, FSH, and LH.
Water-soluble hormone
A hormone that cannot enter the cell, such as a peptide, protein, or catecholamine. It works through a surface receptor and a second messenger.

Check yourself

1. Both the nervous and endocrine systems control the body. Name two ways the endocrine system's signals are different from the nervous system's.
It uses chemical hormones carried in the blood, not electric signals in neurons. Its effects are slower to start but reach more places and last longer. The nervous system sends fast, brief messages to exact spots. The endocrine system sends slower, wider, longer-lasting ones.
2. How is an endocrine gland built differently from an exocrine gland? Which type is the pancreas?
Endocrine glands have no ducts and release into the blood. Exocrine glands release through a duct onto a surface. The pancreas is both. Its islets are endocrine and send insulin and glucagon into the blood. Its acinar tissue is exocrine and sends enzymes down a duct to the gut.
3. A hormone travels in the blood to every cell in the body. Why does it change only some cells?
Only cells with the matching receptor can respond to it. These are its target cells. It is a lock-and-key system. The hormone is the key. A cell without the right lock (receptor) just ignores it.
4. A steroid hormone and a peptide hormone reach the same cell. Which one goes inside? Where is each one's receptor? Which acts faster?
The steroid (lipid-soluble) goes in and binds a receptor inside the cell. The peptide (water-soluble) binds a receptor on the surface. The peptide acts faster. Steroids change which genes are active, so they are slow and lasting. Peptides start a second-messenger chain of ready-made enzymes, so they are fast and brief.
5. Thyroid hormone is made from an amino acid, yet it acts like a steroid. How can that be?
It is an amine, but it is lipid-soluble. So it can cross the membrane and act on genes inside the cell, just like a steroid. That is why its effects are slow to appear and last a long time, even though it comes from an amino acid.
6. Which gland really controls the pituitary? How does it reach the front lobe, and how does it reach the back lobe?
The hypothalamus. It reaches the front lobe by sending releasing and inhibiting hormones through the hypophyseal portal blood vessels. It reaches the back lobe through the axons of its own nerve cells. The front lobe is controlled from afar by chemicals. The back lobe is a direct nerve extension of the hypothalamus.
7. The posterior pituitary releases ADH and oxytocin, yet it is said to make no hormones. How can both be true?
Both hormones are really made by nerve cells in the hypothalamus. They travel down axons and are stored in the posterior pituitary, which only releases them. The back lobe is a place to store and release hormones, not a place to make them.
8. After a big meal, which pancreas cell and hormone respond? What two things does that hormone do to lower blood sugar?
Beta cells release insulin, which lowers blood sugar. It gets body cells to take in sugar, especially muscle and fat cells. It also tells the liver to store the extra as glycogen. This brings blood sugar back to normal.
9. Why is losing insulin so much more dangerous than losing any one hormone that raises blood sugar?
Insulin is the only hormone that lowers blood sugar. Several hormones can raise it (glucagon, cortisol, epinephrine, GH). Without insulin, as in type 1 diabetes, the body has no way to bring sugar down. It climbs to dangerous levels.
10. Trace the thyroid axis from the brain to the gland. How does negative feedback keep thyroid hormone steady?
The hypothalamus releases TRH → the pituitary releases TSH → the thyroid releases T₃/T₄. Those hormones then block the hypothalamus and pituitary. When thyroid hormone is high, the brake is on, so there is less TRH and TSH. When it falls, the brake lifts. TSH rises and pushes the thyroid to work harder.
11. A patient's blood test shows a very high TSH. Is the thyroid likely overactive or underactive? Why does TSH point that way?
Underactive (hypothyroidism). A failing thyroid makes little hormone, so it stops putting the brake on the pituitary. The pituitary pumps out more TSH to try to push the lazy gland. So a high TSH signals an underactive thyroid.
12. Name the three zones of the adrenal cortex from outside in, with their main hormone. What does the medulla add?
Zona glomerulosa → aldosterone (salt). Zona fasciculata → cortisol (sugar and stress). Zona reticularis → androgens (sex). The medulla adds epinephrine for the fast fight-or-flight rush. "Salt, sugar, sex, then adrenaline" gives the order from outside in.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 18

The Cardiovascular System: Blood

Blood is the only tissue in your body you can pour into a test tube. It is easy to think little of it, since it looks like a plain red liquid. But that liquid is a connective tissue. It is a living fleet of cells floating in a sea full of proteins, and it touches every other cell you have. In this chapter we take a tube of blood apart, layer by layer. There is the straw-colored plasma on top and the packed red cells below. Between them is a thin white line. You will learn what each part carries and where blood cells are made. You will see how a red cell carries oxygen and how a cut seals itself in seconds. You will also learn why matching a patient's blood type before a transfusion can mean life or death.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • List the main functions of blood: transport, regulation, and protection. Explain why blood counts as a connective tissue.
  • Describe the layers a spun tube of blood splits into. Define plasma, buffy coat, and hematocrit.
  • Name the three formed elements and the five kinds of white blood cell. Give the main job of each.
  • Trace hematopoiesis, the making of blood cells, from one stem cell down the myeloid and lymphoid lines. Name the hormone that drives red cell making.
  • Explain how hemoglobin picks up oxygen in the lungs and drops it off in the tissues. Explain how blood carries carbon dioxide.
  • Walk through the three steps of hemostasis. Describe how the clotting chain builds a mesh of fibrin.
  • Predict which ABO and Rh blood types match. Name the universal donor and the universal recipient.

Section 1What blood is made of

Reference figure of the layers of spun blood and the hematocrit
Reference. A spun tube of blood, showing plasma, buffy coat, and hematocrit, with anemia and polycythemia compared — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A tissue you can pour

Many people are surprised to hear that blood is a connective tissue. A connective tissue has cells spread out in an extracellular matrix, a material that fills the space between cells. Blood fits this perfectly. Its "cells" are the red cells, white cells, and platelets. Its matrix is the liquid plasma they float in. What makes blood unusual is that its matrix is a fluid. In bone the matrix is hard, and in cartilage it is rubbery.

An average adult has about 5 liters of blood. Women have a little less and men a little more. Blood makes up about 8 percent of body weight. It is heavier and thicker than water, about five times as thick (viscous). It is warm, at about 38 °C. It is also slightly basic (alkaline). Its pH stays in a narrow range, from 7.35 to 7.45.

Three jobs: transport, regulation, protection

Everything blood does fits into three groups. The first is transport, or carrying things. Blood brings O₂ and nutrients to cells. It takes away CO₂ and other wastes. It also carries hormones from glands to targets far away.

The second job is regulation, or keeping things steady. Blood can change where it flows and how much heat it takes to the skin. This helps keep body temperature steady. Chemicals in blood called buffers keep the body's pH steady. Blood proteins help control fluid balance between the blood and the tissues.

The third job is protection. White cells and antibodies fight germs. The clotting system seals leaks, so you do not bleed out from a small cut.

Spin it down and it splits in three

Put a tube of blood in a spinning machine called a centrifuge, and the heavier parts sink. You end up with three layers you can see. How big each layer is tells doctors a lot:

LayerWhat it holdsShare of blood
Plasma (top)Water, plasma proteins, nutrients, gases, hormones, wastes, ions (salts)About 55%
Buffy coat (middle)Leukocytes (white cells) and plateletsLess than 1%
Erythrocytes (bottom)Red blood cells. This share is the hematocrit.About 45%

That bottom layer has its own name. The hematocrit is the percent of whole blood that is red cells. Normal values are about 37–47 percent in women and 42–52 percent in men.

Plasma itself is about 92 percent water. Most of the rest is plasma proteins. Albumin is the most common one. It holds water inside the blood vessels and carries fatty molecules. Globulins include antibodies and proteins that carry things. Fibrinogen is the raw material for clots. One more term to learn now is serum. If you let blood clot and take the clot out, a pale fluid is left. That is serum, which is plasma without its clotting proteins.

Hematocrit is a key number. A low hematocrit means anemia. There are too few red cells to carry oxygen well, so the person feels tired and short of breath. A high hematocrit is called polycythemia. It makes the blood thicker and makes the heart work harder. One spun tube tells you a lot about how well oxygen is being delivered.

Spin your own tube and pull apart the layers in the interactive below.

Interactive Spin a tube of blood into its three layers and tap each one to see what it holds. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Blood is a fluid connective tissue. It is cells (formed elements) floating in a liquid matrix (plasma). An adult has about 5 L, which is 8% of body weight.
  • Its jobs fall into three groups: transport, regulation, and protection.
  • Spun blood gives plasma (~55%), a thin buffy coat of white cells and platelets, and red cells (hematocrit, ~45%).
  • Serum is plasma with the clotting proteins taken out.

Section 2The formed elements

Reference figure of a red blood cell, a platelet, and a white blood cell
Reference. The three formed elements under the microscope: a red cell, a platelet, and a white cell — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three kinds of passenger

The living cargo of blood is called the formed elements. They come in three types. Erythrocytes are red blood cells. Leukocytes are white blood cells. Platelets are also called thrombocytes.

Their numbers are very uneven. Red cells rule, with about 5 million per microliter (a tiny drop) of blood. Platelets number a few hundred thousand. White cells are the rarest, with only about 5,000 to 10,000 per microliter. That is why the spun tube from Section 1 is almost all red on the bottom. The buffy coat is only a thin line.

Red cells: oxygen with everything stripped away

An erythrocyte is built to do one job well. It is a biconcave disc. That means it is a flat circle that is pinched in on both sides, like a donut with no hole. This shape gives it lots of surface for swapping gases. It also lets the cell fold so it can squeeze through capillaries, the tiny vessels narrower than itself.

The mature red cell makes room for as much hemoglobin as it can. To do this, it throws almost everything else out. It has no nucleus and no organelles, the small working parts of a cell. This has a cost. With no nucleus, the cell cannot repair itself. So it wears out in about 120 days. Then the spleen and liver recycle it. We will follow its oxygen work in Section 4.

White cells: the mobile defense force

Unlike red cells, every leukocyte keeps its nucleus. All of them are soldiers of the immune system. They split into two families. The split depends on whether they have tiny grains (granules) you can see.

The granulocytes have grainy insides. They are neutrophils, eosinophils, and basophils. The agranulocytes have no visible grains. They are lymphocytes and monocytes. To learn them from most to least common, use this memory trick. Never Let Monkeys Eat Bananas stands for Neutrophils, Lymphocytes, Monocytes, Eosinophils, Basophils.

White cellGroupRough shareMain job
NeutrophilGranulocyte50–70%First to arrive; eats bacteria (phagocytosis)
LymphocyteAgranulocyte20–30%Targeted (adaptive) immunity: T, B, and NK cells
MonocyteAgranulocyte2–8%Turns into a macrophage, a big cell that eats germs
EosinophilGranulocyte1–4%Attacks parasites; plays a part in allergy
BasophilGranulocyte<1%Releases histamine and heparin; causes inflammation

Platelets: fragments that plug leaks

Platelets are not whole cells at all. They are cell fragments, small pieces pinched off from giant marrow cells. These giant cells are called megakaryocytes. Platelets have no nucleus and live only about 10 days. They have one purpose. They rush to a wound, pile up, and start a clot. We will watch them do it in Section 5.

Read the "diff" like a story. A complete blood count reports a white cell differential. That is the list of percentages above. A jump in neutrophils points to a bacterial infection. A rise in lymphocytes often means a viral one. Rising eosinophils suggest a parasite or an allergy. These numbers help narrow down the cause before any lab culture comes back.

Meet all three formed elements, and the five white cells, in the interactive.

Interactive Tap each formed element (red cell, five white cells, and platelet) to see its job. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The three formed elements are erythrocytes (oxygen), leukocytes (defense), and platelets (clotting). Red cells far outnumber the rest.
  • The red cell is a biconcave disc with no nucleus. It is packed with hemoglobin and lasts about 120 days.
  • The five white cells, from most to least: neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, basophils (Never Let Monkeys Eat Bananas).
  • Platelets are megakaryocyte fragments that start clotting.

Section 3Where blood cells are born

Reference figure of the blood cell family tree
Reference. The blood cell family tree: one stem cell branching into the myeloid and lymphoid lines — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One stem cell, every blood cell

Red cells wear out in four months. Neutrophils wear out in just days. So your body must replace blood cells all the time. It makes hundreds of billions each day. The factory is the red bone marrow. The whole process of making blood cells is called hematopoiesis.

Amazingly, every one of these cells comes from a single kind of parent cell. It is the hematopoietic stem cell, also called a hemocytoblast. It is multipotent. This means it can become any blood cell, but only blood cells. It cannot become liver, nerve, or muscle. It also renews itself, so the supply never runs out. (Save the word pluripotent for embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells. They can make tissues from all three germ layers, the first cell layers of an embryo.)

Two family lines: myeloid and lymphoid

Early on, the stem cell's offspring pick one of two branches. The myeloid line is the bigger one. It makes red cells and platelets (by way of megakaryocytes). It also makes most white cells: neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, and monocytes. The lymphoid line makes only the lymphocytes. These are the T, B, and NK cells of targeted (adaptive) immunity.

Knowing which line a cell comes from is more than trivia. Blood cancers called leukemias are sorted as myeloid or lymphoid. The name depends on which branch of this tree went wrong.

LineCells it makesNotice
MyeloidErythrocytes, platelets, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, monocytesThe broad branch: almost everything
LymphoidLymphocytes (T cells, B cells, NK cells)The specialist branch: adaptive immunity

Hormones set the pace

Blood cell making is not left to chance. Hormones and growth factors match it to what the body needs. The star is erythropoietin (EPO). The kidneys release it when they sense low oxygen. EPO tells the marrow to make more red cells. Thrombopoietin comes from the liver and drives platelet making. A group of colony-stimulating factors and interleukins boosts white cell making during an infection.

Building a red cell also needs raw materials. You need iron for hemoglobin. You also need vitamin B₁₂ and folate to make DNA. Run short on any of these and you become anemic. New red cells that are not quite finished are called reticulocytes. Doctors count them to see how hard the marrow is working.

Sick kidneys make you anemic. The kidney makes EPO. So people with long-term kidney disease often have low red cell counts. Their oxygen sensor is broken, so the marrow never gets the message. This is also the trick some endurance athletes cheat with. Injecting man-made EPO forces the body to make extra red cells. It boosts oxygen delivery, and it is against the rules.

Climb the family tree, one step at a time, in the interactive.

Interactive Follow the tree from one stem cell down the myeloid and lymphoid branches. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Hematopoiesis happens in red bone marrow. Every blood cell comes from a multipotent hematopoietic stem cell.
  • The stem cell branches into the myeloid line (red cells, platelets, most white cells) and the lymphoid line (lymphocytes).
  • Erythropoietin from the kidney drives red cell making. Iron, B₁₂, and folate are the raw materials.

Section 4How blood carries oxygen

Reference figure of hemoglobin picking up and dropping off oxygen
Reference. Hemoglobin picking up oxygen in the lungs and releasing it in the tissues — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The molecule that does the carrying

Red cells matter because of one molecule, hemoglobin. Each hemoglobin is built from four protein chains. Two are alpha chains and two are beta chains, and they are called globins. Each chain holds a heme group. There is an atom of iron at the center of each heme. Oxygen binds to that iron.

One hemoglobin has four heme groups. So it can carry four O₂ molecules at once. A single red cell is stuffed with about 270 million hemoglobins. So one cell can carry over a billion oxygen molecules. Iron is the actual seat that oxygen sits on. That is why low iron so directly starves the tissues of oxygen.

Load in the lungs, unload in the tissues

Hemoglobin's genius is that it grabs oxygen where there is plenty. Then it lets go where oxygen is scarce. In the lungs, the pressure of oxygen (partial pressure) is high. Here hemoglobin binds O₂ and becomes oxyhemoglobin. This oxygen-rich blood is a bright scarlet red.

Out in the tissues, cells have used up their oxygen. Here the oxygen pressure is low. Hemoglobin lets go of its load and becomes deoxyhemoglobin, a darker brick red. That color change is why blood in arteries looks so much brighter than blood in veins.

The binding is also cooperative. Once the first O₂ is on, the next ones bind more easily. So loading and unloading both happen fast. Some conditions push hemoglobin to release more oxygen. These are warmth, extra CO₂, and more acid. These are exactly the conditions in a hard-working muscle. So oxygen is dropped off right where it is needed.

And the return trip: carbon dioxide

Blood does not just bring oxygen. It also clears away the CO₂ that cells make. This waste rides back in three ways. The shares are worth knowing:

GasHow it travelsShare
O₂Bound to hemoglobin as oxyhemoglobin~98.5%
O₂Dissolved in plasma~1.5%
CO₂As bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻) in plasma~70%
CO₂Bound to hemoglobin (carbaminohemoglobin)~23%
CO₂Dissolved in plasma~7%
Carbon monoxide is a thief. CO binds hemoglobin more than 200 times more tightly than oxygen does. It locks up the iron seats so O₂ cannot get on. A poisoned person may look healthy, cherry-red instead of blue. That is because the blood is full, but with the wrong gas. It is a strong reminder. Oxygen delivery depends fully on hemoglobin being free to bind.

Watch a red cell load up and drop off, over and over, in the interactive.

Interactive Follow one red cell picking up O₂ in the lungs and dropping it off in the tissues. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Hemoglobin has four globin chains, each with an iron-holding heme. Each molecule carries up to four O₂.
  • It forms oxyhemoglobin (bright red) in the lungs. It releases O₂ and becomes deoxyhemoglobin (darker) in the tissues.
  • CO₂ travels back mostly as bicarbonate (~70%). Some rides on hemoglobin, and a little is dissolved.
  • Carbon monoxide beats oxygen to hemoglobin and blocks delivery.

Section 5How bleeding stops

Reference figure of the steps of hemostasis and the clotting chain
Reference. The steps of hemostasis and the chain of steps that makes fibrin — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three fast steps

When a blood vessel is cut, the body must seal the leak before too much blood escapes. This is called hemostasis, which means "blood standing still." It happens in three steps that overlap. Each step buys time for the next. The whole thing can start within seconds.

StepWhat happensResult
1. Vascular spasmSmooth muscle in the vessel wall tightens near the injuryThe vessel narrows, which slows blood loss
2. Platelet plugPlatelets stick to bare collagen, switch on, and pile upA soft plug fills the hole
3. CoagulationA chain of clotting factors builds a fibrin meshA firm clot locks the plug in place

The platelet plug snowballs

A vessel has a smooth inner lining. When it tears, the tough collagen under it is exposed. Platelets grab onto the collagen. A linking protein called von Willebrand factor helps them hold on. This contact changes platelets from smooth discs into spiky, sticky, active platelets.

Active platelets then release chemicals. These are ADP, thromboxane A₂, and serotonin. They call in and switch on even more platelets. This is a classic positive feedback loop. Each new platelet calls in others, so the plug grows fast until the hole is covered. This is also the step that aspirin weakens. Aspirin blocks thromboxane. That is why low-dose aspirin makes platelets less sticky.

Coagulation: turning liquid into gel

A platelet plug alone is weak. Coagulation, or clotting, makes it strong. A relay of plasma proteins called clotting factors switch each other on in a cascade, like falling dominoes. There are two starting paths, the intrinsic and the extrinsic pathway. They join into one common pathway.

The end has two moves. First, the enzyme thrombin is switched on. Then thrombin turns fibrinogen, a plasma protein that dissolves, into threads of fibrin that do not dissolve. These threads weave a net that traps red cells and platelets. That net is the actual clot.

Two helpers work behind the scenes. Calcium (clotting factor IV) is needed at several steps. The liver needs vitamin K to build several of the factors in the first place. Once the wound heals, an enzyme called plasmin breaks up the clot. This is called fibrinolysis, which means "fibrin breaking."

Vitamin K is the reason warfarin works. The blood thinner warfarin blocks vitamin K. So the liver cannot make its clotting factors, and the blood clots less easily. This helps prevent dangerous clots. At the other end is hemophilia, where this chain fails. A missing clotting factor (VIII or IX) means even small injuries bleed for a long time.

Step through how the leak is sealed and then made strong in the interactive.

Interactive Step through vascular spasm, the platelet plug, and the fibrin mesh that stops bleeding. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Hemostasis has three steps: vascular spasm → platelet plug → coagulation.
  • The platelet plug grows by positive feedback, as active platelets call in more. Aspirin weakens this step.
  • Coagulation ends with thrombin turning fibrinogen into a fibrin mesh. It needs calcium and vitamin K.

Section 6Blood types and transfusion

Reference figure of ABO blood types with their antigens and antibodies
Reference. The ABO blood types, with the antigens on each red cell and the antibodies in each plasma — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Antigens on the cell, antibodies in the plasma

Your blood type depends on tiny flags on the surface of your red cells. These flags are called antigens (agglutinogens). In the ABO system there are two possible flags, A and B. Your genes decide which ones you have.

Here is the key rule. Your plasma has antibodies (agglutinins) against any antigen you lack. A type A person has A antigens and anti-B antibodies. A type B person has B antigens and anti-A antibodies. A type AB person has both antigens and no ABO antibodies. A type O person has neither antigen, but has both anti-A and anti-B.

Why a mismatch is dangerous

Say a patient gets red cells with an antigen that their plasma has antibodies against. Those antibodies grab the donor cells and clump them together. This is called agglutination. Then the cells burst, which is called hemolysis. The broken pieces can clog small vessels and overload the kidneys. A serious transfusion reaction can kill. That is why blood is always typed and cross-matched before it is given.

TypeAntigen on red cellsAntibody in plasmaCan receive from
AAAnti-BA, O
BBAnti-AB, O
ABA and BNoneA, B, AB, O: the universal recipient
ONoneAnti-A and Anti-BO only. It is the universal donor of red cells.

The Rh factor

On top of ABO is the Rh system. It is named for the rhesus monkey, which was used in the tests that found it. It has several antigens: C, c, D, E, and e. But one of them, D, triggers the immune system by far the most. It is the only one tested for as a routine. If you have D, you are Rh-positive. If not, you are Rh-negative.

ABO antibodies are there from early in life. Rh antibodies are different. An Rh-negative person makes anti-D antibodies only after being exposed to Rh-positive blood. This fact leads to a very important case in pregnancy care. It is called hemolytic disease of the newborn.

Say an Rh-negative mother carries an Rh-positive baby. Her body can become sensitized to the D antigen, which means it learns to attack it. In a later Rh-positive pregnancy, her antibodies may cross the placenta. There they attack the baby's red cells. The fix is simple and clever. A shot of Rh immune globulin (RhoGAM) clears the baby's cells from her blood before her immune system can react.

Give O, take AB. Type O-negative red cells have no A, B, or D antigen. So they set off no antibodies. That makes O-negative the universal donor in emergencies. Type AB-positive plasma has no ABO antibodies, and it has no anti-D either. So it can receive any red cells. That makes AB-positive the universal recipient. Note the flip. For plasma donation the rule is reversed, because plasma is all about the antibodies.

Pick a blood type in the interactive. See exactly who it can give to and take from.

Interactive Choose a blood type and reveal its antigens, antibodies, and which types it matches. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Your blood type is set by the antigens on your red cells. Your plasma holds antibodies against the antigens you lack.
  • A mismatched transfusion causes agglutination and hemolysis. So blood is typed and cross-matched first.
  • O-negative is the universal red cell donor. AB-positive is the universal recipient.
  • Rh-negative mothers with Rh-positive babies risk hemolytic disease of the newborn. RhoGAM prevents it.

The chapter in one breath

  • Blood is a fluid connective tissue, with formed elements floating in plasma. It handles transport, regulation, and protection.
  • Spun blood splits into plasma (~55%), a thin buffy coat, and red cells (hematocrit, ~45%). Plasma is mostly water plus albumin, globulins, and fibrinogen.
  • The formed elements are erythrocytes (oxygen), five kinds of leukocyte (defense), and platelets (clotting).
  • Hematopoiesis in red marrow starts from one stem cell. It branches into the myeloid and lymphoid lines. The kidney's erythropoietin drives red cell making.
  • Hemoglobin carries four O₂ on iron-heme seats. It loads in the lungs and unloads in the tissues. CO₂ rides back mostly as bicarbonate.
  • Hemostasis seals a wound in three steps: vascular spasm, platelet plug, and coagulation. It ends in a fibrin mesh.
  • Blood type is set by red cell antigens (A, B, Rh). Plasma holds antibodies against the ones you lack. This makes O-negative the universal donor and AB-positive the universal recipient.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Agglutination
The clumping of red blood cells when antibodies bind matching antigens. It happens in a mismatched transfusion.
Albumin
The most common plasma protein. It holds water in the blood vessels (osmotic pressure) and carries fatty molecules and drugs.
Antibody (agglutinin)
A plasma protein that finds and binds one certain antigen. ABO antibodies target the A or B antigen a person lacks.
Antigen (agglutinogen)
A marker on the surface of red cells (A, B, or Rh D). It sets your blood type and can trigger an immune response.
Buffy coat
The thin layer of white blood cells and platelets. It sits between the plasma and red cells in a spun sample.
Coagulation
The clotting chain, where factors switch each other on. It ends by turning fibrinogen into a fibrin mesh.
Erythrocyte
A red blood cell. It is a biconcave cell with no nucleus, packed with hemoglobin to carry oxygen.
Erythropoietin (EPO)
A hormone from the kidney. When oxygen is low, it tells the red bone marrow to make more red blood cells.
Fibrin
The protein thread that does not dissolve. Thrombin makes it from fibrinogen, and the threads form a mesh that traps cells in a clot.
Formed elements
The cell parts of blood: erythrocytes, leukocytes, and platelets.
Hematocrit
The percent of whole blood that is red blood cells. It is about 37–52%, and it differs between men and women.
Hematopoiesis
The making of blood cells in red bone marrow. All of them come from a multipotent hematopoietic stem cell.
Hemoglobin
The iron-holding protein in red cells, with four globin chains and four heme groups. It binds and carries oxygen.
Hemostasis
The stopping of bleeding. It happens through vascular spasm, a platelet plug, and coagulation.
Leukocyte
A white blood cell. These defenders have a nucleus and are split into granulocytes and agranulocytes.
Plasma
The liquid matrix of blood. It is about 92% water plus proteins, nutrients, gases, hormones, and wastes.
Platelet (thrombocyte)
A cell fragment from a megakaryocyte. It sticks to wounds and starts clotting.
Rh factor
The D antigen of the Rh blood group system. It is found in Rh-positive blood and missing in Rh-negative blood.
Serum
Plasma with its clotting proteins taken out. It is the fluid left after blood clots.
Thrombin
The enzyme that turns fibrinogen into fibrin. This is the last step in building a clot.

Check yourself

1. Why is blood called a connective tissue? What is its matrix?
It is made of scattered cells (formed elements) floating in an extracellular matrix. Here the matrix is a liquid, the plasma. Connective tissues are cells in a matrix. Blood's matrix just happens to be fluid instead of solid or gel-like.
2. A spun tube of blood shows three layers. Name them from top to bottom and give about how much of the blood each one is.
Plasma (~55%) on top, a thin buffy coat (<1%), and red cells (~45%) on the bottom. The buffy coat holds the white cells and platelets. The red cell share is the hematocrit.
3. What is the hematocrit? What does a very low value suggest?
It is the percent of blood that is red cells. A low value suggests anemia. Too few red cells means less oxygen can be carried. This causes tiredness and shortness of breath. A high value (polycythemia) makes the blood thicker.
4. Name the three formed elements and the one job each one does.
Erythrocytes carry oxygen. Leukocytes fight invaders. Platelets start clots. Red cells far outnumber the other two. That is why spun blood is mostly red on the bottom.
5. A mature red blood cell has thrown out its nucleus and organelles. What does it gain, and what does it lose?
It gains room for more hemoglobin and a bendy biconcave shape. It loses the ability to repair itself. With no nucleus it cannot make new proteins. So it wears out in about 120 days and is recycled.
6. List the five white blood cells from most to least common. What memory trick helps?
Neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, basophils. The trick is "Never Let Monkeys Eat Bananas." Neutrophils are first to fight bacteria. Lymphocytes run adaptive immunity. Monocytes turn into macrophages.
7. During hematopoiesis, the stem cell's offspring pick one of two lines. Name them and say which cells each one makes.
The myeloid line makes red cells, platelets, and most white cells. The lymphoid line makes lymphocytes. Both come from a single multipotent hematopoietic stem cell in red bone marrow.
8. Which hormone drives red cell making, and where is it made? Why are kidney patients often anemic?
Erythropoietin (EPO), made by the kidneys. Damaged kidneys make too little of it. Without the EPO signal, the marrow is never told to make more red cells. So red cell counts fall.
9. How does one hemoglobin molecule carry oxygen? Where does the oxygen actually bind?
Hemoglobin has four globin chains, each with a heme group. Oxygen binds the iron atom at the center of each heme. So one molecule carries up to four O₂. Iron is truly the seat that oxygen sits on. That is why low iron hurts oxygen transport.
10. In what form does most carbon dioxide travel back to the lungs?
As bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻) dissolved in plasma. This is about 70%. The rest rides on hemoglobin as carbaminohemoglobin (~23%) or is dissolved in plasma (~7%).
11. List the three steps of hemostasis in order. Name the protein mesh that forms in the last step.
Vascular spasm → platelet plug → coagulation. The final mesh is fibrin. Thrombin turns fibrinogen, which dissolves, into fibrin threads, which do not. The threads trap cells and lock the plug in place. Calcium and vitamin K are needed.
12. Type O-negative blood is called the universal donor, and AB-positive is the universal recipient. Explain both, using antigens and antibodies.
O-negative red cells have no A, B, or D antigen, so no one's antibodies attack them. AB-positive plasma has no ABO antibodies (and no anti-D), so it accepts any red cells. A reaction happens only when donor antigens meet matching antibodies in the person receiving blood. O-negative brings no antigens, and AB-positive has no antibodies to fight with.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 19

The Cardiovascular System: The Heart

Behind your breastbone is a muscle about the size of your fist. It squeezes about once a second, and it has never taken a break. Over a lifetime it will beat more than two and a half billion times. It will move enough blood to fill a small lake. In this chapter, we open up that pump. You will see how the heart is built as two pumps in one. You will follow one drop of blood on its full loop through the lungs and the body. You will watch the four valves keep blood moving forward. And you will follow the tiny electrical spark the heart makes for itself. A machine can read that spark right off the skin. The reading is called an ECG.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Find the heart in the mediastinum, the space between the lungs. Name the layers of its wall and the sac around it. Explain why the left ventricle is the thickest chamber.
  • Name the four chambers and the great vessels, the big tubes attached to the heart. Say which ones carry blood rich in oxygen and which carry blood poor in oxygen.
  • Trace blood flow through the heart in order. Tell the pulmonary loop (to the lungs) from the systemic loop (to the body).
  • Name the four valves and say where each one sits. Explain how chordae tendineae and pressure keep blood flowing one way.
  • Describe the conduction system, the heart's wiring, from the SA node to the Purkinje fibers. Explain why the AV node delay matters.
  • Break one heartbeat into the steps of the cardiac cycle. Say what makes the “lub-dub” heart sounds.
  • Match each wave of the ECG (P, QRS, and T) to the electrical event it records.
  • Work out cardiac output from heart rate and stroke volume. Predict how it will change.

Section 1The heart as a double pump

Front view of the heart cut open to show its chambers, valves, vessels and wall layers
Reference. The heart cut in half from front to back, seen from the front. You can see the chambers, valves, great vessels, and wall layers — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A fist-sized pump in the middle of the chest

The heart sits in the mediastinum, the space between your two lungs. It rests on the diaphragm, the big breathing muscle under your lungs. It is tilted, so about two-thirds of it lies to the left of your body's midline. The broad top, where the big vessels attach, is the base. The blunt tip points down and to the left. That tip is the apex. It is the spot where you can feel your heartbeat against your chest.

A tough sac with two walls wraps around the heart. This sac is the pericardium. Its outer layer, the fibrous pericardium, holds the heart in place. It also keeps the heart from overfilling. Inside that is the serous pericardium, which has two thin layers. It makes a slippery fluid that fills the pericardial cavity, the thin space around the heart. This fluid lets the beating heart glide without rubbing. Sometimes this space fills with fluid or blood and squeezes the heart. That is called cardiac tamponade, and it is a true emergency.

Two pumps, four chambers

Here is the most useful idea in this chapter. The heart is really two pumps bolted together. They sit side by side and work in perfect step. The right heart takes in blood low in oxygen coming back from the body. It pushes that blood a short way to the lungs. The left heart takes in fresh blood, full of oxygen, coming back from the lungs. It sends that blood out to the whole rest of the body.

A solid wall of muscle, the septum, keeps the two sides from mixing. Each pump has two chambers. On top is a thin-walled atrium that receives blood. Below is a thick-walled ventricle that pumps blood out. Blood always moves the same way: atrium → ventricle → out an artery.

ChamberGets blood fromSends blood to
Right atriumThe body, through the superior & inferior venae cavae (the two biggest veins)Right ventricle
Right ventricleRight atriumThe lungs, through the pulmonary trunk & arteries
Left atriumThe lungs, through the four pulmonary veinsLeft ventricle
Left ventricleLeft atriumThe whole body, through the aorta

Three layers, and a heart that feeds itself

The heart wall has three layers. The inner layer is the endocardium. It is a smooth lining that joins up with the lining of the blood vessels. So blood never touches a rough surface. The thick middle layer is the myocardium. This is the heart muscle that does the pumping. It is much thicker on the left side. The outer layer is the epicardium. It is the inner layer of the serous pericardium, the one stuck to the heart.

Look at the figure. See how the left ventricle wall is much thicker than the right one? The left side must make about five times as much pressure. It has to push blood all the way around the body. The right side only has to reach the lungs, which are close by.

All that hard-working muscle needs its own blood supply. The coronary arteries bring it. They branch off the aorta. If one gets blocked, the muscle past the block starves and dies. That is a heart attack. Its medical name is a myocardial infarction.

Thickness follows workload. The left ventricle is not the thickest chamber because it is more important. It is thickest because it faces the highest pressure. Some things raise that pressure over a long time, like high blood pressure or a stiff aortic valve. Then the left ventricle grows even thicker. This is called hypertrophy. It is just like any muscle growing bigger when it lifts heavier loads.

Tap through the chambers, vessels, and wall layers in the activity below.

Interactive The heart as a double pump. Tap each chamber and vessel. Blue means low O₂, and red means high O₂. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The heart lies in the mediastinum. It is wrapped in the pericardial sac. Fluid in the sac lets it beat without rubbing.
  • It is two pumps in one. The right heart serves the lungs. The left heart serves the body. The septum keeps them apart.
  • Atria receive, and ventricles pump out. The wall has three layers: endocardium, myocardium, and epicardium. The left ventricle is thickest because it faces the highest pressure.
  • The coronary arteries feed the heart muscle. A blocked one causes a heart attack, or myocardial infarction.

Section 2Blood flow through the heart

Map of the lung loop and body loop of blood flow
Reference. The lung loop and the body loop. Red vessels carry blood with lots of oxygen, blue vessels carry blood with little oxygen, and purple shows where gases are swapped — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One drop, one full loop

Let's follow one drop of blood all the way around. It comes back from the body low in oxygen. It empties into the right atrium through the superior and inferior venae cavae. These are the two biggest veins. Next it drops through the tricuspid valve into the right ventricle. The right ventricle squeezes it through the pulmonary valve. From there it goes into the pulmonary trunk and on to the lungs.

In the lungs, it gives off carbon dioxide and picks up fresh oxygen. Now it is bright red. It flows back through the pulmonary veins into the left atrium. It passes the mitral valve into the strong left ventricle. Then it is pushed through the aortic valve into the aorta. From there it starts its trip around the body again.

StepStructureBlood here is
1Venae cavae → right atriumLow in oxygen
2Tricuspid valve → right ventricleLow in oxygen
3Pulmonary valve → pulmonary arteries → lungsLow in oxygen (as it arrives)
4Pulmonary veins → left atriumRich in oxygen
5Mitral valve → left ventricleRich in oxygen
6Aortic valve → aorta → bodyRich in oxygen

Two circuits, run in series

That one loop is really two loops joined end to end. The pulmonary circuit goes from the right heart to the lungs and back. Its only job is to swap gases. The systemic circuit goes from the left heart out to every other tissue and back. That means the brain, gut, kidneys, muscles, and the rest.

The two loops are linked in series, one after the other. So each drop must pass through both. This means the two ventricles must pump the exact same amount of blood over time. Say the right side pumped a bit more than the left for a long time. Blood would back up in the lungs. If the left side pumped more, blood would back up in the body. That is why heart failure on one side slowly drags down the other side too.

The great exception

Here is a rule to learn by heart. Arteries carry blood away from the heart. Veins carry blood back toward it. Notice that the rule says nothing about oxygen. In most places, arteries happen to carry blood rich in oxygen. Veins usually carry blood low in oxygen. But the pulmonary vessels flip that.

The pulmonary arteries carry blood low in oxygen. It is going away from the heart, toward the lungs. The pulmonary veins carry blood rich in oxygen. It is coming back toward the heart. These vessels show that the real rule is about direction, not color.

Direction, not color. A test might show a blue pulmonary artery. Do not call it a mistake. “Artery” means away from the heart. The pulmonary artery carries used blood away, to the lungs, to be refreshed. By the same logic, the pulmonary vein is the one vein full of bright red blood.

Play or step one drop of blood through the whole loop in the activity.

Interactive Follow one drop of blood on its full loop through the right heart, the lungs, and the left heart. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The forward path is: venae cavae → RA → tricuspid → RV → pulmonary valve → lungs → pulmonary veins → LA → mitral → LV → aortic valve → aorta.
  • The pulmonary circuit (right heart ↔ lungs) and the systemic circuit (left heart ↔ body) run in series. So both ventricles move the same amount of blood.
  • Arteries lead away, and veins lead back. The rule is about direction. The pulmonary vessels are the exception for oxygen.

Section 3The four one-way valves

The four heart valves seen from above
Reference. The four heart valves seen from above, with the atria taken away. There are two AV valves and two semilunar valves — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Four doors that only open one way

A pump is only as good as its valves. The heart has four. Each one is a flap door. It opens when blood pushes forward. It slams shut when blood pushes back.

Two of them are the atrioventricular (AV) valves. They sit between each atrium and the ventricle below it. The tricuspid valve is on the right side and has three flaps, or cusps. The mitral valve, also called the bicuspid valve, is on the left side and has two cusps. The other two are the semilunar valves. They guard the exits where the big arteries leave. The pulmonary valve sits at the opening of the pulmonary trunk. The aortic valve sits at the opening of the aorta. Together, they make sure blood can only go forward with each squeeze.

ValveTypeLocationOpen when
TricuspidAVRight atrium → right ventricleVentricles relaxed (filling)
Mitral (bicuspid)AVLeft atrium → left ventricleVentricles relaxed (filling)
PulmonarySemilunarRight ventricle → pulmonary trunkVentricles squeezing (pumping out)
AorticSemilunarLeft ventricle → aortaVentricles squeezing (pumping out)

What holds them shut

The two types of valves stop backflow in different ways. When the ventricles squeeze hard, the pressure could push the AV valve flaps up into the atria. To stop this, each flap is tied down by tough strings. These are the chordae tendineae, or “heart strings.” They attach to small bumps of muscle on the ventricle floor, called papillary muscles.

The papillary muscles tighten just before the squeeze. The strings then hold the flaps like the ropes on a parachute. The flaps can close flat, but they cannot flip inside out. The semilunar valves need no strings. Each has three cup-shaped pockets. After the squeeze, some blood tries to fall back. The pockets catch it, and the weight snaps them shut.

When valves go wrong

Valves can fail in two ways, and the words are worth knowing. A stenotic valve is stiff and narrow. It will not open all the way. So the heart must strain to push blood through a smaller hole. A regurgitant valve is leaky. It is also called an insufficient valve. It will not close all the way, so blood sloshes backward with each beat.

Both problems make blood swirl in a rough way. You can hear this swirling with a stethoscope. The sound is called a murmur. The normal, healthy “lub-dub” is just the sound of valves snapping shut. That leads us to the cardiac cycle.

LAB · RAT. Here is a trick to remember the AV valves. Left Atrium has the Bicuspid. Right Atrium has the Tricuspid. The heart sounds are easy to match too. S1 (“lub”) is the AV valves closing as the ventricles start to squeeze. S2 (“dub”) is the semilunar valves closing as the ventricles relax.

Tap each valve to watch it open and close in the activity.

Interactive Four one-way valves keep blood moving forward. Tap each valve to see it open and close. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Two AV valves sit between the atria and ventricles: the tricuspid on the right and the mitral (bicuspid) on the left. Two semilunar valves, the pulmonary and aortic, guard the artery exits.
  • Chordae tendineae and papillary muscles hold the AV flaps. This keeps them from flipping back during the squeeze.
  • A valve can fail by stenosis (it won’t open) or regurgitation (it won’t close). Both cause murmurs. The normal S1/S2 sounds are valves snapping shut.

Section 4The conduction system

How the heart's electrical signal spreads, step by step
Reference. The electrical signal spreading through the heart in order, step by step — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A heart that writes its own rhythm

Your arm muscles wait for the brain to tell them to move. The heart does not. A small group of special cells can fire an electrical signal all on their own, again and again. This is called autorhythmicity, which means “self-rhythm.”

The fastest of these cells form the sinoatrial (SA) node. It sits in the wall of the right atrium. It fires about 60 to 100 times a minute. It sets the pace for all the other cells. That is why the SA node is called the heart’s pacemaker. If you cut every nerve to the heart, it would keep right on beating. The nerves only speed it up or slow it down, as you will see.

The path of the spark

The signal spreads in a set order. That way the chambers squeeze in the right sequence: atria first, then ventricles. It starts at the SA node and sweeps across both atria. This makes them squeeze and top off the ventricles. Next it reaches the atrioventricular (AV) node. This node is the only electrical doorway between the atria and the ventricles. Here the signal pauses on purpose for about a tenth of a second.

From the AV node, the signal races down the AV bundle, also called the bundle of His. It splits into the right and left bundle branches, which run along the septum. Then it fans out through the Purkinje fibers into the ventricle walls. The ventricles squeeze from the bottom up, starting at the apex. This pushes blood toward the exits, like squeezing a tube of toothpaste from the bottom.

PartJobRate it fires on its own
SA nodePacemaker. Starts each beat and fires the atria.60–100 / min
AV nodeGateway to the ventricles. Delays the signal.40–60 / min
AV bundle & branchesCarry the signal down the septum—
Purkinje fibersSpread the signal through the ventricle walls20–40 / min

Why the pause, and who controls the tempo

The delay at the AV node is not a flaw. In fact, it is key. It gives the atria just enough time to finish emptying into the ventricles. Only then do the ventricles squeeze. Without the pause, all four chambers would squeeze at once. Then the heart would pump much less blood.

The heart also has built-in backups. If the SA node stops working, the AV node can take over. It fires at a slower 40 to 60 beats a minute. The Purkinje fibers can take over too, but even more slowly. This safety net keeps a failing heart beating, just too slowly.

The autonomic nervous system is the heart’s speed dial. This is the part of your nervous system that runs without your control. Sympathetic nerves speed up the SA node and make each squeeze stronger. They act during fear or exercise. The parasympathetic vagus nerve slows the heart back down when you rest.

The delay is the point. The pause of a tenth of a second at the AV node lets the atria finish filling the ventricles before the ventricles fire. You can measure this pause on an ECG. It is the flat part called the PR segment, between the P wave and the QRS complex.

Follow the spark from the SA node all the way down in the activity.

Interactive Follow the electrical spark from the pacemaker down through the heart in order. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The heart is autorhythmic. It makes its own beat. The SA node is the pacemaker. It fires 60–100 times a minute.
  • The path is SA node → AV node → AV bundle → bundle branches → Purkinje fibers. So the atria squeeze before the ventricles.
  • The AV node delay lets the atria finish filling the ventricles. Slower backup pacemakers take over if the SA node fails.
  • Sympathetic nerves speed up the heart. Parasympathetic (vagus) nerves slow it down.

Section 5The cardiac cycle

The steps of one heartbeat shown as a wheel
Reference. The steps of one heartbeat. It goes from the atria squeezing, around through the ventricles pumping out, to the ventricles filling — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Squeeze and rest, over and over

One heartbeat switches between two states, over and over. Systole is the squeeze. A chamber tightens to push blood out. Diastole is the rest. A chamber loosens to fill back up. At rest, your heart beats about 75 times a minute. At that pace, one full cycle takes about 0.8 seconds.

Here is an important fact. The heart spends more of that time resting than squeezing. That rest is not laziness. It is when the ventricles refill. It is also the only time the coronary arteries can push blood into the thick heart muscle. If the heart beats too fast, it cuts the rest time short. That means less filling and less blood for the heart muscle.

The phases, in order

Walk around the wheel in the figure, and the order makes sense. First comes atrial systole. The atria give a gentle squeeze. This tops off the ventricles, which are already mostly full.

Next comes ventricular systole, which has two parts. First is isovolumetric contraction. “Isovolumetric” means “same volume.” All four valves are shut. Pressure builds, but no blood moves. Then comes ventricular ejection. The semilunar valves pop open, and blood rushes into the arteries.

Last comes ventricular diastole, which also has two parts. First is isovolumetric relaxation, when all the valves are shut again. Then comes ventricular filling. The AV valves open, and blood pours in. Most of it flows in on its own, before the atria even squeeze.

PhaseWhat happensAV valvesSemilunar valves
Atrial systoleAtria squeeze and add the last 20–30% of fillingOpenClosed
Isovolumetric contractionVentricles tighten. Pressure builds, but no blood leaves.ClosedClosed
Ventricular ejectionVentricles push blood into the arteriesClosedOpen
Isovolumetric relaxationVentricles relax. Pressure falls, but no blood enters.ClosedClosed
Ventricular fillingBlood flows into the ventricles on its ownOpenClosed

Lub-dub, and the numbers that matter

The two heart sounds come from valves closing, not opening. S1 is the low “lub.” It is the AV valves snapping shut as the ventricles start to squeeze. S2 is the sharper “dub.” It is the semilunar valves snapping shut as the ventricles start to relax. Between the two sounds, the heart is pumping blood out. After S2, it is filling.

A few numbers sum it all up. The amount of blood in a ventricle when it is done filling is the end-diastolic volume (EDV). The amount left after it pumps is the end-systolic volume (ESV). The amount actually pumped out in one beat is the stroke volume. You find it by taking EDV − ESV. Now multiply stroke volume by heart rate. That gives you cardiac output. This is how many liters of blood the heart moves each minute. At rest, it is about 5 L.

Cardiac output = heart rate × stroke volume. The body can move more blood in only two ways. It can beat faster, or it can pump more with each beat. Exercise, fear, and blood loss all work through one of these two levers. Also, most filling of the ventricles happens on its own. So a resting heart can often handle losing the atria’s extra “kick,” as happens in atrial fibrillation. It handles that much better than a racing heart rate.

Step through each phase and hear the lub-dub in the activity.

Interactive Step through the phases of one heartbeat and hear where the lub-dub comes from. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Systole is the squeeze, and diastole is the rest. At rest, one cycle takes about 0.8 s. Most of that time is diastole.
  • The phases go in this order: atrial systole → isovolumetric contraction → ejection → isovolumetric relaxation → filling.
  • S1 (“lub”) is the AV valves closing. S2 (“dub”) is the semilunar valves closing.
  • Stroke volume = EDV − ESV. Cardiac output = heart rate × stroke volume. At rest, that is about 5 L/min.

Section 6The ECG

A normal ECG tracing
Reference. A normal ECG tracing. It shows the P wave, QRS complex, T wave, and the spaces between them — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Reading the heart’s electricity off the skin

Each time the heart fires, a wave of electrical change spreads through it. This firing is called depolarization. The wave is strong enough to reach the skin. Small sensors stuck to the skin can pick it up. When you plot that signal over time, you get an electrocardiogram, or ECG (also written EKG).

The ECG is one of the most useful tests in medicine. It is painless and cheap. It does not record the heartbeat itself. It records the electrical events that set off the heartbeat. So each bump on the tracing lines up with a step in the wiring you just learned. Learn to read three simple bumps, and the whole picture opens up.

P, QRS, and T

The tracing repeats three main shapes. The small P wave shows atrial depolarization. This is the SA node’s signal spreading across the atria, just before they squeeze. The tall, spiky QRS complex shows ventricular depolarization. It is big and sharp because the ventricles have so much muscle.

The atria also reset, or repolarize, at this time. But that signal is hidden inside the QRS, so it never gets its own wave. The rounded T wave shows ventricular repolarization. This is when the ventricles reset their electrical charge so they can relax and fill again. Remember, the electrical firing is what starts the squeeze. So on the tracing, the electrical wave always comes a moment before the squeeze.

FeatureElectrical eventWhat the heart does
P waveAtrial depolarizationAtria squeeze
PR intervalSA node fires, and the signal passes through the AV-node delaySignal waits at the AV node
QRS complexVentricular depolarizationVentricles squeeze
T waveVentricular repolarizationVentricles relax

Intervals, rate, and trouble

The flat parts between the waves tell you as much as the waves do. The PR interval runs from the start of the P wave to the start of the QRS. It covers the atria firing plus that key pause at the AV node. If it gets too long, the person has a heart block. The QRS duration tells you how fast the ventricles are being fired. The QT interval covers the whole span of the ventricles’ electrical activity.

You can even read the heart rate right off the paper. The tracing moves at a fixed speed. So the space between two QRS peaks tells you the beats per minute. A heart rate that is too fast is tachycardia. One that is too slow is bradycardia.

Sometimes the line is a messy, shaking squiggle with no real QRS at all. This is ventricular fibrillation. The ventricles are just twitching, and no blood is moving. A defibrillator is built to shock this rhythm back into order.

Watch the flat stretch. The ST segment is the flat part between the QRS and the T wave. At this time, the whole ventricle has fired. Normally this segment sits right on the baseline. But when a coronary artery is blocked, heart muscle starts to die. Then the segment lifts above the baseline. This “ST elevation” is the classic ECG sign of a heart attack in progress.

Tap each wave to link it to its step in the heart’s wiring in the activity.

Interactive Each bump of the ECG matches an event in the conduction system. Tap a wave. Open full ↑
Key points
  • An ECG records the heart’s electrical events from the skin. Each bump matches a step in the heart’s wiring.
  • P = atrial depolarization. QRS = ventricular depolarization. T = ventricular repolarization. The electrical wave comes just before the squeeze.
  • The PR interval holds the AV-node delay. A long one is a sign of heart block.
  • Rhythm names: tachycardia (fast), bradycardia (slow), and ventricular fibrillation (messy, with no blood pumped). ST elevation is a warning sign of a heart attack.

The chapter in one breath

  • The heart is a fist-sized double pump in the mediastinum. It is wrapped in a pericardial sac. The left ventricle is thickest because it faces the highest pressure.
  • On each side, blood flows atrium → ventricle → artery. The right heart serves the pulmonary circuit (lungs). The left heart serves the systemic circuit (body). The two loops run in series.
  • Arteries lead away, and veins lead back. The rule is about direction. The pulmonary vessels flip the usual oxygen pattern.
  • Four one-way valves keep blood moving forward. Two are AV valves (tricuspid, mitral), and two are semilunar (pulmonary, aortic). Chordae tendineae hold the AV flaps in place.
  • The heart is autorhythmic. The SA node sets the pace. The AV node delays the signal. The Purkinje fibers carry it into the ventricles.
  • One beat is made of systole and diastole. S1/S2 are the sounds of valves closing. Cardiac output = heart rate × stroke volume.
  • The ECG reads the heart’s electrical events from the skin: P (atria), QRS (ventricles firing), and T (ventricles resetting).

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Aorta
The largest artery in the body. It carries blood rich in oxygen out of the left ventricle to start the trip around the body.
Atrioventricular (AV) node
The electrical gateway between the atria and ventricles. It holds the signal for about a tenth of a second so the atria can finish filling the ventricles.
Atrioventricular (AV) valve
A valve between an atrium and the ventricle below it. The tricuspid is on the right, and the mitral (bicuspid) is on the left. Chordae tendineae hold them shut.
Atrium
An upper, thin-walled chamber of the heart that receives blood. The right atrium gets blood from the body. The left gets blood from the lungs.
Cardiac cycle
One full heartbeat. It is made of the chambers squeezing (systole) and relaxing (diastole).
Cardiac output
How much blood a ventricle pumps each minute. It equals heart rate times stroke volume, about 5 L/min at rest.
Chordae tendineae
Tough cords that tie the AV valve flaps to the papillary muscles. They keep the flaps from flipping backward when the heart squeezes.
Diastole
The resting phase of a heart chamber, when it fills with blood.
Electrocardiogram (ECG)
A recording of the heart’s electrical activity taken from the skin. Its P, QRS, and T waves match steps in the heart’s wiring.
Endocardium
The smooth inner lining of the heart. It joins up with the lining of the blood vessels.
Myocardium
The thick middle layer of heart muscle that does the pumping. It is thickest in the left ventricle.
Pericardium
The sac with two walls around the heart. Its inner layers make fluid so the beating heart moves without rubbing.
Pulmonary circuit
The loop from the right heart to the lungs and back. Here blood picks up oxygen and drops off carbon dioxide.
Purkinje fibers
Fast fibers that spread the electrical signal through the ventricle walls. They make the ventricles squeeze from the apex up.
QRS complex
The tall, spiky part of the ECG. It shows ventricular depolarization, just before the ventricles squeeze.
Semilunar valve
A cup-shaped valve at a ventricle’s exit into a big artery. The pulmonary and aortic valves are this type. They snap shut to stop backflow.
Sinoatrial (SA) node
The heart’s natural pacemaker, in the wall of the right atrium. It fires 60–100 times a minute and sets the rhythm.
Stroke volume
The amount of blood a ventricle pumps out in one beat. It is the end-diastolic volume minus the end-systolic volume.
Systemic circuit
The loop from the left heart out to all the body’s tissues and back to the right heart.
Systole
The squeezing phase of a heart chamber, when it pumps blood out.
Ventricle
A lower, thick-walled pumping chamber of the heart. The right one pumps blood to the lungs. The left one pumps it to the whole body.

Check yourself

1. A classmate calls the heart “one pump.” How would you correct them? What does the septum have to do with it?
The heart is really two pumps in one. A right heart and a left heart work in step. The right heart pushes blood low in oxygen to the lungs. The left heart pushes blood rich in oxygen to the body. The muscle wall called the septum divides them, so the two blood supplies never mix.
2. Why is the wall of the left ventricle so much thicker than the wall of the right ventricle?
Because the left ventricle must make much higher pressure. It pushes blood through the long body loop, which resists flow a lot. The right ventricle only has to reach the lungs, which are close and low in pressure. Thickness follows workload.
3. Trace a drop of blood in order from the superior vena cava to the aorta. Name every chamber and valve it passes.
SVC → right atrium → tricuspid valve → right ventricle → pulmonary valve → lungs → pulmonary veins → left atrium → mitral valve → left ventricle → aortic valve → aorta. The lungs are in the middle. That is where the blood picks up oxygen again.
4. The pulmonary artery carries dark blood that is low in oxygen. Does this break the rule “arteries carry oxygen-rich blood”? Explain.
No. The real rule is about direction, not oxygen. An artery carries blood away from the heart. The pulmonary artery carries blood low in oxygen away from the heart, to the lungs. So it fits the true rule perfectly.
5. Name the four heart valves. Sort them into their two types. Which type has chordae tendineae?
AV valves: tricuspid and mitral (bicuspid). Semilunar valves: pulmonary and aortic. Only the AV valves have chordae tendineae. The cords tie the AV flaps to the papillary muscles. That way the flaps cannot flip into the atria when the ventricles squeeze.
6. What is the difference between valve stenosis and valve regurgitation?
A stenotic valve is narrow and will not open all the way. A regurgitant (insufficient) valve is leaky and will not close all the way. Stenosis makes the heart strain to push through a small opening. Regurgitation lets blood slosh backward. Both make blood swirl, which you hear as a murmur.
7. Which part is the heart’s pacemaker? What does “autorhythmic” mean?
The SA (sinoatrial) node. Autorhythmic means the heart makes its own beat without a signal from the brain. The SA node fires 60–100 times a minute. Nerves only speed it up or slow it down.
8. Why does the signal pause at the AV node? What would happen without that delay?
The delay gives the atria time to finish emptying into the ventricles before the ventricles squeeze. Without it, the atria and ventricles would fire at almost the same time. The ventricles would pump before they were full. Each beat would move much less blood.
9. Put the phases of the cardiac cycle in order, starting with atrial systole.
Atrial systole → isovolumetric contraction → ventricular ejection → isovolumetric relaxation → ventricular filling. In the two “isovolumetric” phases, all four valves are shut and no blood moves. Only the pressure in the ventricle changes, not the amount of blood.
10. What makes the “lub” (S1) and the “dub” (S2) heart sounds?
S1 (“lub”) is the AV valves snapping shut as the ventricles start to squeeze. S2 (“dub”) is the semilunar valves snapping shut as the ventricles start to relax. The sounds come from valves closing, not opening.
11. A patient’s heart rate is 80 beats per minute. Each beat pumps out 70 mL. What is the cardiac output? Which two levers change it?
Cardiac output = 80 × 70 mL = 5,600 mL/min (about 5.6 L/min). The two levers are heart rate and stroke volume. The body can raise output by beating faster, pumping more with each beat, or both.
12. On an ECG, what electrical event does each wave show: the P wave, the QRS complex, and the T wave?
P = atrial depolarization. QRS = ventricular depolarization. T = ventricular repolarization. The atria also repolarize, but that is hidden inside the big QRS, so it has no wave of its own. The electrical firing starts the squeeze, so each wave comes just before its squeeze.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 20

Blood Vessels & Circulation

The heart is only the pump. The real work of blood flow happens in the tubes. In this chapter, you will follow one red blood cell on its trip. It is flung out of the heart into arteries that branch into smaller and smaller channels. Then it reaches capillaries, tubes so thin that oxygen and food leak through their walls into your tissues. Last, it climbs back up through the veins, against gravity, to start the loop again.

Along the way, you will learn why an artery wall is thick and a capillary wall is just one cell thick. You will learn what blood pressure really measures. You will see how fluid "decides" whether to leave the blood or go back in. You will also learn the clever tricks your body uses to lift blood up out of your feet. Once you know the vessels, you will know more than how blood moves. You will see why swollen ankles, bulging leg veins, and a stroke all come back to the same set of rules.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Name the three tunics, or layers, of a blood vessel wall. Describe the tissue in each one and its job.
  • Compare arteries, veins, and capillaries. Look at how thick the wall is, how wide the inside is, the pressure, and the job.
  • Define blood pressure and tell systolic from diastolic pressure. Work out pulse pressure and mean arterial pressure.
  • Explain how pressure and resistance shape blood flow. Explain why the arterioles, the tiniest arteries, control most of the body's resistance.
  • Draw capillary exchange as a tug-of-war between hydrostatic pressure and colloid osmotic pressure. Explain how this balance can cause swelling, or edema.
  • Tell the pulmonary loop from the systemic loop. Describe special routes such as the hepatic portal system.
  • List the ways blood gets back to the heart, called venous return. These are the skeletal muscle pump, the breathing pump, and one-way valves. Link their failure to real diseases.

Section 1The wall of a blood vessel

The three layers of a blood vessel wall
Reference. The three layers, or tunics, of a blood vessel wall — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three layers around a hollow center

Every artery and vein is built the same way. It has a set of layers, one inside the other, called tunics. The word comes from the Latin for "coats." These coats wrap around a hollow channel called the lumen. The lumen is the space the blood flows through.

From the inside out, the three layers are the tunica intima, the tunica media, and the tunica externa. Every vessel has the same layers. What changes from an artery to a vein to a capillary is how thick each layer is. It also changes how much muscle or stretchy tissue each layer has. Learn the three coats once, and you can read the wall of any vessel in the body.

Intima, media, externa: from lining to anchor

The inner coat is the tunica intima. It is mostly one sheet of flat cells called the endothelium. This sheet lines the heart and every blood vessel in one unbroken surface. It is much more than wallpaper. It is so smooth that blood cells glide past without clotting. It also sends out chemical signals, such as nitric oxide. These signals tell the muscle below to relax or tighten. Under the endothelium is a thin base layer. In arteries, there is also a springy sheet called the internal elastic lamina.

The middle coat is the tunica media. It is usually the thickest layer, and it is the vessel's muscle. It is made of rings of smooth muscle mixed with sheets of stretchy fibers. When the smooth muscle tightens, the lumen gets narrower. This is vasoconstriction. When the muscle relaxes, the lumen gets wider. This is vasodilation. Nerves and hormones control this layer. So the tunica media is the dial your body turns to send blood where it is needed. It also helps set your blood pressure.

The outer coat is the tunica externa, also called the tunica adventitia. It is a tough sleeve of collagen fibers. It anchors the vessel to the tissue around it and keeps it from stretching too far. Big vessels have walls too thick to feed themselves from the inside. So their tunica externa carries its own tiny blood vessels. These are called the vasa vasorum, which means "vessels of the vessels."

TunicMain tissueJob
Tunica intimaEndothelium + a thin base layer (+ internal elastic lamina in arteries)Smooth, non-stick lining. Sends signals that relax or tighten the wall.
Tunica mediaSmooth muscle + stretchy fibersVasoconstriction and vasodilation. Sets how wide the vessel is and helps set blood pressure.
Tunica externaCollagen (and stretchy) connective tissueAnchors and protects the vessel. Carries the vasa vasorum in big vessels.
The endothelium is the whole story. Heart and blood vessel disease starts in that one inner layer of cells. High blood pressure, smoking, or high cholesterol can hurt the endothelium. Then cholesterol and swelling cells seep into the intima. They build up a fatty plaque. This disease is called atherosclerosis. Keep the intima healthy, and you keep your arteries young.

Peel the wall apart one layer at a time in the activity below.

Interactive The wall of an artery or vein has three layers, called tunics, around a hollow center. Tap each layer from the inside out. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Every vessel wall has three tunics around a hollow center, the lumen. They are the intima, media, and externa.
  • The tunica intima is lined by the endothelium. This smooth, non-stick lining tells the wall when to relax or tighten.
  • The tunica media is smooth muscle. It sets how wide the vessel is through vasoconstriction and vasodilation.
  • The tunica externa is collagen, and it anchors the vessel. Atherosclerosis starts when the intima is hurt.

Section 2Arteries, veins & capillaries

An artery, a vein, and a capillary side by side
Reference. An artery, a vein, and a capillary compared — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Arteries: the high-pressure pipes

An artery is any vessel that carries blood away from the heart. This rule is about direction, not about oxygen. That will matter later. Arteries get a hard push of blood with every heartbeat. So they have a thick, muscular tunica media and strong, stretchy walls.

The biggest arteries near the heart, like the aorta, are elastic (conducting) arteries. Their walls stretch as the ventricle pumps blood in. Then they spring back between beats. This turns the pulsing flow into a steadier stream. Farther out, muscular (distributing) arteries bring blood to each organ. The smallest branches are the arterioles. They act like nozzles you can adjust. They control how much blood flows into each bed of capillaries.

Veins: the low-pressure reservoirs

A vein carries blood back toward the heart. By the time blood reaches the veins, it has used up nearly all its pressure in the capillaries. So veins do not need thick, muscular walls. Instead, they have a thin middle layer, a wide and floppy lumen, and a large outer layer.

The key feature of veins is their one-way valves. These are flaps of the inner lining. They snap shut to stop blood from sliding backward. Veins stretch easily, so they act as the body's blood reservoir, or storage tank. At rest, about two-thirds of all your blood sits in your veins. It is ready to be squeezed back into use when your body needs more. For this reason, veins are also called capacitance vessels, which means "holding" vessels.

Capillaries: where the exchange happens

Between the smallest arteriole and the smallest venule are the capillaries. They are the reason the whole system exists. A capillary wall is just one layer of endothelium on a thin base layer. It is the tunica intima with everything else stripped away. That paper-thin wall is the point. Oxygen, carbon dioxide, sugar, and wastes can slip right across it, between the blood and the tissue.

There are so many capillaries that no cell in the body is more than about a tenth of a millimeter from one. Capillaries come in three levels of leakiness. Each type fits how much needs to cross. Continuous capillaries are the tightest. They are found in muscle and the brain. Fenestrated capillaries have small pores, or "windows." They are found in the kidney and intestine. Sinusoidal capillaries have the widest gaps. They are found in the liver and bone marrow.

FeatureArteryCapillaryVein
DirectionAway from heartThrough tissuesToward heart
WallThick, muscular, stretchyOne endothelial cell thickThin, wide lumen
PressureHighFallingLow
ValvesNone (the aortic and pulmonary valves are in the heart)NoneYes, one-way
Main jobCarry and spread out blood under pressureSwap O₂, CO₂, nutrients, and wastesBring blood back and store it (reservoir)
Veins hold the spare blood. At any moment, about 60–70% of your blood is resting in your veins. The veins can squeeze tight all at once. This is called venoconstriction. It pours a big reserve of blood back into use during exercise or blood loss. It works like a fast, built-in transfusion.

Switch between the three types of vessels and watch their jobs change.

Interactive Three types of vessels have three very different jobs. They carry blood away, bring it back, or trade with the tissues. Switch between them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Arteries carry blood away from the heart under high pressure. They have thick, stretchy, muscular walls.
  • Veins carry blood toward the heart. They have thin walls and one-way valves. They hold most of the blood as a reservoir.
  • Capillaries are one cell thick. They are the only place where O₂, CO₂, and nutrients are swapped.
  • Whether a vessel is an artery or a vein depends on the direction of flow, not on how much oxygen it carries.

Section 3Blood pressure & the pressure gradient

Graph of blood pressure along the blood vessels
Reference. Blood pressure dropping as blood moves through the vessels — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Systolic over diastolic

Blood pressure is the force of moving blood pushing on the vessel walls. It is measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg). In the big arteries, this pressure is not steady. It rises and falls with each heartbeat. When the ventricles squeeze and pump out blood, pressure peaks. That high point is the systolic pressure. When the ventricles relax and refill, pressure sinks to its low point. That is the diastolic pressure.

A typical healthy reading is about 120/80 mm Hg. That means systolic over diastolic. The gap between the two numbers is the pulse pressure. You find it by taking systolic minus diastolic. Here it is 40 mm Hg. It is the surge you feel as a pulse at your wrist.

Two numbers worth working out

The heart spends more of each beat resting than squeezing. So the true average pressure that pushes blood forward is not just the middle of the two numbers. This average is the mean arterial pressure (MAP). To estimate it, take the diastolic pressure and add one-third of the pulse pressure.

MAP matters to doctors because it is the pressure that actually pushes blood through your organs. If MAP falls much below about 60 mm Hg, the brain and kidneys do not get enough blood. For a reading of 120/80, MAP is about 80 + (40 ÷ 3) ≈ 93 mm Hg.

Pressure falls, and the arterioles set the toll

Follow the blood outward, and its pressure drops the whole way. That steady drop is the pressure gradient. It is exactly what keeps blood flowing, because fluid always moves from high pressure to low pressure. Pressure is high in the aorta and still pulses in the large arteries. Then it drops off a cliff across the arterioles. By the time blood reaches the venae cavae, the pressure is near zero.

Blood flow follows a simple rule: flow = pressure difference ÷ resistance. Resistance is how hard the vessel pushes back against the flow. It depends most on the vessel's radius, or half its width. Resistance goes up as the radius goes down, and it does so very fast. It changes with the fourth power of the radius (R ∝ 1 ÷ r⁴). So if you cut the radius in half, resistance goes up 16 times. If you double the radius, resistance drops to 1/16 of what it was.

Arterioles have muscular walls that can tighten or widen on command. That makes them the body's main resistance vessels. They are like faucets you can adjust. They set how much blood each organ gets. They also set your overall blood pressure.

LocationAbout how much pressureWhat is happening
Aorta / large arteries~120/80 mm HgHigh and pulsing. Stretchy walls spring back to smooth the flow.
ArteriolesSharp dropThe biggest drop. These are the main resistance vessels.
Capillaries~35 → 17 mm HgLow and gentle. This protects the thin walls and drives the swap.
Venules / veinsLowLittle pressure is left. Other pumps take over.
Venae cavaeNear 0 mm HgBlood arrives back at the heart.
Small radius, huge effect. Resistance changes with 1 ÷ r⁴. So when the arterioles tighten just a little, blood pressure rises a lot. That is why drugs that relax the muscle in arteriole walls work so well to lower high blood pressure. These drugs are called vasodilators.

Tap each part of the trip to see the pressure fall.

Interactive Blood pressure is highest as blood leaves the heart. It falls steadily as blood travels, and this drop keeps blood moving. Tap a part of the trip. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Blood pressure is the force of blood on the vessel wall. It is written as systolic/diastolic, such as 120/80 mm Hg.
  • Pulse pressure = systolic − diastolic. MAP ≈ diastolic + ⅓ of pulse pressure. MAP is what pushes blood through your organs.
  • Blood flows down a pressure gradient. Flow = ΔP ÷ resistance. Resistance changes with 1 over r⁴ (R ∝ 1 ÷ r⁴), so a narrower vessel resists far more.
  • Arterioles are the main resistance vessels. They are the dial for both organ blood flow and blood pressure.

Section 4Capillary exchange

The forces that push fluid out of and pull fluid into a capillary
Reference. The push and pull that move fluid in and out of a capillary — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A tug-of-war between two pressures

The whole system is built to bring blood to the capillaries. This is where the key trade happens, across that wall only one cell thick. Small molecules cross easily. The trickier part is how fluid moves in and out. Two pressures pull in opposite directions to decide it.

The first is hydrostatic pressure. This is the blood pressure inside the capillary. It pushes fluid out through the wall and into the spaces in the tissue. The second is colloid osmotic pressure, also called oncotic pressure. It comes mostly from a large protein in the blood called albumin. Albumin is too big to leave the blood. Because these proteins stay behind, they pull water back in by osmosis. Fluid moves in whichever direction the stronger pressure wins.

Out at the start, back in at the end

Here is the clever part. The balance flips along the length of a capillary. At the arteriolar end, where blood comes in, hydrostatic pressure is fairly high. It is about 35 mm Hg. That easily beats the osmotic pull of about 25 mm Hg. So the overall force pushes fluid out. This is filtration. It brings water, oxygen, and nutrients to the cells.

As blood moves along the capillary, its hydrostatic pressure fades. But the osmotic pull stays the same. By the venule end, hydrostatic pressure has dropped below the osmotic pressure. Now the overall force pulls fluid back in. This is reabsorption. It picks up carbon dioxide and wastes on the way. At any point, the difference between the push and the pull is called the net filtration pressure.

The lymphatic safety net, and edema

The two sides do not quite balance. Capillaries push out a little more fluid than they take back. About 85% goes back into the blood. About 15% is left behind in the tissues. That extra fluid is not lost. The lymphatic vessels mop it up and later return it to the blood.

If any part of this system fails, fluid builds up in the tissues. The result is swelling, called edema. Three things can tip the balance this way. One is too much hydrostatic pressure, as in heart failure or a leg you stand on too long. Another is too little albumin to pull fluid back, as in liver disease, kidney disease, or not eating enough protein. The third is blocked lymph drainage.

ForceWhere it comes fromDirection
Hydrostatic pressureBlood pressure inside the capillaryPushes fluid out of the blood
Colloid osmotic (oncotic) pressureProteins in the blood, mostly albuminPulls fluid into the blood
Overall result at the arteriolar endHydrostatic > osmoticFiltration (fluid leaves)
Overall result at the venule endOsmotic > hydrostaticReabsorption (fluid comes back)
Low albumin swells the body. Albumin gives most of the pull that keeps water in the blood. So anything that lowers albumin weakens the pull back in. Liver disease means less albumin is made. Kidney disease means more is lost in urine. Severe hunger means too little protein comes in. Any of these can cause swelling all over the body. That is why a starving child can have a swollen belly.

Tap each end of the capillary to watch the tug-of-war play out.

Interactive Along one capillary, two forces pull against each other. They decide whether fluid leaves the blood or comes back. Tap each end to see the tug-of-war. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Fluid exchange is a contest. Hydrostatic pressure pushes fluid out, and colloid osmotic pressure pulls it in.
  • Filtration wins at the arteriolar end. Reabsorption wins at the venule end.
  • Capillaries push out a bit more fluid than they take back. The lymphatics return the extra.
  • An imbalance causes edema. Causes include high hydrostatic pressure, low albumin, or blocked lymph vessels.

Section 5The circulatory routes

Map of the lung loop, the body loop, and special routes
Reference. The lung loop, the body loop, and special routes — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two great circuits

Blood does not wander. It runs in set loops called circuits. The whole system is really two circuits joined at the heart. The pulmonary circuit is the short loop to the lungs. The right side of the heart pumps blood low in oxygen out through the pulmonary arteries. In the lung capillaries, the blood picks up oxygen and dumps carbon dioxide. Then the pulmonary veins carry the blood, now rich in oxygen, back to the left side of the heart.

The systemic circuit is the long loop to everything else. The left side of the heart pumps blood rich in oxygen out through the aorta. It goes to every organ, arm, and leg. Then the veins bring the blood, now low in oxygen, back to the right side of the heart to start again. The two circuits run one after the other, in series. So the same amount of blood must pass through both. The right and left sides of the heart pump in perfect step.

The pulmonary vessels break the usual rule. Everywhere else, arteries carry blood rich in oxygen, and veins carry blood low in oxygen. The lung loop flips this. The pulmonary arteries carry blood low in oxygen to the lungs. The pulmonary veins carry blood rich in oxygen back. Remember: artery means away from the heart, no matter how much oxygen it holds.

Portal systems: two capillary beds in a row

Most blood passes through only one bed of capillaries on its way from the heart and back. A portal system is different. Blood flows through two capillary beds, one after the other, joined by a vein. The most important example is the hepatic portal system. "Hepatic" means "of the liver."

Blood leaving the stomach and intestines is full of nutrients it just absorbed. It may also carry drugs or poisons you swallowed. This blood does not go straight back to the heart. Instead, the hepatic portal vein sends it into a second capillary bed inside the liver. The liver stores nutrients, cleans out harmful chemicals, and adjusts blood sugar. Only then does the blood move on. It joins the main flow through the hepatic veins.

Special deliveries

A few organs have their own special setups. The coronary circulation is the heart feeding itself. Its arteries branch off the aorta the moment blood leaves the heart. The cerebral circulation feeds the brain. It has a protective ring of linked arteries called the circle of Willis. If one artery into the ring is blocked, others can send blood around the gap.

Links like this between vessels are called anastomoses. They are natural detours that give a backup blood supply. Where there are few of these links, a blockage is much more dangerous. That is one reason a clot in a coronary artery so often causes a heart attack.

FeaturePulmonary circuitSystemic circuit
Pumped byRight side of the heartLeft side of the heart
Sends blood toThe lungsThe rest of the body
Blood leaving the heartLow in oxygen (in the pulmonary arteries)Rich in oxygen (in the aorta)
Blood coming backRich in oxygen (in the pulmonary veins)Low in oxygen (in the venae cavae)
Main jobLoad O₂ and unload CO₂Deliver O₂ and nutrients, and collect wastes

Tap each route to trace where the blood goes.

Interactive Blood travels in loops. Two big ones move blood to the lungs and to the body. A few special routes serve certain organs. Tap each route. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The pulmonary circuit (right heart → lungs) loads O₂. The systemic circuit (left heart → body) delivers it.
  • In the pulmonary circuit, arteries carry blood low in oxygen, and veins carry blood rich in oxygen.
  • The hepatic portal system sends blood from the gut through the liver before it goes back to the heart. It passes two capillary beds in a row.
  • Anastomoses, like the circle of Willis, give backup routes. Where they are few, a blockage is dangerous.

Section 6Venous return

Leg muscles squeezing a vein with one-way valves
Reference. The muscle pump and one-way valves pushing blood back to the heart — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

An uphill problem

By the time blood reaches the veins, it has almost no pressure left. It is often around 15 mm Hg, and it falls toward zero near the heart. Yet the blood in your feet must somehow climb more than a meter, against gravity, back to the right side of the heart.

The amount of blood coming back to the heart each minute is called venous return. Over time, it must exactly match the cardiac output. Whatever the heart pumps out, the veins must bring back. With so little pressure, the veins cannot do this alone. They rely on outside pumps and clever one-way plumbing.

The muscle pump and the valves

The main helper is the skeletal muscle pump. Deep veins run between your muscles. Every time you tighten a muscle, like with each step you take, it squeezes the veins. This forces blood along. The one-way valves make the squeeze work. When a muscle presses on a vein, the valve above opens to let blood rush upward. The valve below slams shut to stop it from falling back.

Tighten the muscle, and blood is pushed toward the heart. Relax it, and the valves hold onto the ground you gained. When you walk across a room, your calf muscles really are a second heart. They pump blood up your legs.

The breathing pump, and what fails

A second helper is the respiratory pump, or breathing pump. Each time you breathe in, your chest gets bigger and the pressure inside it drops. At the same time, pressure in your belly rises. This squeezes the belly veins. It draws blood up into the chest veins, where the pressure is low, and on toward the heart.

A third helper is venoconstriction. Here, the nervous system tightens the vein walls. This pushes stored blood back into use when the body needs more.

When these helpers fail, the results are familiar. If you stand still for a long time, the muscle pump stops. Blood pools in your legs, and you may faint. Weak or leaky valves let blood collect and stretch the veins. They become bulging varicose veins. Blood that sits still, like on a long flight or after surgery, can clot in a deep vein. This is a dangerous deep vein thrombosis.

HelperHow it worksWhen it matters most
Skeletal muscle pumpWorking muscles squeeze deep veins. Valves keep blood flowing one way.Walking, running, and any leg movement
Respiratory pumpBreathing in lowers chest pressure and raises belly pressure. This draws blood upward.Every breath, and deeper breaths during exercise
Venous valvesOne-way flaps stop blood from flowing back between pumpsStanding up straight, against gravity
VenoconstrictionNerves tighten the vein walls, pushing stored blood forwardExercise, blood loss, and standing up
Your calves are a second heart. That is why walking after surgery, or getting up during a long flight, is real medicine. Working your calf muscles keeps blood from sitting still and clotting. Blood that does not move is one part of Virchow's triad. This is the classic set of three causes of a deep vein thrombosis.

Watch the muscle pump and valves lift blood against gravity in the activity.

Interactive Blood in your legs has to climb back up to the heart against gravity, with almost no pressure behind it. Watch the muscle pump and one-way valves do the work. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Venous return is the blood coming back to the heart. Over time, it must equal cardiac output.
  • Veins have little pressure left. So they rely on the skeletal muscle pump, the respiratory pump, and one-way valves.
  • Venoconstriction pushes stored blood forward during exercise or blood loss.
  • When these fail, you can get fainting, varicose veins, and deep vein thrombosis. That is why moving matters.

The chapter in one breath

  • Every vessel wall has three tunics (intima, media, externa) around a hollow lumen. Blood vessel disease starts in the endothelium lining.
  • Arteries carry blood away under high pressure and have thick, stretchy walls. Veins bring it back under low pressure, have valves, and hold most of the blood. Capillaries are one cell thick and do all the swapping.
  • Blood pressure is written as systolic/diastolic. Pulse pressure is the difference between them. MAP is what pushes blood through the organs.
  • Blood flows down a pressure gradient (flow = ΔP ÷ resistance). The muscular arterioles are the main resistance vessels, because resistance changes with 1 ÷ r⁴.
  • Capillary exchange is a tug-of-war. Hydrostatic pressure pushes out, and colloid osmotic pressure pulls in. Filtration happens at the arteriolar end and reabsorption at the venule end. An imbalance causes edema.
  • Blood runs in a pulmonary circuit (to the lungs) and a systemic circuit (to the body). Special routes like the hepatic portal system send blood through two capillary beds.
  • Venous return against gravity relies on the skeletal muscle pump, the respiratory pump, and one-way valves. When they fail, you can get fainting, varicose veins, and clots.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back any time a word trips you up.

Arteriole
A very small artery with a muscular wall. It controls how much blood flows into a capillary bed. It is the body's main resistance vessel.
Artery
A vessel that carries blood away from the heart. It is defined by direction, not by how much oxygen it carries.
Blood pressure
The force of moving blood pushing on the vessel wall. It is measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg).
Capillary
The smallest vessel, just one endothelial cell thick. Here oxygen, carbon dioxide, nutrients, and wastes are swapped with the tissues.
Colloid osmotic (oncotic) pressure
The inward pull made by proteins in the blood, mostly albumin. It draws water back into the capillary.
Diastolic pressure
The lower pressure in the arteries. It is measured while the ventricles relax and refill.
Edema
Swelling from extra fluid building up in the tissues. It happens when filtration and reabsorption in the capillaries get out of balance.
Endothelium
The single layer of flat cells lining the heart and all blood vessels. It is the inner surface of the tunica intima.
Filtration
Fluid moving out of a capillary into the tissues. It wins at the arteriolar end, where hydrostatic pressure is highest.
Hepatic portal system
A route that sends blood full of nutrients from the gut through the liver’s capillaries before it goes back to the heart.
Hydrostatic pressure
The blood pressure inside a capillary. It pushes fluid out through the wall.
Mean arterial pressure (MAP)
The average pressure pushing blood through the body loop. It is about the diastolic pressure plus one-third of the pulse pressure.
Pulmonary circuit
The loop from the right heart to the lungs and back. The blood picks up oxygen and drops off carbon dioxide.
Pulse pressure
The difference between systolic and diastolic pressure. It is the surge you feel as a pulse.
Reabsorption
Fluid moving back into a capillary from the tissues. It wins at the venule end, where osmotic pressure is higher than hydrostatic pressure.
Resistance
How much a vessel pushes back against blood flow. It depends mostly on the vessel’s radius. It changes with the fourth power of the radius (R ∝ 1 ÷ r⁴), so it rises steeply as the vessel narrows.
Skeletal muscle pump
Working muscles squeezing the deep veins. Together with one-way valves, this pushes blood back toward the heart.
Systemic circuit
The loop from the left heart to the whole body and back. It delivers oxygen and collects wastes.
Systolic pressure
The higher pressure in the arteries. It is measured while the ventricles squeeze and pump out blood.
Tunica media
The middle layer of a vessel, made of smooth muscle and stretchy fibers. It sets how wide the vessel is through vasoconstriction and vasodilation.
Vein
A vessel that carries blood toward the heart. It has thin walls and valves. It is the body’s main blood reservoir.
Venous return
The amount of blood coming back to the heart each minute. Over time, it must equal cardiac output.

Check yourself

1. Name the three tunics of a blood vessel from the inside out. Give the main tissue and job of each.
Tunica intima (endothelium) → tunica media (smooth muscle) → tunica externa (collagen). The intima is a smooth lining that sends signals. The media tightens and widens the vessel to set its width and the pressure. The externa anchors and protects the vessel.
2. Why is an artery defined by the direction of flow and not by how much oxygen it carries?
Because arteries always carry blood away from the heart, but they do not always carry blood rich in oxygen. The pulmonary arteries carry blood low in oxygen to the lungs. The pulmonary veins carry blood rich in oxygen back. That is the opposite of the usual pattern.
3. A capillary wall is perfect for swapping materials. What one feature of its build makes it so? What would happen if the wall were thicker?
It is only one endothelial cell thick. That thin wall lets gases, nutrients, and wastes cross almost at once. A thicker wall would slow or block this and starve the tissue. The structure fits the job.
4. A blood pressure reads 130/85 mm Hg. Work out the pulse pressure and estimate the mean arterial pressure.
Pulse pressure = 45 mm Hg. MAP ≈ 100 mm Hg. Pulse pressure is systolic minus diastolic (130 − 85 = 45). MAP ≈ diastolic + ⅓ of pulse pressure = 85 + (45 ÷ 3) = 85 + 15 = 100 mm Hg.
5. Where along the blood vessels does blood pressure fall the most? Why are the vessels there called resistance vessels?
Across the arterioles. Their muscular walls can tighten and widen. Resistance changes with the fourth power of the radius (R ∝ 1 ÷ r⁴). So small changes in width cause big drops in pressure. That makes arterioles the main controllers of blood pressure and of blood flow to organs.
6. Name the two opposing forces in capillary exchange. Which way does each one move fluid?
Hydrostatic pressure pushes fluid out. Colloid osmotic (oncotic) pressure pulls fluid in. Hydrostatic pressure is the blood pressure inside the capillary. Osmotic pressure comes from proteins in the blood, mostly albumin, that are too big to leave.
7. Why does filtration win at the arteriolar end of a capillary, while reabsorption wins at the venule end?
Hydrostatic pressure falls along the capillary, but osmotic pressure stays about the same. At the start, high hydrostatic pressure beats the osmotic pull, so fluid leaves (filtration). By the end, hydrostatic pressure has dropped below osmotic pressure, so fluid comes back (reabsorption).
8. A patient with liver disease has very low albumin in the blood. They get swelling all over the body. Explain why.
Low albumin lowers the colloid osmotic (oncotic) pressure. So less fluid is pulled back into the capillaries. With weak reabsorption, fluid builds up in the tissues faster than it can be returned. This causes edema.
9. Trace a red blood cell through the pulmonary circuit. Name the chamber it leaves and the vessels it uses. Say whether it is rich or low in oxygen at each step.
Right heart → pulmonary arteries (low in oxygen) → lung capillaries (picks up O₂) → pulmonary veins (rich in oxygen) → left heart. This is the loop that flips the usual oxygen pattern for arteries and veins.
10. What is special about the hepatic portal system? Why does it matter for a pill you swallow?
Blood passes through two capillary beds in a row, first in the gut and then in the liver, before it goes back to the heart. A drug taken by mouth is absorbed in the intestine and carried straight to the liver. The liver can break down much of it before it ever reaches the rest of the body.
11. Blood in the feet has almost no pressure behind it, yet it gets back to the heart against gravity. Name the three ways this happens.
The skeletal muscle pump, the respiratory pump, and one-way valves in the veins (helped by venoconstriction). Working muscles squeeze the veins. Breathing changes the pressures in the chest and belly to draw blood upward. Valves stop blood from sliding back between squeezes.
12. Why does a nurse ask a patient to walk after surgery? What vein problem does this prevent?
Walking turns on the skeletal muscle pump. This keeps blood moving so it does not sit still and clot. It prevents deep vein thrombosis (DVT). Still blood in the deep leg veins is one of the main causes of a clot. So moving around is real treatment.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 21

The Lymphatic & Immune System

Every day, trillions of bacteria, viruses, and fungi test your borders. Most days you never notice. A layered defense force turns them away before they can take hold. This chapter follows that force, from its pipes to its sharpest weapons. First you will meet the lymphatic system. It is a quiet network that drains your tissues, carries fat from your meals, and houses your immune army. Then you will watch immunity, your body's power to fight off germs, unfold in three lines of defense. It starts with the skin on the outside. Next comes the fast fury of swelling and heat. Last come the slow, exact, lasting powers of T cells and B cells. By the end, you will know how you fight infection. You will also see why a vaccine protects you for years, but a shot of snakebite antivenom does not last.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the three functions of the lymphatic system. Trace the path of lymph from a tissue back to the blood.
  • Tell apart the primary and secondary lymphoid organs, and say what each one does.
  • Compare innate and adaptive immunity. Place each of the body's defenses in the right line of defense.
  • Explain the inflammatory response. Name its four main signs and link each sign to its cause.
  • Compare the jobs of helper and cytotoxic T cells. Explain why T cells need antigen presentation.
  • Describe how a B cell becomes a plasma cell. Describe the shape of an antibody and how antibodies stop a germ.
  • Tell a primary immune response from a secondary one. Explain why memory cells make vaccines work.
  • Sort immunity as active or passive and natural or artificial. Give a real example of each of the four types.

Section 1The lymphatic system

The organs and vessels of the lymphatic system
Reference. The organs and vessels of the lymphatic system — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A drainage network with three jobs

Your blood vessels are not perfectly sealed. Blood pushes through the tiniest vessels, the capillaries. As it does, a little fluid squeezes out into the spaces between cells. About three liters a day more fluid leaks out than flows back in. If that fluid just pooled, you would swell up. Your blood volume would crash within hours.

The lymphatic system is the return line that stops this. It is a one-way network of vessels. It collects the leaked fluid, called interstitial fluid, which means "fluid between cells." Once that fluid is inside a lymphatic vessel, it gets a new name: lymph. The system hands the lymph back to the blood near the heart. That is its first and most basic job: fluid balance.

It also does two more jobs. The small intestine is lined with special lymph capillaries called lacteals. They soak up fats and fat-soluble vitamins from your food. These are too large to enter the blood capillaries directly. The milky, fatty lymph they carry is called chyle.

The third job matters most for this chapter. The lymphatic system is the home and highway of the immune system. It houses the lymphocytes and macrophages, the white blood cells that fight infection. It also filters lymph through checkpoints. There, those cells can catch invaders in the act.

FunctionWhat happensWhere
Fluid balanceReturns about 3 L a day of leaked fluid to the bloodLymph capillaries all over the body
Fat absorptionTakes up fats and fat-soluble vitamins from food as chyleLacteals in the small intestine
Immune defenseHouses and moves lymphocytes; filters lymph for germsLymph nodes, spleen, and other lymphoid organs

How lymph flows — with no pump

Lymph starts out in lymphatic capillaries. These are tiny tubes closed at one end. Their wall cells overlap like tiles and act as small one-way flaps. Fluid can push the flaps open to get in, but it cannot push its way back out. Next, lymph flows into larger lymphatic vessels. These look and act a lot like veins. They have thin walls and inner valves that stop backflow.

Along the way, the vessels pass lymph through bean-shaped lymph nodes. Then the vessels join into large lymphatic trunks. Last, they drain into two collecting ducts. The small right lymphatic duct drains the right arm and the right side of the head and chest. The large thoracic duct drains everything else. Both empty into the subclavian veins at the base of the neck. There, the fluid becomes part of the blood again.

Here is the catch. The lymphatic system has no heart of its own. It moves lymph the same way veins move blood back uphill. The skeletal muscle pump helps, as working muscles squeeze the vessels. The respiratory pump helps too, through pressure changes with each breath. Smooth muscle in the vessel walls also squeezes in a steady rhythm. The valves keep all of this flow going one way. This is why gentle movement lowers swelling. It is also why a limb that cannot move tends to puff up.

Blocked drainage means swelling. Sometimes lymph vessels are damaged or removed. For example, lymph nodes in the armpit may be taken out during breast cancer surgery. Then fluid can no longer drain, and the arm swells with protein-rich fluid. This is lymphedema. The same idea explains why lymph nodes get swollen and sore when you are sick. This swelling, called lymphadenopathy, is a classic sign that your immune system is fighting an infection nearby.

The lymphoid organs

The organs of the immune system fall into two groups, based on what they do. Primary lymphoid organs are where lymphocytes are born and grow up. One is the red bone marrow. All blood cells start there, and B lymphocytes mature there. The other is the thymus, an organ with two lobes in the chest. Here T lymphocytes finish maturing. They also learn not to attack the body's own tissues. The thymus is largest in childhood. It slowly shrinks after puberty.

Secondary lymphoid organs are where grown-up lymphocytes meet antigens and launch attacks. An antigen is any marker the immune system sees as foreign. The lymph nodes filter lymph. The spleen filters blood. Its red pulp removes worn-out red blood cells, and its white pulp checks the blood for germs. This group also includes the tonsils and the Peyer's patches in the intestine. Last is MALT (mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue). It is spread-out tissue that guards every wet surface of the body.

Interactive Tap each organ to meet it. The lymphatic system drains fluid, takes in fats, and houses the cells that fight infection. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The lymphatic system has three jobs. They are fluid balance (it returns leaked fluid), fat absorption (lacteals make chyle), and immune defense.
  • Lymph flows one way: capillaries → vessels → nodes → ducts → subclavian veins. Muscles and breathing move it, not a pump. Valves keep it going one way.
  • Primary lymphoid organs (bone marrow, thymus) make lymphocytes. Secondary organs (lymph nodes, spleen, tonsils, MALT) are where they fight.

Section 2The three lines of defense

The three lines of immune defense
Reference. The layered lines of immune defense — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two kinds of immunity, three layers of defense

Immunity comes in two broad styles. Innate (nonspecific) immunity is the defense you are born with. It treats every intruder the same way. It responds within minutes to hours. It keeps no memory of past attackers.

Adaptive (specific) immunity is the defense you build over your life. It aims at one certain germ with great precision. It takes days to get going the first time. Most important, it remembers. These two styles are set up as three lines of defense. Each line takes over if the one before it is broken.

The first line is the body's outer wall. It is made of the skin, the mucous membranes, and the fluids they give off. Healthy skin is a dry, tough layer that few germs can cross. Mucous membranes trap invaders in sticky mucus. Then tiny hairs called cilia sweep them out.

Chemicals back up the wall. Sweat and skin oil form a mildly sour coating called the acid mantle. Tears and saliva hold lysozyme, an enzyme that breaks down bacterial walls. Harsh stomach acid kills many germs you swallow. The normal flora, your harmless resident bacteria, crowd out dangerous ones. Nothing here aims at one germ. It is a barrier against all of them.

When the wall is breached

Sometimes a germ gets past the barrier. It may come in through a cut, a burn, or a droplet you breathe in. Then the second line meets it inside the body. This line is still innate and still nonspecific. But now the fight uses cells and chemicals.

Phagocytes are cells that swallow and digest invaders. Neutrophils and macrophages are both phagocytes. Natural killer (NK) cells destroy virus-infected cells and tumor cells on sight. The second line also includes the inflammatory response and fever. It uses germ-fighting proteins too. Interferons warn nearby cells about viruses. Complement is a chain of blood proteins. It punches holes in germs and tags them to be destroyed. The second line does not care which germ it is fighting. It only cares that something does not belong.

The third line is adaptive immunity. It is made of the lymphocytes, which are the T cells and B cells. It also includes the antibodies that B cells make. This line is slow to start, but it is extremely exact. It also leaves behind memory cells. So the next time the same germ shows up, the attack is faster and stronger. Most of this chapter is about the second and third lines.

LineTypeDefenses
First lineInnate: outer barriersSkin, mucous membranes, and their fluids (acid, lysozyme, mucus, normal flora)
Second lineInnate: inside the bodyPhagocytes, NK cells, inflammation, fever, interferons, complement
Third lineAdaptive: specificT lymphocytes, B lymphocytes, antibodies, memory cells
Innate buys time; adaptive wins the war. The first two lines act right away. They hold the invader back for the several days the third line needs. In that time, the third line builds a custom weapon. Only the third line has memory. That is why you catch measles only once. It is also why a vaccine can protect you for decades.
Interactive Tap each line. You will see a wall that keeps invaders out, fast all-purpose troops, and a slow but exact special force. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Innate immunity is fast and general, and it has no memory. Adaptive immunity is slow at first and specific, and it remembers.
  • The first line is outer barriers. The second line is inner innate defenses (phagocytes, NK cells, inflammation, fever, complement). The third line is lymphocytes and antibodies.
  • Only the third line has memory. This is the basis of lifelong immunity and of vaccines.

Section 3The inflammatory response

The steps of the inflammatory response
Reference. Steps of the inflammatory response — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Four signs you already know

Cut your finger, and within minutes it turns red, warm, swollen, and sore. These are the four cardinal signs, or main signs. In Latin they are rubor, calor, tumor, and dolor. They are not the infection itself. They are your body's inflammatory response, a key weapon of the second line of defense.

Inflammation starts whenever tissue is hurt or invaded. It may feel like something is going wrong. In fact, it is a carefully planned rescue. It has three goals. It works to get rid of debris and germs. It tries to wall off the hurt area so infection cannot spread. And it sets the stage for repair.

What actually happens

As soon as tissue is hurt, damaged cells send out chemical alarm signals. So do nearby mast cells, which are immune cells that live in the tissue. The best-known signal is histamine. Others include prostaglandins. These chemicals do two things at once.

First, they cause vasodilation, which means the blood vessels widen. More blood rushes into the area. That causes the redness and the heat. Second, they make the capillary walls leakier. Fluid, clotting proteins, and defense cells seep out into the tissue. That causes the swelling, also called edema. The pressure of the swelling presses on nerve endings. So do the chemicals themselves. Together they cause the pain.

Now the cleanup crew arrives. Chemical signals from the injury draw phagocytes toward it. This is called chemotaxis. Neutrophils arrive first. They squeeze out of the blood through the vessel wall, a step called diapedesis. Then they swallow germs. Longer-lived macrophages come next. They eat germs and dead cells.

Sometimes a thick, creamy pus collects. It is just the leftover mess of the battle. It holds dead neutrophils, broken tissue, and destroyed germs. Once the threat is gone, the same spot becomes a workshop where repair begins.

Cardinal signLatinWhat causes it
RednessRuborVasodilation brings more blood to the area
HeatCalorMore blood flow warms the tissue
SwellingTumorLeakier capillaries let fluid seep into the tissue
PainDolorSwelling pressure plus alarm chemicals acting on nerve endings

Inflammation can also spread to the whole body. This is called systemic inflammation. When infection is widespread, chemicals called pyrogens reset the brain's thermostat, the hypothalamus, to a higher setting. This causes fever. A moderate fever protects you. It slows the growth of many germs. It also speeds up the body's repair work. The bone marrow makes more white blood cells too. This is called leukocytosis. That is why a high white-cell count on a blood test hints at infection.

Fever is a feature, not just a bug. Within limits, a mild fever helps you fight infection. So it is not always wise to bring every fever down. Also note how anti-inflammatory drugs work. NSAIDs and aspirin block prostaglandins. That is exactly why they ease redness, swelling, pain, and fever all at once.
Interactive Step through inflammation. See why a cut turns red, warm, swollen, and sore. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The four cardinal signs are redness, heat, swelling, and pain. They come from widened blood vessels (vasodilation) and leakier capillaries.
  • Histamine from mast cells starts it. Then neutrophils and then macrophages arrive by chemotaxis and diapedesis. They swallow debris and germs.
  • Inflammation gets rid of threats, walls off the area, and prepares for repair. Across the whole body, it can cause helpful fever and leukocytosis.

Section 4T cells & cell-mediated immunity

Types of T lymphocytes in cell-mediated immunity
Reference. T lymphocyte types in cell-mediated immunity — Harlé, G.; Kowalski, C.; Garnier, L.; Hugues, S., CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Immunity that acts cell-to-cell

The third line splits into two branches. One branch is cell-mediated immunity, run by T lymphocytes. It deals with threats that hide inside your cells. These include viruses, some bacteria, and cancer cells. T cells work by direct cell-to-cell contact. They do not use antibodies.

T cells are born in the bone marrow. But they finish growing up in the thymus. (The "T" stands for thymus.) In the thymus, they are tested. Only cells that leave your own tissues alone are allowed to graduate.

Here is the key rule of T cells. They are blind to free-floating antigen. A T cell can only see an antigen when it is presented to it. That means another cell holds it up on its surface. It sits in a special display molecule called an MHC (major histocompatibility complex).

Every cell with a nucleus carries MHC class I. On it, the cell shows samples of the proteins it is making inside. A healthy cell shows its own normal proteins. But a virus-infected cell shows bits of the virus. In effect, it raises a flag that says "I am infected."

Some cells are antigen-presenting cells (APCs). These are dendritic cells, macrophages, and B cells. They also carry MHC class II. On it, they show bits of germs they have swallowed. This need for presentation is a safety switch. It keeps the powerful T-cell response from firing at random.

The T-cell lineup

Each T cell has a receptor that fits one antigen. Sometimes a T cell finds the presented antigen that matches it. That one cell is then chosen to multiply. It makes an army of identical copies, called clones. This process is called clonal selection. The clones grow into several special types:

T cell typeMarkerJob
Helper T cellCD4The coordinator. It reads antigen on MHC II and releases cytokines, or signal chemicals. These switch on cytotoxic T cells, B cells, and macrophages.
Cytotoxic T cellCD8The killer. It reads antigen on MHC I and destroys infected or cancer cells with perforin and granzymes.
Regulatory T cellCD4The brake. It calms the response and shuts it down, which prevents autoimmunity.
Memory T cell—The archive. It lasts for years and mounts a fast response if the germ comes back.

The helper T cell is the quarterback of the whole adaptive response. It sends signals called cytokines. Without them, neither cytotoxic T cells nor B cells fully switch on.

The cytotoxic T cell is the assassin. It finds an infected cell and releases perforin, which punches a hole in the target. Then it sends in granzymes. These make the cell destroy itself, a process called apoptosis. The germ dies along with its hiding place.

Why HIV is so devastating. The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infects and destroys helper T (CD4) cells. Take out the quarterback, and the whole adaptive team falls apart. Both the cytotoxic T cells and antibody making collapse. That is why doctors track the CD4 count. It shows how close a person is to AIDS.
Interactive Tap each type. T cells run cell-mediated immunity. They coordinate and kill only when an antigen is presented to them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • T cells mature in the thymus. They run cell-mediated immunity by direct contact, not with antibodies.
  • T cells act only when antigen is presented on an MHC molecule. MHC I shows what is inside any cell. MHC II is used by APCs.
  • Helper (CD4) cells coordinate the whole response. Cytotoxic (CD8) cells kill infected cells. Regulatory cells put on the brakes. Memory cells remember.

Section 5B cells & antibodies

B cells and the shape of an antibody
Reference. B cells and the structure of an antibody — סתו כסלו, CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The antibody factories

The other branch of adaptive immunity is humoral immunity. The name comes from humor, an old word for body fluid. It is the job of B lymphocytes. T cells attack threats hidden inside cells. B cells fight germs floating free in the blood, lymph, and tissue fluid. They do not fight hand to hand. Instead, they make antibodies.

B cells mature in the red bone marrow. Here is a handy memory trick: B is for bone marrow. Then they wait in the lymph nodes and spleen for their matching antigen.

A B cell has a receptor on its surface. Sometimes that receptor locks onto its own antigen. Usually a helper T cell also gives it a push with cytokines. Then the B cell switches on. It goes through clonal selection and divides fast into two kinds of cells.

Most become plasma cells. These are short-lived but amazing antibody factories. Each one can pump out thousands of identical antibodies every second. The rest become memory B cells. They stay around for years. They are ready to respond at once if the same germ ever comes back.

What an antibody is and how it fights

An antibody is a Y-shaped protein. It is also called an immunoglobulin, or Ig. It is built from four chains, two heavy and two light. The two tips of the Y form the variable region. This is a custom-shaped antigen-binding site. It fits one antigen like a key fits a lock. The stem is the constant region. It sets the antibody's class.

Antibodies do not usually kill a germ outright. Instead, they tag it and disable it. They work in four ways. They neutralize toxins and viruses by covering the part that would stick to your cells. They agglutinate, or clump, many germs together so they are easy to clear away. They activate complement, which bursts the invader. And they opsonize. This means they coat the target so phagocytes can grab it more easily.

ClassWhere / whenNotable job
IgGThe most common kind; main antibody of the secondary responseLong-term immunity; the only class that crosses the placenta
IgMThe first antibody made in a new infectionLarge, made of five units (a pentamer); strongly switches on complement
IgABody fluids like saliva, tears, mucus, and breast milkGuards mucous membranes and passes immunity to a baby in milk
IgEAttached to mast cells and basophilsDrives allergies and fights parasitic worms
IgDOn the B-cell surfaceActs as an antigen receptor that helps switch on the B cell

Why the second exposure is different

The first time you meet a germ, you get a primary response. It is slow. It takes several days to find the right B cell. That cell must then multiply and start making antibody. At first it is mostly IgM, and then IgG. You may get sick in the meantime.

But this first meeting leaves behind memory B cells. If the same germ comes back, you get a secondary response. It is much faster and stronger. Memory cells release a flood of high-quality IgG within a day or two. They often clear the invader before you ever feel sick. That difference is the whole idea behind vaccination. A vaccine safely builds the memory now. Then the real infection meets a secondary response.

Memory is why one exposure protects. A newborn is shielded for months. IgG crosses the placenta, and IgA arrives in breast milk. The mother lends her antibodies to her baby. But that borrowed protection fades, because the baby made no memory cells of its own. Only an active response, from illness or a vaccine, builds lasting memory.
Interactive Step through how one B cell becomes an antibody factory in the humoral response. Open full ↑
Key points
  • B cells mature in bone marrow and run humoral immunity. They become plasma cells that make huge numbers of antibodies, and memory B cells that remember.
  • An antibody is a Y-shaped protein with a variable region that binds antigen. It disables germs by neutralization, agglutination, complement activation, and opsonization.
  • The secondary response is fast and strong because of memory cells. This is the idea behind every vaccine.

Section 6The four types of immunity

Active and passive, natural and artificial immunity
Reference. The four categories of acquired immunity — SGUL lymres, CC BY-SA 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two questions sort every kind of immunity

Acquired immunity is the kind you gain during life. You can sort it by asking two simple questions. The first question is: who made the antibodies?

If your own immune system made them, the immunity is active. It is slow to build, but it lasts a long time, because it comes with memory cells. If you got ready-made antibodies from someone else, the immunity is passive. It protects you right away, but only for a while. Those borrowed antibodies break down, and there are no memory cells to replace them.

The second question is: how did the exposure happen? If it came through everyday life, it is natural. If it came through medicine, it is artificial. Combine the two questions, and you get four types.

Active (you make it)Passive (you receive it)
NaturalYou catch an infection, get well, and make your own antibodies and memoryAntibodies pass from mother → child across the placenta (IgG) or in breast milk (IgA)
ArtificialA vaccine shows you a harmless form of the antigen, so you build antibodies and memoryA shot of ready-made antibodies (antiserum), such as antivenom or rabies or tetanus immunoglobulin

When each one is used

Active immunity is the goal of prevention. You can earn it the hard way, by surviving an illness. That is naturally acquired active immunity. Or you can earn it the safe way, through a vaccine. That is artificially acquired active immunity. Either way, the payoff is the same. You gain a lasting supply of memory cells. They are ready to crush the germ if you ever meet it again. This is why childhood vaccines can protect for decades.

Passive immunity is the tool for emergencies. A fetus cannot wait to build its own defenses. So it borrows its mother's antibodies. That is naturally acquired passive immunity. Now think of a person just bitten by a venomous snake or a rabid animal. They cannot wait the weeks a vaccine would take. So they get a shot of ready-made antibodies for instant protection. That is artificially acquired passive immunity. The trade-off is always the same. Passive immunity works right now, but it fades in weeks to months. It never leaves memory behind.

Active prevents; passive rescues. Say you have time and want lasting protection. Then you want active immunity, from a vaccine. Now say you have already been exposed and need protection this minute. Then you want passive immunity, from an antibody shot. One builds memory slowly. The other lends protection instantly, but only for a short time.
Interactive Tap a box. Immunity is sorted by who makes the antibodies (active vs passive) and how you were exposed (natural vs artificial). Open full ↑
Key points
  • In active immunity, your body makes the antibodies. It is slow and lasting, and it has memory. In passive immunity, you get antibodies from another source. It is instant and short-lived, with no memory.
  • Natural exposure happens through life. Artificial exposure happens through medicine. Together, these give four types in all.
  • Vaccines give artificially acquired active immunity. Antivenom and antibodies from mother to baby are passive.

The chapter in one breath

  • The lymphatic system returns leaked fluid to the blood, takes in fat from food as chyle, and houses immune cells. It moves lymph one way with no pump, using valves and muscles.
  • Primary lymphoid organs (bone marrow, thymus) build lymphocytes. Secondary organs (lymph nodes, spleen, tonsils, MALT) are where they fight.
  • Defense comes in three lines: outer barriers, then inner innate defenses, then specific adaptive immunity. Only the last line has memory.
  • Inflammation (redness, heat, swelling, pain) is the second line at work. Widened vessels and leaky capillaries bring in phagocytes. They clear threats and start repair.
  • T cells run cell-mediated immunity. They act only on presented antigen. Helper cells coordinate, and cytotoxic cells kill infected cells.
  • B cells run humoral immunity. They become plasma cells that make antibodies, and memory cells that make the secondary response fast. This is the basis of vaccines.
  • Immunity is active or passive and natural or artificial. Active immunity is slow and lasting, with memory. Passive immunity is instant and short-lived, without memory.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Active immunity
Long-lasting immunity where your own body makes the antibodies and memory cells. You gain it naturally through infection or artificially through a vaccine.
Antibody (immunoglobulin)
A Y-shaped protein made by plasma cells. It binds one antigen and tags it to be destroyed by neutralization, agglutination, complement, or opsonization.
Antigen
Any molecule the immune system sees as foreign and can respond to. It is usually a piece of a germ.
Antigen-presenting cell (APC)
A cell that shows swallowed antigen on MHC class II to switch on helper T cells. Dendritic cells, macrophages, and B cells are APCs.
B lymphocyte (B cell)
A lymphocyte that matures in bone marrow and runs humoral immunity. It turns into antibody-making plasma cells and memory cells.
Complement
A chain of blood proteins in the innate second line. It bursts germs, boosts inflammation, and coats germs so phagocytes eat them.
Cytotoxic T cell (CD8)
A T lymphocyte that sees antigen on MHC I. It kills infected or cancer cells using perforin and granzymes.
Helper T cell (CD4)
A T lymphocyte that sees antigen on MHC II. It coordinates the adaptive response by releasing cytokines, and it is the main target of HIV.
Humoral immunity
Adaptive immunity carried out by antibodies in body fluids and run by B cells. It works against germs floating outside cells.
Inflammation
An innate response to injury or infection, marked by redness, heat, swelling, and pain. It clears threats and prepares tissue for repair.
Innate immunity
The general defenses you are born with, which are the first and second lines. They respond fast to any threat and keep no memory.
Lymph
Fluid from between the cells once it has entered a lymph vessel. It is on its way back to the blood.
Lymph node
A small, bean-shaped secondary lymphoid organ. It filters lymph and houses lymphocytes and macrophages.
Lymphocyte
A white blood cell of the lymphoid line. T cells and B cells carry out adaptive immunity, and natural killer (NK) cells act in innate immunity.
Macrophage
A large, long-lived phagocyte that swallows germs and debris. It can also present antigen to T cells.
Memory cell
A long-lived T or B cell left after an infection. It allows a fast, strong secondary response if the germ comes back.
MHC (major histocompatibility complex)
Surface molecules that show antigen to T cells. MHC I is on all cells with a nucleus, and MHC II is on antigen-presenting cells.
Passive immunity
Short-term immunity from ready-made antibodies you get from another source (placenta, breast milk, or a shot). It works at once but leaves no memory.
Plasma cell
A switched-on B cell that makes and releases huge numbers of antibodies, thousands per second.
Thymus
A primary lymphoid organ in the chest where T lymphocytes mature. There they are tested so they will not attack the body's own tissues.
Vaccine
A harmless form of an antigen that triggers artificially acquired active immunity. It builds antibodies and memory without causing disease.

Check yourself

1. Name the three jobs of the lymphatic system. Which one keeps you from swelling up over the course of a day?
Fluid balance, fat absorption, and immune defense. Fluid balance prevents swelling. About 3 L of fluid leaks out of the blood capillaries each day. The lymphatic system returns it to the blood. That keeps tissues from getting waterlogged.
2. The lymphatic system has no pump of its own. So how does lymph move? What keeps it flowing only one way?
The skeletal muscle pump, the respiratory pump, and smooth muscle squeezes move it. One-way valves keep it going in one direction. Like veins, lymph vessels rely on movement around them, not a central pump. Inner valves stop backflow.
3. Sort these into primary and secondary lymphoid organs: thymus, spleen, red bone marrow, lymph nodes. What defines each group?
Primary: thymus and red bone marrow (where lymphocytes form and mature). Secondary: spleen and lymph nodes (where lymphocytes meet antigen and respond). B cells mature in bone marrow and T cells in the thymus. The spleen filters blood, and lymph nodes filter lymph.
4. What is the single biggest difference between innate and adaptive immunity? Which line of defense provides each?
Adaptive immunity is specific and has memory. Innate immunity is general and has none. The first and second lines are innate. They include barriers, then phagocytes, inflammation, fever, and complement. The third line (T cells, B cells, antibodies) is adaptive.
5. You breathe in a germ, and it slips past the mucous membranes. Name three second-line defenses it now faces.
Any three of these: phagocytes (neutrophils or macrophages), natural killer cells, inflammation, fever, interferons, complement. These inner innate defenses act fast and treat all germs alike once the outer barrier is broken. They buy time for the adaptive third line.
6. A cut turns red, warm, swollen, and painful. Link each of these four cardinal signs to the blood vessel change that causes it.
Redness and heat come from vasodilation (more blood flow). Swelling comes from leakier capillaries (fluid seeps out). Pain comes from that swelling plus alarm chemicals pressing on nerve endings. Histamine from mast cells causes both the widening and the leakiness.
7. Why can a moderate fever actually help you? And how does an NSAID like aspirin reduce inflammation?
A moderate fever slows germ growth and speeds tissue repair. NSAIDs work by blocking prostaglandins. Pyrogens raise the hypothalamus's temperature setting to cause fever. Prostaglandins drive pain and swelling. So blocking them eases several signs at once.
8. Why can a T cell never respond to a free-floating antigen on its own? What molecule solves this?
A T cell only sees antigen when it is presented on an MHC molecule. MHC I on any cell with a nucleus shows what is being made inside it. MHC II on antigen-presenting cells shows swallowed material. This rule keeps T cells from firing at random.
9. Compare the jobs of a helper T cell and a cytotoxic T cell. Why is losing helper T cells (as in HIV) so harmful?
Helper (CD4) cells coordinate the response with cytokines. Cytotoxic (CD8) cells kill infected cells directly with perforin and granzymes. Helper cells switch on both cytotoxic T cells and B cells. So destroying them makes the whole adaptive response collapse. That is the core of AIDS.
10. What does a switched-on B cell turn into? Describe the parts of the antibody it makes.
It divides into plasma cells (antibody factories) and memory B cells. The antibody is a Y-shaped protein. It has a variable antigen-binding region at the tips and a constant region that forms the stem. The variable region gives the antibody its lock-and-key fit for one antigen.
11. Why is the secondary immune response so much faster than the primary one? How do vaccines use this?
Memory cells from the first exposure release a fast, strong flood of antibodies the next time. A vaccine safely makes those memory cells ahead of time. Then the real germ meets a fast secondary response, not a slow primary one.
12. Sort each one as active or passive, and natural or artificial: (a) a childhood measles vaccine; (b) antibodies passed to a fetus across the placenta; (c) an antivenom shot after a snakebite; (d) getting over chickenpox.
(a) artificial active; (b) natural passive; (c) artificial passive; (d) natural active. The active types (a and d) build your own long-lasting memory. The passive types (b and c) lend ready-made antibodies. They protect right away, but only for a while.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 22

The Respiratory System

Every cell in your body burns oxygen to make energy. Every one of them also makes carbon dioxide as waste. So 12 to 16 times a minute, your body trades one gas for the other. You never even have to think about it. This chapter follows a breath from the nostril to the tiny air sac where the trade happens. Then it explains the physics that pulls air in. It shows how the gases swap places and how clever chemistry carries them through the blood. Last, it covers the air volumes doctors measure to tell a healthy lung from a sick one. By the end, you will know not just how you breathe but why this whole elegant machine works the way it does.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Trace the path of air through the conducting and respiratory zones. Name each part it passes.
  • Describe how the airway warms, humidifies, and filters the air you breathe in. Explain the mucociliary escalator.
  • Draw the respiratory membrane. Explain why being thin and having a huge surface make it ideal for gas exchange.
  • Explain the job of surfactant. Predict what happens when it is missing.
  • Use Boyle’s law to explain breathing in and breathing out. Name the muscles and pressures involved in each.
  • Apply partial-pressure gradients to external and internal respiration. Say which way each gas moves and why.
  • Describe how oxygen and carbon dioxide are carried in the blood. Include hemoglobin and the bicarbonate system.
  • Define the lung volumes and capacities. Explain how spirometry tells obstructive disease from restrictive disease.

Section 1The respiratory tract

The organs of the respiratory tract
Reference. The organs of the respiratory tract, nose to alveoli — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two zones: a highway and a destination

The respiratory system has one main job. It moves oxygen in and carbon dioxide out. But it does more, too. It warms and moistens the air and filters out dirt. It gives you your sense of smell and makes your voice. It also helps control the pH of your blood, meaning how acidic it is.

To do all this, the airway is split into two working zones. The conducting zone is the plumbing. It is made of the nose, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi, and bronchioles. These tubes carry air, but they never trade gases. The respiratory zone is where oxygen is actually traded for carbon dioxide. It is made of the respiratory bronchioles, alveolar ducts, and alveoli. Think of the conducting zone as the highway and the respiratory zone as the destination. Air only does its real work once it arrives.

Doctors also divide the tract by location. The upper respiratory tract is everything above the larynx. That means the nose, nasal cavity, sinuses, and pharynx. The lower respiratory tract is the larynx and everything below it. That means the trachea, bronchi, and lungs. This is why a "cold" feels so different from bronchitis or pneumonia. A cold is an upper-tract infection. The other two are lower-tract problems.

The journey of a breath

Follow one breath in. Air enters the nostrils and swirls through the nasal cavity. It passes into the pharynx, or throat, which has three parts. Next it slips through the larynx, the voice box. A flap called the epiglottis guards the larynx. It flips down when you swallow, so food goes to the esophagus and not the lungs.

Then air enters the trachea, or windpipe. C-shaped rings of cartilage hold it open at all times. The trachea splits into the right and left primary bronchi. These branch again and again, like an upside-down tree. They form smaller and smaller bronchi and then bronchioles. At last the tubes end in clusters of alveoli, the tiny air sacs. The whole branching pattern is called the bronchial tree.

StructureZoneKey feature
Nasal cavityConductingWarms, moistens, and filters air; lined with mucous membrane
PharynxConductingShared path for air and food (naso-, oro-, laryngo-)
LarynxConductingVoice box; the epiglottis guards the airway
TracheaConductingC-shaped cartilage rings keep it open
BronchiConductingBranch into each lung, then into lobes and segments
BronchiolesConductingNo cartilage; smooth muscle sets how wide they are
AlveoliRespiratoryThin-walled air sacs where gas exchange happens

The air that arrives is conditioned

By the time air reaches the alveoli, it has changed a lot. It has been warmed to body heat. It is full of water vapor, and it has been scrubbed almost clean. The nasal cavity does most of this work. Its rich blood supply gives off heat. Its mucous lining traps dust and germs.

Under that mucus sits a carpet of tiny hairs called cilia. They beat in waves toward the throat. This is the mucociliary escalator. Like a moving stairway, it sweeps trapped dirt up and out. Then you swallow it or cough it away. This tireless cleaning system protects the delicate air sacs from the outside world.

Smoke stalls the escalator. Cigarette smoke stuns the cilia and in time destroys them. Then the mucociliary escalator stops working. Tar and germs stay stuck in the airway instead of being cleared out. That is why smokers get a lasting "morning cough." The lungs have to cough, because their built-in escalator has stopped running.

Walk the whole tract, one part at a time, in the interactive below.

Interactive Follow a breath from the nose down to the tiny air sacs. Tap each part along the way. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The conducting zone (nose → bronchioles) moves air. The respiratory zone (respiratory bronchioles → alveoli) trades gases.
  • Air path: nose → pharynx → larynx → trachea → bronchi → bronchioles → alveoli.
  • Air coming in is warmed, humidified, and filtered. The mucociliary escalator sweeps dirt up and out.

Section 2The alveolus & respiratory membrane

An alveolus and the respiratory membrane
Reference. An alveolus wrapped in a capillary, and the layers of the respiratory membrane — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A surface the size of a room

Your lungs hold about 300 million alveoli. Each is a hollow sac, like a bubble, wrapped in a mesh of capillaries. One alone is tiny. But spread out, all their walls would cover about 70 square meters. That is about the floor of a small apartment, packed inside your chest.

This huge area is the whole point. The more surface you spread out, the more gas can cross it at once. Structure fits function. Here, the function is to move oxygen and carbon dioxide as fast and in as large amounts as possible.

The respiratory membrane: three thin layers

Gases are traded across the respiratory membrane. This is the barrier between the air in the alveoli and the blood in the capillaries. It has an important-sounding name, but it is almost nothing at all. It is about 0.5 micrometers thick, which is thinner than a soap bubble.

It has just three layers. First is the alveolar wall, a single flat layer of type I cells. Last is the capillary wall, a single flat layer of cells that line the vessel. Between them are their fused basement membranes, glued together. Oxygen crosses all three and enters the blood in a split second. Carbon dioxide crosses the other way just as fast.

Cell / layerWhat it isJob
Type I alveolar cellSimple squamous (flat) cellMakes up most of the wall; thin enough for gases to cross
Type II alveolar cellRounded cell scattered in the wallMakes and releases surfactant
Alveolar macrophageRoaming immune cell ("dust cell")Swallows dirt and germs that reach the sac
Capillary endotheliumFlat cells lining the capillaryThe blood side of the respiratory membrane

Why does being thin matter so much? Gases cross much more slowly when the barrier gets thicker. Some diseases thicken this membrane. In pulmonary edema, fluid floods it. In pulmonary fibrosis, scar tissue stiffens it. Now oxygen has farther to travel. The patient gets short of breath, even though the air and the blood are both right there.

Surfactant: keeping the sacs from collapsing

A bubble with wet walls tends to collapse. That is because the water molecules lining it pull toward each other. This pull is called surface tension. If nothing stopped it, the smallest alveoli would snap shut every time you breathed out.

To prevent this, the type II alveolar cells release surfactant. It is a soapy mix of fats and proteins that coats the inside of the sacs. It breaks up the water’s pull and lowers surface tension. This keeps the sacs open and easy to fill.

Why premature babies struggle to breathe. A fetus does not make enough surfactant until late in pregnancy, around 28–34 weeks. If a baby is born too early, its alveoli collapse with each breath. This is infant respiratory distress syndrome. So premature newborns may be given man-made surfactant. And if a baby may be born early, the mother may get steroids to help its lungs mature faster.

Zoom into a single sac and its capillary in the interactive below.

Interactive Zoom into one air sac and the capillary hugging it. Tap each part of the paper-thin respiratory membrane. Open full ↑
Key points
  • About 300 million alveoli give about 70 m² of surface for gas exchange.
  • The respiratory membrane is about 0.5 µm thick. It has three layers: the alveolar wall, the fused basement membranes, and the capillary wall.
  • Type II cells make surfactant. It lowers surface tension and keeps alveoli from collapsing.

Section 3Breathing mechanics

How the diaphragm changes chest volume and pressure
Reference. How the diaphragm changes chest volume and pressure to move air — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

You make room, and air follows (Boyle’s law)

Here is a surprise. You do not actively suck air into your lungs. You make your chest bigger, and air rushes in on its own to fill the extra space.

The physics behind this is Boyle’s law. At a steady temperature, a gas’s pressure goes up when its volume goes down. Its pressure goes down when its volume goes up. Squeeze a container, and the pressure inside climbs. Make it bigger, and the pressure drops. Air always flows from higher pressure to lower pressure. So your muscles only have to change the size of your chest. The pressure difference moves the air for you.

Inspiration: an active pull

Breathing in, or inspiration, is active. It takes muscle work. The diaphragm is a dome of muscle under the lungs. It tightens and flattens downward. At the same time, the external intercostal muscles between the ribs lift the ribs up and out. Both actions enlarge the thoracic cavity, the space inside your chest.

By Boyle’s law, this bigger space lowers the pressure inside the lungs. This is called the intrapulmonary pressure. It drops just below the pressure of the air outside. So air flows in until the two pressures are equal.

The lungs themselves have no muscle. They follow the chest wall. A thin film of fluid holds them to it. So does the intrapleural pressure, which always stays negative. When the chest gets bigger, the lungs get bigger with it.

Expiration: mostly letting go

Breathing out, or expiration, is the opposite. At rest it is easier, because it is usually passive. The diaphragm and external intercostals just relax. The stretched lungs and chest wall recoil, or spring back, like a rubber band you let go. The chest gets smaller. The pressure inside the lungs rises above the pressure outside, so air flows out.

A quiet breath out needs no muscle work at all. Sometimes you need to force air out, like when you blow out candles, cough, or exercise hard. Only then do the internal intercostals and abdominal muscles join in to squeeze the chest.

InspirationExpiration (quiet)
EffortActive (muscles tighten)Passive (muscles relax)
Main musclesDiaphragm, external intercostalsNone; the lungs spring back on their own
Thoracic volumeGoes upGoes down
Intrapulmonary pressureFalls below the air outsideRises above the air outside
Air movementInOut
A punctured seal: pneumothorax. The negative intrapleural pressure keeps the lung stuck to the chest wall. Sometimes air gets into the pleural space, from a wound or a burst air sac. Then that seal breaks. The pressures even out, and the lung collapses inward. This is a pneumothorax. It is a clear reminder that the lung has no muscle of its own. It fills only because it is held tight against a moving chest wall.

Watch the diaphragm change the chest’s volume and pressure in the interactive below.

Interactive The diaphragm changes the chest’s volume. That changes its pressure (Boyle’s law), and air follows. Watch it breathe. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Boyle’s law: making the chest bigger lowers lung pressure, so air flows in. Making it smaller raises pressure, so air flows out.
  • Inspiration is active (diaphragm + external intercostals). Quiet expiration is passive (the lungs spring back).
  • A negative intrapleural pressure keeps the lungs stuck to the chest wall. Break the seal, and the lung collapses (pneumothorax).

Section 4Gas exchange

Partial pressures that drive gas exchange
Reference. Partial-pressure gradients driving external and internal respiration — NIH NIAID, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Partial pressure: each gas pushes on its own

Air is a mix of gases. In a mix, each gas adds its own share to the total pressure. That share is its partial pressure. Each gas acts as if the others were not there.

Oxygen makes up about 21% of air. So at sea level, its partial pressure is about 160 mmHg in the open air. We write this as PO₂. Inside the alveoli, the oxygen is mixed with other gases, so its PO₂ falls to about 104 mmHg.

This matters because of how gases spread, or diffuse. A gas moves from where its partial pressure is high to where it is low. It keeps moving until the two sides even out. Every gas exchange in the body is this one rule, used over and over.

External respiration: loading O₂, dumping CO₂

External respiration is the swap that happens in the lungs. It takes place between the air in the alveoli and the blood. Blood coming back from the body is low in oxygen, with a PO₂ of about 40 mmHg. It is high in carbon dioxide, with a PCO₂ of about 45 mmHg. The air in the alveoli is the reverse. It is high in oxygen (about 104 mmHg) and low in carbon dioxide (about 40 mmHg).

So oxygen moves down its gradient into the blood. Carbon dioxide moves the other way, out into the alveoli, and you breathe it out. Blood leaves the lungs fully loaded with oxygen. It has given up only a small part of its carbon dioxide. That is just enough to bring PCO₂ down from about 45 to about 40 mmHg. Most of the blood’s carbon dioxide stays with it, stored in a large bicarbonate pool. You will meet this pool in Section 5. Each trip through the lungs trims the pool. It does not empty it.

Internal respiration: the reverse at the tissues

Internal respiration is the same physics run backward, out in the body’s tissues. Cells always burn oxygen and give off carbon dioxide. So in the tissues, PO₂ is low, about 40 mmHg. PCO₂ is high, about 45 mmHg.

The blood arriving in the tissue capillaries is the opposite. So oxygen moves out of the blood into the cells. Carbon dioxide moves into the blood to be carried back to the lungs. It is the same rule in the opposite direction. The cycle repeats with every heartbeat.

GasAlveoli (air)Deoxygenated bloodTissues
PO₂~104 mmHg~40 mmHg~40 mmHg
PCO₂~40 mmHg~45 mmHg~45 mmHg
Net movementO₂ in, CO₂ out (external)—O₂ out, CO₂ in (internal)
Small gradient, big mover. Look at carbon dioxide’s partial-pressure gradient: 45 vs 40 mmHg. It is much smaller than oxygen’s gradient of 104 vs 40. Yet CO₂ still keeps up. That is because it dissolves about 20 times more easily than O₂, so it crosses the membrane easily. This shows that solubility, not just the gradient, sets how fast a gas moves across.

Switch between the lungs and the tissues in the interactive below.

Interactive Gases move from high to low partial pressure. They go one way in the lungs and the opposite way in the tissues. Switch between them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Each gas moves from high to low partial pressure. It stops when the pressures are equal.
  • External respiration (lungs): O₂ goes into the blood, and CO₂ goes out to be breathed out.
  • Internal respiration (tissues): O₂ goes out to the cells, and CO₂ goes into the blood. It is the same rule in reverse.

Section 5Gas transport in the blood

How oxygen and carbon dioxide travel in the blood
Reference. How oxygen rides on hemoglobin and carbon dioxide travels three ways — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Oxygen rides on hemoglobin

Oxygen barely dissolves in water. So blood plasma alone could never carry enough to keep you alive. Only about 1.5% of the oxygen in blood is dissolved. The other 98.5% is bound to hemoglobin. This is an iron-containing protein packed inside red blood cells.

Each hemoglobin molecule can hold up to four oxygen molecules on its iron sites. Hemoglobin loaded with oxygen is called oxyhemoglobin. This is the whole reason red blood cells exist. Hemoglobin lets blood carry about seventy times more oxygen than it could without it.

The oxygen–hemoglobin dissociation curve

Hemoglobin has a wonderful talent. It grabs oxygen tightly where oxygen is plentiful, in the lungs. It lets go of oxygen where oxygen is scarce, in the tissues. You can graph how full of oxygen hemoglobin is against the PO₂ around it. The result is an S-shaped line called the oxygen–hemoglobin dissociation curve.

Even better, hemoglobin responds to what the tissue needs. A hard-working tissue is warmer and more acidic. It also has more carbon dioxide. There, hemoglobin loosens its grip. It hands off more oxygen right where it is needed most. The shift caused by low pH and high CO₂ is the Bohr effect. Warmth shifts the curve the same way, but through a separate path. This is homeostasis, or keeping things in balance, on a tiny scale. The busiest cells automatically get the most oxygen.

Carbon dioxide travels three ways

Carbon dioxide takes three different rides back to the lungs. A small share, about 7%, just dissolves in plasma. About 23% binds to hemoglobin as carbaminohemoglobin. It sits on a different spot than oxygen does.

Most of it, about 70%, is changed into bicarbonate inside red blood cells. The enzyme carbonic anhydrase joins CO₂ with water to make carbonic acid. The carbonic acid splits into a hydrogen ion and a bicarbonate ion (HCO₃⁻). The bicarbonate slips out into the plasma. At the lungs, the whole reaction runs in reverse. This frees CO₂ so you can breathe it out.

GasForm in bloodShare
OxygenBound to hemoglobin (oxyhemoglobin)~98.5%
OxygenDissolved in plasma~1.5%
Carbon dioxideAs bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻)~70%
Carbon dioxideBound to hemoglobin (carbaminohemoglobin)~23%
Carbon dioxideDissolved in plasma~7%
Breathing is also pH control. Most CO₂ rides as bicarbonate, and making bicarbonate frees a hydrogen ion. So how fast you breathe quietly steers your blood pH. Breathe faster, and you blow off CO₂. That pulls the reaction backward and raises pH. Hold CO₂ in, and pH falls. This is why a person breathing too fast from anxiety can make their blood too basic, or alkaline. The breathing system and the blood’s buffer system are two sides of one coin.

Switch between oxygen and carbon dioxide transport in the interactive below.

Interactive Once gases cross into the blood, they must be carried. Oxygen and carbon dioxide travel very differently. Switch between them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Oxygen is carried mostly on hemoglobin (about 98.5%). Each molecule binds four O₂.
  • In the Bohr effect, low pH plus high CO₂ make hemoglobin release more oxygen in hard-working tissues. The warmth of those tissues shifts the curve the same way, by a separate path.
  • Carbon dioxide travels as bicarbonate (about 70%), on hemoglobin (about 23%), and dissolved (about 7%). This links breathing to blood pH.

Section 6Lung volumes & capacities

A spirometry trace of lung volumes and capacities
Reference. A spirometry trace showing the lung volumes and capacities — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Four volumes

A spirometer is a device that records how much air you move as you breathe. Its tracing is split into four basic volumes. Tidal volume (TV) is the small amount you move in a normal, quiet breath. It is about 500 mL.

Inspiratory reserve volume (IRV, about 3000 mL) is the extra air you can pull in with your deepest breath. Expiratory reserve volume (ERV, about 1100 mL) is the extra you can force out after a normal breath out. Last, residual volume (RV, about 1200 mL) is the air that always stays behind. You can never fully empty your lungs. That leftover air keeps the alveoli from collapsing between breaths.

Four capacities (volumes added together)

A capacity is just two or more volumes added together. Each one answers a useful question. Vital capacity (VC) is the total you can move from your deepest breath in to your hardest breath out. It equals TV + IRV + ERV, about 4600 mL. It is the number doctors care about most.

Total lung capacity (TLC) adds the residual volume back in. It is everything the lungs can hold, about 5800 mL. Inspiratory capacity (IC = TV + IRV) is all you can breathe in from rest. Functional residual capacity (FRC = ERV + RV) is what is left after a normal breath out.

MeasureDefinitionTypical value
Tidal volume (TV)Air in one normal, quiet breath~500 mL
Inspiratory reserve (IRV)Extra air you can force in~3000 mL
Expiratory reserve (ERV)Extra air you can force out~1100 mL
Residual volume (RV)Air that cannot be breathed out~1200 mL
Vital capacity (VC)TV + IRV + ERV~4600 mL
Total lung capacity (TLC)VC + RV (everything)~5800 mL

Dead space & what spirometry reveals

Not all the air you breathe in reaches the alveoli. About 150 mL stays in the conducting airways, where no gas exchange happens. This is the anatomical dead space. So of a 500 mL breath, only about 350 mL is fresh air that does real work.

Spirometry becomes truly powerful when it is timed. The FEV₁/FVC ratio tells how much of your vital capacity you can blow out in the first second. This ratio separates the two big families of lung disease. In obstructive disease, like asthma and COPD, the airways are narrow. Air comes out slowly, so the ratio drops. In restrictive disease, like fibrosis, the lungs are stiff and small. The volumes shrink, but the air that is there comes out quickly. So the ratio stays normal or high.

You can never fully deflate. The residual volume never leaves the lungs. A simple spirometer only measures air that moves in and out. So it cannot measure RV, FRC, or TLC directly. Those need special methods. This is also why a lung still floats in water, even after your hardest breath out. There is always air trapped inside.

Trace each volume on a spirometer in the interactive below.

Interactive A spirometer traces how much air you move. Quiet breathing uses only a sliver of your lungs’ capacity. Tap each volume to see it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are four volumes: tidal, inspiratory reserve, expiratory reserve, and residual. Capacities are volumes added together (VC, TLC, IC, FRC).
  • Residual volume always stays behind and keeps alveoli open. A simple spirometer cannot measure it.
  • A low FEV₁/FVC ratio points to obstructive disease. Small volumes with a normal ratio point to restrictive disease.

The chapter in one breath

  • The airway has a conducting zone that moves and conditions air. It also has a respiratory zone where gases are actually traded. Air travels nose → pharynx → larynx → trachea → bronchi → bronchioles → alveoli.
  • Gases are traded across the paper-thin respiratory membrane of about 300 million alveoli. Surfactant from type II cells keeps the sacs from collapsing.
  • Breathing follows Boyle’s law. Breathing in is active: the diaphragm and external intercostals make the chest bigger. A quiet breath out is passive: the lungs spring back.
  • Gases move from high to low partial pressure. O₂ goes in and CO₂ goes out at the lungs (external respiration). The reverse happens at the tissues (internal respiration).
  • Oxygen is carried mostly on hemoglobin. Carbon dioxide travels mostly as bicarbonate, which ties breathing to blood pH.
  • The lung’s volumes and capacities measure how much air you move. A low FEV₁/FVC ratio points to obstructive disease. Small volumes point to restrictive disease.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Alveolus
A tiny, thin-walled air sac (plural: alveoli). Here oxygen and carbon dioxide are traded with the blood.
Bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻)
The ion that most carbon dioxide is turned into so it can travel in the blood. It also plays a key part in the body’s acid–base balance.
Bohr effect
Hemoglobin holds oxygen less tightly when H⁺ rises (lower pH) and carbon dioxide rises. So it releases more oxygen in active tissue. Warmth shifts the curve the same way, but by a separate path, not by the Bohr effect.
Boyle’s law
At a steady temperature, a gas’s pressure goes up as its volume goes down, and the reverse. It explains how the chest moves air.
Bronchiole
A small airway of the conducting zone with no cartilage. Smooth muscle sets how wide it is.
Conducting zone
The airways, from the nose through the bronchioles. They carry, warm, moisten, and filter air, but they do not trade gases.
Dead space (anatomical)
The roughly 150 mL of air breathed in that stays in the conducting airways. It never reaches the alveoli for exchange.
Diaphragm
The dome-shaped muscle under the lungs. When it tightens, it is the main force behind breathing in.
Expiration
Breathing out. It is passive at rest, as the lungs spring back, and active when forced.
External respiration
Gas exchange in the lungs, between the air in the alveoli and the blood. Oxygen goes in, and carbon dioxide comes out.
Hemoglobin
The iron-containing protein in red blood cells. It binds and carries up to four oxygen molecules.
Inspiration
Breathing in. It is an active process in which the diaphragm and external intercostals make the chest bigger.
Internal respiration
Gas exchange in the tissues, between blood and cells. Oxygen goes out to the cells, and carbon dioxide goes into the blood.
Intrapleural pressure
The pressure in the fluid-filled space between the lung and the chest wall. It stays negative, so the lung stays filled against the wall.
Partial pressure
The share of the total pressure that comes from one gas in a mix. Gases move from high to low partial pressure.
Residual volume
The air (about 1200 mL) left in the lungs after your hardest breath out. You cannot push it out by choice.
Respiratory membrane
The barrier, about 0.5 µm thick, that gases cross. It is made of the alveolar wall, the fused basement membranes, and the capillary wall.
Spirometry
A test that measures how much air a person breathes and how fast. It is used to diagnose lung disease.
Surfactant
A mix of fats and proteins made by type II alveolar cells. It lowers surface tension and keeps alveoli from collapsing.
Tidal volume
The amount of air (about 500 mL) moved in one normal, quiet breath.
Vital capacity
The most air a person can breathe out after their deepest breath in. It equals the tidal, inspiratory reserve, and expiratory reserve volumes added together.

Check yourself

1. Put these in the order air passes through them: trachea, alveolus, larynx, bronchiole, pharynx. Which one is the first part of the respiratory (not conducting) zone?
Pharynx → larynx → trachea → bronchiole → alveolus. The alveolus is the respiratory-zone part. Everything from the nose down through the bronchioles is the conducting zone, which only moves air. Gas exchange starts in the respiratory zone, at the alveoli.
2. A longtime smoker has a lasting morning cough that brings up mucus. Which airway defense has failed? Why does that cause coughing?
The mucociliary escalator. Smoke stuns and destroys the cilia that normally sweep mucus and trapped dirt up and out. So the mess builds up in the airway, and the lungs must cough to clear it.
3. Name the three layers of the respiratory membrane. Why does pulmonary edema cause shortness of breath?
The alveolar wall, the fused basement membranes, and the capillary wall. Edema adds a layer of fluid and makes the barrier thicker. Oxygen must travel farther and more slowly. Less oxygen reaches the blood, and the patient feels short of breath.
4. What do type II alveolar cells release? What does it do? Why are very premature babies at special risk?
Surfactant, which lowers surface tension so alveoli stay open. A fetus makes little surfactant until late in pregnancy. So a very premature baby’s alveoli tend to collapse with each breath. This is infant respiratory distress syndrome.
5. Use Boyle’s law to explain what happens to chest volume, intrapulmonary pressure, and airflow when you breathe in.
Volume goes up, pressure falls below the air outside, and air flows in. The diaphragm and external intercostals make the chest bigger. By Boyle’s law, the bigger space lowers the pressure inside the lungs. Air moves from higher pressure (outside) to lower pressure (inside).
6. Which phase of quiet breathing is passive? What supplies the force for it?
A quiet breath out is passive. The breathing-in muscles just relax. The stretched lungs and chest wall spring back, which shrinks the chest and pushes air out. No muscle work is needed unless the breath out is forced.
7. A stab wound lets air into the pleural space, and the lung collapses. What normal pressure was lost? What does this show about how the lung fills?
The negative intrapleural pressure was lost, causing a pneumothorax. That negative pressure holds the lung to the chest wall. The lung has no muscle of its own. It fills only because it is held against a moving chest wall. Breaking the seal lets it spring shut.
8. In the lungs, alveolar PO₂ is about 104 mmHg, and the incoming blood’s PO₂ is about 40 mmHg. Which way does oxygen move? What is this process called?
Oxygen moves from the alveoli into the blood (high to low partial pressure). This is external respiration. At the same time, carbon dioxide moves the other way. It leaves the blood and enters the alveoli to be breathed out.
9. Carbon dioxide’s partial-pressure gradient across the respiratory membrane is much smaller than oxygen’s. Yet it keeps up. Why?
Carbon dioxide dissolves about 20 times more easily than oxygen. How fast a gas crosses depends on how well it dissolves, not just on the pressure gradient. So CO₂ crosses quickly, even with only a small 45-vs-40 mmHg difference.
10. How is most oxygen carried in the blood? What does the Bohr effect do in an exercising muscle?
About 98.5% of oxygen is bound to hemoglobin. The Bohr effect makes hemoglobin release more of it in active tissue. Exercising muscle is more acidic and rich in CO₂. This loosens hemoglobin’s grip, so more oxygen goes exactly where it is needed most. The muscle’s warmth adds to this, by a separate path.
11. Name the three ways carbon dioxide travels in the blood, from most to least. Name the enzyme behind the biggest one.
As bicarbonate (about 70%), bound to hemoglobin (about 23%), and dissolved (about 7%). Carbonic anhydrase drives the bicarbonate route. Inside red blood cells, carbonic anhydrase joins CO₂ and water into carbonic acid. This splits into a hydrogen ion and bicarbonate. The reaction runs in reverse at the lungs.
12. Two patients have abnormal spirometry. One has a low FEV₁/FVC ratio. The other has small volumes but a normal ratio. Which pattern is obstructive, and which is restrictive?
The low FEV₁/FVC ratio is obstructive. Small volumes with a normal ratio is restrictive. In obstruction (asthma, COPD), narrow airways slow the airflow, so less air comes out in the first second. In restriction (fibrosis), stiff lungs shrink the volumes. But the air that is there still comes out quickly.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 23

The Digestive System

Here is a strange idea. Every meal you have ever eaten stayed outside your body until this system took it apart. The digestive system is a long tube made of muscle. It runs roughly nine meters from mouth to anus. It takes in food and breaks it down, both by crushing and by chemistry. The goal is to make pieces small enough to cross a cell's outer skin, its membrane. Then it takes those pieces into the blood and gets rid of the leftovers. In this chapter we will walk the tube from one end to the other. You will watch the muscle in its walls push and mix. You will step inside the acid bath of the stomach and the soft, velvet lining of the small intestine. You will meet the helper glands that pour in their juices. Last, you will follow a bite of food down to the tiny building blocks your cells can burn. By the end, you should be able to trace a sandwich from your lips to your blood. You should also be able to name what happens at every stop.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Tell the alimentary canal apart from the accessory organs, and list the organs in each group.
  • Name the six essential digestive processes and the four layers of the gut wall.
  • Compare peristalsis and segmentation, and explain what each one does.
  • Describe the regions of the stomach and the gastric gland cells, plus what each cell makes.
  • Explain how the small intestine builds up its surface area. Explain how one villus takes in nutrients.
  • State what the salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas add, and how their juices reach the gut.
  • Follow the chemical digestion of carbs, proteins, fats, and nucleic acids down to the small pieces the body takes in.
  • Link common problems to the body parts that explain them. These include ulcers, celiac disease, gallstones, and lactose intolerance.

Section 1The digestive tract

Drawing of the organs of the digestive system
Reference. The organs of the digestive system — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One long tube, two kinds of organs

The digestive system has two groups of organs. They are easy to keep straight once you see the idea. The first group is the alimentary canal, also called the gastrointestinal (GI) tract. It is the one long muscle tube that food actually passes through. In order, it is the mouth, pharynx (throat), esophagus, stomach, small intestine, large intestine, and anus. Laid out end to end in a body after death, it runs about nine meters. In a living person, muscle tension keeps it quite a bit shorter.

The second group is the accessory organs, the helpers. They are the teeth, tongue, salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas. Food never passes through them. Instead, some help by physical work, like the teeth and tongue. Others pour juices into the tube through small pipes called ducts. Keep "tube" and "helpers" separate in your mind. It is the first big idea of this whole chapter.

Six jobs, start to finish

Everything this system does fits into six essential processes. It helps to name them in order. Ingestion is taking food in through the mouth. Propulsion moves food along the tube. First you swallow on purpose, and then waves of muscle called peristalsis take over on their own. Mechanical digestion breaks food into smaller bits by physical force. Chewing, stomach churning, and mixing in the intestine all count. This gives enzymes more surface to work on.

Chemical digestion uses enzymes, which are helper proteins, to split big molecules into small ones. Absorption moves the small molecules across the gut wall into blood or lymph. Last, defecation gets rid of what cannot be taken in. A seventh word, secretion, runs through all six steps. It means releasing useful fluids. Water, acid, enzymes, bile, and mucus are all released along the way to make digestion work.

The wall has four layers

From the esophagus to the anus, the tube is built from the same four layers. They wrap around each other like the layers of an onion. Once you know them, you can read any part of the tract. The innermost layer is the mucosa. It is the moist lining that makes juices and takes in food. It faces the hollow center of the tube, called the lumen. Around it is the submucosa. This is a layer of connective tissue full of blood vessels, lymph vessels, and a web of nerves.

Next comes the muscularis externa, the muscle layer. It is usually two sheets of smooth muscle. The inner sheet runs in rings, and the outer sheet runs along the length of the tube. When these muscles squeeze, they push and mix the food. The outermost layer is the serosa, also called the visceral peritoneum. It covers organs that hang free in the belly. Where an organ is fixed to the body wall, like the esophagus, the outer layer is an adventitia of tough, fiber-rich tissue instead.

LayerWhat it isMain job
MucosaLining cells, a thin layer of connective tissue, and a thin strip of muscle, facing the lumenMakes juices, takes in food, and guards the surface
SubmucosaLoose connective tissue with blood vessels, lymph vessels, glands, and nervesFeeds the mucosa; holds the submucosal nerve web
Muscularis externaInner circular and outer longitudinal smooth musclePeristalsis and segmentation; forms sphincters
Serosa / AdventitiaOuter visceral peritoneum, or a tough layer that anchors the organWraps and hangs the organ, or ties it in place
The lumen is really the outside world. The hollow channel through the tube is open to the outside at both ends. So food in your gut has not truly entered your body until it crosses the wall. That is why the gut lining has two jobs. It must take in food, and it must also block germs. Think of it as the border checkpoint between you and everything you swallow.

Tap each organ in the interactive below. You will see where it sits and what job it does.

Interactive Follow food through the 9-meter tube. Tap each organ to see its job. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The alimentary canal is the tube food passes through. The accessory organs help from the side. They are the teeth, tongue, salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas.
  • The six processes are ingestion → propulsion → mechanical digestion → chemical digestion → absorption → defecation. Secretion happens all along the way.
  • The gut wall has four layers: mucosa, submucosa, muscularis externa, serosa/adventitia.
  • The lumen is really outside the body. Food only truly enters you once it crosses the wall.

Section 2Moving and mixing

Drawing of peristalsis and segmentation
Reference. Peristalsis and segmentation of the gut wall — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two muscle layers, two kinds of motion

The smooth muscle in the gut wall makes two very different movements. Each one solves a different problem. When the muscle moves food forward, that is propulsion. When it mixes food in one place, that is mechanical digestion. The inner ring muscle makes the tube narrower when it squeezes. The outer lengthwise muscle makes the tube shorter. By timing these two sheets, the gut can push a lump of food along. Or it can churn it like a washing machine. Almost all of this happens without you thinking about it. The gut's own nerve network runs the show, and the brain only adds background signals.

Peristalsis: the wave that pushes

Peristalsis is a wave of squeezing that travels along the tube and pushes food forward. Just behind the lump of food, called a bolus, the ring muscle squeezes. Just ahead of it, the muscle relaxes to make room. So the food gets pushed along, the way you squeeze toothpaste up the tube. Peristalsis carries a swallowed bite down the esophagus in a few seconds. It is strong enough to work against gravity. You can swallow while lying down, or even upside down. The food still reaches your stomach, because the muscle is doing the work, not gravity.

Segmentation: mixing in place

Segmentation is a mixing rhythm that does not move food forward much. It happens mostly in the small intestine. Rings of muscle squeeze here and there, chopping the contents into sections. Then they relax while nearby rings squeeze. This sloshes the chyme, the soupy food mix, back and forth. It does two useful things at once. It blends food well with enzymes. It also presses the mix against the wall again and again, so nutrients can be taken in.

Only when most of the food has been taken in does segmentation give way to peristalsis. Then peristalsis moves the leftovers on. Special pacemaker cells set the beat for both motions. They are called the interstitial cells of Cajal. They send out slow electrical waves that the muscle follows.

FeaturePeristalsisSegmentation
What it does overallMoves food forward along the tubeMixes food in place, with little forward motion
Muscle actionSqueeze behind, relax ahead. A wave that travels.Rings that squeeze in place, taking turns
Main locationWhole tract: esophagus, stomach, intestinesSmall intestine (and colon)
Main purposePropulsionMixing food and pressing it against the wall to be taken in
Sphincters are one-way gates. In some spots the tube needs a valve. There, the ring muscle gets thick and forms a sphincter. The lower esophageal sphincter guards the top of the stomach. The pyloric sphincter lets chyme out of the stomach in small squirts. There is also the ileocecal valve and the anal sphincters. Sometimes the lower esophageal sphincter leaks. Then acid splashes up into the esophagus, and you feel it as heartburn (reflux).

Switch between the two motions in the interactive. Watch how each one moves the food.

Interactive Switch between peristalsis (pushes food along) and segmentation (mixes it in place). Open full ↑
Key points
  • Peristalsis pushes food along. Muscle squeezes behind the bolus and relaxes ahead, so it moves forward, even against gravity.
  • Segmentation mixes chyme in place and presses it against the wall so it can be taken in. It is the main motion in the small intestine.
  • Interstitial cells of Cajal set the beat for both motions.
  • Thick rings of muscle form sphincters. They act as one-way valves between parts of the tube.

Section 3The stomach

Drawing of the regions and glands of the stomach
Reference. Regions and secreting cells of the stomach — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A muscular bag with regions and folds

The stomach is a J-shaped bulge in the tube. It is a storage tank, a mixing bowl, and a chemical lab all at once. It has four regions. The cardia is where the esophagus enters. The fundus is the dome that bulges up beside it. The body is the large middle part. The pylorus is a funnel at the end. It narrows to the pyloric sphincter, which guards the exit into the small intestine.

When the stomach is empty, its lining lies in deep folds called rugae. These folds flatten out as the stomach fills. That lets it stretch to hold a liter or more. The stomach also has a third muscle layer that the rest of the tube lacks. This inner oblique layer runs at a slant under the other two. It lets the stomach churn in many directions at once. The churning grinds a meal into a creamy, acidic soup called chyme.

The gastric glands and their cells

The stomach lining is dotted with millions of tiny holes called gastric pits. They lead down into gastric glands. Different cells line these glands, and each one makes its own product. Surface mucous cells line the inside of the stomach and the pits. They make a thick mucus that is rich in bicarbonate, a base. This mucus shields the lining from acid. Deeper down, in the neck of each gland, are mucous neck cells. They make a different mucus. It is thinner and a little acidic, and it is not the protective coat.

Parietal cells are the hard workers. They pump out hydrochloric acid (HCl). Just as important, they also make intrinsic factor. Chief cells release pepsinogen. This is the inactive form of pepsin, an enzyme that splits protein. Chief cells also make a little gastric lipase, which works on fat. Mixed in among them are enteroendocrine cells, which make hormones. One kind, the G cells, releases the hormone gastrin into the blood. Gastrin tells the other cells to make their juices. Together, these cells make two to three liters of stomach juice a day.

CellMakesWhat it does
Surface mucous cellThick mucus rich in bicarbonate (a base)Coats the lining and protects it from acid and pepsin
Mucous neck cellThin, acidic mucusMakes the gland neck slippery. It is not the protective coat.
Parietal cellHCl and intrinsic factorMakes chyme acidic, turns on pepsin, and kills germs. Intrinsic factor is needed to take in vitamin B₁₂.
Chief cellPepsinogen, gastric lipasePepsinogen turns into pepsin in acid and breaks down protein
Enteroendocrine (G) cellGastrin (a hormone)Tells the stomach to make more juice and to churn

Making acid, and surviving it

Parietal cells drive the stomach's pH down to about 1.5 to 2. That is very acidic. It is strong enough to unfold proteins. It also turns pepsinogen into active pepsin. Acid release is switched on in three phases that overlap. The cephalic phase starts in the brain, when you see, smell, or think about food. The gastric phase starts when the stomach stretches and meets protein. It is the largest phase. In the intestinal phase, chyme moves on. This phase first boosts acid release for a short time, then calms it down.

So why doesn't the stomach digest itself? Its mucosal barrier protects it in three ways. First, there is a thick coat of mucus full of bicarbonate. Second, tight seals called tight junctions join the lining cells to each other. Third, the surface cells are replaced every few days. So any damaged patch is quickly covered again.

No intrinsic factor, no B₁₂. Your body can only take in vitamin B₁₂ when it is joined to intrinsic factor. That happens far down the tube, in the ileum. Intrinsic factor comes from the parietal cells. In autoimmune gastritis, the body's defenses destroy those cells. Then B₁₂ can't be taken in, and the person gets pernicious anemia. This happens no matter how much B₁₂ is in their food. It shows how a juice from one organ can matter in a place much farther along.

Switch between the stomach's regions and its gland cells in the interactive.

Interactive Explore the stomach's regions and the gland cells that pour out acid and enzymes. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Regions: cardia, fundus, body, pylorus. Rugae let it stretch. A third, slanted oblique muscle layer churns food into chyme.
  • Gland cells: parietal (HCl + intrinsic factor), chief (pepsinogen), mucous neck (mucus), G cells (gastrin).
  • A pH of about 1.5–2 turns on pepsin. Acid release runs in cephalic, gastric, and intestinal phases.
  • The mucosal barrier keeps the stomach from digesting itself. It uses bicarbonate mucus, tight junctions, and fast cell replacement.

Section 4The small intestine

Drawing of the folds, villi, and microvilli of the small intestine
Reference. The absorptive surface of the small intestine — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three segments, one enormous surface

The small intestine is where almost all chemical digestion finishes. It is also where almost all food is taken in. So nearly everything about it is built to give chyme as much surface as possible. It has three parts, in order. The duodenum is short and curved. It gets chyme from the stomach, plus bile and pancreatic juice. The jejunum is long, and it is the main place where food is taken in. The ileum finishes the job. It empties into the large intestine at the ileocecal valve.

The small intestine is only about an inch wide. But it is by far the longest part of the tube. It uses three levels of folding to turn that length into a huge surface. The surface is roughly the size of a tennis court, around 200 square meters.

Three amplifiers of surface area

The extra surface comes in three levels, each one folding the level above it. First, the wall itself has lasting ridges called circular folds (plicae circulares). They make chyme spiral slowly along, so it has more time and contact. Second, every fold is covered with millions of tiny fingers called villi. Each one sticks out about a millimeter. Third, each cell on a villus has thousands of tiny bumps on its top edge, called microvilli. They are packed so tight they look furry under a microscope. This fuzzy edge is called the brush border. Together, these three levels make the tube's surface more than 500 times bigger than a flat tube.

AmplifierWhat it isRough effect
Circular foldsLasting ridges of the whole wallSlow the chyme and make it spiral; about 3× the area
VilliTiny fingers of lining, about 1 mm tallCover every fold; about 10× the area
Microvilli (brush border)Tiny bumps on the top edge of each cellHuge final surface; about 20× the area; hold digestive enzymes

Inside a single villus

Zoom in on one villus. You will find the whole food-taking machine in miniature. Its outer layer is a sheet of absorptive epithelial cells (enterocytes). These cells carry the brush border. Enzymes on the brush border finish breaking down sugars and small protein bits right where they are taken in. Inside the villus is a web of capillaries, the tiniest blood vessels. They carry sugars and amino acids off to the liver.

In the center is one lymph vessel with a closed end, called a lacteal. It takes in digested fats. Between the villi are deep pits called intestinal crypts. They keep making new cells to replace the ones worn off the tips. That is why the lining renews itself every few days.

Flatten the villi and absorption collapses. In celiac disease, the body's defenses react to gluten, a protein in wheat. They attack and wear down the villi until the lining is nearly flat. With the extra surface gone, nutrients pass through without being taken in. This causes diarrhea, weight loss, and a lack of key nutrients. It is a clear sign that in this organ, surface area is the job.

In the interactive, tap each level of folding. Then explore the parts of one villus.

Interactive Peel through the three levels of folding, then tap the parts of a single villus. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The parts in order are duodenum → jejunum → ileum. Most digestion and absorption happen here.
  • Three levels add surface: circular folds → villi → microvilli (brush border). Together they give about 200 m².
  • A villus holds a capillary network (for sugars and amino acids) and a lacteal (for fats). New cells come from the crypts.
  • When the villi are destroyed, as in celiac disease, the body can't take in food well.

Section 5The accessory organs

Drawing of the accessory digestive organs and their ducts
Reference. The accessory organs and their ducts — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Glands that pour in from the side

Food never passes through the helper glands. Instead, they make juices and send them into the tube through ducts. Most juices go into the mouth or the duodenum. Three sets of glands matter most. First are the salivary glands. The parotid gland sits in front of each ear. The submandibular gland sits under the jaw. The sublingual gland sits under the tongue. Together they release up to a liter and a half of saliva a day.

Saliva wets food so it forms a soft lump, a bolus, that you can swallow. It starts breaking down starch with an enzyme called salivary amylase. It also guards your mouth. It has lysozyme, an enzyme that kills bacteria, plus antibodies that fight germs.

The liver and gallbladder

The liver is the body's largest gland. It is a chemical factory with dozens of jobs. But its one job in digestion is to make bile. Bile is a greenish fluid. It holds bile salts, which act on fat the way dish soap acts on grease. They emulsify fat. That means they break big blobs of fat into lots of tiny droplets. This gives fat-digesting enzymes far more surface to work on.

Between meals, bile flows into the gallbladder. This small, muscular pouch stores bile and makes it stronger. Then a fatty meal reaches the duodenum. A hormone called cholecystokinin (CCK) tells the gallbladder to squeeze. Bile flows down the common bile duct into the small intestine.

The pancreas: two glands in one

The pancreas sits behind the stomach and has two jobs. Its exocrine part sends juice into the gut through a duct. Clusters of cells called acinar cells make pancreatic juice. This is the most complete digestive juice in the body. It has enzymes for every food group. There is pancreatic amylase for starch and lipase for fat. There are trypsin and chymotrypsin for protein, and nucleases for nucleic acids. The juice also has lots of bicarbonate. This base cancels out the acid in the chyme coming from the stomach. That way, the enzymes in the intestine can work at a near-neutral pH.

The pancreas also has an endocrine part, which sends hormones into the blood. These are small clusters called the pancreatic islets. They release insulin and glucagon to control blood sugar. The pancreatic duct joins the common bile duct at a spot called the hepatopancreatic ampulla. Their mixed flow enters the duodenum through a ring of muscle, the sphincter of Oddi.

OrganWhat it releasesWhat it adds to digestion
Salivary glandsSaliva (amylase, lysozyme, mucus)Wets food, starts starch digestion, guards the mouth
LiverBile (bile salts)Emulsifies fats into small droplets
GallbladderNone of its own (stores bile and makes it stronger)Releases bile when CCK signals it
Pancreas (exocrine)Pancreatic juice (enzymes + bicarbonate)Digests all food groups; neutralizes acid
Bile is a detergent, not an enzyme. Bile salts do not break any chemical bonds. They only scatter fat into tiny droplets so pancreatic lipase can reach it. Sometimes bile flow gets blocked, for example by a gallstone stuck in the bile duct. Then fat is not digested well, and stools turn pale and greasy. The trapped bile pigment backs up into the blood and turns the skin yellow. This is called jaundice.

Tap each helper organ in the interactive to see where its juice goes.

Interactive Tap each accessory organ to see the juice it pours into the small intestine. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The salivary glands (parotid, submandibular, sublingual) wet food. They start starch digestion with amylase.
  • The liver makes bile, which emulsifies fat. The gallbladder stores bile and releases it when CCK signals.
  • The pancreas makes enzymes for every food group, plus bicarbonate to cancel out acid. Separately, it makes insulin and glucagon.
  • The pancreatic duct and bile duct join at the hepatopancreatic ampulla to enter the duodenum.

Section 6Chemical digestion

Drawing of how enzymes break down each nutrient
Reference. Enzymatic breakdown of the major nutrients — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Why big molecules must be cut down

Most nutrients in food come as big, long chains. Starch, proteins, fats, and nucleic acids are all like this. They are simply too big to cross the cell membranes of the gut lining. Chemical digestion fixes this by hydrolysis, which means "splitting with water." Enzymes cut the bonds that hold each chain together. They add a molecule of water at every cut. They keep cutting until only small building blocks are left, which the body can take in.

Each food group has its own team of enzymes and its own end products. It is worth learning them side by side. Tests and doctors will both ask you to trace a nutrient from your plate to your blood.

Carbohydrates, proteins, and nucleic acids

Carbohydrate digestion starts in the mouth with salivary amylase. It picks up again in the small intestine with pancreatic amylase. Both break starch into maltose, a sugar made of two parts, and other small pieces. Next, enzymes on the brush border take over. Maltase, sucrase, and lactase split these two-part sugars into single sugars. The single sugars are glucose, fructose, and galactose, and these are taken in.

Protein digestion begins in the stomach with pepsin. It goes on in the intestine with two pancreatic enzymes, trypsin and chymotrypsin. Enzymes on the brush border called peptidases finish the job. They free single amino acids, the building blocks of protein.

Nucleic acids, like DNA and RNA, are cut by pancreatic nucleases into pieces called nucleotides. Then brush-border nucleosidases and phosphatases take those apart. The final pieces are nitrogenous bases, pentose sugars, and phosphate ions. Those pieces are taken in, not whole nucleotides.

Fats take a different route

Fat digestion is the special case. Fat does not mix with the watery chyme. So bile salts must first emulsify it into tiny droplets. Only then can pancreatic lipase cut each fat molecule, a triglyceride. The results are monoglycerides and free fatty acids. Little bundles of bile salts called micelles carry them to the surface of the villus. They pass into the gut cell.

Inside the cell, they are put back together into triglycerides. Then they are coated in protein and shipped out as droplets called chylomicrons. These are too big to enter the capillaries. So chylomicrons go into the lacteal instead. That is why fat from food travels through the lymph first. Sugars and amino acids go straight to the liver in the blood.

NutrientKey enzymesTaken in as
CarbohydrateSalivary and pancreatic amylase; brush-border maltase, sucrase, lactaseSingle sugars (glucose, fructose, galactose)
ProteinPepsin (stomach); trypsin, chymotrypsin; brush-border peptidasesAmino acids
FatBile salts (emulsify) + pancreatic lipaseMonoglycerides and fatty acids → chylomicrons
Nucleic acidPancreatic nucleases (make nucleotides); brush-border nucleosidases and phosphatasesNitrogenous bases, pentose sugars, phosphate ions
Lactose intolerance is a missing brush-border enzyme. Some people have low levels of the enzyme lactase. Then lactose, the sugar in milk, passes into the colon without being broken down. There, bacteria feed on it and make gas. The sugar also pulls in water. The result is bloating, cramps, and diarrhea. This is lactose intolerance. It is chemical digestion failing at one last step on the brush border.

Tap a nutrient in the interactive. Follow it down to the building blocks your body takes in.

Interactive Tap a nutrient and follow its enzymes down to the building blocks your cells take in. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Chemical digestion is hydrolysis. Enzymes cut long chains into small building blocks the body can take in.
  • Carbs → single sugars (amylase, then brush-border maltase, sucrase, and lactase). Proteins → amino acids (pepsin, trypsin, chymotrypsin, peptidases). Nucleic acids → nucleotides → bases, pentose sugars, and phosphates.
  • Fats need bile emulsification before lipase can work. Then they travel as chylomicrons into the lacteal.
  • A missing brush-border enzyme (lactase) explains lactose intolerance.

The chapter in one breath

  • The digestive system is an alimentary canal (mouth → anus) plus accessory organs. Its jobs are ingestion, propulsion, mechanical and chemical digestion, absorption, and defecation.
  • The gut wall has four layers: mucosa, submucosa, muscularis externa, and serosa/adventitia. They repeat along the whole tube. The lumen is really outside the body.
  • Smooth muscle makes peristalsis, which pushes food forward. It also makes segmentation, which mixes food so it can be taken in. Sphincters act as one-way gates.
  • The stomach churns food into chyme. Its parietal, chief, mucous, and G cells make acid, pepsinogen, intrinsic factor, mucus, and gastrin. Its mucosal barrier protects it.
  • The small intestine takes in almost everything. It uses circular folds, villi, and microvilli to build a huge surface. Each villus holds capillaries and a lacteal.
  • The salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas pour in saliva, bile, and pancreatic juice. Pancreatic juice is full of enzymes and bicarbonate.
  • Chemical digestion breaks carbs into single sugars and proteins into amino acids. Fats are emulsified by bile, cut into fatty acids, and shipped as chylomicrons. Nucleic acids become nucleotides and then bases, sugars, and phosphates.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Absorption
Moving digested nutrients across the gut wall into the blood or lymph.
Accessory organs
Helper organs that aid digestion, but food does not pass through them. They are the teeth, tongue, salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas.
Alimentary canal
The one long muscle tube that food travels through, from mouth to anus. It is also called the GI tract.
Bile
A fluid made by the liver. Its bile salts emulsify fats. The gallbladder stores it and makes it stronger.
Chylomicron
A protein-coated droplet of fat. It carries fat from the gut cell into the lacteal and lymph.
Chyme
The soupy, acidic mix of partly digested food and stomach juice. It leaves the stomach.
Emulsification
Breaking big blobs of fat into tiny droplets, done by bile salts. It gives lipase more surface to work on.
Hydrolysis
Splitting a big molecule by adding water, with the help of an enzyme. It is the chemistry behind chemical digestion.
Intrinsic factor
A protein made by parietal cells. It is needed to take in vitamin B₁₂ in the ileum. Losing it causes pernicious anemia.
Lacteal
A closed-end lymph vessel in the center of a villus. It takes in digested fats as chylomicrons.
Mucosa
The innermost layer of the gut. It faces the lumen and makes juices and takes in food.
Parietal cell
A stomach gland cell that makes hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factor.
Pepsin
The stomach's protein-digesting enzyme. It forms when acid turns on pepsinogen from chief cells.
Peristalsis
A wave of smooth-muscle squeezing that travels along the tube and pushes food forward.
Rugae
Deep folds in the lining of an empty stomach. They flatten as it fills, so it can stretch.
Segmentation
Rings of muscle that squeeze in place. They mix chyme and press it against the wall so it can be taken in.
Serosa
The outer layer of a gut organ that hangs free in the belly. It is also called the visceral peritoneum.
Sphincter
A thick ring of muscle that acts as a valve between parts of the tube.
Villus
A tiny finger of lining in the small intestine. It is covered with microvilli and takes in nutrients.

Check yourself

1. A classmate lists the liver, stomach, pancreas, and esophagus together as "the tube food passes through." Which of these do not belong? What is the right name for their group?
The liver and the pancreas do not belong. They are accessory organs. Food does pass through the esophagus and stomach, which are part of the alimentary canal. But the liver and pancreas only send juices into the tube through ducts.
2. Name the six essential digestive processes in order. Which one breaks food into smaller bits, giving enzymes more surface?
Ingestion → propulsion → mechanical digestion → chemical digestion → absorption → defecation. Mechanical digestion adds surface area. Chewing and churning break food into smaller bits, so enzymes have more surface to work on.
3. List the four layers of the gut wall, from the lumen outward. Which layer has the two muscle sheets that make peristalsis?
Mucosa → submucosa → muscularis externa → serosa/adventitia. The muscularis externa does the pushing. Its inner ring muscle and outer lengthwise muscle make both peristalsis and segmentation.
4. Compare peristalsis and segmentation. What does each one do? Where does segmentation mostly happen?
Peristalsis pushes food forward. Segmentation mixes it in place, mostly in the small intestine. Peristalsis is a wave that travels. Segmentation is rings that squeeze in place, taking turns. They mix chyme with enzymes and press it against the wall to be taken in.
5. Why can you swallow a drink of water while lying flat, or even upside down?
Because peristalsis moves the bolus, not gravity. The ring muscle squeezes behind the bolus and relaxes ahead of it. This pushes it toward the stomach, no matter how your body is placed.
6. Match each stomach gland cell to what it makes: parietal cell, chief cell, G cell, mucous neck cell.
Parietal → HCl and intrinsic factor. Chief → pepsinogen. G cell → gastrin. Mucous neck → acidic mucus. Pepsinogen becomes active pepsin in the acid made by parietal cells. Gastrin is a hormone that tells the whole gland to work.
7. A patient's parietal cells have been destroyed by autoimmune gastritis. Which vitamin can't they take in? What condition results?
Vitamin B₁₂. This causes pernicious anemia. Parietal cells make intrinsic factor. B₁₂ must join to it to be taken in, in the ileum. Without it, no amount of B₁₂ in food gets taken in.
8. Name the three features that give the small intestine its huge surface for taking in food. Go from largest to smallest.
Circular folds → villi → microvilli (the brush border). Each level folds the one above it. Together they make the surface more than 500 times bigger, to roughly 200 square meters.
9. Inside one villus, which vessel takes in digested sugars and amino acids? Which one takes in digested fat?
The capillary network takes in sugars and amino acids. The lacteal takes in fat. Fats leave the cell as chylomicrons. These are too big for capillaries, so they enter the lacteal, a lymph vessel, instead.
10. The pancreas adds two things that make the small intestine work. Name both. Explain why the second one is needed.
A full set of digestive enzymes, and lots of bicarbonate. Bicarbonate cancels out the acid in chyme coming from the stomach. This lets the enzymes in the intestine work at the near-neutral pH they like best.
11. Bile is needed to digest fat, yet it has no enzymes. What does it actually do? What happens if a gallstone blocks the bile duct?
Bile salts emulsify fat. They scatter it into tiny droplets so lipase can reach it. If the duct is blocked, fat is not digested well, and stools turn pale and greasy. Bile pigment also backs up and turns the skin yellow. This is jaundice.
12. Trace each nutrient to the small pieces the body takes in: starch, protein, triglyceride. For the fat, name the form it takes when it leaves the gut cell.
Starch → single sugars. Protein → amino acids. Triglyceride → monoglycerides and fatty acids, which are rebuilt and sent out as chylomicrons. Sugars and amino acids enter the blood capillaries. Chylomicrons enter the lacteal and travel through the lymph first.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 24

Metabolism & Nutrition

Every second you are alive, thousands of chemical reactions are running inside your cells. Some build things up, and some break things down. All of them deal with energy. That whole web of reactions is called metabolism. In this chapter, the food on your plate finally meets the machines inside your cells. You will follow a molecule of glucose, a simple sugar, as it is taken apart to make ATP. You will watch your body switch between storing fuel after a meal and spending it between meals. You will also learn what the six kinds of nutrients do once they are inside you. By the end, a simple question, why do we eat?, will have a clear and satisfying answer.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Define metabolism. Tell anabolism apart from catabolism by which way they go and how they handle energy.
  • Explain how ATP stores and hands out energy, and how catabolism is linked to anabolism.
  • Follow glucose through the four steps of cellular respiration. Count the ATP made at each step.
  • Explain why aerobic respiration needs oxygen, and what the cell does when it runs short.
  • Compare the absorptive and postabsorptive states, and the roles of insulin and glucagon.
  • Name the six classes of nutrients. Say which ones give energy, and how many calories each one gives.
  • Sort the fat-soluble vitamins from the water-soluble ones. Predict which are stored and which you must eat often.
  • Describe energy balance and the three parts of the energy you burn each day.

Section 1Anabolism & catabolism

Drawing of anabolism and catabolism
Reference. Catabolism releases energy from food; anabolism spends it to build molecules — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

One word for every reaction

Metabolism is the sum of every chemical reaction in the body. A huge number of them run at the same time. To make sense of them, we sort each reaction into one of two directions. Anabolism is the building direction. Small molecules are joined into bigger ones. This is usually done by dehydration synthesis, which means a water molecule is removed to form a bond. Amino acids become proteins. Glucose units become glycogen, a stored form of sugar. Fatty acids and glycerol become fat.

Building costs energy. So anabolic reactions are endergonic, which means they take in energy. They must be paid for. Catabolism is the breaking-down direction. Big molecules are split into smaller ones. This is usually done by hydrolysis, which means water is added to break a bond. Catabolism frees the energy that was locked in those bonds. So these reactions are exergonic, which means they give off energy. They pay out. The two directions work as a team. The energy freed by catabolism is exactly what pays for anabolism.

ATP: the cell's rechargeable battery

The body does not spend food energy directly. Instead, it turns that energy into one kind of money that every cell uses. That money is ATP (adenosine triphosphate). ATP holds its energy in the bonds between its three phosphate groups. Snap off the last phosphate, and you get ADP, a free phosphate, and a burst of energy the cell can use. The cell uses that burst to power muscle movement, nerve signals, and building work.

Catabolism then recharges the battery. It sticks the phosphate back on, turning ADP back into ATP. This constant charge and use is called energy coupling. A reaction that gives off energy is linked to one that needs energy. That way, the energy is handed off instead of lost as heat. You cycle about your whole body weight in ATP every day. That is not because you store that much. It is because each molecule gets recharged thousands of times.

Following the electrons

Many reactions in metabolism are oxidation-reduction (redox) reactions. In these, electrons move from one molecule to another. A molecule that loses electrons is oxidized. A molecule that gains them is reduced. This matters because electrons carry energy. The cell moves them around with shuttle molecules called electron carriers. The main ones are NAD⁺ and FAD. When these carriers pick up electrons, they become NADH and FADH₂. They are loading up on energy to deliver later. Hold on to that idea. In the next section, those loaded carriers are the key to making most of your ATP.

FeatureAnabolismCatabolism
DirectionBuilds big molecules from small onesBreaks big molecules into small ones
Reaction typeDehydration synthesisHydrolysis
EnergyNeeds energy (endergonic); uses ATPGives off energy (exergonic); makes ATP
ExampleAmino acids → protein; glucose → glycogenProtein → amino acids; glycogen → glucose
Anabolic builds, catabolic breaks. A gym word gives it away. "Anabolic" steroids are used to build muscle. When you see "ana-," think up and together. When you see "cata-," think down and apart. And remember the payoff: catabolism frees the energy that anabolism spends.

Switch between the building and breaking directions in the interactive below.

Interactive Metabolism runs in two directions. One builds molecules and stores energy. The other breaks them down and frees it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Metabolism is all the reactions in the body. Anabolism builds up (endergonic, uses ATP). Catabolism breaks down (exergonic, makes ATP).
  • ATP is the cell's energy money. It breaks into ADP + phosphate to do work, and catabolism recharges it.
  • Energy coupling links reactions that give off energy to ones that need it. So the energy is used, not wasted.
  • The electron carriers NAD⁺ and FAD carry energy-rich electrons from catabolism to the steps that make ATP.

Section 2Cellular respiration

Drawing of the stages of cellular respiration
Reference. The stages of cellular respiration and where each occurs in the cell — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Burning glucose, carefully

Cellular respiration is the careful, step-by-step breakdown of glucose to make ATP. Think of it as a slow, safe burn. The cell does not free all of glucose's energy at once in a harmful flash. Instead, it takes the energy away in small steps and saves it in ATP as it goes. The process has four stages in two places. The first stage happens in the cytoplasm, the fluid that fills the cell. The last three happen inside the mitochondrion, the cell's power plant. With enough oxygen, one glucose molecule can make up to about 30 to 32 ATP. Let's follow it stage by stage.

The four stages

1. Glycolysis happens in the cytoplasm and needs no oxygen. One glucose, which has six carbons, is split into two pyruvate molecules. Each pyruvate has three carbons. The cell spends two ATP to start and gets four back. That is a net gain of 2 ATP, plus 2 NADH.

2. Pyruvate oxidation is also called the transition reaction. Each pyruvate moves into the matrix, the inner space of the mitochondrion. There, one carbon is cut off and leaves as CO₂. The rest is joined to a carrier to form acetyl CoA. This step makes more NADH.

3. The citric acid cycle (Krebs cycle) also happens in the matrix. Acetyl CoA is fed into a loop. The loop frees the rest of the carbons as CO₂. It makes a little ATP directly. Most important, it loads up many NADH and FADH₂ carriers.

4. Oxidative phosphorylation happens on the inner membrane of the mitochondrion. This is where the big payoff comes. The loaded carriers drop their electrons into the electron transport chain. The chain uses that energy to pump H⁺ ions across the membrane, building up a crowd on one side. The ions then rush back through an enzyme that spins like a water wheel. As it spins, it snaps phosphates onto ADP. This step alone makes most of the ATP.

StageLocationNeeds O₂?Main products
GlycolysisCytoplasmNo2 pyruvate, net 2 ATP, 2 NADH
Pyruvate oxidationMitochondrial matrixYes (aerobic)Acetyl CoA, CO₂, NADH
Citric acid cycleMitochondrial matrixYes (aerobic)CO₂, 2 ATP, NADH, FADH₂
Oxidative phosphorylationInner mitochondrial membraneYesAbout 26–28 ATP, H₂O

Why oxygen, and what happens without it

Here is the big point of the whole process. Oxygen is the final electron acceptor. At the very end of the electron transport chain, the used-up electrons and some H⁺ ions are handed to O₂. This forms H₂O, water. That is the water you make from breathing. If no oxygen is there to take them, the chain backs up like a clogged drain. The carriers stay loaded, and stages 2 through 4 grind to a stop.

When that happens, the cell falls back on anaerobic fermentation, which means making energy without oxygen. It keeps glycolysis going by turning pyruvate into lactic acid. This step frees up the NAD⁺ that glycolysis needs. It gives a fast trickle of 2 ATP with no oxygen. That helps a sprinting muscle. But it is very wasteful, and lactic acid builds up. That is part of why hard exercise burns.

No oxygen, no chain. This is why choking, drowning, and a blocked heart artery can kill so quickly. Without O₂ to take the electrons, oxidative phosphorylation stops. ATP output falls to the tiny trickle from fermentation. The poison cyanide kills the same way. It jams the electron transport chain, even when there is plenty of oxygen.

Step through all four stages in the interactive. Watch the ATP add up.

Interactive How one glucose becomes up to about 32 ATP, in four stages and two places. Step through and watch the total climb. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Cellular respiration is the careful breakdown of glucose. It makes up to about 30–32 ATP.
  • Four stages: glycolysis (cytoplasm) → pyruvate oxidation → citric acid cycle (matrix) → oxidative phosphorylation (inner membrane).
  • Oxidative phosphorylation makes most of the ATP. O₂ is the final electron acceptor, and it forms water.
  • Without oxygen, cells use anaerobic fermentation. It makes only 2 ATP per glucose, and lactic acid is left over.

Section 3Metabolic states: fed vs fasting

Drawing of the fasting metabolic state
Reference. The postabsorptive (fasting) state — glucagon mobilizes fuel from liver, muscle, and fat — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two modes: store or spend

Your fuel supply is not steady. It comes in bursts at mealtimes, then runs low for hours. To cope, the body runs in two metabolic states. The absorptive (fed) state is the few hours after a meal. Nutrients pour in from the gut, and blood sugar rises. The job now is to store the extra. Extra glucose is packed into glycogen. This is called glycogenesis. Extra fuel is also turned into fat, which is called lipogenesis. Amino acids are used to build protein.

The postabsorptive (fasting) state takes over once the meal is fully taken in. This happens overnight, between meals, or during a fast. Now the job flips to releasing stored fuel to keep blood sugar steady. Glycogen is broken back down into glucose, which is called glycogenolysis. Fat is broken down, which is called lipolysis. The liver even makes brand-new glucose from things that are not carbs, like amino acids. This is called gluconeogenesis, which means "making new glucose."

Two hormones run the switch

Two hormones from the pancreas mostly decide which state you are in. They work against each other. Insulin is the storage hormone. It rises after a meal and moves glucose into cells. It turns on all the building pathways. Glucagon is the releasing hormone. It rises during fasting and turns on the pathways that free stored fuel. Think of them as a seesaw. High insulin means store. High glucagon means spend. One organ is the hub for all of this: the liver. It stores glycogen after meals and sends out glucose between them. This keeps blood sugar in its narrow, healthy range all day and night.

Protecting the brain

Why go to all this trouble? Because the brain runs almost only on glucose. It can't store its own fuel, so blood sugar must never crash. During a long fast, the body uses glucose sparing. Most tissues switch to burning fatty acids. That saves the scarce glucose for the brain. In long starvation, the liver turns fat into ketone bodies. These are a backup fuel the brain can partly use. It is a clever trick. But ketones are acidic, and a large buildup can make the blood dangerously acidic.

FeatureAbsorptive (fed)Postabsorptive (fasting)
WhenHours after a mealBetween meals, overnight, fasting
GoalStore extra fuelRelease stored fuel
Main hormoneInsulinGlucagon
Key processesGlycogenesis, lipogenesis, making proteinGlycogenolysis, lipolysis, gluconeogenesis, ketogenesis (making ketones)
Blood sugar trendRising → storedFalling → protected
Insulin stores, glucagon spends. This one pair explains diabetes. Without working insulin, cells can't take in glucose after a meal. So blood sugar climbs while the cells starve. The body acts as if it were fasting, even while it is full of fuel. That is why people with untreated diabetes can slip into dangerous ketosis.

Flip between the fed and fasting states in the interactive below.

Interactive Your body switches modes. After you eat, it stores fuel. Between meals, it releases fuel. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The absorptive state stores extra fuel (glycogenesis, lipogenesis). The postabsorptive state releases it (glycogenolysis, gluconeogenesis, lipolysis).
  • Insulin drives storage, and glucagon drives release. They act like a seesaw, and the liver is the center.
  • The brain needs glucose. So during fasting, the body protects blood sugar by glucose sparing. In a long fast, it also makes ketone bodies.

Section 4The six nutrient classes

Food guide picture showing the kinds of food in a healthy diet
Reference. A healthy diet must supply six classes of nutrients — USDAgov, Public domain (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three that fuel you, three that don't

Everything worth eating falls into six classes of nutrients. Three of them give you energy you can use. You eat them in large amounts, so they are called the macronutrients ("macro" means large). They are carbohydrates, lipids (fats), and proteins. The other three give no energy at all. But you need them in smaller amounts. They are vitamins, minerals, and water.

"No energy" does not mean "you can skip it." Without water or tiny amounts of certain minerals, you would die long before you starved. Each class has a job. Carbs are the body's favorite quick fuel. Fats are the most packed energy store, and they build every cell's outer membrane. Proteins mostly build and run things, like enzymes, muscle, and antibodies. The body burns protein for energy only as a last choice.

How much energy is in food?

The energy in food is measured in kilocalories. On food labels, these are written as "Calories" with a capital C. Only the three macronutrients have calories, and they are not equal. Carbs and protein each give about 4 kcal per gram. Fat has more than twice that, about 9 kcal per gram. That is why fatty foods are so high in calories. It is also why the body picks fat for its long-term energy store. Alcohol is not a nutrient, but it also has energy, about 7 kcal per gram.

Essential nutrients: the ones you must eat

An essential nutrient is one your body can't make, or can't make enough of. So it must come from food. These include about nine essential amino acids and a couple of essential fatty acids. They also include all the vitamins and minerals. This is why protein quality matters. A complete protein has all the essential amino acids. Meat, eggs, dairy, and soy are examples. Most single plant foods are incomplete. But if you combine plants that fill each other's gaps, like beans with rice, you get the full set.

Nutrient classGives energy?Main roleEnergy value
CarbohydratesYesFavorite quick fuel4 kcal/g
ProteinsYesBuilding, enzymes, defense; last-choice fuel4 kcal/g
Lipids (fats)YesPacked energy store; cell membranes; hormones9 kcal/g
VitaminsNoCoenzymes (enzyme helpers) and controllersNone
MineralsNoIons, bone, enzyme helpers (Na⁺, Ca²⁺, Fe)None
WaterNoDissolves things, carries things, controls body heatNone
Fat is 9, the rest are 4. Learn just those two numbers, and you can guess the calories in almost any food. The gap explains a lot. One gram of fat holds more than twice the energy of a gram of sugar or protein. So cutting fat is the fastest way to cut calories. And storing fat is the most compact way for the body to save them.

Tap each nutrient class in the interactive to see its role.

Interactive A healthy diet gives you six kinds of nutrients. Three give energy. Three don't, but you still need them. Tap each to see its role. Open full ↑
Key points
  • There are six nutrient classes. Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins give energy. Vitamins, minerals, water give no energy, but you still need them.
  • Calories: carbs and protein give 4 kcal/g. Fat gives 9 kcal/g.
  • Essential nutrients must come from food. They include some amino acids and fatty acids, and all vitamins and minerals.
  • Complete proteins have all the essential amino acids. You can combine plant foods to get the same result.

Section 5Vitamins

Old science paper that named vitamins
Reference. Drummond's 1920 paper that fixed the name "vitamin" and the fat- vs water-soluble split — Jack Drummond, Public domain (via Wikimedia Commons)

Tiny amounts, huge consequences

Vitamins are carbon-based molecules the body needs in very small amounts to run its metabolism. Most act as coenzymes. These are helper molecules that enzymes need in order to work. You need only milligrams or even micrograms a day. Yet if you are short on even one, you can get a specific disease. Some of these diseases can kill.

One simple thing controls how a vitamin behaves: how it dissolves. Some dissolve in fat, and some dissolve in water. That splits all vitamins into two groups. This one fact tells you how each is taken in and whether it is stored. It also tells you whether it can build up to harmful levels.

Fat-soluble: stored, and able to overdose

The fat-soluble vitamins are A, D, E, and K. Remember them as "ADEK." Because they dissolve in fat, they are taken in along with the fat in your food. Then they are stored in the liver and in fat tissue. This storage cuts both ways. You can go a while without them, because you have a reserve. But the body can't easily flush out the extra. So very large doses of A or D can build up to toxic, or poisonous, levels. Each has its own job. A helps you see. D helps balance calcium and build bone. E is an antioxidant that protects cells from damage. K helps blood clot.

Water-soluble: not stored, needed steadily

The water-soluble vitamins are the B-complex and vitamin C. Because they dissolve in water, the body does not stock up on them. The kidneys filter out any extra, and it leaves in urine. That is why very high doses mostly make expensive urine. The downside is that you need a steady daily supply. If you don't get enough, problems show up fairly fast. Most B vitamins are coenzymes in energy pathways, the same ones from Sections 1 and 2.

The classic shortage diseases are worth knowing. Scurvy comes from a lack of vitamin C. Rickets, a softening of the bones, comes from a lack of vitamin D. Beriberi comes from a lack of B₁. Pellagra comes from a lack of B₃. Pernicious anemia comes from a lack of B₁₂.

PropertyFat-soluble (A, D, E, K)Water-soluble (B-complex, C)
Taken in withFat in foodWater
Stored?Yes, in the liver and fatNo (B₁₂ is the exception)
ExtraBuilds up → risk of poisoningLeaves in urine
How often you need itLess often (you have a reserve)Often, almost daily
Shortage disease exampleRickets (D), night blindness (A)Scurvy (C), beriberi (B₁)
"ADEK" are stored; the rest wash out. This one fact is very useful in health care. You can take fat-soluble vitamins less often, but you can also take too much. So be careful with high doses of vitamin A and D pills. Water-soluble vitamins are hard to overdose. But you must keep refilling them. Go without vitamin C for a couple of months, and scurvy sets in.

Switch between the two vitamin groups in the interactive, and tap each one.

Interactive Vitamins fall into two groups by how they dissolve. That decides whether your body stores them or needs a steady supply. Open full ↑
Key points
  • You need vitamins in tiny amounts. Most act as coenzymes. How they dissolve controls how they behave.
  • Fat-soluble (A, D, E, K) vitamins are taken in with fat and stored. They can reach toxic levels.
  • Water-soluble (B-complex, C) vitamins are not stored. Extra leaves in urine, so you need a steady daily supply.
  • Each shortage has its own disease: scurvy (C), rickets (D), beriberi (B₁), pellagra (B₃), and pernicious anemia (B₁₂).

Section 6Energy balance

Drawing of energy in versus energy out
Reference. Body weight as a ledger of energy in versus energy out — OpenStax, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A ledger, not a mystery

At its core, body weight follows a simple money-like rule called energy balance. It compares the calories you take in as food with the calories you spend, or put out. When intake equals spending, weight stays steady. This is neutral balance. When intake is more than spending, the extra is stored, mostly as fat, and weight goes up. This is positive balance. When spending is more than intake, the body draws on its stores, and weight goes down. This is negative balance. The rule is simple. Weight is hard to control because biology runs both sides of the ledger. Willpower alone is not the whole story.

Where the calories go

"Energy out" is not just exercise. The total energy you burn has three parts. By far the largest is the basal metabolic rate (BMR). This is the energy your body burns just to stay alive at rest. It keeps your heart beating, your kidneys filtering, and your body warm. BMR makes up about 60 to 75% of what you burn in a day. That surprises most people.

A second part, about 10%, is the thermic effect of food. This is the energy spent digesting and taking in a meal. The last part changes the most. It is physical activity, from fidgeting to running a marathon. BMR is the biggest part. So things that change BMR have a big effect on how easily a person gains or loses weight. These include muscle mass, age, thyroid hormone, and body size.

The body defends its weight

Energy balance is not left to chance. It is controlled in the same way the body keeps other things steady. The hypothalamus, a small part of the brain, is the control center. It reads hormone signals about how much fuel the body has stored. Leptin comes from fat tissue. It signals that stores are full and turns down hunger. Ghrelin comes from the empty stomach. It signals hunger and makes you want to eat.

Here is a handy rule of thumb. A pound of body fat stores about 3,500 kcal. So eating about 500 kcal less than you burn each day takes off close to a pound a week. That holds at least until the body lowers its BMR to fight the loss.

BalanceIntake vs outputResult
NeutralIn = outWeight stays steady
PositiveIn > outExtra stored as fat → weight gain
NegativeIn < outStores used up → weight loss
BMR is the biggest spender. Most of your daily calorie burn happens while you do nothing at all. It keeps you warm and runs your organs. That is why crash diets backfire. If you cut food too hard, the body lowers its BMR to protect its stores. That makes the last few pounds hard to lose, and the weight often comes back fast.

Tip the balance one way or the other in the interactive, and see what happens.

Interactive Body weight comes down to a simple ledger: energy in (food) versus energy out (everything you burn). Tip the balance and see what happens. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Energy balance compares calories in (food) with calories out. Positive balance stores fat. Negative balance uses it up.
  • Total energy burned = BMR (about 60–75%, the largest part) + thermic effect of food (about 10%) + physical activity.
  • The hypothalamus controls hunger and stores. It uses signals like leptin (full) and ghrelin (hungry).
  • About 3,500 kcal equals a pound of fat. But the body defends its weight by changing its BMR.

The chapter in one breath

  • Metabolism is every reaction in the body. Anabolism builds and uses energy. Catabolism breaks down and frees energy. ATP is the shared energy money.
  • Cellular respiration breaks down glucose in four stages: glycolysis, pyruvate oxidation, the citric acid cycle, and oxidative phosphorylation. It makes up to about 32 ATP.
  • Oxygen is the final electron acceptor. Without it, cells fall back on anaerobic fermentation. That makes only 2 ATP, plus lactic acid.
  • The body switches between an absorptive state (store, insulin) and a postabsorptive state (release, glucagon). The liver keeps blood sugar steady for the brain.
  • Food gives six nutrient classes. Carbs, fats, and proteins give energy (4, 9, and 4 kcal/g). Vitamins, minerals, and water give none.
  • Vitamins split by how they dissolve. Fat-soluble A, D, E, K are stored and can be toxic. Water-soluble B and C leave in urine and are needed daily.
  • Energy balance weighs calories in against calories out. Calories out come from BMR, the thermic effect of food, and activity. The body works hard to defend its weight.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back whenever a word trips you up.

Absorptive (fed) state
The hours after a meal, when food is being taken in and blood sugar rises. Insulin directs the body to store the extra fuel.
Anabolism
The building side of metabolism. Small molecules are joined into bigger ones, which takes energy (endergonic).
ATP (adenosine triphosphate)
The cell's energy money. Energy is freed when its last phosphate comes off to form ADP. It is stored again when the phosphate goes back on.
Basal metabolic rate (BMR)
The energy the body burns at full rest just to stay alive. It is the largest part of the energy you burn each day.
Catabolism
The breaking-down side of metabolism. Big molecules are split into smaller ones, which frees energy (exergonic).
Cellular respiration
The careful, step-by-step breakdown of glucose. It saves glucose's energy in ATP.
Citric acid cycle (Krebs cycle)
A loop of reactions in the mitochondrion that breaks down acetyl CoA. It gives off CO₂ and loads NADH and FADH₂ for the electron transport chain.
Electron transport chain
A row of carriers in the inner membrane of the mitochondrion. It passes electrons along to pump H⁺ ions, which powers most ATP making.
Energy balance
How the calories you eat compare with the calories you burn. It decides whether your weight goes up, goes down, or stays steady.
Essential nutrient
A nutrient the body can't make enough of, so it must come from food. Examples are certain amino acids and fatty acids, and all vitamins and minerals.
Fat-soluble vitamin
A vitamin (A, D, E, or K) taken in with fat and stored in the body. Too much can be toxic.
Gluconeogenesis
The liver making new glucose from things that are not carbs, like amino acids. It happens during fasting.
Glycogenolysis
Breaking stored glycogen back into glucose to raise blood sugar between meals.
Glycolysis
The first stage of respiration, in the cytoplasm. It splits glucose into two pyruvate and nets 2 ATP without oxygen.
Ketone bodies
Acidic fuel molecules the liver makes from fat during a long fast. The brain can use them, but they can make the blood too acidic.
Kilocalorie (Calorie)
The unit of food energy. Carbs and protein give about 4 kcal/g, and fat gives about 9 kcal/g.
Metabolism
The sum of all chemical reactions in the body. It includes anabolism and catabolism.
Oxidative phosphorylation
The last stage of respiration, on the inner membrane of the mitochondrion. It uses the electron transport chain and oxygen to make most of the ATP.
Postabsorptive (fasting) state
The time between meals, when stored fuel is released to keep blood sugar steady. Glucagon directs it.
Vitamin
A carbon-based molecule needed in tiny amounts. It usually acts as a coenzyme in metabolism.
Water-soluble vitamin
A vitamin (the B-complex or C) that dissolves in water and is not stored. Extra leaves in urine, so you need it often.

Check yourself

1. A cell links glycogen breakdown to muscle movement, so the energy is used instead of lost as heat. What is this called? Which molecule carries the energy between the two events?
Energy coupling, carried by ATP. Breaking down glycogen gives off energy, which recharges ADP into ATP. ATP then powers the work of muscle movement. The energy is handed off, not wasted.
2. Is each one anabolic or catabolic? (a) Amino acids joined into a protein. (b) Glycogen split into glucose. Which one frees energy?
(a) Anabolic. (b) Catabolic, and (b) frees energy. Anabolism builds and costs energy (endergonic). Catabolism breaks down and frees energy (exergonic). Anabolic steroids build muscle, so "anabolic" means building.
3. Put the four stages of cellular respiration in order. Where does each one happen?
Glycolysis (cytoplasm) → pyruvate oxidation (mitochondrial matrix) → citric acid cycle (matrix) → oxidative phosphorylation (inner mitochondrial membrane). The first stage is in the cytoplasm and needs no oxygen. The last three are inside the mitochondrion and need oxygen.
4. Which stage of respiration makes most of the ATP? What molecule is the final electron acceptor there?
Oxidative phosphorylation. Oxygen (O₂) is the final electron acceptor. Electrons from NADH and FADH₂ pass down the chain and are handed to O₂, which forms water. This step makes about 26–28 of the roughly 32 ATP.
5. A sprinter's muscles run short of oxygen. What pathway keeps a trickle of ATP coming? How many ATP per glucose does it make, and what builds up?
Anaerobic fermentation. It nets 2 ATP per glucose, and lactic acid builds up. Turning pyruvate into lactic acid frees up the NAD⁺ that glycolysis needs, so glycolysis keeps going. It is fast but wasteful, and the lactic acid adds to the muscle burn.
6. Two hours after a big lunch, which metabolic state is in charge? Which hormone drives it, and what is the body doing with the new fuel?
The absorptive (fed) state. Insulin drives it, and the body is storing extra fuel. Insulin pushes glucose into cells. It turns on glycogenesis and lipogenesis, saving the extra as glycogen and fat.
7. Overnight, blood sugar stays up even though no food comes in. Name the hormone in charge. Name two processes it turns on to keep blood sugar up.
Glucagon. It turns on glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis. Glucagon tells the liver to break stored glycogen into glucose. It also tells the liver to make new glucose from amino acids. This keeps the brain, which depends on glucose, supplied.
8. List the six nutrient classes. Which three give energy?
Carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, vitamins, minerals, water. The first three (carbohydrates, lipids, proteins) give energy. Vitamins, minerals, and water give no calories, but you still need them to live.
9. A snack has 20 g carbohydrate, 10 g fat, and 5 g protein. About how many kilocalories is that?
About 190 kcal. Carbs and protein are 4 kcal/g, and fat is 9 kcal/g: (20 × 4) + (10 × 9) + (5 × 4) = 80 + 90 + 20 = 190 kcal.
10. Why can fat-soluble vitamins reach toxic levels, while water-soluble vitamins rarely do? Name the members of each group.
Fat-soluble vitamins (A, D, E, K) are stored in the liver and fat, so extra builds up. Water-soluble vitamins (B-complex and C) leave in urine, so extra washes out. You need the stored group less often, but you must be careful with doses. You need to refill the other group every day.
11. Match each shortage disease to its missing vitamin: scurvy, rickets, beriberi.
Scurvy → vitamin C. Rickets → vitamin D. Beriberi → vitamin B₁ (thiamine). Each vitamin has its own shortage disease. That is why eating a mix of foods matters. Missing even one tiny nutrient can cause a specific illness.
12. Name the three parts of the total energy you burn. Which one is usually the largest?
Basal metabolic rate (BMR), the thermic effect of food, and physical activity. BMR is usually the largest (about 60–75%). You burn most of your calories at rest, just keeping your organs running. That is why BMR, not exercise, makes up most of the daily total.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 25

The Urinary System

Each minute, about one fifth of the blood your heart pumps takes a side trip. It flows through two fist-sized organs tucked against your back. It comes out cleaner and better balanced than it went in. This chapter follows that trip. You will meet the four organs of the urinary system, the body parts that make, store and get rid of urine. You will cut open a kidney to see how it is built. Then you will shrink down to the tiny nephron, where urine is made. You will watch three steps: filter, take back, and fine-tune. These steps turn 180 liters of filtered fluid a day into only about a liter and a half of urine.

Along the way, you will see how a few hormones, the body's chemical messengers, let the kidney set your blood volume and blood pressure. You will also see how a simple spinal reflex, an automatic action, empties the bladder. You learned to override it as a toddler. Keeping the inside of the body steady is the big theme of this whole book. The kidney is its master builder.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • List the four organs of the urinary system and the job of each. Describe the many ways the kidneys keep the body steady, beyond making urine.
  • Name the main gross structures of the kidney, the parts you can see without a microscope. These are the cortex, medulla, pyramids, calyces and renal pelvis. Trace the path urine takes to leave.
  • Describe the nephron as the working unit of the kidney. Name its parts in order, from renal corpuscle to collecting duct.
  • Explain the filtration membrane. Tell how the renal corpuscle makes a filtrate with no protein in it.
  • Tell apart the three steps of making urine: filtration, reabsorption, and secretion. Say where each one happens.
  • Explain how ADH, aldosterone, the renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system, and ANP change water and salt. Tell how this controls blood volume and pressure.
  • Describe the micturition reflex. Explain how you control the outer sphincter to decide when to pee.

Section 1What the urinary system does

The four organs of the urinary system
Reference. The four organs of the urinary system — Robystarm07, CC0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Not just a waste line

It is easy to think of the urinary system as just a way to get rid of waste. But that sells it short. Yes, the kidneys clear nitrogen wastes. One is urea, which comes from breaking down protein. Another is creatinine, which comes from muscle.

But their bigger job is homeostasis, the body's way of keeping things steady inside. Minute by minute, the kidneys decide how much water, sodium, potassium, calcium and acid to keep. They also decide how much to let go. This keeps your blood inside the narrow ranges your cells need to live. The kidney is where the idea of a steady inside turns into a real machine.

Drink a big glass of water, and the kidney gets rid of the extra within the hour. When you are low on water, it holds on tight. It makes the urine more concentrated, or stronger, to save every drop. The kidney also does jobs that have nothing to do with urine. It helps set blood pressure. It tells the bone marrow to make red blood cells. It also turns on vitamin D.

The four organs, in order

The plumbing is quite simple. Two kidneys make urine. Two ureters carry it down. One urinary bladder stores it. One urethra carries it out.

Everything up to the ureters is about chemistry, or changing the blood. Everything from the ureters down is about moving and storing urine. The kidneys sit high on the back wall of the belly, one on each side of the spine. They are retroperitoneal. This means they sit behind the lining of the belly, not inside it. The right kidney sits a bit lower than the left. That is because the large liver sits above it.

OrganNumberMain job
Kidneys2Filter blood and form urine. Balance water, salts and pH. Help set blood pressure and red blood cell count.
Ureters2Carry urine from kidney to bladder by peristalsis (waves of muscle squeezing)
Urinary bladder1Stores urine until it is a good time to let it out
Urethra1Carries urine from the bladder to the outside of the body

A river of blood, a trickle of urine

The kidneys handle a huge amount of blood. Together they get about 20–25% of the entire cardiac output. That is the blood your heart pumps each minute. For their size, they get more blood than almost any other organ. From it, they filter about 180 liters of fluid every day.

If all of that left as urine, you would be in deep trouble. So the kidney takes back more than 99% of it. Only about 1–2 liters leave as urine. This plan is the secret to the kidney's control. It pushes a huge amount out. Then it picks exactly what to take back. That way, it can control dozens of substances one at a time.

Follow the blood, not the urine. The kidneys get one fifth of the blood from every heartbeat. So a change in blood pressure or blood volume reaches them fast. So does a drug in the blood. That makes the kidneys strong controllers of the body. It also makes them easy to harm by whatever the blood carries, such as high sugar, poisons or medicines.

Tap each of the four organs in the interactive. See where it sits and what it does.

Interactive Filter, balance and drain. Tap each of the four organs of the urinary system. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The urinary system has four organs. Two kidneys make urine. Two ureters move it. One bladder stores it. One urethra lets it out.
  • The kidneys do much more than clear waste. They control water, electrolytes, and pH. They also help control blood pressure, red blood cell making, and vitamin D.
  • The kidneys are retroperitoneal, behind the belly lining. They get about 20–25% of cardiac output. They filter about 180 L a day but pass only 1–2 L of urine.

Section 2Inside the kidney

A kidney cut open to show the parts inside
Reference. A kidney cut in half to show the zones inside — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The layers from outside in

Slice a kidney down the middle like a bean. You will see neat layers. A tough, fiber-filled renal capsule wraps the outside. (Renal means "of the kidney.") Just under it is the renal cortex. This grainy outer layer is where filtering starts.

Deeper in is the renal medulla. It is made of 8–18 cone-shaped renal pyramids. The pyramids point inward. The tip of each cone is the renal papilla. It drips finished urine into spaces that collect it. Strips of cortex called renal columns dip down between the pyramids. They carry blood vessels.

The whole kidney curves around a notch on its inner edge, called the hilum. Here the renal artery comes in. The renal vein and the ureter go out.

The drainage route

Once urine drips off a papilla, the kidney does not change it again. It is just collected and drained. This route is worth learning. It names the parts a kidney stone passes through.

Urine leaves the papilla into a cup-shaped minor calyx. Several of these join to form a major calyx. The major calyces empty into a funnel called the renal pelvis. The renal pelvis narrows at the hilum and becomes the ureter. So the path is: papilla → minor calyx → major calyx → renal pelvis → ureter.

StructureLocationWhat happens there
Renal capsuleOuter surfaceTough coat that protects the kidney
Renal cortexOuter working layerHolds the renal corpuscles. Filtering starts here.
Renal medulla (pyramids)Under the cortexHolds the loops and collecting ducts that concentrate urine
Renal papillaTip of each pyramidDrips finished urine into a minor calyx
Calyces & renal pelvisCentral collecting spaceFunnel urine toward the ureter (no more changes are made)
HilumNotch on the inner edgeWhere the renal artery, renal vein and ureter go in and out

Two capillary beds in a row

The kidney's blood supply has one odd feature. It makes everything else work. Most organs have one bed of capillaries, the tiniest blood vessels. The kidney has two capillary beds in series, which means one after the other.

Blood comes in through the renal artery. It branches down to a tiny afferent arteriole, a small artery that carries blood in. Then it enters the first bed. This is a high-pressure knot of capillaries called the glomerulus. Filtering happens here.

Blood does not drain into a vein next. It leaves the glomerulus through an efferent arteriole, a small artery that carries blood out. Then it enters a second bed. These are the peritubular capillaries, which wrap around the tubules. With two beds, the kidney can filter under high pressure in the first bed. Then it can take things back under low pressure in the second. Two opposite jobs happen one after the other.

Cortex filters, medulla concentrates. Almost all the filtering happens in the cortex. The pyramids of the medulla hold the long loops and collecting ducts. These pull water back and make the urine concentrated. Remember which layer does which job. Then the rest of how the nephron works falls into place.

Slice the kidney in the interactive below and explore each zone.

Interactive Slice a kidney in half and tap each zone, from cortex to renal pelvis. Open full ↑
Key points
  • From the outside in: capsule → cortex → medulla (pyramids). Renal columns made of cortex sit between the pyramids.
  • Urine drains: papilla → minor calyx → major calyx → renal pelvis → ureter. It is not changed after the papilla.
  • The kidney has two capillary beds in series. The high-pressure glomerulus filters. The low-pressure peritubular capillaries take things back.

Section 3The nephron

Drawing of a nephron
Reference. The nephron, the kidney's tiny filtering unit — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A million tiny factories

The kidney does not filter like one big strainer. Its work is split among about one million tiny units in each kidney. These units are called nephrons. Each one is a whole little urine factory.

A nephron has two parts. The renal corpuscle makes the filtrate, the fluid filtered out of the blood. A long, winding renal tubule then turns that filtrate into urine. If you understand one nephron, you understand the whole kidney. The organ is just this same unit, repeated a million times.

The renal corpuscle and the filtration membrane

The renal corpuscle is where blood becomes filtrate. It has two parts. The glomerulus is that high-pressure ball of capillaries. It sits inside a cup called the glomerular capsule, or Bowman's capsule. Fluid squeezes out of the blood in the glomerulus. It crosses a three-layer filtration membrane and enters the capsule.

This membrane is very choosy. Its first layer is the fenestrated capillary wall. Fenestrated means "with windows," and this wall is full of pores. Its middle layer is a basement membrane. It has a negative charge that pushes proteins away. Its third layer is made of octopus-like cells called podocytes. Their "feet" lock together like fingers. They leave narrow gaps called filtration slits.

Together, these layers let water and small particles pass easily. They hold back blood cells and blood proteins. So normal filtrate is basically blood plasma with no protein. Protein or blood in the urine is a warning sign. It means this membrane may be damaged.

Following the tubule

From the capsule, filtrate flows through the tubule's parts in a set order. Each part has its own job. First comes the proximal convoluted tubule (PCT). Proximal means "near," and convoluted means "twisted." Next is the hairpin-shaped loop of Henle. It has a part going down and a part going up. Then comes the distal convoluted tubule (DCT). Distal means "far." Last is the collecting duct. It gathers filtrate from many nephrons and carries it toward the papilla.

Some nephrons sit almost fully in the cortex. These are cortical nephrons. A smaller group are the juxtamedullary nephrons. Juxta means "next to," so they sit next to the medulla. They have long loops that dive deep into the medulla. They are what make concentrated urine possible.

SegmentLocationMain role
Renal corpuscleCortexFiltration. Makes filtrate with no protein.
Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT)CortexBulk reabsorption, taking back most of the water, Na⁺, glucose and amino acids
Loop of HenleMedullaMakes the medulla salty, which lets the kidney concentrate urine
Distal convoluted tubule (DCT)CortexFine-tuning under hormone control (Na⁺, K⁺, Ca²⁺)
Collecting ductCortex & medullaLast step of water reabsorption (controlled by ADH). Drains to the papilla.
The juxtaglomerular apparatus is the kidney's control panel. Each nephron's rising limb brushes past its own afferent arteriole. Here, special cells form the juxtaglomerular apparatus. The macula densa senses how salty the filtrate is. The granular cells release renin when blood pressure falls. This tiny meeting point is where the kidney takes charge of the body's blood pressure.

Trace the filtrate through every twist of the nephron in the interactive.

Interactive Follow filtrate from the glomerulus, through the loop, to the collecting duct. Tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The nephron is the working unit of the kidney. There are about 1 million in each kidney. Each has a renal corpuscle and a renal tubule.
  • The filtration membrane has three layers: a capillary wall with pores, a basement membrane, and podocyte slits. It lets water and small particles through. It holds back cells and proteins.
  • Tubule order: corpuscle → PCT → loop of Henle → DCT → collecting duct. Juxtamedullary nephrons have long loops. They make the urine concentrated.

Section 4How urine is made

The three steps of making urine
Reference. The three steps of making urine — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three steps: dump, reclaim, fine-tune

The kidney's plan for making urine seems wasteful. But it is actually very smart: dump almost everything out, then take back what you want. This happens in three steps, in order.

First, glomerular filtration pushes a large amount of fluid out of the blood and into the tubule. Second, tubular reabsorption takes back the water and useful substances. It returns them to the blood. Third, tubular secretion moves a few extra wastes and ions from the blood into the tubule to be thrown out. (Ions are tiny charged particles, like sodium.) Whatever is left in the tubule after all three steps is the urine. The smart part is control. The kidney filters a huge amount and then takes back only what it chooses. So it can adjust each substance on its own.

Step one: glomerular filtration

Filtering is driven by pressure alone. Blood enters the glomerulus under high pressure. That is because a wide afferent arteriole feeds in, and a narrow efferent one drains out. Think of a garden hose with your thumb over the end. The pressure forces fluid across the filtration membrane into the capsule.

All the glomeruli together make filtrate at a certain speed. This is called the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). It is normally about 125 mL per minute, which adds up to about 180 L a day. GFR is like a vital sign for the kidney. A falling GFR is the main measure of kidney failure. The kidney guards its GFR closely. It widens or narrows the afferent and efferent arterioles. This keeps filtering steady even when blood pressure goes up and down.

Steps two and three: reabsorption and secretion

If filtering were the whole story, you would pee 180 liters a day. You would dry out and die very quickly. Reabsorption, taking fluid back, saves you. The PCT alone takes back about 65% of the filtered water and sodium. It also takes back almost 100% of the glucose and amino acids. (Glucose is blood sugar. Amino acids are the building blocks of protein.) These nutrients are too valuable to waste.

The loop of Henle makes the medulla salty. Later, that salt helps pull water back by osmosis, the flow of water toward saltier places. By the time filtrate reaches the collecting duct, only small changes are left.

Meanwhile, secretion runs the other way. It moves substances from the blood into the tubule. These include hydrogen ions (H⁺) to control pH, extra potassium (K⁺), and many drugs and poisons. Secretion is how the kidney clears things that do not filter well.

ProcessDirectionWhereWhat moves
FiltrationBlood → tubuleRenal corpuscleWater & small particles (pushed by pressure, about 125 mL/min)
ReabsorptionTubule → bloodWhole tubule (mostly PCT)Water, Na⁺, glucose, amino acids: the useful things
SecretionBlood → tubulePCT, DCT, collecting ductH⁺, K⁺, drugs, poisons: extra waste
Sugar in the urine is a clue, not normal. The tubule's glucose carriers have a top speed, called a "transport maximum." Below it, all glucose is taken back, and urine has no sugar. In diabetes that is not under control, blood sugar is too high for the carriers. Sugar spills into the urine and drags water with it. That is why great thirst and peeing a lot are classic early signs.

Step through filtration, reabsorption and secretion in the interactive below.

Interactive Dump a lot, take back what's useful, add a little waste. Step through the three stages. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Making urine has three steps. Filtration goes from blood→tubule. Reabsorption goes from tubule→blood. Secretion goes from blood→tubule.
  • GFR is about 125 mL/min. It is the key measure of how well the kidneys work. The kidney changes the width of its arterioles to keep GFR steady.
  • The PCT takes back the most: about 65% of water and Na⁺, and almost all glucose. Secretion clears H⁺, K⁺ and drugs.

Section 5Hormonal control

Hormones that control the kidney
Reference. Hormones that tell the kidney how much water and salt to keep — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Water: antidiuretic hormone

The kidney does not decide on its own how much water to keep. The body sends it signals with hormones. The most important water hormone is antidiuretic hormone (ADH), also called vasopressin. Antidiuretic means "against making lots of urine."

When you are low on water, your blood gets too concentrated. The hypothalamus in the brain senses this. Then the back part of the pituitary gland releases ADH. ADH acts on the collecting duct. It puts water channels called aquaporins into the duct's wall. Water then flows out through them into the salty medulla. The result is a small amount of concentrated urine, and your body saves water.

When you have plenty of water, ADH drops. The channels are removed, and water stays in the tubule. You make a large amount of dilute, or watery, urine. Alcohol blocks ADH. That is why a night of drinking leaves you dried out.

Salt and pressure: the renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system

To control blood pressure, the kidney manages sodium. Here is why. Where sodium goes, water follows. More water means more blood volume. More volume means higher pressure. The main system for this is the renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system (RAAS).

When blood pressure drops, the kidney's granular cells release renin. Renin changes a protein made by the liver into angiotensin I. Then an enzyme in the lungs, called ACE, changes it into angiotensin II. (An enzyme is a protein that speeds up a chemical change.)

Angiotensin II is powerful. First, it squeezes blood vessels narrower. This raises pressure right away. Second, it tells the adrenal gland to release aldosterone. Aldosterone tells the DCT and collecting duct to take back more sodium, and water follows it. At the same time, they get rid of potassium. More sodium taken back means more water kept. That means more blood volume and higher pressure. This boost is slower, but it lasts.

Letting go: atrial natriuretic peptide

Every control needs an opposite. Sometimes blood volume gets too high. Then the walls of the heart's upper chambers, the atria, get stretched. They release atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). It does the reverse of RAAS. It makes you lose sodium and water in the urine. This lowers blood volume and pressure.

So ADH tunes water, RAAS raises pressure, and ANP lowers it. The kidney sits in the middle of this constant push and pull. It keeps your blood volume steady, and so it keeps your blood pressure steady too.

HormoneTriggerEffect on the kidneyNet result
ADH (vasopressin)Blood that is too concentrated or too low in volumeAdds aquaporins to the collecting duct → takes back waterLess urine, more concentrated. Water is saved.
AldosteroneAngiotensin II; high K⁺Takes back Na⁺ (and water) and gets rid of K⁺↑ blood volume & pressure
Renin / angiotensin IILow blood pressureNarrows blood vessels. Causes aldosterone release.↑ blood pressure (fast & slow)
ANPHigh blood volume (atria stretched)Makes you lose more Na⁺ and water in urine↓ blood volume & pressure
Why blood pressure pills target the kidney. Many common blood pressure medicines work on this exact system. ACE inhibitors block the change to angiotensin II. Diuretics, or "water pills," make the kidney get rid of more sodium and water. Both lower blood pressure. They cut the blood volume and vessel tightness that the kidney would otherwise defend.

Tap each hormone in the interactive. See how it shifts water and salt.

Interactive How hormones tell the kidney how much water and salt to keep. Tap each hormone. Open full ↑
Key points
  • ADH controls water. It puts aquaporins in the collecting duct. This makes urine concentrated and saves water.
  • The RAAS controls sodium and pressure: low pressure → renin → angiotensin II → aldosterone → Na⁺ and water taken back → more blood volume and higher pressure.
  • ANP works against RAAS. It gets rid of Na⁺ and water when blood volume is high. Together, these hormones keep blood pressure steady.

Section 6Storing and voiding urine

The reflex that empties the bladder
Reference. The micturition (peeing) reflex — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The storage plumbing

Once urine leaves the kidney, it is finished. The rest is just moving and storing it. The ureters squeeze urine down to the bladder with waves of muscle called peristalsis. So urine keeps moving even when you lie down.

The urinary bladder is a stretchy bag made of muscle. It is lined with transitional epithelium, a lining that can stretch flat as the bladder fills. When the bladder is empty, the lining falls into folds called rugae. The muscle in the bladder wall is the detrusor muscle. A smooth triangle on the bladder floor, the trigone, funnels urine toward the exit.

Two gates guard the way out. The internal urethral sphincter is smooth muscle. It works on its own, without your control. The external urethral sphincter is skeletal muscle. You control it on purpose. The urethra then carries urine out. It is short in females, about 4 cm. It is longer in males, about 20 cm, because it also runs through the penis.

The micturition reflex

Emptying the bladder starts as a simple spinal reflex. The bladder fills to about 200–400 mL. Then stretch receptors in the detrusor wall fire. These sensors send signals to the lowest (sacral) part of the spinal cord.

The cord answers with a parasympathetic command. This is part of the "rest and digest" nerve system. The command does two things at once. It contracts the detrusor muscle to squeeze the bladder. It also relaxes the internal sphincter to open the first gate. This is the micturition reflex. (Micturition means peeing.) A baby's nervous system has not yet learned control. So in a baby, the reflex just runs to the end, and the baby pees.

The voluntary override

The second gate is what makes you different from a baby. The external urethral sphincter is skeletal muscle that you can hold shut on purpose. Higher brain centers can allow peeing or put it off. These include a control area in the pons, a part of the brainstem, guided by the cortex.

Say the reflex fires at a bad time. Your brain keeps the external sphincter squeezed, and the urge passes for a while. When you decide it is time, the brain relaxes the external sphincter. The reflex finishes, and the bladder empties. Learning this override is what "potty training" teaches. Losing it can cause many kinds of incontinence, or leaking urine. This can happen through a spinal injury, a stroke or old age.

StepWhat happens
1. FillUrine collects. The detrusor stretches as the amount nears 200–400 mL.
2. SenseStretch receptors fire and send signals to the sacral spinal cord
3. ReflexParasympathetic nerves contract the detrusor and relax the internal sphincter
4. DecideThe brain (pons and cortex) holds or lets go of the external sphincter. This is the gate you control.
5. VoidThe external sphincter relaxes. The bladder empties through the urethra.
The short female urethra lets in infection. A woman's urethra is only about 4 cm long. It also opens close to the anus. So germs reach the bladder more easily. That is why urinary tract infections (UTIs) are far more common in women. A UTI can also climb up to the kidneys if it is not treated.

Fill the bladder and empty it in the interactive. Watch the reflex play out.

Interactive Fill the bladder until stretch receptors fire. Then hold on or let go, and watch the reflex. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Ureters move urine by peristalsis. The bladder stores it behind two sphincters. Its key parts are the detrusor muscle, transitional epithelium and trigone.
  • The micturition reflex is a reflex of the sacral spinal cord: stretch → parasympathetic nerves → the detrusor squeezes and the internal sphincter opens.
  • The external sphincter is skeletal muscle you control on purpose, through the pons and cortex. This override lets you choose when to pee.

The chapter in one breath

  • The urinary system has four organs: two kidneys, two ureters, one bladder and one urethra. They filter blood, balance water and salts, and drain urine. The kidneys also help set blood pressure, red blood cell count and vitamin D.
  • A kidney has cortex on the outside and medulla (pyramids) inside. Urine drains papilla → calyces → renal pelvis → ureter. Blood passes through two capillary beds in series.
  • The nephron is the working unit. There are about 1 million per kidney. Each has a renal corpuscle that filters. It also has a tubule that makes the urine (PCT → loop of Henle → DCT → collecting duct).
  • Urine forms in three steps. Filtration goes from blood→tubule. Reabsorption goes from tubule→blood. Secretion goes from blood→tubule. GFR is about 125 mL/min.
  • ADH saves water. The RAAS keeps sodium to raise blood pressure. ANP gets rid of sodium and water to lower it.
  • The bladder stores urine. The micturition reflex lets it out. The external sphincter, which you control, lets you decide when to pee.
  • Above all, the kidney is the body's great homeostatic organ. It turns the idea of a steady inside into a working machine.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Aldosterone
A hormone from the adrenal gland. It tells the distal tubule and collecting duct to take back sodium (and water with it) and get rid of potassium. This raises blood volume and pressure.
Antidiuretic hormone (ADH)
A hormone from the back part of the pituitary gland. It puts aquaporins into the collecting duct so water is taken back. This makes concentrated urine and saves body water.
Calyx
A cup-shaped space that catches urine dripping from a renal papilla. Minor calyces join into major calyces, which drain into the renal pelvis.
Collecting duct
The last part of the tubule, shared by many nephrons. Here ADH controls the last bit of water taken back before urine reaches the papilla.
Detrusor muscle
The smooth muscle of the bladder wall. It squeezes to push urine out during the micturition reflex.
Glomerular filtration rate (GFR)
The amount of filtrate all the glomeruli make each minute, normally about 125 mL/min. It is the main measure of how well the kidneys work.
Glomerulus
The high-pressure ball of capillaries inside the renal corpuscle. Here blood is filtered into the glomerular capsule.
Juxtaglomerular apparatus
The spot where a nephron's rising limb meets its afferent arteriole. Its cells sense salt and pressure and release renin.
Loop of Henle
The hairpin part of the tubule, with a part going down and a part going up. It makes the medulla salty, which is needed to concentrate urine.
Micturition
Peeing, or emptying the bladder. A spinal stretch reflex starts it, and you can allow it or put it off on purpose.
Nephron
The tiny working unit of the kidney, with about 1 million per kidney. It is made of a renal corpuscle and a renal tubule.
Podocyte
An octopus-shaped cell in the filtration membrane. Its "feet" form narrow filtration slits that help hold back proteins.
Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT)
The first part of the tubule after the corpuscle. It takes back most of the water, sodium, glucose and amino acids.
Reabsorption (tubular)
The movement of water and useful substances out of the tubule and back into the blood.
Renal corpuscle
The filtering part of the nephron. It is the glomerulus plus the glomerular (Bowman's) capsule around it.
Renin
An enzyme the kidney releases when blood pressure falls. It starts the chain of steps that makes angiotensin II and aldosterone.
Retroperitoneal
Sitting behind the peritoneum, the lining of the belly, against the back wall. The kidneys and ureters are found here.
Secretion (tubular)
The movement of wastes and ions (H⁺, K⁺, drugs) out of the blood and into the tubule to be thrown out.
Trigone
The smooth triangle on the bladder floor. Its corners are the two ureter openings and the opening to the urethra.
Ureter
The muscle tube that carries urine from a kidney to the bladder by peristalsis.
Urethra
The tube that carries urine from the bladder to the outside. It is short in females and longer in males.

Check yourself

1. Name the four organs of the urinary system. Give the main job of each.
Kidneys (make urine and balance the blood), ureters (move urine), bladder (store it), urethra (let it out). Everything up to the ureters is about changing blood chemistry. Everything from the ureters down is moving and storing.
2. Besides removing waste, name three ways the kidneys keep the body steady.
Any three of these: controlling water and electrolyte balance, controlling blood pH, setting blood pressure (renin), telling the body to make red blood cells, and turning on vitamin D. The kidney is the body's master organ for keeping things steady. It is not just a filter.
3. Trace the path a drop of urine takes from where it leaves a renal pyramid to the ureter.
Papilla → minor calyx → major calyx → renal pelvis → ureter. After urine drips off the papilla, it is only collected and drained. It is not changed any more in these spaces.
4. The kidney has two capillary beds in series. Name them and say what each does.
The glomerulus (high pressure, filtration) and the peritubular capillaries (low pressure, reabsorption). Blood goes from glomerulus → efferent arteriole → peritubular capillaries. So the kidney can filter first and then take things back.
5. What is the working unit of the kidney? What are its two main parts?
The nephron. Its two parts are the renal corpuscle (filters) and the renal tubule (turns filtrate into urine). Each kidney has about a million nephrons. Each one is a whole little urine factory.
6. Name the three layers of the filtration membrane. Explain why normal urine has no protein.
The fenestrated capillary wall (endothelium), the basement membrane, and the podocyte filtration slits. The pores and slits let water and small particles through but block cells. The basement membrane has a negative charge that pushes proteins away. So protein in the urine is a sign the membrane is damaged.
7. List the parts of the nephron tubule in the order filtrate flows through them.
Renal corpuscle → proximal convoluted tubule → loop of Henle → distal convoluted tubule → collecting duct. The PCT takes back the most. The loop helps concentrate urine. The DCT fine-tunes. The collecting duct handles water under ADH control.
8. Name the three steps of making urine. Give the direction of each (blood to tubule, or tubule to blood).
Filtration (blood → tubule), reabsorption (tubule → blood), secretion (blood → tubule). Filtration dumps a lot of fluid out. Reabsorption takes back the useful water and substances. Secretion adds extra wastes to be thrown out.
9. A patient's urine tests positive for glucose. Why is this not normal? What condition should you suspect?
Normally 100% of filtered glucose is taken back. So glucose in urine suggests the carriers were overwhelmed. The classic cause is diabetes. When blood sugar goes above the transport maximum, the extra spills into the urine. It pulls water with it. This causes thirst and peeing often.
10. Blood pressure drops. Walk through how the renin–angiotensin–aldosterone system brings it back up.
Low pressure → kidney releases renin → angiotensin I → (ACE in lungs) → angiotensin II → narrowed blood vessels plus aldosterone release → sodium and water taken back. Narrowed vessels raise pressure fast. Keeping sodium and water raises blood volume and pressure over time.
11. Compare what ADH and ANP do to the amount of water in urine. Name what triggers each.
ADH is triggered by blood that is too concentrated or low in volume. It takes back water, so you make less urine that is more concentrated. ANP is triggered by high blood volume, which stretches the atria. It makes you lose water and sodium, so you make more urine. They work against each other. Together they keep blood volume steady.
12. Describe the micturition reflex. Then explain what lets an adult put off peeing when a baby cannot.
A stretched bladder fires receptors that signal the sacral spinal cord. The cord sends parasympathetic signals that squeeze the detrusor and relax the internal sphincter. Adults can hold the external urethral sphincter shut on purpose, because it is skeletal muscle (controlled by the pons and cortex). This lets them wait until it is a good time. Potty training sets up this override.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 26

Fluid, Electrolyte & Acid-Base Balance

You are, quite truly, mostly water. Staying alive is largely about keeping three things in very narrow ranges. These are that water, the salts dissolved in it, and how acidic it is. This chapter follows the fluid. First you will see the spaces, or compartments, where it lives. Then you will see the daily balance of what comes in and what goes out. Next come the electrolytes, the charged particles that float in the fluid. Then comes pH, a measure of how acidic a fluid is. Every enzyme in your body depends on it.

You will meet the buffers that catch stray acid in an instant. You will see the lungs and kidneys finish the job over minutes and days. You will also meet the four classic acid-base disorders that show up when the whole system slips. By the end, you will be able to read a set of blood numbers. You will be able to say plainly what has gone wrong and how the body is fighting back.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Name the body's fluid compartments. Estimate how much of the body's water is in each. Describe how their ions differ.
  • Balance a day's water intake against output. Name the ways water comes in and goes out, including insensible loss (water you lose without noticing).
  • Explain how thirst and antidiuretic hormone keep total body water steady.
  • List the main electrolytes. Say where each is found, what it does, and which hormone controls it.
  • Write the bicarbonate buffer equation. Explain how a buffer fights a change in pH.
  • Rank the body's three lines of acid-base defense by speed. Describe how each one works.
  • Sort the four acid-base disorders by cause and direction. Predict how the body makes up for each.
  • Read a simple set of blood gas numbers and name the acid-base problem.

Section 1The fluid compartments

The spaces in the body where fluid is found
Reference. The body's fluid compartments — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

How much of you is water

In a healthy adult, about 60% of body mass is water. That is about 42 liters in a person who weighs 70 kilograms. The number is not fixed. It is higher in babies, near 75%. It is lower in older adults.

Fat tissue holds very little water. So a leaner body is a wetter body. On average, women carry a bit more fat for their size than men. So their water share is a few points lower. This total body water, all the water in your body, is not one big puddle. It is split into compartments. Living membranes separate them. Fluid balance is really about how water and dissolved substances move between these compartments.

Two great pools, and a smaller subdivision

The first and biggest split is made by the cell membrane. About two-thirds of your water is inside your cells. This is the intracellular fluid, or ICF. (Intra means "inside.") The other one-third is outside the cells. This is the extracellular fluid, or ECF. (Extra means "outside.")

The walls of the blood vessels split the ECF again. Most of it bathes the tissues directly. This is interstitial fluid, the water in the gaps between cells. A smaller share is the plasma, the fluid part of blood inside the vessels. A tiny extra part is the transcellular fluid. It includes special pools like the fluid around the brain and spinal cord, joint fluid, and the fluid in the front of the eye.

CompartmentShare of total body waterWhere it is
Intracellular (ICF)About 2/3 (about 40% of body weight)Inside all the cells
Extracellular (ECF)About 1/3 (about 20% of body weight)Outside the cells. It is split into the two parts below.
  · InterstitialAbout 3/4 of the ECFIn the spaces between cells
  · PlasmaAbout 1/4 of the ECFThe fluid part of blood, inside vessels
TranscellularA small extra poolCSF (brain and spinal fluid), joint fluid, eye fluid, gut juices

Same water, very different salt

What makes the compartments different is not the water. It is the solutes, the things dissolved in it. The ICF and ECF have very different mixes of ions. (Ions are particles with an electric charge.) The cell membrane and its pumps keep them apart.

The ECF is a salty sea, a lot like seawater. It is full of sodium (Na⁺) and chloride (Cl⁻). The ICF, on the other hand, is rich in potassium (K⁺), magnesium, phosphate and proteins with a negative charge. Every cell membrane has a sodium-potassium pump. It works around the clock to keep this difference. It pushes Na⁺ out and pulls K⁺ in. That stored difference works like a charged battery. It powers nerve signals, muscle squeezing and much of the traffic across membranes.

Water follows dissolved particles by osmosis. So the amount of dissolved particles in each compartment decides where the water goes. This amount is called osmolarity. Add salt to the ECF, and it becomes more concentrated. It pulls water out of the cells, and they shrink. Make the ECF more watery, and water rushes in. Then the cells swell. Sodium is the most common particle in the ECF. That is why it is the single biggest lever on fluid movement in the body.

The 60–40–20 rule. Water is about 60% of body weight. Of that, about 40% of body weight is inside cells, and about 20% is outside them. Fat has very little water. So the leaner the person, the higher the percentage. This is useful to remember. A very lean athlete and a heavier patient of the same weight can hold very different amounts of water.

Tap each compartment in the interactive below to see where the water lives.

Interactive About 60% of your body is water. It is split into compartments separated by cell membranes. Tap each one to see where it lives. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Water is about 60% of body mass. Leaner bodies and babies hold more. Older adults hold less.
  • Two-thirds of body water is intracellular, inside cells. One-third is extracellular, outside cells. The ECF splits into interstitial fluid and plasma.
  • ECF is high in Na⁺/Cl⁻. ICF is high in K⁺ and proteins. The sodium-potassium pump keeps this difference.
  • Water follows dissolved particles by osmosis. So ECF sodium is the main control on where fluid moves.

Section 2Water in, water out

Note. How much water comes in and goes out each day

A ledger that must balance

Total body water stays very steady from day to day. The reason is simple bookkeeping. Over any 24 hours, water in must equal water out. A typical adult moves about 2.5 liters through this "bank account" each day.

On the intake side, most comes from what you drink, about 1.5 L. A good amount comes from water hidden in food, about 0.7 L. Fruit, vegetables and even bread are wetter than you might think. A small but real amount is made inside you. Each time a cell burns sugar or fat for energy, water is a by-product. This metabolic water adds about 0.3 L a day, without you drinking a drop.

The four ways out

Water leaves by four routes. Only one of them is closely controlled. The kidneys make urine, about 1.5 L. It is the largest output and the only one the body tightly controls.

Much of the rest is insensible loss. This is water you lose without noticing. It dries off your skin all the time. It also leaves as vapor in every breath from your lungs. Together, these add up to about 0.9 L. A small amount leaves in the feces, or poop. More pours out as sweat when you are hot or working hard. Fever, heat, exercise, throwing up and diarrhea can all make these losses soar. That is why they can upset the balance so fast.

DirectionRouteRough daily amount
InFluids you drinkAbout 1.5 L
InWater in foodAbout 0.7 L
InMetabolic water (made by your cells)About 0.3 L
OutUrine (controlled)About 1.5 L
OutSkin & lungs (insensible, not noticed)About 0.9 L
OutFecesAbout 0.1 L

Thirst and the water-saving hormone

You choose when to drink, but much of your water loss cannot be stopped. So the body controls both ends. When you lose water, the ECF gets more concentrated. Its osmolarity goes up. Tiny sensors in the hypothalamus of the brain notice this. They are called osmoreceptors. They do two things.

First, they cause thirst. This drives you to drink, which raises intake. Second, they signal the back part of the pituitary gland to release antidiuretic hormone (ADH), also called vasopressin. ADH travels to the kidney. It tells the collecting ducts to put in water channels called aquaporins. Water flows back into the blood through them. The result is a small amount of concentrated urine.

Drink too much, and the reverse happens. Osmolarity falls, and ADH switches off. The kidney then lets a large amount of watery urine flow. Thirst pulls water in, and ADH works like a tap that holds water back. Together, they keep total body water within about one percent from one day to the next.

The kidney can concentrate, but it cannot make water. Even when you are badly dried out, the kidney must still pass some urine. This obligatory urine volume is about half a liter. It is needed just to flush out the day's wastes. That is why fluids can never be shut off fully. It is also why a person with no water keeps losing it. They lose it through breath, skin and this urine that cannot be avoided.

Tap each route in the interactive. See how the body keeps water in and water out equal.

Interactive Each day you take in about 2.5 L of water and lose the same amount. Tap each route to see how the body keeps in and out equal. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Over a day, intake ≈ output ≈ 2.5 L. Intake is drink + food + metabolic water.
  • Output is urine, the only tightly controlled route. It also includes insensible loss from skin and lungs, plus feces and sweat.
  • Thirst raises intake. ADH (vasopressin) lowers output by making the kidney take back water.
  • A minimum obligatory urine volume must always be passed to clear wastes.

Section 3The electrolytes

The main electrolytes
Reference. The main electrolytes and their jobs — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Charged particles that do the work

An electrolyte is any substance that breaks apart into charged ions when it dissolves. This lets a fluid carry an electric current. Electrolytes are the reason body fluids can carry current at all. They do much more than just float there. Their uneven spread drives every nerve impulse and every muscle contraction. It also drives every shift of water between compartments.

These jobs are very sensitive. So the body controls electrolyte levels tightly. It measures them in milliequivalents per liter (mEq/L). This unit counts electric charge, not plain weight. Ions with a positive charge are cations (Na⁺, K⁺, Ca²⁺, Mg²⁺). Ions with a negative charge are anions (Cl⁻, bicarbonate, phosphate).

The big four cations

Sodium (Na⁺) is the main cation of the ECF. It is the boss of fluid volume, because where sodium goes, water follows. Its normal level is 135–145 mEq/L. It is guarded mainly by aldosterone. This hormone from the adrenal gland tells the kidney to take back sodium.

Potassium (K⁺) is the main cation of the ICF. It sets the resting membrane potential, the small electric charge across the membrane of nerve and muscle cells at rest. Its normal range is narrow, 3.5–5.0 mEq/L. This matters a lot to the heart. Too much or too little potassium can stop it.

Calcium (Ca²⁺) is 99% stored in bone. It runs muscle contraction, blood clotting and nerve signals. Parathyroid hormone and vitamin D tune its blood level. Magnesium is a quieter partner. It helps hundreds of enzymes work. It also keeps nerves and muscles steady.

ElectrolyteMainly inKey jobMain regulator
Sodium (Na⁺)ECFECF volume & osmolarity; nerve and muscle signalsAldosterone, ADH, ANP
Potassium (K⁺)ICFResting membrane potential; heart rhythmAldosterone
Calcium (Ca²⁺)Bone / ECFMuscle contraction, clotting, nervesPTH, calcitriol (active vitamin D), calcitonin
Chloride (Cl⁻)ECFFollows sodium; balances charge; stomach acidFollows how Na⁺ is handled
Bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻)ECFThe body's main pH bufferKidneys
PhosphateICF / boneATP, DNA, bone; bufferPTH

When the numbers drift

These ions carry electric charge. So small changes can cause big symptoms. Low sodium is called hyponatremia. (Hypo means "low," and natrium is Latin for sodium.) It draws water into brain cells. This brings confusion, headache and seizures. High sodium dries brain cells out.

Potassium problems are dangerous mainly for the heart. High potassium is hyperkalemia, and low potassium is hypokalemia. (Hyper means "high," and kalium is Latin for potassium.) Both cause arrhythmias, or uneven heartbeats, that can kill. Low calcium makes nerves too jumpy. This leads to tetany, which means muscle spasms and tingling. High calcium dulls nerves, causing weakness and confusion. Doctors check electrolytes every day for a good reason. These are the numbers that keep hearts beating and nerves firing.

Aldosterone is the salt-keeping hormone: it keeps sodium and dumps potassium. This one easy sentence explains a lot. When aldosterone rises, the kidney holds on to Na⁺. Water follows, which adds volume and raises blood pressure. At the same time, the kidney pushes K⁺ into the urine. So conditions that raise aldosterone tend to lower potassium. Drugs that block it tend to raise potassium.

Tap each electrolyte in the interactive. See where it lives and what it does.

Interactive Electrolytes are charged ions in body fluids. They drive nerve signals, muscle contraction and fluid balance. Tap each one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Electrolytes are ions (cations and anions) measured in mEq/L. They drive nerves, muscles and fluid balance.
  • Sodium rules ECF volume. Potassium sets membrane potential and is vital to the heart. Calcium runs contraction, clotting and nerves.
  • Aldosterone keeps sodium and gets rid of potassium. PTH and vitamin D control calcium.
  • Small shifts cause big trouble: hyponatremia (brain), hyperkalemia (heart), hypocalcemia (tetany).

Section 4Blood pH and buffers

Blood pH and the bicarbonate buffer
Reference. Blood pH and the bicarbonate buffer system — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A razor-thin window

pH measures how acidic or basic a fluid is. The scale runs from 0 to 14, and 7 is neutral. Lower numbers mean more acidic. That means more free hydrogen ions (H⁺). Higher numbers mean more basic.

Blood in the arteries is kept slightly basic. It stays in the tiny band of 7.35 to 7.45. This is not a comfort zone. It is a survival zone. Below 7.35 is acidemia, or acid blood. Above 7.45 is alkalemia, or basic blood. Life is not possible outside about 6.8 to 7.8.

The stakes are high because pH bends the shape of proteins. Enzymes are proteins. So a drifting pH slows or stops the chemistry of every cell at once. The trouble is that your body makes acid all the time. Burning fuel makes carbon dioxide, which turns into acid in water. Hard work or going without food adds lactic acid and ketoacids on top.

What a buffer does

The first defense against this flood of acid is a buffer. A buffer is a pair of chemicals. It soaks up extra H⁺ when acid is added. It gives off H⁺ when base is added. This softens the swing in either direction, like a sponge.

Buffers act in an instant. But they do not remove acid from the body. They only hold on to it for a while, until the lungs or kidneys can get rid of it. The body's most important buffer is the bicarbonate system. It is summed up in one reaction worth learning:

CO₂ + H₂O ⇆ H₂CO₃ ⇆ H⁺ + HCO₃⁻

Read it both ways. When acid floods in, bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻) grabs the extra H⁺. This drives the reaction to the left, toward carbonic acid and CO₂. The lungs can breathe the CO₂ out. When base is added, carbonic acid gives up an H⁺ to replace what was lost. This drives the reaction to the right.

What makes this buffer so strong is that it is open at both ends. The lungs can blow off the CO₂ on the left. The kidneys can change the bicarbonate on the right. So the body can shift the whole equation instead of just using up the buffer.

Buffer systemWhere it worksNote
BicarbonateBlood / ECFThe main ECF buffer. It is linked to the lungs and kidneys, so it can be controlled.
PhosphateInside cells; urineImportant in the ICF and in making urine acidic
ProteinCells & plasmaBiggest total capacity. Hemoglobin buffers the CO₂ carried in blood.
Blood pH tracks a 20-to-1 ratio. A normal pH of 7.4 matches about 20 parts bicarbonate for every 1 part carbonic acid (CO₂). It is the ratio that sets the pH, not the actual amounts. The kidney sets the bicarbonate on top of the fraction. The lungs set the CO₂ on the bottom. So each one can nudge pH by changing its side of the fraction.

Add acid or base in the interactive. Watch the bicarbonate buffer fight to hold the line.

Interactive Blood pH must stay between 7.35 and 7.45. Add acid or base and watch the bicarbonate buffer fight to hold the line. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Blood pH in the arteries is held at 7.35–7.45. Straying from it stops enzymes from working and puts life at risk.
  • A buffer soaks up or gives off H⁺ to soften pH swings right away. But it does not remove acid from the body.
  • The bicarbonate buffer is CO₂ + H₂O ⇆ H₂CO₃ ⇆ H⁺ + HCO₃⁻. It is central because the lungs control CO₂ and the kidneys control HCO₃⁻.
  • Phosphate and protein buffers back it up. Proteins have the biggest total buffering power.

Section 5The three lines of defense

The three ways the body controls blood pH
Reference. The three systems that defend blood pH — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Three defenders, three clocks

The body guards its pH in three ways. Each works at a very different speed. Each one covers for the limits of the others. Think of an emergency response in stages. First comes an instant reflex. Next comes a fast fix. Last comes a slow but complete repair.

The first is chemical buffering, which we just met. It acts within seconds. But it can only handle so much. It also only hides the acid instead of removing it. The second is respiratory control, by the lungs. The third is renal control, by the kidneys. Together, they let the body soak up an acid load right away and then truly clear it.

The lungs: fast and forceful

The lungs change pH by controlling how much CO₂ stays in the blood. CO₂ forms acid, so breathing works like a pH dial. When blood gets too acidic, sensors notice the rising H⁺. They tell the breathing center in the brain to breathe faster and deeper. This blows off CO₂ and pulls the buffer equation to the left. pH climbs back up within minutes.

When blood gets too basic, breathing slows. This keeps CO₂ in and lets pH fall. This lung response is quick and very strong. But it has a built-in limit. It cannot fix a problem that the lungs caused.

The kidneys: slow and complete

The last and most thorough defender is the kidney. It can actually add or remove acid and base from the body. It secretes H⁺ into the urine. It also takes back or makes bicarbonate and returns it to the blood. This resets the whole system. But it takes hours to days, not seconds.

The kidney is the slowest line of defense. It is also the only one that can fix an imbalance for good. That is why it has the final say on blood pH. Buffers buy time. The lungs buy more time. The kidneys settle the bill.

Line of defenseSpeedHow it worksLimit
1. Chemical buffersSecondsGrab or give off H⁺ on the spotCan only handle so much; only hides the acid
2. Respiratory (lungs)MinutesChange breathing to blow off or keep CO₂Cannot fix a problem caused by the lungs
3. Renal (kidneys)Hours to daysGet rid of H⁺; take back or make HCO₃⁻Slow, but the only complete fix
Fast but shallow, slow but deep. The lungs can fix a pH swing in a minute. But they cannot fix a problem they caused. The kidneys need a day. But they are the only system that truly removes acid from the body. When one is the source of the trouble, the other comes to the rescue. This is the heart of compensation, in the next section.

Tap each line of defense in the interactive. Watch it act at its own speed.

Interactive The body defends its pH with three systems. They work at very different speeds, from instant to days. Tap each line of defense. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Three defenses, in order of speed: chemical buffers (seconds), respiratory (minutes), and renal (hours to days).
  • The lungs tune pH by breathing out more or less CO₂. They are fast and strong, but cannot fix problems the lungs caused.
  • The kidneys get rid of H⁺ and adjust bicarbonate. They are slow, but they are the only complete fix.
  • When one organ system causes the problem, the other compensates, or makes up for it.

Section 6The four acid-base disorders

The four acid-base disorders
Reference. The four acid-base disorders, by cause and direction — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two questions sort every case

When pH control fails, the result is always one of four core disorders. You can name any of them by asking two questions.

First, which way did the pH go? Is it too acidic? That is acidosis, with pH below 7.35. Or is it too basic? That is alkalosis, with pH above 7.45. Second, what is the cause? Is it a lung problem that changes CO₂? That is respiratory. Or is it a problem that changes bicarbonate or other acids? That is metabolic. Put those two questions together, and you get a simple two-by-two grid. Each box holds one disorder.

DisorderPrimary changepHTypical causes
Respiratory acidosisCO₂ kept in (hypoventilation, or breathing too little)LowCOPD (a long-term lung disease), opioid overdose, chest injury
Respiratory alkalosisCO₂ blown off (hyperventilation, or breathing too much)HighAnxiety, high altitude, fever, pain
Metabolic acidosisHCO₃⁻ lost or acid gainedLowDiabetic ketoacidosis, lactic acidosis, diarrhea, kidney failure
Metabolic alkalosisHCO₃⁻ gained or acid lostHighThrowing up (loss of stomach acid), diuretics, too many antacids

The body fights back: compensation

When one system fails, the other steps in to soften the damage. This is called compensation. If the trouble is metabolic, the lungs respond within minutes. Take diabetic ketoacidosis, where the body builds up acids called ketones. Deep, fast Kussmaul breathing shows up. This is the lungs working hard to blow off CO₂ and fight the acid.

If the trouble is respiratory, the kidneys respond over days. They keep or dump bicarbonate to nudge pH back. Compensation can be partial, with pH still not normal. Or, given time, it can be nearly full. Then pH is back in range, but the other numbers are still off. It never overcorrects past normal. It also never cures the cause. It only buys the patient time.

Reading the numbers

To read a blood gas result, look at three values in order. First is the pH. Which way is it off? Next is the CO₂, the lung number. Last is the bicarbonate, the metabolic number. Then ask which of the two fits the pH.

Say the pH is low and the CO₂ is high. Then the lungs are to blame. This is respiratory acidosis. Now say the pH is low and the bicarbonate is low. Then metabolism is to blame. This is metabolic acidosis. The value that moves along with the problem points to its cause.

ROME: Respiratory Opposite, Metabolic Equal. In a respiratory disorder, pH and CO₂ move in opposite directions (CO₂ up, pH down = acidosis). In a metabolic disorder, pH and bicarbonate move in the same direction (HCO₃⁻ down, pH down = acidosis). These four letters let you name any acid-base picture at a glance.

Tap a box in the interactive. Explore each of the four disorders by its cause and direction.

Interactive Four core disorders, sorted by cause (lungs or metabolism) and direction (too acidic or too basic). Tap a box. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The four disorders come from two questions: direction (acidosis or alkalosis) × cause (respiratory or metabolic).
  • Respiratory problems change CO₂. Metabolic problems change bicarbonate.
  • Compensation uses the other organ system. The lungs help with metabolic problems (Kussmaul breathing). The kidneys help with respiratory ones.
  • Read the numbers with ROME. In respiratory problems, pH and CO₂ move in opposite ways. In metabolic problems, pH and HCO₃⁻ move the same way.

The chapter in one breath

  • Water is about 60% of body mass. It is split two-thirds intracellular and one-third extracellular (interstitial fluid plus plasma).
  • The compartments differ in what is dissolved in them. ECF is rich in Na⁺/Cl⁻, and ICF is rich in K⁺. Water follows dissolved particles by osmosis.
  • Each day, intake equals output at about 2.5 L. Thirst raises intake, and ADH lowers output. This holds total body water steady.
  • Electrolytes drive nerves, muscles and fluid balance. Sodium rules volume, potassium rules the heart, and calcium rules contraction. Aldosterone keeps Na⁺ and dumps K⁺.
  • Blood pH is held at 7.35–7.45 by the bicarbonate buffer, CO₂ + H₂O ⇆ H₂CO₃ ⇆ H⁺ + HCO₃⁻.
  • Three defenses guard pH: buffers (seconds), lungs changing CO₂ (minutes), and kidneys changing HCO₃⁻ (days).
  • When they fail, you get four disorders: respiratory or metabolic, and acidosis or alkalosis. You read them with ROME. Compensation softens them.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Acidosis
When blood pH falls below 7.35. It is respiratory when CO₂ builds up, and metabolic when bicarbonate is lost or acid is gained.
Aldosterone
A hormone from the adrenal gland. It makes the kidney take back sodium (and water) and get rid of potassium, which raises ECF volume and blood pressure.
Alkalosis
When blood pH rises above 7.45. It is respiratory when too much CO₂ is lost, and metabolic when bicarbonate is gained or acid is lost.
Antidiuretic hormone (ADH)
A hormone from the back part of the pituitary gland, also called vasopressin. It makes the kidney take back water, so urine is concentrated and body water is saved.
Bicarbonate (HCO₃⁻)
The main buffer anion of the ECF. It is the metabolic part of the bicarbonate buffer system, and the kidneys control it.
Buffer
A pair of chemicals that grabs extra H⁺ or gives it off to resist changes in pH. It acts right away but does not remove acid from the body.
Compensation
When one organ system (lungs or kidneys) fights a pH problem caused by the other. It eases the problem but does not cure it.
Electrolyte
A substance that breaks into charged ions in water. It lets fluids carry current and drives nerves, muscles and fluid balance.
Extracellular fluid (ECF)
The one-third or so of body water outside the cells. It is made of interstitial fluid and plasma, and it is rich in sodium and chloride.
Insensible loss
Water you lose without noticing. It dries off the skin and leaves as vapor in the breath you breathe out.
Interstitial fluid
The fluid outside cells that fills the spaces between them. It is the biggest part of the ECF.
Intracellular fluid (ICF)
The two-thirds or so of body water inside the cells. It is rich in potassium, magnesium, phosphate and proteins.
Metabolic water
Water made inside cells when they burn fuel for energy. It is a small daily source of water.
Osmolarity
How many particles are dissolved in a fluid. It decides which way water moves by osmosis.
pH
A 0–14 scale of how acidic something is, based on how many hydrogen ions it has. Blood is held at 7.35–7.45.
Potassium (K⁺)
The main cation inside cells. It sets the resting membrane potential and is vital for a normal heart rhythm.
Respiratory acidosis
A fall in pH caused by breathing too little (hypoventilation), which keeps CO₂ in. It happens in COPD or opioid overdose.
Sodium (Na⁺)
The main cation outside cells. It is the master control of ECF volume and osmolarity, and aldosterone mainly controls it.
Thirst
The urge to drink. Sensors in the hypothalamus trigger it when the ECF gets too concentrated.
Total body water
All the water in the body, about 60% of an adult's mass. It is split between the fluid inside and outside cells.

Check yourself

1. In a typical adult, about how much of body mass is water? How is that water split between the inside and outside of cells?
About 60% of body mass. About two-thirds is intracellular and one-third is extracellular. The outside third is split again into interstitial fluid (the bigger part) and plasma. Leaner bodies and babies hold a higher percentage, because fat holds very little water.
2. Which ions fill the extracellular fluid, and which fill the intracellular fluid? What keeps the two so different?
ECF is rich in sodium (Na⁺) and chloride (Cl⁻). ICF is rich in potassium (K⁺), magnesium, phosphate and proteins. The sodium-potassium pump in every cell membrane keeps pushing Na⁺ out and pulling K⁺ in. This keeps up the difference that powers nerves and muscles.
3. The ECF gets more concentrated (its osmolarity rises). Which way does water move across cell membranes? What happens to the size of the cells?
Water moves out of the cells by osmosis, so the cells shrink. Water always moves toward the side with more dissolved particles. A concentrated ECF pulls water out. A watery ECF drives water in and makes cells swell.
4. List the three sources of water you take in each day and the four ways water leaves.
In: fluids you drink, water in food, and metabolic water. Out: urine, insensible loss from skin and lungs, feces, and sweat. Intake and output each add up to about 2.5 L a day. Only urine is closely controlled.
5. A hiker gets dried out. Trace the two-part response that raises intake and cuts output.
Osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus sense the concentrated ECF. They cause thirst (raising intake) and release of ADH (cutting output). ADH makes the kidney's collecting ducts put in aquaporins to take back water. This makes a small amount of concentrated urine.
6. Which electrolyte is the main cation inside cells? What does it set, and why are problems with it most dangerous for the heart?
Potassium (K⁺). It sets the resting membrane potential of nerve and muscle cells. Heart muscle needs that charge to fire and reset. So both hyperkalemia and hypokalemia upset the heart's rhythm. They can cause deadly arrhythmias.
7. Aldosterone goes up. What happens to sodium, potassium and blood pressure?
Sodium is kept, and water follows, so volume and blood pressure rise. Potassium is pushed into the urine, so its level falls. Aldosterone is the salt-keeping hormone. It keeps Na⁺ and dumps K⁺.
8. Write the bicarbonate buffer equation. Explain what happens to it when acid is added to the blood.
CO₂ + H₂O ⇆ H₂CO₃ ⇆ H⁺ + HCO₃⁻. Bicarbonate grabs the added acid (H⁺). This pushes the reaction left toward CO₂, which the lungs breathe out. The system works because it is open at both ends. The lungs control the CO₂, and the kidneys control the bicarbonate.
9. Name the body's three lines of acid-base defense in order of speed. Give how long each takes.
Chemical buffers (seconds), respiratory control by the lungs (minutes), and renal control by the kidneys (hours to days). Buffers hide the acid right away. The lungs blow off CO₂ quickly. Only the kidneys truly remove acid and fully fix the imbalance.
10. A patient with a bad opioid overdose is breathing very slowly. Predict the acid-base disorder and explain how it happens.
Respiratory acidosis. Breathing too little (hypoventilation) traps CO₂ in the blood. The extra CO₂ forms carbonic acid. This raises H⁺ and drops pH below 7.35. The lungs are the cause, so the lung number is off: CO₂ is high.
11. A patient with diabetic ketoacidosis starts deep, fast Kussmaul breathing. What disorder do they have? What is the breathing doing?
Metabolic acidosis, with the lungs compensating. Ketoacids use up bicarbonate and drop the pH. The lungs respond by breathing hard to blow off CO₂. This pulls the buffer equation left and pushes pH back toward normal. Compensation eases the acidosis but does not cure it.
12. A blood test shows a low pH and a low bicarbonate. Using ROME, is this respiratory or metabolic? Which way did pH and the matching value move?
Metabolic acidosis. In a metabolic problem, pH and bicarbonate move in the same direction (both down). ROME stands for Respiratory Opposite, Metabolic Equal. The bicarbonate (a metabolic number) fell along with the pH. So the cause is metabolic, not respiratory.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 27

The Reproductive System

Every other system in this book works to keep you alive. The reproductive system looks past you. Its job is to make a new person. To do that, your body does something no other tissue does. It builds a special cell called a gamete, a sex cell such as a sperm or an egg. A gamete carries exactly half of your genetic instructions. So when a sperm meets an egg, the full set comes back together.

In this chapter you will walk through both body plans. You will follow the male path from testis to exit, and the female path from ovary to uterus. You will see the two "production lines" that turn stem cells into gametes. They are spermatogenesis, the making of sperm, and oogenesis, the making of eggs. You will also track the rise and fall of hormones in the menstrual cycle, the monthly cycle of the female body. Under all of it sits one clever kind of cell division, meiosis. We save it for last. Once you see it, the rest of the chapter clicks into place.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Trace the path of sperm from the seminiferous tubules to the urethra. Name the glands that add fluid along the way.
  • Describe spermatogenesis. Tell how one diploid stem cell becomes four haploid sperm, where it happens, and how long it takes.
  • Name the main female reproductive organs. Give the job of the ovary, uterine tube, uterus, and the layers of the uterus.
  • Explain oogenesis. Tell how its unequal divisions and its long, lifelong pause differ from sperm making.
  • Put the phases of the ovarian and uterine cycles in order. Match each phase to its main hormone (FSH, LH, estrogen, progesterone).
  • Tell meiosis apart from mitosis. Explain how crossing over and independent assortment make each gamete different.
  • Define diploid and haploid. Explain why cutting the number of chromosomes in half is key to making a baby.

Section 1Male reproductive anatomy

Drawing of the male reproductive organs
Reference. Male reproductive organs and the path of sperm — Laboratoires Servier, CC BY-SA 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two jobs: make sperm, deliver sperm

The male system has a simple task. It makes sperm, the male sex cells. Then it delivers them to the female body in a fluid that feeds them. Every part of the male anatomy helps with one of these two jobs.

Sperm are made in the two testes. The testes hang outside the body wall in a skin sac called the scrotum. That spot is no accident. Sperm making needs a temperature a few degrees cooler than the core of the body. A small muscle raises and lowers the testes to keep them at the right heat. So the scrotum works like a thermostat. Inside each testis are tightly coiled tubes called seminiferous tubules. Sperm are made along the walls of these tubes.

Following the road out

New sperm cannot swim yet, and they cannot fertilize an egg. First they move into the epididymis. This is a comma-shaped coil of tube that lies over the back of each testis. Sperm stay here for about two weeks. They grow up, learn to swim, and are stored.

Next they enter the ductus (vas) deferens. This muscular tube climbs out of the scrotum and loops over the bladder. It then joins the duct of a gland called the seminal vesicle. Together they form the ejaculatory duct. This short duct passes through the prostate. It empties into the urethra, the last tube, which carries semen out through the penis. In males the urethra is shared plumbing. It carries both urine and semen, but never at the same time.

StructureRole in the journeyNote
Seminiferous tubulesWhere sperm are madeCoiled inside each testis
EpididymisSperm grow up, learn to swim, and are storedAbout 6 m of coiled tube on the testis
Ductus (vas) deferensPushes sperm toward the urethraCut and tied in a vasectomy
Ejaculatory ductMixes sperm with fluid from the seminal vesiclePasses through the prostate
UrethraCarries semen (and urine) outShared tube in males

The glands that make semen

Sperm are only a small part of semen, the fluid that leaves the body. Most of it is fluid from three kinds of helper glands. Each fluid has a job.

The two seminal vesicles add the most. Their fluid is thick and full of sugar. The sugar, called fructose, fuels the sperm's tails. The single prostate gland wraps around the urethra just below the bladder. It adds a milky fluid that is slightly alkaline, the opposite of acid. This helps sperm live through the acid in the female body. Last, the small bulbourethral glands give off a clear fluid before the rest. It makes the urethra slippery and cancels out any acid left from urine. Together these fluids wake up the sperm, feed them, and protect them for the trip.

Remember the road out with the classic memory trick "SEVEN UP": Seminiferous tubules, Epididymis, Vas (ductus) deferens, Ejaculatory duct, Nothing, Urethra, Penis. However you remember it, the order is what counts. Sperm are made, then grown up, pushed along, mixed with fluid, and sent out.

Tap each part in the interactive. Trace the path sperm take from where they are made to the exit.

Interactive Follow the path sperm take from where they are made to the exit. Tap each part. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Sperm are made in the seminiferous tubules of the testes. The testes sit in the scrotum to stay a bit cooler than the body.
  • The road out runs testis → epididymis → ductus deferens → ejaculatory duct → urethra.
  • Three glands add fluid. The seminal vesicles add fructose. The prostate adds alkaline fluid. The bulbourethral glands add a slippery fluid.
  • In males the urethra is shared plumbing for both urine and semen.

Section 2Spermatogenesis

Diagram of a stem cell turning into four sperm
Reference. Spermatogenesis: from stem cell to four sperm — Lu Y, Aitken RJ, Lin M, CC BY 4.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Turning a stem cell into a swimmer

Spermatogenesis is the making of sperm. Think of it as an assembly line. It turns a diploid stem cell into grown-up sperm. It runs all the time along the walls of the seminiferous tubules, from puberty on.

It starts with a spermatogonium. This is a stem cell with the full 46 chromosomes. A full set like this is called diploid, or 2n. When a spermatogonium divides, one daughter cell stays behind as a stem cell. That is why a male never runs out. The other daughter becomes a primary spermatocyte. It is now set on the path to becoming sperm. It enters meiosis, the special division that cuts the number of chromosomes in half.

Two divisions, four cells

The math here is neat. The primary spermatocyte finishes meiosis I and becomes two secondary spermatocytes. Each one now has the haploid number, or half set (n = 23). Each of those then finishes meiosis II. That gives a total of four spermatids. In sperm making, the divisions are equal. Every cell gets a fair share of cytoplasm, the jelly inside the cell. So one starting cell makes four useful cells. Egg making is not like this.

Spermatids are round and cannot move. They still must be remodeled into sleek sperm. This last step is called spermiogenesis. The cell sheds extra cytoplasm. It packs its DNA into a small head. It puts a cap full of enzymes on the head, called the acrosome. And it grows a whip-like tail, the flagellum, to swim with. A middle piece packed with mitochondria, the cell's power plants, gives energy for the trip.

StageChromosomesWhat happens
SpermatogoniumDiploid (2n)Stem cell; one daughter stays a stem cell
Primary spermatocyteDiploid (2n)Enters and finishes meiosis I
Secondary spermatocyteHaploid (n)Two cells; finish meiosis II
SpermatidHaploid (n)Four cells; round and cannot swim
Sperm (spermatozoon)Haploid (n)Head + acrosome + midpiece + tail

Helped along by nurse cells

The growing sperm cells do not look after themselves. Tall Sustentacular (Sertoli) cells sit among them. They are also called nurse cells. They feed the growing sperm. They also form the blood–testis barrier. This wall keeps the immune system from attacking sperm as if they were germs.

Between the tubules sit the interstitial (Leydig) cells. They make testosterone. This hormone drives sperm making. It also causes male traits such as a deep voice and facial hair. The whole process, from spermatogonium to finished sperm, takes about 64 to 74 days. A healthy male makes hundreds of millions of sperm every day.

One in, four out, and the factory never closes. One primary spermatocyte makes four working sperm through two equal divisions of meiosis. The stem cell keeps renewing itself. So sperm making runs nonstop from puberty into old age. Compare this with the egg. There, one starting cell makes just one egg. That is the big difference in this chapter.

Step through each division in the interactive. Watch a stem cell become four swimming sperm.

Interactive Watch stem cells become swimming sperm through meiosis. Step through it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • A diploid spermatogonium makes four haploid sperm through two equal divisions of meiosis.
  • Spermiogenesis reshapes round spermatids into sleek sperm with an acrosome, midpiece, and tail.
  • Sertoli cells care for the sperm and form the blood–testis barrier. Leydig cells make testosterone.
  • The full process takes about 64–74 days, and it never stops.

Section 3Female reproductive anatomy

Front view drawing of the female reproductive organs
Reference. Female reproductive organs, front view — BruceBlaus (Blausen), CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A place to make an egg and a place to grow a baby

The female system does something the male system does not. It makes the gamete, the egg. But it also gives a place where a fertilized egg can attach and grow for nine months.

The two ovaries are each about the size of an almond. They sit low in the pelvis. They hold the whole lifetime supply of eggs. About once a month, an ovary lets go of a ripe egg. This is called ovulation. A uterine (fallopian) tube reaches toward each ovary. Its end has a fringe of finger-like parts called fimbriae. They sweep the released egg into the tube. If fertilization happens, it is usually here, in the outer third of the tube.

The uterus and its layers

The tube carries the egg toward the uterus, or womb. This is a muscular, pear-shaped organ. It is built to hold a growing baby. Its wall has three layers you should know.

The inner layer is the endometrium. This lining thickens each month to receive an embryo. If no embryo arrives, the lining is shed as the monthly period. The thick middle layer is the myometrium. It is smooth muscle that squeezes hard during labor. The thin outer layer is the perimetrium. It is a smooth, moist covering. The lower neck of the uterus is the cervix. It opens into the vagina. The vagina is a muscular canal. It is the birth canal, and it receives sperm during sex.

OrganFunctionNote
OvaryMakes eggs and the hormones estrogen & progesteroneHolds all eggs from birth
Uterine (fallopian) tubeCarries the egg toward the uterus; where fertilization usually happensFimbriae sweep in the egg
UterusHolds and feeds the growing babyEndometrium / myometrium / perimetrium
CervixNeck of the uterus; opens into the vaginaOpens wide in labor
VaginaBirth canal; receives semenMuscular and able to stretch

The ovary is also a gland

It is easy to think of the ovary as just a place to store eggs. But it is also an endocrine organ, a gland that makes hormones. Each month, a cluster of cells forms around the ripening egg. This cluster is the follicle. It pumps out estrogen. After ovulation, the leftover follicle turns into the corpus luteum. The corpus luteum makes progesterone.

These two hormones drive the changes in the lining of the uterus. Working with the brain, they run the whole monthly cycle. You will meet it in Section 5. So the ovary has two jobs. It releases the egg, and it controls the tissue that will receive it.

The egg is never inside a closed tube the whole way. There is a tiny gap between the ovary and the fimbriae. The released egg briefly crosses the open belly space before the fringe sweeps it in. This is unusual. It means the female tract is open to the belly cavity. That is also why infections in the pelvis can spread inward.

Tap each part in the interactive to explore the female organs from the front.

Interactive Explore the female organs and where a fertilized egg attaches. Tap each part, front view. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The ovaries store eggs. They are also glands that make estrogen and progesterone.
  • The uterine tube catches the released egg with its fimbriae. Fertilization usually happens in its outer third.
  • The wall of the uterus has three layers. The endometrium is the lining that is shed. The myometrium is the muscle for labor. The perimetrium is the outer cover.
  • The cervix opens into the vagina, the birth canal.

Section 4Oogenesis

Oogenesis: one egg from one starting cell
Reference. Oogenesis: one egg from one starting cell OpenStax College, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The same tool, used very differently

Egg making is called oogenesis. It uses the same meiosis as sperm making. But the female body runs it on a very different schedule, with a very different goal. The male makes four small sperm from one cell, and he does it without end. The female makes one large egg from one cell. She does it on a strict, once-a-month timetable.

Why the difference? It comes down to supplies. An egg must carry enough cytoplasm, food, and cell parts to start a new life. So the female body pours almost everything into a single egg.

Unequal divisions on purpose

Here is the twist. A primary oocyte is an early egg cell. When it finishes meiosis I, it does not split its cytoplasm evenly. It divides unequally. One daughter, the secondary oocyte, keeps nearly all the cytoplasm. The other becomes a tiny polar body. It gets almost nothing and later breaks down.

The same lopsided split happens again in meiosis II. But in humans, this second division only finishes if a sperm fertilizes the egg. In the end you get one working egg, called an ovum. You also get two or three polar bodies that will die off. One cell in, one useful egg out. It is the mirror image of the male's one in, four out.

FeatureOogenesis (egg)Spermatogenesis (sperm)
Cells made from one starting cellOne egg (+ polar bodies)Four sperm
How cytoplasm is splitUnequal; the egg keeps almost all of itEqual
TimingStarts before birth; one egg per cycleNonstop from puberty
Finishing meiosis IIOnly if fertilizedAlways finished
Lifetime totalAbout 400 eggs releasedTrillions of sperm

A process paused for decades

Oogenesis has the strangest timeline in the body. A female is born with all the eggs she will ever have. That is about one to two million primary oocytes. Before birth, they start meiosis I. Then they stop partway through and stay frozen. They wait like this for years.

Starting at puberty, one oocyte finishes meiosis I each month and is released. The rest keep waiting. So an egg released at age forty has been paused for four decades. This long wait helps explain why chromosome errors become more common as the mother gets older. Down syndrome is one example.

The supply shrinks over the years. By menopause, only about a thousand follicles are left. That is too few, and they respond too weakly, to keep the hormone cycle going. So the monthly cycles stop.

Polar bodies are the price of a big egg. Meiosis normally makes four equal cells. Oogenesis throws away three of them on purpose as polar bodies. That way a single egg gets all the cytoplasm and stored food. It needs these to feed the embryo before it attaches to the uterus. The unequal split is a feature, not a flaw.

Step through the interactive. Watch the unequal divisions pack everything into one egg.

Interactive See how the unequal divisions of meiosis let one egg keep almost everything. Step through it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Oogenesis makes one egg (plus polar bodies) from each starting cell. The cytoplasm is split unequally.
  • All eggs start meiosis before birth and then pause. One finishes each cycle. Meiosis II finishes only at fertilization.
  • A female is born with her lifetime egg supply. It drops to a very low level, about a thousand follicles, by menopause. Then the cycles stop.
  • The long pause in meiosis helps explain why chromosome errors rise as the mother gets older.

Section 5The menstrual cycle

Chart of hormones and the uterine lining across the menstrual cycle
Reference. The menstrual cycle: hormones, ovary, and uterine lining — Mikael Häggström, Public domain (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two cycles running as one

The menstrual cycle lasts about 28 days. It is really two cycles running in step. One happens in the ovary, and one happens in the uterus. Four hormones run the show.

Two come from the pituitary gland, a small gland under the brain. They are follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH). The other two come from the ovary. They are estrogen and progesterone. The ovarian cycle tracks what happens to the egg and its follicle. The uterine cycle tracks the building and shedding of the lining. The two are timed so a fresh lining is ready just when an egg might arrive.

Follicular phase, ovulation, luteal phase

The cycle starts on day 1 with menstruation, the period. Last month's lining is shed. Next comes the follicular phase. FSH gets several follicles to grow. One takes the lead and pours out estrogen. Estrogen rebuilds the lining.

Rising estrogen then sets off a sudden jump in LH around day 14. This LH surge causes ovulation. The lead follicle bursts and lets go of its egg.

Next comes the luteal phase. The empty follicle becomes the corpus luteum. It makes progesterone. Progesterone keeps the lining thick and rich, ready in case an embryo arrives. If there is no pregnancy, the corpus luteum shrinks away. Progesterone and estrogen drop. With no hormones to hold it up, the lining is shed. Then the next cycle begins.

Phase (days)Main hormoneWhat is happening
Menstruation (1–5)Estrogen and progesterone low; FSH risingThe old lining is shed while the next follicles start to grow
Follicular (1–13)FSH, then estrogenA follicle ripens; the lining rebuilds
Ovulation (~14)LH surgeThe follicle bursts; the egg is released
Luteal (15–28)ProgesteroneThe corpus luteum makes the lining rich

Feedback that flips

Here is a neat trick of this cycle. The same hormone can push in opposite ways, depending on timing. For most of the cycle, estrogen gives negative feedback. It quietly holds the pituitary back, like a brake.

But as the lead follicle ripens, estrogen climbs high and stays high. At that point the feedback flips to positive. Now high estrogen pushes the pituitary to release the LH surge. That surge causes ovulation. This is one of the few times the body uses positive feedback. As always, it is used to cause one big, one-time event. After ovulation, progesterone from the corpus luteum brings back negative feedback. Things calm down again.

Follicles make estrogen; the corpus luteum makes progesterone. Link each part of the ovary to its hormone, and the cycle makes sense. A growing follicle → estrogen → the lining rebuilds. The corpus luteum after ovulation → progesterone → the lining is kept up. When the corpus luteum dies, progesterone falls and the period starts. Combined birth-control pills act before all of this. Their steady estrogen and progestin hold down FSH and LH. So no follicle ripens, there is no LH surge, and ovulation never happens. The pills also change the mucus of the cervix and the lining. The bleeding in the placebo week is a withdrawal bleed. It comes from a hormone drop the pill plan builds in on purpose. The pill does not prevent it.

Tap a phase in the interactive. See the hormones, the ovary, and the lining change together.

Interactive Tap a phase to see the four hormones, the ovary, and the lining of the uterus across about 28 days. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Four hormones run the cycle. FSH and LH come from the pituitary. Estrogen and progesterone come from the ovary.
  • The phases go menstruation → follicular → ovulation (LH surge, ~day 14) → luteal.
  • Follicles make estrogen, which rebuilds the lining. The corpus luteum makes progesterone, which keeps the lining up.
  • A high estrogen level flips to positive feedback. This sets off the LH surge that causes ovulation.

Section 6Meiosis

Diagram of the two divisions of meiosis
Reference. Meiosis: two divisions that halve the chromosomes and shuffle the genes — Laboratoires Servier, CC BY-SA 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Why half is the whole point

We saved the engine for last. Every body cell you have is diploid. It has 46 chromosomes, the packages that hold your genes. They come in 23 pairs. One of each pair came from each of your parents.

What if a sperm with 46 chromosomes joined an egg with 46? The child would have 92. The number would double every generation. The body's answer is meiosis. This special division makes haploid gametes, with just 23 chromosomes each. When a haploid sperm meets a haploid egg, the full diploid set of 46 comes back. So the count stays the same, generation after generation. Cutting the number in half is not a side effect of making gametes. It is the reason meiosis exists.

Two divisions, not one

Meiosis gets to the haploid number in two divisions in a row. The DNA is copied only once, before the first. In meiosis I, matching chromosomes line up in pairs. These are called homologous pairs. The pairs are pulled apart. This is the step that cuts the number in half, from diploid to haploid.

Meiosis II looks a lot like ordinary mitosis. The two copies of each chromosome finally split apart. The end result is four haploid cells. That means four sperm, or one egg plus polar bodies. Compare this with mitosis, the normal division that builds and repairs the body. Mitosis is one division. It makes two identical diploid cells.

FeatureMitosisMeiosis
PurposeGrowth and repairMake gametes
DivisionsOneTwo
Daughter cells24
Chromosome numberDiploid (2n), no changeCut in half to haploid (n)
GenesExact copiesEach one different

Shuffling the deck

Meiosis does more than cut the number in half. It also reshuffles your genes, so no two gametes are alike. It does this in two ways.

In crossing over, paired chromosomes swap matching pieces during meiosis I. This mixes the versions you got from each parent. In independent assortment, each pair lines up and splits at random. So which grandparent's chromosome ends up in a gamete is a coin flip. And that flip happens 23 times over. Together these make millions of different gametes from one person. That is why brothers and sisters differ. It is also why sexual reproduction makes the variety that evolution acts on.

Sometimes a pair fails to split apart. This is called nondisjunction. Then a gamete ends up with the wrong number of chromosomes. This causes conditions such as trisomy 21, also called Down syndrome.

Meiosis I reduces; meiosis II divides. This is the point students miss most on exams. Meiosis I pulls apart the homologous pairs. It drops the cell from diploid to haploid. Meiosis II just splits the sister copies. It is like a mitosis in a cell that is already haploid. If you can say which division does the halving, you understand meiosis.

Step through both divisions in the interactive. Watch the chromosomes drop by half and the genes shuffle.

Interactive Two divisions cut the chromosomes in half and shuffle the genes. Step through it. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Meiosis cuts the chromosome number in half, from diploid (46) to haploid (23). Then fertilization can bring back the full set.
  • It uses two divisions. Meiosis I pulls apart homologous pairs; this is the halving step. Meiosis II splits the sister copies.
  • Crossing over and independent assortment make every gamete different.
  • In nondisjunction, a pair fails to split. This gives a gamete the wrong number of chromosomes.

The chapter in one breath

  • The reproductive system is here to make a new person. That takes haploid gametes that join to bring back the full set of chromosomes.
  • In males, sperm are made in the seminiferous tubules. They travel epididymis → ductus deferens → ejaculatory duct → urethra. Along the way they mix with fluid from the seminal vesicles, prostate, and bulbourethral glands.
  • Spermatogenesis makes four sperm from each starting cell through equal divisions. It never stops, and it takes about 64–74 days.
  • In females, the ovary stores eggs and makes hormones. The uterine tube catches the egg. The uterus (endometrium, myometrium, perimetrium) holds a pregnancy.
  • Oogenesis makes one egg plus polar bodies through unequal divisions. It starts before birth. Meiosis II finishes only at fertilization.
  • The menstrual cycle is run by FSH, LH, estrogen, and progesterone. Follicles make estrogen. An LH surge causes ovulation. The corpus luteum makes progesterone.
  • Meiosis cuts the chromosomes in half in two divisions. Meiosis I reduces, and meiosis II divides. Crossing over plus independent assortment make every gamete different.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Acrosome
The cap full of enzymes on the head of a sperm. It helps the sperm get through the outer coat of the egg.
Corpus luteum
What the empty follicle becomes after ovulation. It makes progesterone to keep up the lining of the uterus.
Diploid (2n)
Having the full set of chromosomes. In humans that is 46, in 23 pairs. Body cells are diploid.
Ductus (vas) deferens
The muscular tube that pushes sperm from the epididymis toward the urethra. It is cut in a vasectomy.
Endometrium
The inner lining of the uterus. It thickens each cycle to receive an embryo. If none attaches, it is shed as the period.
Epididymis
The coiled tube on the back of the testis. Sperm grow up, learn to swim, and are stored here.
Estrogen
A hormone made mainly by the growing follicle in the ovary. It rebuilds the lining of the uterus and sets off the LH surge.
Follicle
The cluster of cells in the ovary around a growing egg. It makes estrogen and releases the egg at ovulation.
FSH (follicle-stimulating hormone)
A hormone from the pituitary. It makes follicles grow in the ovary and helps sperm making in the testis.
Gamete
A haploid sex cell, either a sperm or an egg. It joins with another gamete at fertilization.
Haploid (n)
Having half the set of chromosomes. In humans that is 23. Gametes are haploid.
LH (luteinizing hormone)
A hormone from the pituitary. Its surge in the middle of the cycle causes ovulation and forms the corpus luteum.
Meiosis
The two-step cell division that cuts the chromosome number in half to make gametes. It also shuffles genes.
Menopause
The lasting end of monthly cycles. It happens when too few follicles are left, and they respond too weakly, to keep the hormone cycle going. The supply gets very low, but not to zero.
Nondisjunction
When a chromosome pair fails to split apart in meiosis. The gamete gets the wrong number of chromosomes.
Oogenesis
The making of eggs. Unequal divisions make one ovum and two or three polar bodies.
Ovulation
The release of a ripe egg from the ovary. It is caused by the LH surge in the middle of the cycle.
Polar body
A small cell made by the unequal divisions of oogenesis. It gets little cytoplasm and breaks down.
Progesterone
The hormone made by the corpus luteum. It keeps the lining of the uterus thick and rich after ovulation.
Semen
The fluid that leaves the male body at ejaculation. It is sperm plus fluids from the seminal vesicles, prostate, and bulbourethral glands.
Seminiferous tubules
The coiled tubes inside the testis where sperm are made.
Spermatogenesis
The making of sperm. Equal divisions make four haploid sperm from one starting cell.

Check yourself

1. A sperm cell has just been made in the seminiferous tubules. In order, list the parts it passes through on its way out of the body.
Seminiferous tubule → epididymis → ductus (vas) deferens → ejaculatory duct → urethra. Along the way, fluid from the seminal vesicles and prostate is added to make semen. The urethra is the shared last tube for both semen and urine.
2. Match each helper gland to the fluid it adds: seminal vesicles, prostate, bulbourethral glands.
Seminal vesicles → fluid rich in fructose (fuel); prostate → milky alkaline fluid (protection); bulbourethral → clear slippery fluid released first. The seminal vesicles add most of the semen. The alkaline fluid helps cancel the acid in the female tract.
3. How many working sperm come from one primary spermatocyte? Why are the divisions called "equal"?
Four sperm, from two divisions of meiosis that split the cytoplasm evenly. Each division shares the cytoplasm fairly, so all four cells can work. In oogenesis, the split is unequal on purpose.
4. What are Sertoli (sustentacular) cells and Leydig (interstitial) cells? How are their jobs different?
Sertoli cells care for the growing sperm and form the blood–testis barrier. Leydig cells make testosterone. Sertoli cells support and protect sperm inside the tubule. Leydig cells sit between the tubules and make the hormone that drives the whole process.
5. Name the three layers of the uterus wall, from inside to outside. Give the job of each.
Endometrium (lining that thickens and is shed), myometrium (smooth muscle that squeezes in labor), perimetrium (outer covering). The endometrium receives an embryo or is shed as the period. The myometrium powers birth.
6. Where does fertilization usually happen? How does the released egg get there from the ovary?
In the outer third of the uterine (fallopian) tube. The fimbriae sweep the released egg into the tube. There is a small gap between the ovary and the tube. So the egg briefly crosses open belly space before it is caught.
7. Oogenesis and spermatogenesis both use meiosis. Give two ways their results differ.
Oogenesis makes one egg (plus polar bodies), with unequal splitting of cytoplasm. Spermatogenesis makes four equal sperm. Also, oogenesis happens once a month and starts before birth. Spermatogenesis runs nonstop from puberty.
8. What is a polar body? Why does the female body make one at all?
A small cell that gets almost no cytoplasm during oogenesis and then breaks down. The unequal split lets one egg keep all the cytoplasm and food it needs to feed an early embryo. The polar bodies are the leftovers.
9. Put the phases of the menstrual cycle in order, and name the main hormone of each: luteal, follicular, menstruation, ovulation.
Menstruation (estrogen and progesterone low, FSH rising) → follicular (FSH, then estrogen) → ovulation (LH surge) → luteal (progesterone). Follicles make estrogen to rebuild the lining. The corpus luteum makes progesterone to keep it up.
10. What event does the LH surge cause? What happens to the follicle after that?
The LH surge causes ovulation. The empty follicle becomes the corpus luteum. The corpus luteum then makes progesterone. If there is no pregnancy, it breaks down, hormones fall, and the lining is shed.
11. A body cell has 46 chromosomes. How many does a human gamete have? Why must the number be cut in half before fertilization?
A gamete has 23 (haploid). Halving is needed so that sperm (23) + egg (23) brings back 46. Without halving, the number would double every generation. This is the whole purpose of meiosis.
12. Which division of meiosis cuts the chromosome number in half? Name the two processes that make each gamete different.
Meiosis I is the halving division (it pulls apart homologous pairs). Crossing over and independent assortment make variety. Meiosis II just splits the sister copies. Crossing over swaps pieces between paired chromosomes. Independent assortment makes it random which chromosome of each pair goes to each gamete.
Anatomy & Physiology · Chapter 28

Development & Inheritance

Every human life starts as a single cell. It is no bigger than the period at the end of this sentence. Yet folded inside it is a full instruction book for building a person. This chapter follows that cell forward. First comes the exciting meeting of sperm and egg. Next comes a busy first week of cell division, as the new embryo digs into the uterus. Then three germ layers appear. These are sheets of cells that quietly split up the job of making every organ. After that comes the long stretch of fetal growth that ends in birth.

Then we turn the story around. We ask how the instruction book itself is passed on. These are the rules of inheritance. With a simple square grid, they let us predict the odds that a child will have brown eyes or a certain disease. It is the most packed-in wonder in all of body science, and it follows rules you can learn.

By the end of this chapter you can

  • Describe the steps of fertilization. Start with the sperm crossing the egg's outer coats and end with the joining that forms a zygote. Explain how the egg stops more than one sperm from getting in.
  • Trace the first week of growth through cleavage, the morula, and the blastocyst. Describe how and where implantation happens.
  • Explain gastrulation. Name the three primary germ layers and the main tissues each one makes.
  • Tell the embryonic period apart from the fetal period. Outline the key events of the three trimesters.
  • Describe how the placenta is built and what it does. List the three stages of labor.
  • Define allele, genotype, and phenotype. Compare dominant with recessive inheritance.
  • Use a Punnett square to predict the genotype and phenotype ratios of children from two parents.
  • Explain why two healthy parents can have a child with a recessive condition.

Section 1Fertilization

Diagram of a sperm passing through the coats of the egg
Reference. The steps of fertilization — sperm crossing the corona radiata and zona pellucida to fuse with the oocyte — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

A race with one finisher

Fertilization is the joining of a sperm and an oocyte (egg). Together they make a new cell with its own unique set of genes. It usually does not happen in the uterus. Instead it happens high up in the uterine tube, in a wide part called the ampulla. It takes place within about a day of ovulation. That is because the released egg can only be fertilized for about 12 to 24 hours. Sperm live a few days at most.

Hundreds of millions of sperm are released, but the trip is harsh. Most are lost to the acid in the vagina or the mucus of the cervix. Many just take wrong turns. Only a few hundred reach the egg. On the way, the survivors go through capacitation. This is a last chemical change in the female tract. It gets their outer covers ready to join with the egg.

The egg they find is not bare. It is wrapped in a halo of follicle cells called the corona radiata. Under that is a thick shell of sugar-coated protein called the zona pellucida.

Breaking in: the acrosome reaction

To reach the egg's cell surface, a sperm must get through both coats. A cap called the acrosome sits over the sperm's head. It is a sac full of enzymes that digest things. When the sperm touches the zona pellucida, the acrosome bursts and spills its enzymes. This is the acrosome reaction. The enzymes dig a narrow tunnel through the shell.

It takes many sperm chipping away at the corona and zona to get through. So fertilization is a team effort, but it has only one winner. The first sperm to reach the egg's surface grabs onto receptors there. Then the outer covers of the two cells join. The sperm's nucleus, with its 23 chromosomes, slides into the egg.

BarrierWhat it isHow the sperm gets through
Corona radiataOuter halo of granulosa (follicle) cellsMany sperm push and use enzymes to loosen the cells
Zona pellucidaThick shell of sugar-coated protein around the eggThe acrosome reaction digests a path through it
Oocyte plasma membraneThe egg cell's own outer surfaceThe sperm grabs receptors; the two surfaces fuse

One sperm only: the blocks to polyspermy

What if two sperm got in? This is called polyspermy. The embryo would have the wrong number of chromosomes, and it would die. So the egg has two safety locks. They snap shut the moment one sperm joins.

The fast block comes first. The electric charge across the egg's surface changes right away. This stops other sperm from grabbing on. The slow block, or cortical reaction, comes seconds later. Tiny sacs just under the egg's surface spill their contents into the zona pellucida. This hardens the zona into a wall no sperm can cross.

Only now does the egg finish its own last division (meiosis II). The two sets of 23 chromosomes, one from each parent, come together. This brings back the full human count of 46. The fertilized egg is now a single diploid cell called the zygote. Its sex was set at this exact moment. It depends on whether the winning sperm carried an X or a Y chromosome.

Fertilization sets the clock and the sex. The zygote is the true start of a new person. It fixes the child's full set of chromosomes and its biological sex. It is also about the moment we count the baby's age from. But doctors count pregnancy from the last menstrual period instead. That date is about two weeks ahead of the true age from fertilization. Keep this in mind when you compare week numbers.

Step through the meeting of sperm and egg in the interactive below.

Interactive Of millions of sperm, only one joins the egg. The egg makes sure it is exactly one. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Fertilization usually happens in the ampulla of the uterine tube. The egg can be fertilized for only about 12–24 hours.
  • The sperm crosses the corona radiata and zona pellucida using the acrosome reaction. Then it joins with the egg's outer surface.
  • A fast block (a change in electric charge) and a slow block (the cortical reaction that hardens the zona) stop polyspermy.
  • The two nuclei join and bring back 46 chromosomes. This forms a diploid zygote. The sperm sets its sex.

Section 2The first week: cleavage & implantation

Diagram of the early embryo from two cells to a blastocyst
Reference. Cleavage from the two-cell stage to the blastocyst, marked by where each step occurs — uterine tube versus uterus — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Cleavage: dividing without growing

Within about a day, the zygote starts to divide again and again by mitosis. These fast divisions are called cleavage. Here is the surprise. The whole ball does not get bigger. Each division splits the same cytoplasm into smaller and smaller cells. So the cluster stays about the size of the first egg. But the number of cells climbs: 2, then 4, then 8, then 16. These early cells are called blastomeres.

All this happens while the tiny embryo drifts down the uterine tube. Tiny hairs called cilia and waves of muscle push it toward the uterus. By about day 4 it is a solid ball of about 16 cells. It looks like a mulberry, so it is called the morula. That is Latin for "little mulberry."

From morula to blastocyst

Around day 5, fluid seeps into the center of the morula. It hollows the ball out into a sphere filled with fluid, called the blastocyst. This is the first time the embryo's cells take on different jobs. They split into two groups you need to know.

The outer shell of cells is the trophoblast. It will become the embryo's part of the placenta and the membranes around the baby. It is meant to be support tissue, not the baby. Pressed against one inner wall is the inner cell mass (embryoblast). This small group of cells will become the embryo itself. The fluid space between them is the blastocoel. In just a few days, the embryo has answered its first big question. Which cells build the child, and which build its life-support system?

Day (about)StageWhere
0Zygote (fertilized egg)Ampulla of the uterine tube
1–3Cleavage: 2-, 4-, 8-cell stagesMoving down the uterine tube
4Morula (~16 cells)Entering the uterus
5Blastocyst (trophoblast + inner cell mass)Floating free in the uterus
6–10Implantation into the endometriumWall of the uterus

Implantation and the pregnancy signal

Implantation is when the embryo digs into the wall of the uterus. First the blastocyst must "hatch." It breaks free of the leftover zona pellucida. Now its sticky trophoblast can touch the lining of the uterus. Around day 6 or 7, the trophoblast sticks to the endometrium, the lining, and starts to burrow in. Its cells release enzymes that eat into the lining. By about day 10 the embryo is fully buried.

Right away, the trophoblast starts making human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG). This hormone tells the corpus luteum in the ovary to keep making progesterone. That way the lining is not shed. This one hormone keeps the pregnancy from ending in a normal period. It is also exactly what a pregnancy test looks for.

The wrong address is dangerous. The embryo is meant to implant in the upper wall of the uterus. Sometimes the blastocyst implants somewhere else, most often in the uterine tube. This is an ectopic pregnancy. The narrow tube cannot stretch as the embryo grows. So it can burst and bleed. That makes an ectopic pregnancy a true emergency. This is why hCG that rises in an unusual way, along with pain, leads doctors to search fast for where the embryo is.

Follow the zygote's first-week journey from division to implantation below.

Interactive The zygote divides again and again as it travels to the uterus. Then it burrows into the lining. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Cleavage splits the zygote into more and smaller cells, but the cluster does not grow. This makes the morula.
  • The blastocyst has an outer trophoblast (future placenta) and an inner cell mass (future embryo). A fluid space, the blastocoel, sits between them.
  • Implantation into the endometrium happens about days 6–10. First the blastocyst must hatch from the zona pellucida.
  • The trophoblast makes hCG. This hormone keeps the pregnancy going, and pregnancy tests look for it.

Section 3The germ layers

Diagram of cells moving to form the three germ layers
Reference. Gastrulation at the primitive streak — epiblast cells migrating to form ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Gastrulation: one sheet becomes three

Around the third week, the inner cell mass makes one of the most important moves in all of growth. It is called gastrulation. A groove called the primitive streak forms down the middle of the flat embryo. Cells from the top layer (the epiblast) stream toward it and dive under. They rearrange into three primary germ layers, three sheets of cells.

Your body has more than 200 kinds of cells. Every one of them comes from one of these three sheets. Laying down these layers in the right order and the right place is the base for every organ that follows.

Three layers, three destinies

The three germ layers split up the whole body among them. The outer layer is the ectoderm. It becomes the parts that face the world and sense it. That means the epidermis, the outer skin, and the whole nervous system.

The middle layer is the mesoderm. It becomes the bulk and machinery of the body. That means muscle, bone, blood, heart, blood vessels, and kidneys. The inner layer is the endoderm. It becomes the linings of the body's hollow tubes and the glands that grow off them. That means the lining of the gut and the airways, plus the liver and pancreas.

Here is an easy way to hold it. Ectoderm is the outside and the wiring. Endoderm is the innermost linings. Mesoderm is everything in the middle.

Germ layerPositionMain things it becomes
EctodermOuterEpidermis, hair, nails; the whole nervous system; parts of the eye
MesodermMiddleMuscle; bone and cartilage; blood and heart; blood vessels; kidneys; dermis (deep skin)
EndodermInnerLining of the gut (GI tract) and airways; liver; pancreas

Folding into a body: organogenesis

With the three layers in place, organogenesis begins. This is the actual building of organs. It goes on through the eighth week. The flat disc folds into a shape like a tube inside a tube. Each layer starts shaping the parts it was given.

One of the first and most important steps is when ectoderm folds into the neural tube. This tube will become the brain and spinal cord. If it does not close all the way, the result is a neural tube defect, such as spina bifida. The neural tube closes very early, often before a person even knows they are pregnant. So getting enough folic acid, a B vitamin, around the time of conception greatly lowers the risk.

Nervous system from skin? Yes. Many students are surprised that the brain and the epidermis are cousins. Both come from ectoderm. It makes sense once you think about it. The nervous system's job is to sense and respond to the outside world. So it grows from the very layer that touches that world.

Tap each of the three layers to see what it becomes in the interactive below.

Interactive Around week 3 the embryo forms three layers. Every organ comes from one of them. Open full ↑
Key points
  • Gastrulation (week 3) forms three primary germ layers at the primitive streak.
  • Ectoderm → skin and nervous system. Mesoderm → muscle, bone, blood, heart, kidney. Endoderm → linings of the gut and airways, liver, pancreas.
  • Organogenesis builds the organs through week 8. The neural tube closes early, and closing well depends on enough folic acid.

Section 4Embryo to fetus: the timeline

Diagram of the path from released egg to implanted blastocyst
Reference. The pre-embryonic journey — from ovulated oocyte through cleavage to a blastocyst implanting in the uterus — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The embryonic period versus the fetal period

Growth before birth is split into two named periods. The split comes at the end of week 8. From fertilization through week 8 is the embryonic period. In this time the germ layers form and every major organ is first laid down. From week 9 until birth is the fetal period. This time is mostly about growing and finishing organs that already exist.

This matters for health. Organs are being built in the embryonic weeks, so that is when they are easiest to harm. A teratogen is a drug, infection, or other thing that disrupts growth before birth. It does its worst harm in weeks 3 to 8, while body parts are forming. The same exposure later, in the fetal period, may cause little or no damage to body shape.

Three trimesters

A full-term pregnancy lasts about 38 weeks counted from fertilization. Doctors usually count from the last menstrual period (LMP) instead. Counted that way, it lasts about 40 weeks. The pregnancy is split into three roughly equal parts called trimesters.

The first trimester is where the action is. Implantation, gastrulation, and organ building all happen here. The embryo also becomes a fetus. By the end, the fetus looks clearly human, but it is only about the size of a plum.

The second trimester is a time of fast growth and movement. The mother usually feels the first kicks, called "quickening." The fetus grows toward the edge of viability, the point where it could live outside the uterus. That is about 23 to 24 weeks when doctors count from the LMP. It is about 21 to 22 weeks after fertilization. (Always check how weeks are counted. Doctors count from the LMP. Embryology counts from fertilization. The two differ by two weeks.)

The third trimester is mostly about gaining weight and final growth. The lungs and brain mature most of all. This gets the fetus ready to live outside the uterus.

TrimesterWeeks (from fertilization)Main events
First1–12Implantation, germ layers, organ building; the embryo becomes a fetus at week 9
Second13–27Fast growth; first movements felt; nears viability (~21–22 weeks after fertilization; ~23–24 weeks counted from the LMP)
Third28–38Big weight gain; lungs and brain mature; ready for birth
Timing decides the damage. The riskiest time for major birth defects is weeks 3–8, when organs are being built. This is often before a pregnancy is confirmed. That is why advice about alcohol, medicines, and folic acid focuses on the time around conception, not just after a positive test.

Tap through the stages of the earliest journey in the interactive below.

Interactive Pregnancy runs about 38 weeks from fertilization, split into three trimesters. It goes from building organs to fast growth. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The embryonic period (weeks 1–8) builds the organs. The fetal period (week 9 to birth) grows and finishes them.
  • Teratogens do the most harm to body shape in weeks 3–8, when organs are forming.
  • Pregnancy is about 38 weeks from fertilization, split into three trimesters. Viability starts around 23–24 weeks counted from the LMP (~21–22 weeks after fertilization).

Section 5Pregnancy & birth

Diagram of the placenta and the membranes around the fetus
Reference. The placenta and fetal membranes — chorionic villi bathed in maternal blood, with the umbilical vessels — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

The placenta: a shared border organ

The placenta is a short-term organ. It is built together from the embryo's tissue (which comes from the trophoblast) and the mother's endometrium. It is the lifeline for the whole pregnancy. Finger-like chorionic villi reach out from the baby's side into pools of the mother's blood. This makes a huge surface for trading materials.

Across that thin barrier, O₂ and food pass from mother to fetus. CO₂ and wastes pass the other way. Yet the two bloodstreams normally never mix. This is key. The placenta also becomes a strong hormone maker. It takes over from the corpus luteum and makes the progesterone and estrogen that keep the pregnancy going. The fetus is tied to the placenta by the umbilical cord. It floats inside the amnion, a sac of fluid that cushions it.

A body remade for pregnancy

Carrying a fetus changes almost every system in the mother's body. Her blood volume rises by about 30–50 percent to supply the placenta. Her heart pumps more blood each minute. The growing uterus crowds the diaphragm and bladder. This changes her breathing and makes her need to pee more often.

Hormones loosen ligaments, including those of the pelvis, to get ready for birth. They also shift her metabolism to put the fetus's fuel first. These are normal changes that work together. But they also explain why pregnancy puts stress on problems like heart disease. It is also why doctors watch blood pressure and blood sugar so closely.

Labor: birth in three stages

Near the end of pregnancy, a shift in the balance of hormones starts labor. Once it begins, a classic positive feedback loop drives it. The baby's head pushes on the cervix. This causes the release of oxytocin. Oxytocin makes the uterus squeeze harder. That pushes the head harder against the cervix, and the loop repeats. The cycle keeps building on itself. It only ends when the baby is born. Labor happens in three stages.

StageNameWhat happens
1DilationThe longest stage. Squeezes of the uterus thin (efface) and open the cervix all the way (~10 cm)
2ExpulsionStrong squeezes and the mother's pushing move the baby out through the birth canal
3PlacentalThe uterus squeezes out the placenta (the "afterbirth"), then clamps down to limit bleeding
The umbilical vein is the odd one out. By rule, arteries carry blood away from the heart. In the fetus, the umbilical vein carries oxygen-rich blood from the placenta to the fetus. The two umbilical arteries carry oxygen-poor blood back to the placenta. This reminds you that "artery" and "vein" describe which way blood flows compared with the heart. They do not describe how much oxygen the blood has.

Step through the placenta and the three stages of birth in the interactive below.

Interactive The placenta keeps the fetus alive for nine months. Then labor delivers the baby in three stages. Open full ↑
Key points
  • The placenta trades O₂, CO₂, food, and wastes without mixing the mother's and baby's blood. It also makes pregnancy hormones.
  • Pregnancy brings big changes. Blood volume rises 30–50%, the heart pumps more, and belly organs get pushed aside.
  • Labor is driven by oxytocin positive feedback. It has three stages: dilation → expulsion → placental.

Section 6Inheritance

A Punnett square for one gene
Reference. A Punnett square for a monohybrid cross (Nn × nn), predicting a 50:50 ratio of offspring — OpenStax, CC BY 3.0 (via Wikimedia Commons)

Two copies of every gene

You get one set of chromosomes from each parent. So you carry two copies of nearly every gene, one from your mother and one from your father. The different versions of a gene are called alleles. For a gene with two alleles, a person can be homozygous, with two matching alleles. Or they can be heterozygous, with two different ones.

The pair of alleles a person carries is their genotype. The trait you can see is their phenotype. Examples are eye color, blood type, or whether a disease shows up. All of inheritance is about the link between these two. How does the genotype you cannot see make the phenotype you can?

Dominant and recessive

When the two alleles differ, they do not always count the same. A dominant allele hides the effect of a recessive one. So one copy is enough to show its trait. A recessive allele only shows its trait when both copies are recessive. By custom, the dominant allele gets a capital letter. The recessive one gets a small letter.

Take the example from the interactive. B = brown eyes (dominant) and b = blue (recessive). The genotypes BB and Bb both give brown eyes. Only bb gives blue. This is why a recessive trait can seem to "skip" generations. People with one copy, called carriers, can pass it on quietly for years. It shows up again only when two carriers each pass the recessive allele to the same child.

GenotypeNamePhenotype (B = brown, b = blue)
BBHomozygous dominantBrown eyes
BbHeterozygous (carrier)Brown eyes
bbHomozygous recessiveBlue eyes

Predicting the odds: the Punnett square

A Punnett square is a simple grid. It predicts the chance of each genotype in the children. You list one parent's possible alleles across the top. You list the other parent's down the side. Then you fill each box by combining them.

Cross two brown-eyed carriers (Bb × Bb). The four boxes come out 1 BB : 2 Bb : 1 bb. That is a 3:1 ratio of brown to blue. So each child has a 25 percent chance of blue eyes, even though both parents have brown eyes. Read these as chances, not promises. A 1-in-4 chance starts fresh with every pregnancy, just like flipping a coin. Four children could all have brown eyes, or two could have blue.

Not every trait follows this neat dominant and recessive pattern. Some alleles are codominant, meaning both show, as in type AB blood. Genes on the X chromosome make special sex-linked patterns. But the two-allele Punnett square is the base that everything else builds on.

Two healthy parents, one affected child. This classic puzzle of genetics is solved by carriers. Say two people each carry one recessive disease allele. Both are healthy heterozygotes. In every pregnancy, they have a 1-in-4 chance of a child who gets two recessive copies and has the disease. This pattern is behind many inherited diseases, such as cystic fibrosis and sickle cell disease.

Set the two parents and watch the ratios change in the interactive below.

Interactive Each parent passes on one allele. A Punnett square predicts the odds for their children. Open full ↑
Key points
  • You carry two alleles of most genes. Your genotype is the allele pair. Your phenotype is the trait you can see.
  • A dominant allele shows with one copy. A recessive allele shows only when both copies are recessive.
  • A Punnett square predicts the ratios in children (for example, Bb × Bb → 3:1). The results are chances that start fresh with each pregnancy.
  • Two heterozygous carriers can have an affected child. This explains recessive diseases that skip generations.

The chapter in one breath

  • Fertilization in the uterine tube joins sperm and egg into a diploid zygote. Fast and slow blocks stop polyspermy. The sperm sets the child's sex.
  • Cleavage divides the zygote into a morula and then a blastocyst (trophoblast + inner cell mass). The blastocyst implants in the endometrium and makes hCG.
  • Gastrulation forms three germ layers. Ectoderm makes skin and nerves. Mesoderm makes muscle, bone, blood, and kidney. Endoderm makes the linings of the gut and airways, the liver, and the pancreas.
  • The embryonic period (weeks 1–8) builds organs and is most at risk from teratogens. The fetal period grows them. Pregnancy has three trimesters (~38 weeks in all).
  • The placenta trades gases and food without mixing blood, and it makes pregnancy hormones. Labor is oxytocin positive feedback in three stages: dilation, expulsion, placental.
  • The genotype (allele pair) makes the phenotype (the trait you see). Dominant alleles hide recessive ones.
  • A Punnett square predicts the chances for children. Two carriers can have a child with a recessive condition.

ReferenceWords worth knowing

Here is a quick list of the terms in this chapter. Skim it now, or come back when a word trips you up.

Allele
One of the different versions of a gene. You carry two alleles of most genes, one from each parent.
Blastocyst
The early hollow ball of cells, filled with fluid, that implants in the uterus. It has an outer trophoblast and an inner cell mass.
Cleavage
The fast cell divisions after fertilization. They make more cells, but the embryo as a whole does not get bigger.
Dominant allele
An allele that shows its trait with just one copy. It hides any recessive allele. It is written with a capital letter.
Ectoderm
The outer germ layer. It makes the epidermis and the whole nervous system.
Endoderm
The inner germ layer. It makes the linings of the gut and airways, plus the liver and pancreas.
Fertilization
The joining of a sperm and an oocyte to form a diploid zygote. It usually happens in the ampulla of the uterine tube.
Gastrulation
The reshaping of the embryo around week 3. It forms the three primary germ layers at the primitive streak.
Genotype
The exact pair of alleles a person carries for a gene.
Germ layer
One of the three main sheets of cells in the embryo: ectoderm, mesoderm, and endoderm. All tissues grow from them.
Heterozygous
Having two different alleles of a gene (for example, Bb).
Homozygous
Having two matching alleles of a gene (for example, BB or bb).
Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG)
The hormone made by the trophoblast. It keeps the corpus luteum, and so the pregnancy, going. Pregnancy tests look for it.
Implantation
When the blastocyst buries itself in the endometrium, the lining of the uterus. It happens about days 6–10 after fertilization.
Mesoderm
The middle germ layer. It makes muscle, bone, blood, the heart and blood vessels, and the kidneys.
Morula
The solid ball of about 16 cells made by cleavage. It looks like a mulberry and comes before the blastocyst.
Phenotype
The trait you can see that comes from a genotype. The environment can also shape it.
Placenta
The short-term organ built from the baby's and the mother's tissue. It trades gases, food, and wastes and makes pregnancy hormones.
Punnett square
A grid that predicts the chance of each genotype in the children of two parents.
Recessive allele
An allele whose trait shows only when both copies are recessive. It is written with a small letter.
Trophoblast
The outer layer of cells of the blastocyst. It forms the embryo's part of the placenta and makes hCG.
Zygote
The single diploid cell formed at fertilization. It carries the full set of 46 chromosomes.

Check yourself

1. Where in the female body does fertilization usually happen? About how long can the released egg be fertilized?
In the ampulla of the uterine tube. The egg can be fertilized for about 12–24 hours. Sperm must reach the egg high in the tube within about a day of ovulation. That is why the timing is so tight.
2. What is the acrosome reaction? Which two coats of the egg must a sperm cross before the cells join?
The acrosome reaction is when the sperm's acrosome releases enzymes that dig through the egg's coats. The coats are the corona radiata and the zona pellucida. Only after crossing both can a sperm reach and join with the egg's outer surface.
3. Name the two blocks to polyspermy. Why does it matter to block a second sperm?
The fast block (a change in electric charge on the egg's surface) and the slow block (the cortical reaction, which hardens the zona pellucida). A second sperm would give the embryo the wrong number of chromosomes, and it would die. So the egg shuts out all but one.
4. During cleavage, the number of cells rises from 2 to 4 to 8. Yet the cluster does not get bigger. Why?
Cleavage splits the same cytoplasm into smaller cells. The cells do not grow between divisions. Each blastomere is smaller than the last. So the whole ball stays about the size of the first egg.
5. In the blastocyst, what do the trophoblast and the inner cell mass each become?
The trophoblast becomes the embryo's part of the placenta and membranes. The inner cell mass becomes the embryo itself. This is the first time the embryo's cells take on different jobs.
6. Which hormone does the implanting trophoblast make? What does it do, and why is it useful to doctors?
Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG). It keeps the corpus luteum making progesterone, so the lining is not shed. It is also what pregnancy tests look for. Rising hCG is the earliest chemical sign that a pregnancy has started.
7. List the three primary germ layers. Give one main thing each one becomes.
Ectoderm → skin/nervous system; mesoderm → muscle/bone/blood/heart/kidney; endoderm → linings of the gut and airways, liver, pancreas. Every tissue in the body comes from one of these three layers, formed at gastrulation.
8. Why is a teratogen most dangerous in weeks 3 to 8? How does this shape advice before and during pregnancy?
That is the embryonic period, when organs are being formed and are easiest to damage. This window can pass before a pregnancy is confirmed. So advice on alcohol, medicines, and folic acid focuses on the time around conception.
9. Across the placenta, what passes from mother to fetus, and what passes the other way? Do the two bloodstreams mix?
O₂ and food pass to the fetus. CO₂ and wastes pass to the mother. The two bloodstreams normally do not mix. The trading happens across the thin wall of the chorionic villi, which sit in the mother's blood.
10. Name the three stages of labor in order. What positive feedback loop drives labor?
Dilation → expulsion → placental. The loop is stretch of the cervix → oxytocin → stronger squeezes → more stretch. The oxytocin cycle keeps building until the birth ends it.
11. Use B (brown, dominant) and b (blue, recessive). Give the phenotype for each genotype: BB, Bb, bb.
BB = brown; Bb = brown; bb = blue. One dominant allele is enough for brown eyes. So blue shows up only when both alleles are recessive (bb).
12. Two brown-eyed parents have a blue-eyed child. Explain how. What is the chance of a blue-eyed child in each pregnancy?
Both parents are heterozygous carriers (Bb). A Bb × Bb cross gives a 3:1 ratio of brown to blue. So each child has a 25% chance of blue eyes (bb). Each parent carried the recessive allele quietly. The chance starts fresh with every pregnancy.